Today's Hours: 8:00am - 6:00pm

Books

all 518 "O" titles
  • Digital
    Jennifer Butler, Alpesh Amin, Laura Fitzmaurice, Christine Kim.
    Summary: "The FIRST textbook to cover the principles and practice of ObGyn Hospitalist Medicine. ObGyn Hospitalist Medicine: Principles and Practice is the first text to encompass the core competencies in the emerging field of ObGyn Hospitalist Medicine. This groundbreaking text delivers comprehensive coverage of every aspect of ObGyn hospitalist medicine, encompassing clinical practice as well as program development and system implementation of ObGyn hospitalists. Readers will find a concise approach to the care of obstetrical and gynecologic emergencies in the hospital setting, with information that will be of value to physicians and physician extenders working in labor & delivery wards and ERs/ICUs. High-quality, easily approachable and comprehensive medical education material on the burgeoning field of ObGyn Hospitalist Medicine. Includes video clips of common obstetrical and gynecologic procedures and laboratory simulations. Chapters include learning objectives, clinical case presentations, key patient hand-off points, and abundant clinical images and illustrations"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Part I: OBH: the OBH specialty. General hospitalist movement / Alpesh N. Amin
    Introduction to the OB/GYN hospitalist specialty / Rob Olson, Brendan Carroll, and Brian Monks
    Starting a successful OB/GYN hospitalist program / Vani Dandolu and Rob Olson
    Performance of OB/GYN hospitalist programs / Brian K. Iriye
    Regionalized perinatal care: the OB/GYN hospitalist and efforts to reduce perinatal morbidity and mortality / Brigid McCue
    Coding and billing for the OB/GYN hospitalist / Lori-Lynne A. Webb
    The OB/GYN hospitalist and medical education / Alyse Sherwin Blanchette, Joseph Cioffi, and Anthony M. Vintzileos Part II: OBH medicine: healthcare system issues in OBH medicine. Patient-centered care and patient experience metrics / Solange Elondou and Zishan K. Siddiqui
    Ethical issues faced by the OB/GYN hosptalist / Steven J. Ralston and Ruth M. Farrell
    Evidence-based medicine / Baotran N. Vo
    Hospital finance / Ajay Sial, Jaklin T. Orlowski, and Bhan Sial
    Leadership development / Michael D. Moxley, Jennifer R. Butler,and Alpesh N. Amin
    Patient safety / Douglas G. Merrill
    Principles of quality improvement / Douglas G. Merrill
    Risk management and the hospital-based obstetrician/gynecologist / Peter Schneider
    Burnout and physician well-being / Hrayr Attarian and Phyllis C. Zee
    Transitions of care / Israel De Alba and Alpesh N. Amin
    Team-based medicine / John Hann
    The role of simulation for the OB hospitalist / Corey K. Nelson, Christine M. Kim, and Adam Crosland Part III: Clinical conditions and procedures in OBH medicine, A: Core obstetric conditions. Asthma in pregnancy / Richard A. Lee and Dharmi B. Patel
    Blood product replacements / Minh-Ha Tran
    Cardiac disease in pregnancy / Sarah E. Paraghamian and Afshan B. Hameed
    Cervical insufficiency / Cindy Tung Chau and Lili S. Wei
    Diabetes in pregnancy / Carol A. Major and Jonathan G. Steller
    Dermatologic conditions in pregnancy / Lance W. Chapman ... [et al.]
    Obstetrical pharmacology / Catherine S. Sitka
    Electronic fetal heart monitoring for the OB/GYN hospitalist / Thomas J. Garite, Jennifer Y. Duffy, and Emily Hamilton
    Headaches in pregnancy / Baotran N. Vo and Estern Danphuong Ho Wang
    Human immunodeficiency virus in pregnancy / Laura Sienas, Carey Moreno-Hunt, and Douglas Gilbert
    Hyperemesis / Sarah Lynn Lovell Frey
    Hypertension in pregnancy / Sherri McElvy and Rosa H. Won
    Intrahepatic choleostasis of pregnancy / Rachel A. Newman and Judith H. Chung
    Infectious diseases in pregnancy / Lanny Hsiesh and Miki Watanabe
    Infections that affect the fetus / Robert J. Fagnant
    Stillbirth / Cindy Tung Chau
    Intrauterine growth restriction / Tamera Hatfield
    Labor management / Jane van Dis
    Maternal code blue / Catherine Gordon and Vasiliki Tatsis
    Multiple gestations / Cariz Mercurio and Melissa Westermann
    Neonatal resuscitation for the OB/GYN provider / Johanah M. Carrera
    Obstetric emergencies / M. Shane Miller and Tara M. Vick
    Obstetric anesthesia / Corey K. Nelson, Ho J. Choi, and Dmitry Portnoy
    Placental abnormalities / Robert C. Johnston and Deborah A. Wing
    Postpartum complications / Nisha Garg, Jennifer R. Butler, and Olivia Sanchez
    Preterm labor / Thoa K. Ha
    Preterm premature rupture of membranes / Isabelle J. Cohen ... [et al.]
    Psychiatric disorders in pregnancy / Shannon L. Clark and Nuria S. Garcia-Ruiz
    Opioid use in pregnancy / Kelley A. Sala, Jordana Price, and Tirah Samura
    Thromboembolic disease in pregnancy / Priya Rajan
    Trauma in pregnancy / Michael E. Lekawa, Christine M. Kim, Sebastian D. Schubl, and Lauren Yu
    Assessment of fetal acid-base status / Rebecca L. Cyper
    Trial of labor after Cesarean section and vaginal birth after Cesarean / Alissa Dangel and Linda Kleeman Part III: Clinical conditions and procedures in OBH medicine, B: Core gynecologic topics. Management of acute, abnormal uterine bleeding / Kathryn Merriam and Lynn Amy Boardman
    First-trimester bleeding / Janet C. Jacobson and Shannon Connolly
    Pelvic pain / Maureen C. Ries and Marcie Rome
    Vulvar and vaginal tearing / Jeannette Lager, Mzimeli Morris, and Kavita Mishra Part III: Clinical conditions and procedures in OBH medicine, C: Core OBH proedures. Amniocentesis / Laura E. Fitzmaurice
    Inpatient female sterilization procedures / Marisa Liu and Dayna Smith
    Breech delivery / William M. Gilbert
    Cesarean delivery / Lorene A. Temming and Eric A. Strand
    Perioperative management of cystotomies / Bobby Garcia and Felicia Lane
    Episiotomy and perineal laceration repair / Virginia Tancioco and Laura E. Fitzmaurice
    External cephalic version / Joshua I. Rosenbloom and Shayna N. Conner
    Hypogastric artery ligation / Tashsa Serna-Gallegos and Robert E. Bristow
    Obstetric ultrasound / Manuel Porto and Megan C. Oakes
    Manual rotation of the occiput posterior or occiput transverse fetus in labor / Jean Maunder
    Operative vaginal deliveries / Michael D. Moxley
    Postpartum hemorrhage procedures / Katherine Coakley and Laura E. Fitzmaurice
    Pudendal nerve blocks / Tusani Illangasekare
    Vulvar and vaginal hematoma / Lauren A. Cadish
    Digital Access AccessObGyn 2019
  • Digital
    Debra S. Heller.
    Contents:
    1. Getting the best answer: specimen handling and a quick review of the workings of the pathology laboratory
    2. Normal histology of the female genital tract
    3. Diseases of the vulva and anal neoplasia
    4. Diseases of the vagina and urethra
    5. Diseases of the cervix
    6. Diseases of the endometrium
    7. Diseases of the myometrium
    8. Diseases of the fallopian tube
    9. Diseaes of the ovary
    10. Diseases of the broad ligaments and peritoneum
    11. Pathology of the female genital tract related to pregnancy
    12. Pathology of the placenta
    13. Gestational trophoblastic neoplasia
    14. Gynecologic cytology
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Amanda Mularz, Steven Dalati, Ryan Pedigo.
    Contents:
    Top 100 secrets
    The menstrual cycle
    Premenstrual syndrome and dysmenorrhea
    Abnormal uterine bleeding
    Endometriosis and adenomyosis
    Leiomyomatous uterus
    Anovulation
    Female sexual dysfunction
    Menopause
    Benign lesions of the vulva and vagina
    Lower genital tract infections
    Pelvic inflammatory disease
    Ectopic pregnancy
    Induced abortion
    Contraception
    Benign adnexal masses
    Acute and chronic pelvic pain
    Urinary incontinence
    Pelvic organ prolapse
    Breast disease
    Intimate partner violence
    Puberty
    Amenorrhea
    Infertility
    Ovulation induction and in vitro fertilization
    Spontaneous abortion and recurrent pregnancy loss
    Hirsutism and polycystic ovarian syndrome
    Precancerous lesions of the lower genital tract
    Vulvar and vaginal cancer
    Cervical cancer
    Endometrial hyperplasia and uterine cancer
    Ovarian cancer
    Gestational trophoblastic disease
    Normal physiology of pregnancy
    Pathophysiology of the placenta
    Preconception counseling
    Comprehensive prenatal care
    Nutrition and exercise in pregnancy
    Obstetric ultrasound
    Prenatal diagnosis
    Antepartum fetal surveillance
    Genetics in pregnancy
    Cervical insufficiency and cerclage
    Nausea and vomiting in pregnancy
    Disorders of fetal growth
    Amniotic fluid disorders
    Alloimmunization
    Renal disease in pregnancy
    Pregestational and gestational diabetes
    Hypertension in pregnancy
    Thyroid disease in pregnancy
    Autoimmune diseases in pregnancy
    Neurologic issues in pregnancy
    Pulmonary disease in pregnancy
    Cardiovascular disease in pregnancy
    Infections in pregnancy
    Surgery during pregnancy
    Trauma in pregnancy
    Alcohol and drug abuse during pregnancy
    Obesity in pregnancy
    Multiple gestation
    Labor and vaginal delivery
    Intrapartum fetal surveillance
    Cesarean delivery and vaginal birth after cesarean delivery
    Obstetric anesthesia
    Preterm labor and preterm premature rupture of membranes
    Placenta previa and placental abruption
    Malpresentation
    Postpartum hemorrhage
    Newborn resuscitation
    Postpartum care.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Shamim I. Ahmad, Syed Khalid Imam, editors.
    Contents:
    1. White Adipose Tissues: Beyond Fat Storage
    2. Brown Adipose Tissue and Obesity
    3. Long-Chain Omega-3 Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids and Obesity
    4. Leptin and Obesity
    5. Role of Neuro-Endocrine System in Obesity
    6. Oxidative Stress and Obesity
    7. Genetics of Obesity
    8. Obesity and Coronary Heart Disease
    9. Obesity and Diabetes
    10. Obesity and Breathing Related Sleep Disorder
    11. Gastro-Oesophageal Reflux Disease and Obesity: Pathophysiology and Putative Treatment
    12. Obesity and Gastrointestinal Disorder in Children
    13. Non-Alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease in Obesity
    14. Obesity, Cardiometabolic Risk, and Chronic Kidney Disease
    15. Polycystic Ovary Syndrome and Obesity
    16. Obesity and Cancer
    17. Obesity and Thyroid Cancer
    18. Depression and Obesity
    19. Obesity in Orthopedics and Trauma Surgery
    20. New Technology in the Assessment and Treatment of Obesity
    21. Obstetrical Risk in Obesity
    22. Bariatric Surgery in Obesity
    23. Decoding the Code: Underlying Physiological Mechanisms of Bariatric Surgery
    24. Infant Nutrition and Obesity
    25. Disordered Eating and Obesity
    26. Physical Activity in Obesity and Diabetes
    27. Obesity Prevention in Young Children.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Paolo Sbraccia, Nicholas Finer, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the latest advances in our understanding of the pathophysiologic basis that induces the chronic positive energy balance necessary to progressively store excessive amounts of fat mass. It highlights the clinical complications of obesity, while also focusing on the major scientific advances that have highlighted the role of genetics, adipose tissue endocrinology and the environment in the mechanisms and causes of obesity. Particular attention is given to the consequences of obesity, including an ever -increasing number of other diseases such as type 2 diabetes, cardiovascular diseases and cancer, as well as conditions such as arthropathy, asthma, non-alcoholic liver disease, and dementia. Increasingly recognized uniting causes highlight the role of systemic, local and paracrine actions of adipocytokines in causing inflammation. As we come to better understand how hypothalamic control of energy balance is influenced by endocrine signaling from the gut and adipose tissue, it paves the way for new therapeutic targets and a resurgence of pharmacological and surgical approaches to treatment. Written by respected experts in the field, this volume is intended as a major reference source for endocrinologists, nutritionists, basic and clinical scientists alike.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology
    Genetics
    Epigenetics and fetal programming
    Neuroendocrinology of energy balance
    The adipose organ
    Role of gut hormones
    Pathogenesis
    Environmental factors: pollutants, viruses food
    Food, metabolism and longevity
    The microbiota and energy balance
    Eating disorders
    Clinical assessment of the patient with overweight or obesity
    Obesity and NAFLD
    Obesity and type 2 diabetes
    Obesity and hypertension
    Obesity and dyslipidemia
    Obesity and obstructive sleep apnoea syndrome
    Impact of obesity on cardiovascular disease
    Obesity and psychiatry
    Obesity in Children
    Dietary treatment
    Physical exercise
    Cognitive and behavioral approaches
    Pharmacological approaches
    Surgical approaches
    An integrated view of treatment options.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Robin P. Blackstone.
    Contents:
    1. Epidemiology, measurement, cost of obesity
    2. Prejudice, discrimation, and the preferred approach to the patient with obesity
    3. The biology of weight regulation and genetic resetting
    4. The biology of adipose tissue
    5. Obesity-related diseases and syndromes: insulin resistance, Type 2 diabetes mellitus, non-alcoholic fatty liver disease, cardiovascular disease, and metabolic syndrome
    6. Obesity-related diseases and syndromes: cancer, endocrine disease, pulmonary disease, pseudotumor cerebri, and disordered sleep
    7. Pediatric obesity
    8. Fundamentals of diet, exercise, and behavior modification
    9. The assessment of the adult patient with overweight and obesity
    10. Beyond traditional management: the use of medications in the treatment of obesity
    11. Bariatric surgery
    12. Population health management of obesity
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Sanjay Agrawal, editor.
    Contents:
    Section I. Obesity and metabolic syndrome
    Section II. Introduction to bariatric surgery
    Section III. Perioperative assessment for bariatric surgery
    Section IV. Laparoscopic Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass (LRYGB): techniques, complications, outcomes, and controversies
    Section V. Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy (LSG): technique, complications, outcomes, and controversies
    Section VI. Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Banding (LAGB): technique, complications, outcomes and controversies
    Section VII. Advances in minimally invasive bariatric surgery
    Section VIII. Revisional bariatric surgery
    Section IX. Other operations for obesity
    Section X. Endoscopic approaches in obesity and bariatric surgery
    Section XI. Metabolic effects of bariatric surgery
    Section XII. Training, reporting, and practice in bariatric surgery
    Section XIII. Miscellaneous topics
    Section XIV. Special topics.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Jun Yu, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Epidemiology and etiologic associations of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease and associated HCC
    3. Pathogenesis of NASH: how metabolic complications of overnutrition favour lipotoxicity and pro-inflammatory fatty liver disease
    4. Chemokines and chemokine receptors in the development of NAFLD
    5. NAFLD related-HCC: the relationship with metabolic disorders
    6. Hepatocellular carcinoma in obesity: finding a needle in the haystack?
    7. Dysregulated epigenetic modifications in the pathogenesis of NAFLD-HCC
    8. The influence of gut microbial metabolism on the development and progression of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease
    9. Microbiota, obesity and NAFLD
    10. Autophagy, NAFLD and NAFLD-related HCC
    11. Animal models of non-alcoholic fatty liver diseases and its associated liver cancer
    12. Current prevention and treatment options for NAFLD.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Saverio Cinti.
    Contents:
    The Adipose Organ
    Brown Adipose Tissue (BAT)
    White Adipose Tissue (WAT)
    The Adipose Organ: Cold Acclimation
    BAT
    WAT
    The Adipose Organ: Warm Acclimation: BAT
    The Obese Adipose Organ: BAT
    The Fasted Adipose Organ: WAT
    BAT
    The Adipose Organ During Lactation: WAT
    BAT
    The Fetal Adipose Organ
    The Adipose Organ In Genetically Modified Models.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kristy A. Brown, Evan R. Simpson.
    Summary: Obesity is a risk factor for breast cancer in older women. A number of adipose-derived and obesity-related factors have been shown to affect tumour cell growth. These include adipokines, insulin, IGF-1 and oestrogens. The majority of obesity-related postmenopausal breast cancers are oestrogen-dependent. Since the ovaries no longer produce oestrogens after menopause, and that circulating levels are negligible, it is evident that it is the oestrogens produced locally within the breast adipose that are responsible for the increased growth of breast cancer cells. Aromatase is the enzyme that converts androgens into oestrogens and its regulation is dependent on the activity of a number of tissue-specific promoters.Targeting oestrogen biosynthesis in obesity may be useful for the prevention of breast cancer.Aromatase inhibitors are efficacious at treating postmenopausal breast cancer and recent studies suggest that they may also be useful in the prevention setting. However, these compounds inhibit the catalytic activity of aromatase and as a consequence lead to a number of undesirable side-effects, including arthralgia and possible cognitive defects due to inhibition of aromatase in the bone and brain, respectively. Novel therapies, such as those employed to treat obesity-associated disease, including anti-diabetics, may prove successful at inhibiting aromatase specifically within the breast.This SpringerBrief will explore all of these issues in depth and the authorsare in a unique position to write about this topic,havingextensive experience in the field of aromatase research.

    Contents:
    Estrogens, adiposity and the menopause
    The link between obesity and breast cancer: Epidemiological evidence
    Adipose-derived and obesity-related factors and breast cancer
    Estrogen biosynthesis
    Therapies aimed at breaking the linkage between obesity and breast cancer
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Tobias Pischon, Katharina Nimptsch, editors.
    Contents:
    Obesity and risk of cancer: an introductory overview
    Obesity and colorectal cancer
    Obesity and breast cancer
    Obesity and oesophageal cancer
    Obesity and kidney cancer
    Obesity and pancreatic cancer
    Obesity and endometrial cancer
    Obesity and prostate cancer
    Obesity and ovarian cancer
    Obesity and liver cancer
    Obesity biomarkers, metabolism and risk of cancer: an epidemiological perspective
    Biological mechanisms for the effect of obesity on cancer risk: experimental evidence
    Obesity as an avoidable cause of cancer (attributable risks).
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Krista R. Casazza, Lynae J. Hanks.
    Contents:
    Obesity and childhood / Krista R. Casazza & Lynae J. Hanks
    Conceptualization and predictive environmental factors for childhood obesity / Sandra Verbeken, Ellen Moens, Lien Goossens & Caroline Braet
    Genetic contributors to pediatric obesity : beyond more iterations of BMI / Lynae J. Hanks, Anna L. Newton, Danielle Lorch, Pranayraj Kondapally & Krista R. Casazza
    Parenting and management of pediatric obesity / Moria Golan
    Role as a public health concern: need for prevention across the lifecycle / Mary Jo Messito
    Dietary intake and childhood obesity / Abigail E. Duffine & Stella L. Volpe
    Psychosocial stresses in pediatric obesity : what comes into the room with an obese child and their parents? / Gerri Minshall & Shirley Alexander
    Ask the experts : differences in interventions : special considerations for sex, stage of development and ethnicity / Krista R. Casazza and Lynae J. Hanks
    Multiple choice questions : answers.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Joel Faintuch, Salomão Faintuch, editors.
    Summary: This timely and clinically oriented book uniquely addresses the entire spectrum of treatment for severe obesity and diabetes. It thoroughly examines all aspects from robotic surgery to cell therapy, from the latest antidiabetic drugs to endoscopic procedures and devices, from appetite-inhibiting signals and nutrients to gastric arterial embolization. It offers objective and authoritative information for practicing professionals; not only are successful interventions discussed and updated, but cutting-edge and experimental pathways are also anticipated. Obesity is the foremost nutritional challenge worldwide. Its companion is type-2 diabetes, the most prevalent metabolic disease. Together they represent the diabesity epidemic, which is draining resources, overwhelming healthcare facilities, and impacting life expectancy and quality of life everywhere. No country has been spared, and most medical specialties have been affected. Many books focus on the surgical options for obesity and diabetes, namely bariatric and metabolic operations. Information on the clinical and pharmacological treatment is also available, conveyed by standard texts on internal medicine and endocrinology. Yet endoscopic maneuvers and prostheses, cell therapy for diabetes, and other innovative approaches are hard to come by, as conventional texts overlook such therapies. This timely publication bridges the gaps between all different therapeutic options, also covering advances in the conservative, surgical and parasurgical domains. This book will appeal to seasoned specialists, students and healthcare professionals in training alike.

    Contents:
    The Dual Problem of Obesity and Diabetes: Old Problems Die Hard
    Cost of Obesity Recurrence
    Recent Trends in Bariatric and Metabolic Surgery
    Perspectives of Robotic Bariatric Surgery
    Sleeve Gastrectomy and Transit Bipartition
    Surgical Options in Type 2 Diabetes
    Endoscopic Therapeutic Options for Type 2 Diabetes
    Ileal Transposition Surgery: Mechanisms of Weight Loss and Diabetes Improvements
    Left Gastric Artery Embolization to Treat Obesity: Rationale, Technique, Experimental and Clinical Studies
    Pharmacologic Approach to Type 2 Diabetes in Obese Patients
    Peripheral Signals and Food Intake Control
    Appetite-Inhibiting Properties of Proteins
    Cell Therapy for Diabetes
    Stem Cells Derived Insulin-Secreting Cells for Insulin-Dependent Diabetes Mellitus: Exploiting Laboratory Discoveries.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    guest editors Christopher F. Bolling, Michael Dedekian.
    Summary: "AM:STARs is the official publication of the AAP Section on Adolescent Health. Published 2 times per year, it offers adolescent specialists and primary care physicians timely information on matters relating to adolescent health and wellness. The AM:STARs Obesity and Diabetes in the Adolescent covers a wide variety of topics including: type I and type II diabetes - diagnosis/evaluation/treatment & future treatments being developed; how to distinguish between type I and type II; insulin resistance; pre-diabetes and the metabolic syndrome; dyslipidemia evaluation and treatment; disorders of growth and puberty in obesity; overlooked complications of obesity; laboratory evaluation of obesity; nutritional management of obesity; hypertension and sleep apnea; behavioral approaches in adolescent weight management; weight bias/stigma in overweight adolescents; adolescent weight management in the primary care setting; physical activity promotion in the adolescent patient; [and] genetics of obesity"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Adolescent weight management in the primary care setting
    Laboratory evaluation of obesity in adolescents: recommendations and controversies
    Avoiding weight bias and stigma
    Motivational interviewing in adolescent weight management
    Dietary approaches and behavioral strategies for adolescent weight management
    Physical activity promotion in the adolescent patient
    Serious but overlooked complications of obesity: nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, hypertension, and obstructive sleep apnea
    Disorders of growth and puberty in obesity
    Genetic and epigenetic causes of obesity
    Management of type 2 diabetes and prediabetes in children and adolescents
    Type 1 diabetes mellitus in adolescents
    Pumps, sensors, and emerging artificial pancreas technology.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2017
  • Digital
    Emily S. Jungheim, editor.
    Contents:
    Introduction to Obesity and Fertility
    Obesity and the HPO axis
    Childhood and Adolescent Obesity: Implications for Reproductive Health and Function
    Nutrition in Human Fertility
    Preconceptional Obesity and Fetal Outcomes?Transdisciplinary Evidence for Obesity?s Effects on Fertility
    Fertility Treatment Outcomes in Obese Women
    Early Pregnancy in Obese Women
    Obesity in Pregnancy
    Contraceptive Counseling in Obese Women
    Obesity and Ovarian Aging (Diminished Ovarian Reserve and Menopause)
    Obesity, Reproductive Outcomes, and Access to Infertility Treatments: A Clinical and Ethical Debate
    Surgical Interventions and Reproductive Function in Obese Women
    Conclusions: Establishing an Ethically and Medically Sound Framework for Integrating BMI Limits Into Infertility Care for Obese Women.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Methil Kannan Kutty, Asita Elengoe, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes the effects of obesity on health and its correlation with a wide range of debilitating and life-threatening conditions in humans. It discusses the possible pathological mechanisms that are involved in the development of obesity and highlights obesity-associated molecular mechanisms that contribute to reproductive dysfunctions in men and women. The book provides mechanistic insights on the role of obesity in cardiovascular and respiratory disorders, and examines the role of the complementary molecular mechanism of the gut microbiota in the development of obesity. It also reviews the interaction between the metabolic system and immune cells in the pathogenesis of obesity-associated diseases. Lastly, it assesses the latest advances in nanomedicine as an emerging strategy for the treatment of obesity.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. The Economics of Obesity-A Public Policy Perspective
    Chapter 3. Obesity and skin problems
    Chapter 4. Obesity and endometriosis
    Chapter 5. Hypogonadism
    Chapter 6. Effect of obesity in cardiovascular system
    Chapter 7. Impact of obesity on vaccination
    Chapter 8. Obesity-linked diseases (Comorbidities)
    Chapter 9. Imaging as a tool for measuring body fat
    Chapter 10. Extrapolation from clinical trial to practice: current pharmacotherapy on obesity
    Chapter 11. Nanotechnology in the context of obesity
    Chapter 12. Computational approach in drug development for obesity.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ayse Basak Engin, Atilla Engin, editors.
    Summary: "Due to the resultant health consequences and considerable increase in prevalence, obesity has become a major worldwide health problem. "Obesity and Lipotoxicity" is a comprehensive review of the recent researches to provide a better understanding of the lipotoxicity-related mechanisms of obesity and the potential for the development of new treatment strategies. This book overviews the biochemical pathways leading to obesity-related metabolic disorders that occur subsequent to lipotoxicity. Chapters examine the deleterious effects of nutrient excess at molecular level including the cellular and molecular aspects of breast cancer, resistance to leptin, insulin, adiponectin, and interconnection between the circadian clock and metabolic pathways during high-fat feeding. "Lipotoxicity and Obesity" will be a useful resource for clinicians and basic science researchers, such as biochemists, toxicologists, immunologists, nutritionists, adult and pediatric endocrinologists, cardiologists, as well as students who are thought in this field"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    The definition and prevalence of obesity and metabolic syndrome / Atilla Engin
    Circadian rhythms in diet-induced obesity / Atilla Engin
    Eat and death: chronic over-eating / Atilla Engin
    Obesity, persistent organic pollutants and related health problems / Loukia Vassilopoulou, Christos Psycharakis, Demetrios Petrakis, John Tsiaoussis [and others]
    Human protein kinases and obesity / Atilla Engin
    Fat cell and fatty acid turnover in obesity / Atilla Engin
    Adipose tissue function and expandability as determinants of lipotoxicity and the metabolic syndrome / Stefania Carobbio, Vanessa Pellegrinelli, Antonio Vidal-Puig
    What is lipotoxicity? / Ayse Basak Engin
    The pathogenesis of obesity-associated adipose tissue inflammation / Atilla Engin
    Microbiota and lipotoxicity / Evren Doruk Engin
    Endoplasmic reticulum stress and obesity / Erkan Yilmaz
    Insulin resistance, obesity and lipotoxicity / Dilek Yazıcı, Havva Sezer
    Adipose tissue hypoxia in obesity and its impact on preadipocytes and macrophages: hypoxia hypothesis / Atilla Engin
    Adipocyte-macrophage cross-talk in obesity / Ayse Basak Engin
    Endothelial dysfunction in obesity / Atilla Engin
    Diet-induced obesity and the mechanism of leptin resistance / Atilla Engin
    Influence of antioxidants on leptin metabolism and its role in the pathogenesis of obesity / Harald Mangge, Christian Ciardi, Kathrin Becker, Barbara Strasser, Dietmar Fuchs [and others]
    Adiponectin-resistance in obesity / Atilla Engin
    Non-alcoholic fatty liver disease / Atilla Engin
    Lipotoxicity-related hematological disorders in obesity / Ibrahim Celalettin Haznedaroglu, Umit Yavuz Malkan
    MicroRNA and adipogenesis / Ayse Basak Engin
    The interactions between kynurenine, folate, methionine and pteridine pathways in obesity / Ayse Basak Engin, Atilla Engin
    Eligibility and success criteria for bariatric/metabolic surgery / Manuel F. Landecho, Víctor Valentí, Rafael Moncada, Gema Frühbeck
    Does bariatric surgery improve obesity associated comorbid conditions / Atilla Engin
    Obesity-associated breast cancer: analysis of risk factors / Atilla Engin
    Lipotoxicity in obesity: benefit of olive oil / Saad Elias, Sbeit Wisam, Arraf Luai, Barhoum Massad, Assy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jürgen Ordemann, Ulf Elbelt, editors.
    Summary: Procedures and perspectives of obesity and metabolic surgery This book presents the surgical therapy of obesity and metabolic diseases in a practice-oriented and detailed way. The specific surgical procedures with their indications, performance and risks are described precisely in words and pictures. Special emphasis is placed on the choice of the appropriate surgical procedure for the individual patient. In addition to the mechanisms of action, interdisciplinary preoperative evaluation of the patient and postoperative aftercare are explained. Furthermore, surgical, internal and psychosomatic complications and complication management are described. Information on obesity center organization and alternative bariatric therapies complete the volume. This book is a translation of the original German 1st edition Adipositas- und metabolische Chirurgie by Jurgen Ordemann & Ulf Elbelt, published by Springer-Verlag GmbH Germany, part of Springer Nature in 2017. The translation was done with the help of artificial intelligence (machine translation by the service DeepL.com). A subsequent human revision was done primarily in terms of content, so that the book will read stylistically differently from a conventional translation. Springer Nature works continuously to further the development of tools for the production of books and on the related technologies to support the authors. The Content: Obesity, Conservative obesity therapy, Weight-loss surgery, Metabolic surgery, Preoperative evaluation, Anesthesia, Surgical procedure, Roux-en-Y gastric bypass, Sleeve gastrectomy, Omega-loop bypass, Gastric banding, Biliopancreatic diversion, Redo-operation, Postoperative aftercare, Complications and management of complications The Editors: Professor Dr. med. Jurgen Ordemann, former holder of the professorship for Obesity Surgery at the Charite Universitatsmedizin Berlin and since 2018 Head of the Department of Obesity and Metabolic Surgery, Vivantes Klinikum Berlin-Spandau Priv.-Doz. Dr. med. Ulf Elbelt, former Senior Physician at the Medical Department of Endocrinology and Metabolic Diseases, Charite - Universitatsmedizin Berlin and since 2019 Senior Physician for Endocrinology at Brandenburg Medical School.

    Contents:
    Conservative therapy of obesity
    Surgical therapy of obesity
    Metabolic surgery
    Surgical preparation
    Anaesthesia
    Laparoscopic gastric banding
    Laparoscopic tube
    Laparoscopic gastric bypass
    Laparoscopic mini.-bypass/omega
    Laparoscopic biliopancreatic diversion (BDP according to Scopinaro)
    Laparoscopic biliopancreatic diversion with duodenal switch Postoperative management
    Redo operations
    Special patient groups in bariatric surgery
    Obesity center
    Obesity surgery environment and outlook on new developments.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Wanda Nicholson, Kesha Baptiste-Roberts, editors.
    Contents:
    Section I. Introduction
    1. Introduction: Breaking the Cycle of Obesity in Mothers and Children
    2. Obesity and infertility
    3. Preconception and Pregnancy Care in Overweight or Obese Women
    4. hared Decision-Making and Labor Management in Parturients
    Section II. Translating the Metabolism of Pregnancy
    5. Epidemiologic Trends and Maternal Factors Predicting Postpartum Weight
    6. Relationship between depressive mood and maternal obesity- implications for postpartum depression
    7. Body Image as a Contributor to Weight in Pregnancy and Postpartum
    Section III. The Event
    8. Promoting a Healthy Weight After Delivery
    9. Obesity and Physical Activity During Pregnancy and Postpartum: Evidence, Guidelines, and Recommendations
    10. Maternal obesity, gestational weight gain, and childhood growth in the first year of life
    Section IV. Meeting the Challenges
    11. ernal Obesity and Implications for the Long-term Health of the Offspring
    12. Family- centered interventions to reduce maternal and child obesity
    13. Obesity Screening Recommendations and Emerging Policies.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Louis J. Aronne and Rekha B. Kumar.
    Summary: Comprised exclusively of clinical cases illustrating current strategies for obesity management across various types of conditions, this concise, practical casebook will provide obesity medicine specialists and all physicians who treat obesity with the best real-world strategies to properly diagnose and treat patients struggling with weight management. Each section includes a pair of cases that open with a unique clinical presentation, followed by a description of the diagnosis, assessment and management technique recommended and employed, as well as the case outcome and clinical pearls and pitfalls. Cases included in the first sections depict issues involved in obesity management in metabolic syndrome, cardiovascular disease, insulin resistance syndromes, genetic predisposition, and type 2 diabetes. Subsequent sections present cases highlighting particular management strategies, such as psychiatric medication induced weight gain, behavioral interventions, bariatric surgery and pharmacotherapy for obesity. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Obesity Management: A Clinical Casebook is an excellent resource for physicians who treat overweight and obesity and the complications of these conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert K. Silverman.
    Summary: A text that comprehensively addresses both the gynecologic and obstetrical care of the obese patient. It provides clinicians with the tools needed to manage care and minimize risk of complications. Clinically focused and evidence based, it concludes with a section devoted to related conditions that would further impact patient care

    Contents:
    I: Introduction
    Biological and genetic determinants of obesity
    Economic costs of obesity
    Pregnancy and obesity in social context
    II: General
    The obese adolescent female
    Women with disabilities and obesity
    Heart disease
    Asthma and obesity
    Behavioral determinants of obesity
    Bariatric surgery
    Obesity and breast development and function
    Obesity and benign and malignant disease of the breast
    Cancer in women
    Critical care
    Pain management in the obese population
    Electronic tools
    III: Obstetrics
    Nutrition and weight gain in pregnancy: weight loss strategies/nutritional management
    Prenatal care and fertility testing
    Preconceptual counseling and prenatal diagnosis
    Checklists for care: care maps for pregnancy in the obese gravida
    Problems in labor and adverse birth outcomes
    Cesarean section/surgical management
    Endocrine disorders in pregnancy
    Pregestational and gestational diabetes
    Hypertensive disorders
    Anesthesia and obesity
    IV: Gynecology
    Bariatric surgery and pregnancy
    Contraceptive management
    Infertility issues and polycystic ovary syndrome
    Metabolic syndrome
    Botanicals and other supplements
    Menopause and perimenopausal issues
    Perioperative management of obese patients
    Minimally invasive surgery and surgical approach
    Endometrial cancers
    Urinary incontinence
    Digital Access AccessObGyn 2017
  • Digital
    Christopher W.T. Miller.
    Summary: "With a mix of theory, practical advice, and illustrative clinical material, The Object Relations Lens is a compelling and indispensable resource for any clinician interested in applying the object relations model to their clinical or academic work. As accessible to trainees as it is to experienced clinicians, Dr. Christopher Miller clearly outlines object relations theory, leveraging clinical vignettes to underline the framework's applicability both in therapy and acute care settings. Readers in academic settings will also find experience-near ways of assimilating the concepts introduced in the book, as well as best practices for utilizing supervision and extensive literature recommendations. With a detailed discussion of the neuroscientific model of object relations and the integration of concepts from other schools of psychoanalytic thought that help consolidate certain discussion points, this volume will provide readers with an updated and scientifically informed understanding of how object relations theory can be harmonized with psychiatric theory and practice"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Starting Psychotherapy Supervision
    Establishing and Maintaining a Therapeutic Frame
    Words and Silence
    Finding the Focus : Content Versus Process
    Developing a Sense of Self : Theory
    Developing a Sense of Self : Clinical
    The Oedipal Situation (Exclusion and Rivalry) : Theory
    The Oedipal Situation (Exclusion and Rivalry) : Clinical
    A Neuroscientific Perspective on Object Relations
    Termination.
  • Digital
    Elizabeth B. Torres.
    Summary: Objective Biometric Methods for the Diagnosis and Treatment of Nervous System Disorders provides a new and unifying methodological framework, introducing new objective biometrics to characterize patterns of sensory motor control underlying symptoms. Its goal is to radically transform the ways in which disorders of the nervous system are currently diagnosed, tracked, researched and treated. This book iintroduces new ways to bring the laboratory to the clinical setting, to schools and to settings of occupational and physical therapy. Ready-to-use, graphic user interfaces are introduced to provide outcome measures from wearable sensors that automatically assess in near real time the effectiveness of interventions. Lastly, examples of how the new framework has been effectively utilized in the context of clinical trials are provided.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Roy J. Shephard, Catrine Tudor-Locke, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Physical activity and optimal health: the callenge to epidemiology
    2. A history of physical activity measurement in epidemiology
    3. Outputs available from objective monitors
    4. Protocols for data collection, management and treatment
    5. Resources for data interpretation and reporting
    6. New information on population activity patterns revealed by objective monitoring
    7. Can the epidemiologist learn more from sedentary behaviour than from the measurement of physical activity?
    8. New perspectives on activity/ disease relationships yielded by objective monitoring
    9. Excessive appetite vs. inadequate physical activity in the pathology of obesity: evidence from objective monitoring
    10. Objective monitoring and the challenge of defining dose/response relationships for the prevention of chronic disease
    11. The economic benefits of increased physical activity as seen through an objective lens
    12. Limitations of current objective monitors and opportunities to overcome these problems
    13. Objective measurement in physical activity surveillance: present role and future potential
    14. Self-report and direct measures of health: bias and implications
    15. Conclusions and future directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Janet T. E. Riddle, Joan Dinner ; foreword by Margaret W. Thomson.
    Contents:
    --v.1, The structure of the body: cells, tissues and skin; case histories and questions based on nursing care of gastro-enteritis, undernutrition and infestation ; v.2, The skeletal system and the muscular system ; v.3, The circulatory system and the respiratory system ; v.4, The digestive system and the urinary system
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RT55 .R52
    4
  • Print
    Carlos J. Finlay.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RC206 .F5216
    4
  • Print
    Razetti, Luis.
    Contents:
    1. Deontología médica
    2. Divulgacion
    3. Biologia
    4. Cirugia
    5. Obstetricia
    6. Higene y medicina social
    7. Anatomia y varios.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    H114 .R27
    1
  • Print
    aus dem Lateinischen übers. von Günther Goldschmidt ; bearb. und hrsg. von Heinrich Buess.
    Contents: <br/
    >1. Buch. Funktionelle Störungen des Sinnes und der Bewegung.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R128.6 .P71 1963
    1
  • Digital
    Lynne M. Drummond, St. George's Hospital Medical School, University of London with Laura J. Edwards.
    Summary: "Obsessive-compulsive disorders affects between 1 and 3 percent of the population. Ranging from relatively mild symptoms to being a profoundly disabling disorder, it is a condition that is amenable to modern treatments. This book examines the evidence for and potential role of a range of treatment methods, from CBT to pharmacological approaches. It asks what an individual can do to help themselves, and how friends and relatives can assist in the recovery process. Although firmly based in clinical research, it is written in a jargon-free and accessible style to help provide deep understanding of the disorder. Personal narratives and case studies of people living with OCD feature to illustrate points, and the book considers emerging research and the future of approaches to OCD. Built upon decades of experience, this guide will inform and support adults and young people living with OCD, as well as carers, families and health professionals"-- Provided by publisher. "This book arises out of my experience with people living with OCD and their families since the 1980s. When I was developing my interest in this area, few people had heard of OCD and those who had were often still confused about what it was. Today there appears, at first sight, to be much greater awareness. However, a higher profile in the media has also led to a frequent underestimation about how damaging and severe OCD can be. People now frequently quip that they are "a bit OCD" not understanding that in its severe forms, OCD destroys relationships and families and can lead to the early demise of the individual. OCD is not just being fussy or preferring an orderly life but is a serious, life-restricting psychological disorder which requires help and treatment. Fortunately we now have good and effective treatments which can alter the prognosis of OCD and lead to people living happy, fulfilled lives with minimal inconvenience from OCD symptoms. Despite this there is still often confusion about what the evidenced-based treatments are and how to ensure that the person receives the appropriate help and care they need. I am hoping that this book will help to bridge the gap. I have described what OCD is and how it can impact on families. There is then a full discussion concerning tried and tested treatments. I then examine more "experimental" and unusual treatments for that handful of individuals who do not gain benefit from standard treatments"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note:
    1. So What is OCD and is It Really a Problem?;
    2. Who Gets OCD and How Would Anyone Know if They Had It?;
    3. Types and Presentation of OCD;
    4. Drug Treatment;
    5. Exposure and Response Prevention (ERP) for OCD;
    6. Children and Adolescents with OCD;
    7. Old Treatments, Modern Developments, New Research and Potential Treatments for the Future;
    8. Other Conditions which Appear Similar to OCD ;
    9. What Can Family and Carers Do to Help a Person with OCD?;
    10. What Can the Person with OCD Do to Help Themselves?
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Lieuwe De Haan, Frederike Schirmbeck, Mathias Zink, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes scientific advances in our understanding of the interrelationship between obsessive-compulsive symptoms (OCS) and schizophrenia and reflects on the implications for future research directions. In addition, guidelines are provided on practical assessment, diagnosis, and treatment interventions, covering both pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy. Full account is taken of the fact that the variable clinical presentation regarding time of onset and course of OCS in patients with schizophrenia strongly suggests the need for a perspective that recognizes heterogeneous subgroups and diverse neurobiological explanations. Research-based multidimensional conceptual frameworks are accordingly provided relating to the co-occurrence of the disorders, incorporating recent epidemiological, neurocognitive, neurogenetic, and pharmacodynamic findings. Obsessive-Compulsive Symptoms in Schizophrenia has been written by an international team of experts who offer insights gained through their extensive experience. It will be an invaluable guide to this frequent and clinically important comorbidity and will be particularly useful for mental health practitioners.

    Contents:
    From diagnostic entities to multidimensional concepts in psychiatry: Comorbid psychiatric disorders in Schizophrenia
    Comorbid psychiatric disorders in OCD: The Spectrum-Concept
    Phenomenology: Clinical presentation of OCS in patients with psychotic disorders (psychopathology, classification, diagnosis)
    Epidemiology: Dimensional overlap: Schizotypic OCD, schizo-obsessive disorder
    Associations of comorbid OCS with psychotic and affective symptoms and general functioning
    Neurobiology: The neurocognitive impact of comorbid OCS in schizophrenia
    GxE interactions in the pathogenesis of OCS in schizophrenia
    Neurophysiological and Neuroimaging results
    Effects of antipsychotic treatment on OCS
    Therapeutical interventions
    Augmentation and combination strategies
    Cognitive behavioural therapy
    Directions of further research.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Trish Chudleigh, Alison Smith, Sonia Cumming.
    Summary: This highly illustrated manual is ideal for both the trainee and experienced sonographer that covers the full range of obstetric and gynaecological ultrasound examinations undertaken within a secondary referral setting. It combines the practicalities of how to perform these examinations with the information needed to interpret the findings and construct a clinically useful report. The new edition of this well-established book expands its scope to provide an understanding of ultrasound imaging within the clinical management of the gynaecological patient. Elsewhere, its obstetric content has been fully updated with the latest technological, clinical and medico-legal information relevant to routine practice. Furthermore, its experienced sonographer authors continue to advise on the practical aspects of scanning as well as the role, value and limitations of ultrasound in the diagnosis of different diseases thus providing firm foundations in both obstetric and gynaecological imaging. -- Back cover.

    Contents:
    The principles of ultrasound, Doppler ultrasound and instrumentation
    Preparing to scan
    Starting to scan using the transabdominal route
    Starting to scan using the transvaginal route
    Assessing the early intrauterine pregnancy
    Problems of early pregnancy
    Dating and screening the pregnancy between 10 and 14 weeks
    First steps in examining the second trimester pregnancy
    Assessing the fetal head, brain, neck and face
    Assessing the chest and heart
    Assessing the abdomen
    Ultrasound assessment of the spine and limbs
    Assessing fetal growth, amniotic fluid, fetal and uterine artery Dopplers
    Placental and cervical imaging
    Multiple pregnancy
    Scanning the non pregnant pelvis
    The menstrual cycle, the menopause and the effects of exogenous hormones
    Uterine and ovarian anomalies
    Characterization of adnexal cysts, differential diagnoses of the pelvis and report writing
    Professional issues
    Appendix 1-11.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2017
  • Digital
    Mala Sachdeva, Ilene Miller, editors.
    Summary: The female patient with chronic kidney disease often requires care that differs from the male patient. Particularly in the pregnant patient, a specialized body of knowledge is required to provide optimal care. This book focuses on such issues encountered during pregnancy including physiology and pathophysiology of pregnancy, hypertension, preeclampsia, various electrolyte disorders, nephrolithiasis, pharmacological management in the pregnant patient with kidney disease and during breastfeeding, acute kidney and chronic kidney disease, dialysis of the pregnant patient, lupus nephritis, thrombotic microangiopathy, glomerular disease management, use of renal biopsy during pregnancy, care of the female transplant patient, contraceptive counseling and postpartum care, various endocrine disorders, and bone disease in the female patient with chronic kidney disease. This book features the latest evidence and clinical approaches for the beginner or for the experienced practitioners who care for pregnant woman or even for those who require expertise in women's health. Written by experts in the field, Obstetric and Gynecologic Nephrology: Women's Health Issues in the Patient with Kidney Disease is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners involved in the care and treatment of obstetric and gynecologic patients afflicted with kidney disease. .

    Contents:
    Renal Physiology in Pregnancy
    Hypertensive Disorders in Pregnancy
    Preeclampsia and Renal Disease in Pregnancy: Obstetric Perspective
    Preeclampsia and Eclampsia: Nephrologist Perspective
    Renal Manifestations In Lupus Pregnancy
    Glomerular Disease and Pregnancy
    Renal Biopsy in Pregnancy: Risks, Benefits, Pathologic Findings, and Illustrative Examples
    Nephrolithiasis and Pregnancy
    Electrolyte Disorders in Pregnancy
    Endocrine Considerations in Pregnant Women with Chronic Kidney Disease
    Acute Kidney Injury During Pregnancy
    Chronic Kidney Disease in Pregnancy
    Dialyzing a Pregnant Woman
    Pregnancy and Kidney Transplantation
    Outcomes of Pregnancy after Transplantation: National Transplant Pregnancy Registry
    Contraception in Chronic Kidney Disease and Renal Transplantation
    Pharmacologic, Breastfeeding, and Nutritional Considerations During Pregnancy and Postpartum
    Bone Health in Women with Chronic Kidney Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Alan C. Santos, Jonathan N. Epstein, Kallol Chaudhuri.
  • Digital
    Thomas L. Archer, editor.
    Summary: With 32 engaging and dramatic cases and 174 colorful, insightful and innovative graphics, this book takes a fresh, creative and highly visual approach to the fundamentals of obstetric anesthesia as well as emerging knowledge and three emerging technologies: 1) pre-procedural ultrasound to facilitate neuraxial block placement, 2) point-of-care transthoracic echocardiography to guide maternal resuscitation, and 3) electrical cardiometry to trend maternal cardiac output and avoid fetal hypoxia. Besides discussing the threats to fetal oxygenation presented by labor and the avoidance of maternal and fetal complications while providing excellent anesthesia, the book also explores the psychological and behavioral dimensions of obstetric anesthesia practice and promotes the obstetric anesthesiologist as a valued member of the obstetric care team who makes unique, insightful and empathic contributions to the overall excellent care of pregnant patients. Obstetric Anesthesia: A Case-Based and Visual Approach is an indispensable resource for medical students, residents, fellows, anesthesiologists, nurse anesthetists, nurse midwives, and obstetricians.

    Contents:
    Section One: Pregnancy, anesthesia and threats to fetal oxygenation
    Chapter 1: Normal pregnancy, labor and delivery
    without epidural analgesia
    Chapter 2: Neuraxial anesthesia and the supine position cause non-reassuring fetal status
    Chapter 3: Hyperstimulation
    Chapter 4: Scheduled repeat Cesarean delivery
    Section Two: Postpartum hemorrhage
    Chapter 5: Uterine atony: the most common cause of postpartum hemorrhage
    Chapter 6: Hypovolemic shock
    Chapter 7: A traumatic cesarean delivery with consumptive coagulopathy
    Chapter 8: Trial of labor after cesarean delivery (TOLAC), with uterine dehiscence and emergency cesarean delivery under general anesthesia
    Section Three: More obstetric crises
    Chapter 9: High spinal
    Chapter 10: Prolapsed umbilical cord
    Chapter 11: A patient delivers vaginally after an eclamptic seizure
    Chapter 12: Cesarean delivery under general anesthesia in a septic patient
    Section Four: More challenging cases
    Chapter 13: Morbidly obese preeclamptic patient with difficult IV access for urgent cesarean delivery
    Chapter 14: Patient with known placenta previa and accreta for elective cesarean hysterectomy
    Chapter 15: A patient with severe idiopathic pulmonary hypertension delivers her fourth child
    Section 5: Successful neuraxial anesthesia
    Chapter 16: Fooling ourselves: intravenous fentanyl creates the illusion of a successful epidural
    Chapter 17: What not to do during uterine contractions
    three vignettes with one simple lesson
    Chapter 18: A one-sided epidural
    Chapter 19: Dosing an epidural for "back labor."
    Chapter 20: Management of a patient with an unsatisfactory labor epidural, now going for cesarean delivery
    Chapter 21: Rescuing a low spinal
    Chapter 22: A failed epidural followed by a failed spinal (Part 1)
    Chapter 23: A failed epidural followed by a failed spinal (Part 2)
    Chapter 24: Labor epidural for a patient with scoliosis
    Section 6: Anesthetic complications
    Chapter 25: Wrong medication
    Chapter 26: Headache after dural puncture with an epidural needle. -Chapter 27: Neurological deficit after neuraxial analgesia for labor and vaginal delivery
    Chapter 28: Left sciatic neuropathy after cesarean delivery in an obese, diabetic patient
    Chapter 29: Vasopressin, used as a vasopressor during cystoscopy, causes non-reassuring fetal status
    Chapter 30: Emergency cesarean delivery after repair of an ankle fracture
    Chapter 31: Another spinal mishap
    Section 7: Dysfunctional labor and uterine oxygenation: a theory
    Chapter 32: Cardiac output-guided resuscitation of the uterus: an obese patient has dysfunctional labor which resolves with position change. Coincidence or possible therapy?.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Philip E. Hess, Yunping Li, John J. Kowalczyk, Justin K. Stiles.
    Summary: "This textbook features a succinct, evidence-based review tied with practical and clinical protocols for each important topic in the anesthetic care of the pregnant woman"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessObGyn 2023
  • Digital
    Berrin Gunaydin, Samina Ismail, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Tauqeer Husain, Roshan Fernando, Scott Segal.
    Summary: "The complex healthcare needs of pregnant patients, where care is tailored to not one but two patients, pose specific challenges to anesthesiologists. This book provides concise, case-based discussion on the clinical scenarios and challenges faced in the provision of anesthesia and pain relief for expectant mothers. In the style of problem-based learning, each case is presented as a short scenario, followed by discussion of the causes, risk factors, management and controversies involved. The textbook features a wide range of cases, from common clinical scenarios that are experienced in day-to-day practice to the rare but significant pathologies less familiar to most clinicians. With a global base of contributors, the book is relevant to practice across the world. The concise format supports both trainee anesthesiologists in their initial experiences of obstetrics and exam preparation, and experienced clinicians in need of a reliable, quick-reference text"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Errol R. Norwitz, George R. Saade, Hugh Miller, Christina Davidson.
    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Preventative Health. Abnormal Pap Smear in Pregnancy
    Immunization
    Preconception Care
    Prenatal Care1
    Maternal Disorders. Antiphospholipid Antibody Syndrome
    Asthma
    Cholestasis of Pregnancy
    Chronic Hypertension1
    Deep Vein Thrombosis
    Gestational Diabetes Mellitus1,2
    Gestational Hypertension1
    Preeclampsia
    Pregestational Diabetes Mellitus
    Pulmonary Edema
    Pulmonary Embolism1
    Renal Disease
    Seizure Disorder
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Thrombocytopenia
    Thyroid Dysfunction
    Infectious Complications. Asymptomatic Bacteriuria1
    Urinary Tract Infection/Pyelonephritis
    Lower Genital Tract Infection
    Group B [beta]-Hemolytic Streptococcus1
    Hepatitis B
    Herpes Simplex Virus
    Human Immunodeficiency Virus
    Parvovirus B19
    Syphilis
    Tuberculosis1
    Chorioamnionitis (Intraamniotic Infection)1
    Antenatal Complications. Advanced Maternal Age
    Antepartum Fetal Testing1
    Breast Lesions
    Cervical Insufficiency
    First&#x02010;trimester Vaginal Bleeding
    Higher-Order Multifetal Pregnancy
    Hyperemesis Gravidarum
    Intrauterine Fetal Demise
    Fetal Growth Restriction1
    Isoimmunization
    Macrosomia
    Medically-Indicated Late Preterm and Early Term Delivery
    Obesity
    Oligohydramnios1
    Recurrent Pregnancy Loss
    Placenta Accreta
    Placenta Previa
    Placental Abruption
    Polyhydramnios1
    Post-term Pregnancy1
    Pregnancy Termination
    Prenatal Diagnosis
    Preterm Labor
    Screening for Preterm Birth
    Preterm Premature Rupture of the Membranes1
    Vaginal Birth after Cesarean (VBAC)
    Teratology
    Term Premature Rupture of the Membranes1
    Twin Pregnancy
    Intrapartum/Postpartum Complications. Breech Presentation
    Intrapartum Fetal Testing1
    Cesarean Delivery
    Operative Vaginal Delivery1
    Severe Perineal Lacerations1
    Intrapartum Management of Twin Pregnancy
    Postpartum Hemorrhage1
    Retained Placenta
    Postpartum Endomyometritis1
    Mastitis
    Vasa Previa
    Postpartum Psychiatric Disorders
    Sterilization1
    Obstetric Emergencies. Acute Abdomen in Pregnancy
    Acute Asthma Exacerbation
    Acute Shortness of Breath
    Cord Prolapse
    Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
    Diabetic Ketoacidosis1
    Eclampsia
    Shoulder Dystocia1
    Thyroid Storm
    Recommended Reading.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Kirsty MacLennan, Catherine Robinson.
    Summary: Simulation is becoming an integral part of medical education and has already a well-established role within anaesthesia training, with many examination questions already modelled on simulation scenarios. The clinical diversity and multidisciplinary nature of an obstetric team creates the ideal environment for simulation training. It enables the team to develop their knowledge of clinical emergencies whilst becoming more aware of the importance of human factors. This book is a practical guide to inspire clinical leads to establish simulation within their delivery suite. The book comprises an extensive obstetric scenario library, with each scenario broken down into learning outcomes, a list of staff and equipment needed, specific stages mapped to learning outcomes with appropriate results/investigations and a checklist of ideal actions to enable the post-scenario debrief. Written by consultant obstetric anaesthetists, this book will appeal to medical practitioners interested in facilitating obstetric simulation.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Diogo Ayres-de-Campos.
    Summary: This book provides a practical guide to the management of obstetric emergencies? acute complications during pregnancy and childbirth that pose a life-threatening risk to the mother and/or the fetus, and whose treatment requires an almost immediate response from the healthcare team in order to guarantee a favorable outcome. The book covers two essential areas: the "predominately fetal" emergencies - acute fetal hypoxia/acidosis, shoulder dystocia, and retention of the aftercoming head; and the "predominately maternal" emergencies - eclampsia, maternal cardiorespiratory arrest and post-partum hemorrhage. The book offers a valuable guide for healthcare professionals who deal with obstetric patients, as they may use it for reviewing these rare situations and for consultation when they encounter them. It is also a useful reference manual for simulation-based courses designed to develop and maintain clinical expertise in this area. Healthcare professionals will find that this book offers a comprehensive and pan-European perspective on the clinical management of these situations, as well as a pragmatic and reliable source of information for dealing with acute complications of pregnancy and childbirth.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Acute fetal hypoxia (including umbilical cord prolapse)
    Uterine rupture and major placental abruption
    Shoulder dystocia
    Eclampsia
    Retention of the aftercoming head
    Maternal cardio-respiratory arrest
    Amniotic fluid embolism
    Pulmonary thromboembolism
    Major obstetric haemorrhage
    Simulation-based training of obstetric emergencies.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Sue Pavord, Beverley Hunt.
    Summary: Understand the rapidly growing complexities of obstetric hematology and high-risk pregnancy management, with experts in the field. Now in its second edition, this comprehensive and essential guide focuses on providing the best support for patients and clinical staff, to prevent serious complications in pregnancy and the post-partum period for both mother and baby. Wide-ranging and detailed, the guide offers discussions on basic principles of best care, through to tackling lesser-known hematological conditions, such as cytopenias and hemoglobinopathies. Updated with color illustrations, cutting-edge research, accurate blood film reproductions, and practical case studies, the revised edition places invaluable advice into everyday context. This unique resource is essential reading for trainees and practitioners in obstetrics, anesthesia, and hematology, as well as midwives, nurses, and laboratory staff. Clarifying difficult procedures for disease prevention, the guide ensures safety when the stakes are high. Reflecting current evidence-based guidelines, the updated volume is key to improving pregnancy outcomes worldwide.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Joshua A. Copel, Mary E. D'Alton, Helen Feltovich, Eduard Gratacoś, Deborah Krakow, Anthony O. Odibo, Lawrence D. Platt, Boris Tutschek.
    Summary: "Richly illustrated and comprehensive in scope, Obstetric Imaging, 2nd Edition, provides up-to-date, authoritative guidelines for more than 200 obstetric conditions and procedures, keeping you at the forefront of this fast-changing field. This highly regarded reference covers the extensive and ongoing advances in maternal and fetal imaging in a concise, newly streamlined format for quicker access to common and uncommon findings. Detailed, expert guidance, accompanied by superb, high-quality images, helps you make the most of new technologies and advances in obstetric imaging"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Atlas of selected normal images
    Congenital cystic adenomatoid malformation of the lung
    Bronchopulmonary sequestration
    Hydrothorax
    Scimitar syndrome
    Thymus
    Other thoracic tumors and masses
    Abnormal kidney location
    Abnormal kidney size
    Bilateral renal agenesis
    Unilateral renal agenesis
    Renal pelvis dilatation
    Duplicated collecting system
    Posterior urethral valves
    Multicystic dysplastic kidney
    Autosomal recessive (infantile) polycystic kidney disease
    Fetal adrenal abnormalities
    Ambiguous genitalia
    Cloacal abnormalities
    Gastroschisis
    Omphalocele
    Echogenic bowel
    Fetal hepatic calcification
    Abdominal cysts
    Biliary anomalies
    Intestinal obstruction
    Congenital diaphragmatic hernia
    Hepatic anomalies
    Intraabdominal masses
    Megacystis-microcolon-intestinal hypoperistalsis syndrome
    Sacrococcygeal teratoma and fetus in fetu
    Fetal spleen
    Choroid plexus anomalies : cysts and papillomas
    Corpus callosum and septum pellucidum anomalies
    Septooptic dysplasia
    Cortical development and disorders
    Cerebellar anomalies
    Walker-Warburg syndrome
    Holoprosencephaly
    Intracranial hemorrhage, cysts, tumors, and destructive lesions
    Neural tube defects
    Vascular cerebral anomalies
    Ventriculomegaly
    Pregnancy of unknown location, early pregnancy loss, ectopic pregnancy, and cesarean scar pregnancy
    Nuchal translucency
    Introduction
    Atelosteogenesis disorders
    Campomelic dysplasia
    Chondrodysplasia punctata
    DTDST dysplasia (including AOII and achondrogenesis IB)
    FGFR3 disorders : thanatophoric dysplasia, achondroplasia, and hypochondroplasia
    Hypophosphatasia
    Osteogenesis imperfecta
    Radial ray deficiency
    Russell-silver syndrome
    Short rib thoracic dysplasia with or without polydactyly
    Spondyloepiphyseal dysplasia congenita
    Other type II collagen disorders
    Acrofacial dysostosis
    Caudal regression syndrome
    Spinal abnormalities and Klippel-Feil syndrome
    Abnormal hands : focus on the thumbs
    Craniosynostosis
    Clubfoot (talipes equinovarus) and clenched hands
    Clubfoot (talipes equinovarus)
    Cleft lip and palate
    Orbital defects : hypertelorism and hypotelorism
    Choanal atresia
    Micrognathia and retrognathia
    Facial dysmorphism
    Cystic hygroma
    Neck teratoma
    Fetal thyroid masses and fetal goiter
    Congenital high airways obstruction syndrome (chaos) and bronchial atresia
    Ultrasound of normal fetal heart
    Ventricular septal defect
    Atrioventricular septal defect
    Tricuspid atresia
    Ebstein anomaly and tricuspid dysplasia
    Pulmonary stenosis and atresia
    Aortic stenosis and aortic atresia
    Hypoplastic left heart syndrome and mitral atresia
    Aortic coarctation
    Interruption of the aortic arch
    Aortic arch anomalies
    Tetralogy of Fallot
    Transposition of great arteries
    Double-outlet right ventricle
    Common arterial trunk
    Double-inlet single ventricle
    Atrial isomerism
    Anomalies of pulmonary venous return
    Anomalies of systemic venous return
    Cardiomyopathy
    Cardiac tumors
    Arrhythmias
    Placental abruption
    Placenta accreta
    Amniotic band sequence
    Chorioangioma
    Choriocarcinoma
    Placenta circumvallata
    Cord cyst
    Cord varix
    Gestational trophoblastic disease
    Limb-body wall complex
    Placenta previa
    Vasa previa
    Fetal macrosomia
    Beckwith-wiedemann syndrome
    Intrauterine growth restriction
    Amniocentesis
    Cordocentesis and fetal transfusion
    Chorionic villus sampling
    Radiofrequency ablation
    Selective laser photocoagulation
    Fetal shunts
    Multifetal pregnancy reduction
    Open fetal surgery
    Polyhydramnios
    Oligohydramnios
    Lymphedema and lymphatic malformations
    Nonimmune hydrops fetalis
    Immune hydrops fetalis
    Cervical length and spontaneous preterm birth
    Fetal biophysical profile
    Charge syndrome
    Cornelia de lange syndrome
    Fraser syndrome
    Fryns syndrome
    Goldenhar syndrome
    Klippel-Trénaunay-Weber syndrome
    Holt-oram syndrome
    Meckel-gruber syndrome
    Neu-laxova syndrome
    Noonan syndrome
    Pentalogy of cantrell
    Pierre robin sequence
    Poland sequence
    Prune-belly syndrome
    Roberts syndrome
    Cystic fibrosis
    Pontocerebellar disorders
    Tuberous sclerosis
    Sirenomelia
    Smith-Lemli-Opitz syndrome
    Vater association
    Introduction to aneuploidy
    Triploidy
    Trisomy 13
    Trisomy 18
    Trisomy 21
    Turner syndrome (monosomy X)
    Mosaic trisomies 8, 9, and 16
    22q2 deletion syndrome
    Chromosome 4p deletion syndrome (Wolf-Hirschhorn syndrome)
    Chromosome 5p deletion syndrome (cri du chat syndrome)
    Miller-Dieker syndrome (17p3 deletion syndrome)
    Chorionicity of multiple gestations
    Monochorionic monoamniotic twin gestations
    Monochorionic diamniotic twin gestations
    Dichorionic diamniotic twin gestations
    Twin-twin transfusion syndrome
    Twin reversed arterial perfusion sequence
    Diagnostic procedures in multiples
    Cytomegalovirus, rubella, toxoplasmosis, herpes simplex virus, and varicella
    Congenital Zika virus syndrome
    Parvovirus b19 infection during pregnancy
    Congenital syphilis
    Ultrasound physics for the clinician
    Elasticity imaging in obstetrics
    Doppler ultrasound evaluation of the fetus and placenta
    Magnetic resonance imaging in obstetrics
    Three-dimensional ultrasound : techniques and clinical applications.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    editor, Michael R. Foley ; assistant editors, Thomas H. Strong, Jr., Thomas J. Garite.
    Contents:
    Basic hemodymanamic monitoring in obstetric patients
    Transfusion of blood components and derivatives in the obstertics intensive care patient
    Postpartum hemorrhage
    Disseminated intravascular coagulopathy and thrombocytopenia complicating pregnancy
    Hypertensive emergencies
    Management strategies and intensive care of the obese gravida
    Thromboembolic disease complicating pregnancy
    Cardiac disease in pregnancy
    Maternal sepsis
    Thyroid and other endocrine emergencies
    Diabetic ketoacidosis in pregnancy
    Respiratory emergencies during pregnancy
    Acute kidney injury in pregnancy
    Amniotic fluid embolism
    Acute fatty liver of pregnancy
    Neurologic emergencies during pregnancy
    Advanced cardiac life support of the pregnant patient
    Trauma and pregnancy
    Transport of the critically ill obstetric patient
    Anesthesia for the complicated obstetric patient
    Psychiatric emergencies in pregnancy
    Fetal considerations in the critical care patient
    Poisoning in pregnancy
    Neonatal resuscitation: pathophysiology, organization, and survival
    Fluid and electrolyte therapy in the critically ill obstetric patient
    Human immunodeficiency virus in pregnancy
    Systemic lupus erythematosus in the pregnant patient
    Management of a vaso-occlusive sickle cell crisis in pregnancy
    Abnormal placentation
    Digital Access AccessObGyn 2023
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RM671 .O14
    1
  • Print
    edited by Arthur Hale Curtis.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    O39 .C97 1933
    4
  • Digital
    Charles R. B. Beckmann, Frank W. Ling, William N. P. Herbert, Douglas W. Laube, Roger P. Smith, Robert Casanova, Alice Chuang, Alice R. Goepfert, Nancy A. Hueppchen, Patrice M. Weiss.
    Summary: Established as the standard resource of the obstetrics and gynecology clerkship, Obstetrics and Gynecology is now in its revised Seventh Edition. This is the only clerkship book on the market fully compliant with The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologist (ACOG) guidelines, treatment recommendations, and committee opinions.
  • Print
    Shireen Madani Sims.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RG111 .O37 2016
    2
  • Digital/Print
    Shireen Madani Sims.
    Summary: "Obstetrics and Gynecology: PreTest Self-Assessment and Review, 15th Edition, is intended to provide medical students, as well as physicians, with a convenient tool for assessing and improving their knowledge of obstetrics and gynecology"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Preconception Counseling, Genetics, and Prenatal Diagnosis
    Maternal-Fetal Physiology and Placentation
    Antepartum Care and Fetal Surveillance
    Obstetrical Complications of Pregnancy
    Medical and Surgical Complications of Pregnancy
    Normal and Abnormal Labor and Delivery
    The Puerperium, Lactation, and Immediate Care of the Newborn
    Preventive Care and Health Maintenance
    Benign and Malignant Disorders of the Breast and Pelvis
    Infertility, Endocrinology, and Menstrual Dysfunction
    Pelvic Relaxation and Urogynecology
    Human Sexuality and Contraception
    Sexual Abuse and Intimate Partner Violence
    Ethical and Legal Issues in Obstetrics and Gynecology.
    Digital Access AccessObGyn 2021
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RG111 .O37 2021
    2
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    36
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    40
  • Digital
    Paul Lyons.
    Contents:
    I. Preconception and Prenatal Care
    Physiology
    Preconception Counseling
    Prenatal Care
    Medications in Pregnancy
    II. Complications of Pregnancy
    Dysmorphic Growth and Genetic Abnormalities
    Intrauterine Growth Restriction
    Preterm Labor
    Premature Rupture of Membranes
    Early Pregnancy Bleeding
    Late Pregnancy Bleeding
    Recurrent Pregnancy Loss
    Rh Isoimmunization
    Infection in Pregnancy
    Hypertension in Pregnancy
    Diabetes in Pregnancy
    Multi gestational Pregnancy
    Post-Dates Pregnancy
    III. Labor and Delivery
    Normal Labor
    Induction and Augmentation
    Pain Management in Labor
    Operative Delivery
    IV. Complications of Labor and Delivery
    Prolonged Labor
    Shoulder Dystocia
    Malpresentation
    Fetal Heart Rate Monitoring
    Maternal Fever in Labor
    Postpartum Hemorrhage
    Perineal Laceration and Episiotomy
    V. Postpartum Management
    Newborn Evaluation
    Routine Hospital Postpartum Management
    Complications of the Hospital Postpartum Period.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    by Paul Lyons, Nathan McLaughlin.
    Summary: Obstetrical care in the family medicine setting is an ever-evolving discipline. In addition to routine updates due to the passage of time, several new developments have occurred in the field since the last edition of this book was published. Among these developments are advances in prenatal assessment and diagnosis, recommendations for vaccination in pregnancy, assessment and management of infectious disease in pregnancy, and management of chronic disease concurrent with pregnancy. All thirty-one chapters of the second edition of this text have been thoroughly updated. Several chapters warranted substantive expansion and revision due to the developments on the topic. These chapters include preconception counseling, prenatal care, dysmorphic growth, preterm labor, recurrent pregnancy loss, infection, diabetes, postdates, normal labor, induction and augmentation, prolonged labor, fetal heart rate monitoring, routine postpartum and complications postpartum. A new chapter has been added that covers vaccination in pregnancy as well as other routine wellness recommendations. Now in its fully revised and expanded third edition, Obstetrics in Family Medicine reflects the significant changes that have occurred in the field since 2015. This book remains the definitive resource for meeting the needs of a wide range of primary care providers who provide direct or indirect care of patients of childbearing age. This book also appeals to nurse practitioners, physician assistants and nursing personnel working in the primary care setting. Additionally, this book serves as a useful guide for medical providers who intersect with pregnant, or possibly pregnant patients including emergency medicine physicians, surgeons, EMT's and paramedics. .

    Contents:
    Physiology
    Preconception Counseling
    Prenatal Care
    Medications in pregnancy
    Vaccines in pregnancy
    Dysmorphic Growth
    IUGR:
    Preterm Labor
    PROM
    Early Pregnancy Bleeding
    Late Pregnancy Bleeding
    Recurrent Pregnancy Loss
    Rh Isoimmunization
    Infection in Pregnancy
    Hypertension in Pregnancy
    Diabetes in Pregnancy
    HIV in Pregnancy
    Multigestational Pregnancy
    Postdates Pregnancy
    Normal Labor
    Induction and Augmentation
    Pain Management in Labor
    Assisted Delivery
    Prolonged Labor
    Shoulder Dystocia
    Malpresentation
    Fetal Heart Rate Monitoring
    Maternal Fever in Labor
    Postpartum Hemorrhage
    Perineal Laceration and Episiotomy
    Newborn Evaluation
    Routine Hospital Postpartum Management
    Complications of the Hospital postpartum period
    The Postpartum Visit.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, R. Shane Tubbs, Rod J. Oskouian, Jeffrey P. Blount and W. Jerry Oakes.
    Summary: This volume covers the known details of all subtypes of occult spinal dysraphism in unprecedented detail. This 21 chapter invaluable resource begins with a deep dive into the history and embryology of occult spinal dysraphisms. Following this, subtypes of occult spinal dysraphism are thoroughly explored ??? of which include split cord malformations, tethered cord syndromes, adult presentations/outcomes of occult spinal dysraphism, cutaneous stigmata. Chapters will cover the clinical presentation, radiological features, and surgical nuances of each of the occult spinal dysraphisms. Throughout the book, expertly written text is supplemented by a number of high quality figures and tables, as well as a video documenting surgical treatment of type 1 split cord malformation. By focusing on each entity currently grouped within this topic as a separate chapter, the most up-to-date information will be provided to the reader, making Occult Spinal Dysraphism a must-have resource for students, practitioners and medical professionals involved in treating spinal dsyraphism.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    LaDou, Joseph.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC964 .O1511
    1
  • Digital
    Nlandu Roger Ngatu, Mitsunori Ikeda, editors.
    Summary: This book provides cutting-edge information on the epidemiology, etiology and pathophysiology of several prevalent occupational and environmental skin diseases (OSD/ESD), with a particular focus on skin health safety issues, risk factors, preventive measures and recent advances in the management of these diseases. It also highlights recent discoveries and developments concerning novel therapeutic agents for inflammatory OSD, especially findings that are supported by clinical data and have the potential to transform conventional prophylactic and therapeutic approaches. For example, despite their increasing prevalence, the management of allergic skin diseases is sometimes challenging, mainly due to limited treatment choices. In several countries, steroids are the only treatment used. However, in cases of contraindications, adverse effects or unsatisfactory steroidal therapies, alternative treatments are indispensable. As such, an understanding of promising anti-allergic agents enhances allergy research and could eventually lead to novel alternative therapeutic and adjuvant remedies, which are of the utmost importance. This book offers a valuable resource for researchers, graduate students and practitioners in the field of public health in general, especially those working in environmental and occupational medicine, as well as physicians.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Sisko L. Anttila, Paolo Boffetta, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to occupational factors of malignant diseases. It discusses potentially work-related malignancies, in the context of exposure assessment, specific clinical and pathological features of occupational cancer and biomarkers of exposure and disease. Epidemiological data about risk ratios of the cancer in question are reviewed for various occupations and with exposure to specific carcinogens, carcinogenic mechanisms, host susceptibility factors (genetic and other) and other environmental and life-style risk factors. Aspects such as surveillance of workers exposed to carcinogens, and strategies for prevention of occupational cancer are also discussed. Occupational Cancers is aimed at oncologists, pathologists, residents in training, clinical researchers, clinicians in occupational health, epidemiologists, pulmonologists, lawyers and public health officials.

    Contents:
    Historical Overview of Occupational Cancer Research
    Genetics and Gene-Environment Interactions
    Mechanisms of Environmental and Occupational Carcinogenesis
    Cancer of the Oral Cavity, Pharynx and Nasopharynx
    Pancreatic Cancer
    Cancers of the Intestine, Liver and Biliary Tract
    Sinonasal Cancer
    Laryngeal Cancer
    Lung cancer (exposure assessment, pathology, epidemiology)
    Lung Cancer: Mechanisms of Carcinogenesis
    Lung Cancer: Genetic Susceptibility
    Lung Cancer: Molecular Markers
    Malignant Mesothelioma: Epidemiology
    Malignant Mesothelioma: Clinical and Imaging Findings
    Malignant Mesothelioma: Asbestos Exposure
    Malignant Mesothelioma: Pathology
    Malignant Mesothelioma: Mechanism of Carcinogenesis
    Malignant Mesothelioma: Genetic Susceptibility
    Malignant Mesothelioma: Molecular Markers
    Neoplasm of Soft Tissues
    Malignant Neoplasms of the Skin
    Breast Cancer
    Malignant Tumors of the Female Reproductive System
    Malignant Tumors of the Male Reproductive System
    Kidney Cancer
    Bladder Cancer
    Malignant Tumors of the Central Nervous System
    Lymphohematopoietic Malignancies
    Occupational Cancer Burden
    Occupational Carcinogens and Cancer in Children
    Strategies for Primary Prevention of Occupational Cancer
    Screening for Occupational Cancer
    Role of Registers in Occupational Cancer Control
    Appendix I Questionnaire on Exposure to Asbestos.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Sisko Anttila, Paolo Boffetta, editors.
    Summary: This up-to-date review of the literature on the epidemiology and pathology of work-related cancers also includes sensitive diagnostic questionnaires and data on the risk ratios of differing cancers in relation to a variety of occupations and lifestyle factors.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    A Cartography of Occupational Cancer Prevention
    References
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    1: Historical Overview of Occupational Cancer Research
    Early Discoveries
    How Evidence Has Been Accumulated on Selected Associations
    Sources of Evidence on Risk to Humans Due to Chemicals
    Epidemiology
    Animal Experimentation
    Short-Term Tests and Structure-Activity Relationships
    Listing Occupational Carcinogens
    IARC Monographs
    Definite and Probable Occupational Risk Factors for Cancer
    The Evolution of Knowledge
    Interpreting the Lists Illustrative Examples and Controversies
    Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs)
    Diesel and Gasoline Engine Emissions
    Asbestos
    Cadmium and Cadmium Compounds
    Styrene
    1,3-Butadiene
    Vinyl Chloride
    Radium and Radon
    Some Methodological Considerations
    Industry-Based Studies
    Community-Based Case-Control Studies
    Some Trends in Epidemiologic Research on Occupational Cancer
    Continued Importance of Research on Occupational Cancer
    References
    2: Genetics, Epigenetics, and Environmental Interactions
    Genetics and Heritability
    Phenotype Versus Genotype Epigenetics
    DNA Methylation
    Histone Modifications
    Non-coding RNA
    microRNA
    Long Non-coding RNA
    Bringing Together the Concepts of Genetics, Epigenetics, and Phenotype
    Gene-Environment Interactions
    Xenobiotic Metabolism and Excretion
    Phase I Polymorphisms and Cancer
    Phase II Polymorphisms and Cancer
    Other Polymorphisms and Cancer
    Population Stratification
    Gene-Gene Interactions
    Genome-Wide Association Studies (GWAS)
    Epigenetics and Environmental/Occupational Exposure
    Summary
    References 3: Mechanisms of Environmental and Occupational Carcinogenesis
    Environmental and Occupational Carcinogenesis
    Field Cancerization and Expanding Fields
    Environmental and Occupational Sources of DNA Damage
    Physical Carcinogens
    Chemical Carcinogenesis
    Endogenous Mechanisms Activated by Exogenous Exposures
    DNA Repair
    Direct Reversal Repair
    Base Excision Repair
    Nucleotide Excision Repair
    Mismatch Repair
    Interstrand Cross-Link Repair
    Double-Strand DNA Break Repair
    DNA Damage Tolerance
    Apoptosis
    Genetic Mutations
    Epigenetics and Cancer DNA Methylation and Cancer
    Environmental and Occupational Epigenetic Effectors
    Histone Modification
    CpG Methylation and Point Mutations
    Somatic Mutations in Epigenetic Regulators
    Inflammation and Reactive Oxygen Species
    Endocrine Disruption
    References
    4: Head and Neck Cancers
    Introduction
    Descriptive Epidemiology
    Nasopharynx Cancer
    Nonoccupational Risk Factors
    Occupational Risk Factors
    Oral and Pharyngeal Cancers
    Occupations and Agents with Less Than Sufficient Evidence
    Formaldehyde
    Wood Dust and Wood Industry Work
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Rosemary B. Crouch.
    Summary: "At the very beginning of the development of the profession of occupational therapy Anne Mosey put together some exciting concepts such as "A group is more than a collection of individuals. Members of a group are bonded together by their group identity and shared purposes which will be realised by interacting and working together" (Mosey 1973). Why Groups? What is it that actually makes group therapy an occupational therapists' choice of intervention when there are other methods available? Does one look at personal preference, or suitability in a particular clinical area which is related to curative factors for particular clients? It has to be a combination of both. "We use groups because they are a naturally occurring phenomenon, which are known to have good and bad effects on people." (Bundey, Cullen, Denshing et, al.1968). Fouché (2019) describes a group as part of a microcosm and states that "The way you interact with others in the outside world will be the same way in which you will act and treat others in the group or society and the same requirements. "(p.1) She also states that "groups present a small society and have the same ingredients as any community.""-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Frames of Reference Relevant to Occupational Group Therapy and Classification of Groups
    Research in Occupational Group Therapy
    Models of Occupational Therapy Relevant to Occupational Group Therapy
    The Occupational Therapy Interactive Group Model (OTIGM) / Author, Louise Fouché
    Core Skills and Concepts
    Clinical Reasoning, Critical Thinking and Ethical Reasoning Relating to Occupational Group Therapy
    Styles of Group Leadership and Co-leadership : Guidelines to Address the Differences, Including Working with Other Professionals
    Trans-disciplinary Service Delivery
    Warm-up and Ice-breaker Techniques
    Role Play
    The Use of Psychodrama and the Therapeutic Spiral Model in Occupational Group Therapy
    Life Skills, Cognitive-behavioural Groups, Assertiveness Training and Social Skills Training (verbal and non verbal) Groups
    Community based Stress Management with the Emphasis on Group Work
    Practical Creative Activity-based Group-work in Various Clinical Settings, Including Hospital-based Group-work With Acutely Ill Mentally Ill Clients
    Maximising Occupational Group Therapy in Physical Rehabilitation.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Jacques Tamin.
    Summary: This book provides occupational health (OH) professionals with a theoretical basis for addressing the ethical issues that they confront in their practice. There is often a lack of in-depth moral analysis of the issues that OH practitioners face on a daily basis. The ICOH Code of Ethics sets out the important principles that guide OH practice. This book builds on these core principles, starting from an application of moral theories in the OH context and illustrating how ethical conflicts could be resolved, by carrying out ethical analyses of several case studies. In this way, it aims to link ethical theory to OH practice.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Part 1: Theory
    Chapter 2. The doctor-patient Relationship and Dual Obligations in Occupational Health
    Chapter 3. Consent
    Chapter 4. Confidentiality
    Chapter 5. Sickness Absence
    Part 2: Practice
    Chapter 6. Report writing
    Chapter 7. Health Surveillance
    Chapter 8. Vaccinations
    Chapter 9. Vaccinations.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Marcello Lotti and Margit L. Bleecker.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Print
    Summary: The Occupational Outlook Handbook 2014-2015 is the most widely respected and used career reference available--and only JIST Publishing's version includes useful bonus content, including Personality-Career Quiz and a new Best OOH Jobs list. In JIST's 2014-2015 edition of the OOH features well written, interesting descriptions for more than 330 major jobs in the U.S., as well as summary information on additional jobs. For each job, the book discussed work tasks, job outlook through 2022, training and education needed, pay, work environment, similar occupations, and additional information sources. The book is packed with photos, charts, and practical, current information, which makes it invaluable for anyone doing career research, making career decisions, writing resumes, and preparing for interviews. This OOH includes another JIST Publishing exclusive: the Personality-Career Quiz, which matches readers to specific OOH jobs. The quiz is based on the six RIASEC personality types: realistic, investigative, artistic, social, enterprising, and conventional. A special section, How Educators, Counselors, Librarians, and Business Professionals can best use the OOH, is also included, JIST's version of the OOH also provides more current wage information than the online OOH provides.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Ind & Econ Ref 114
    1
  • Print
    Kling, Alan L.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Occupational safety and health (New York, New York (State)) to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    T55.3.H3 N19
    4
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    12
  • Digital
    edited by Judi Edmans, Jenny Preston on behalf of the College of Occupational Therapists Specialist Section Neurological Practice.
    Contents:
    Delivering good quality, safe and effective care
    Person-centredness and long term neurological conditions
    Theoretical basis
    Occupation and long term neurological conditions
    Identifying occupational performance enablers and deficits
    Occupational therapy intervention
    Using technology to support participation
    Living with a long term condition
    Planning for the future.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Cathy Long, Jane Cronin-Davis, Diane Cotterill.
    Summary: "Occupational Therapy Evidence in Practice for Mental Health" provides students and practitioners with a textbook that both demonstrates and explains the application of evidence-based practice. The book contains case studies that clearly illustrate the ways in which theory, research and/or governmental guidelines can be used to inform clinical reasoning and practice. Each chapter addresses different areas of mental health and demonstrates how the occupational therapy process might be implemented for each individual and how available evidence can be used to inform this process as well as the therapist's reasoning and critical reflection. Content spans a wide range of occupational therapy practice with client cases representing a variety of diagnoses, ages and social and cultural backgrounds within an assortment of health or social care settings.

    Contents:
    An introduction : tracking developments in mental health practice / Cheryl McMorris
    Service user and carer involvement : co-production / Nashiru Momori and Gabrielle Richards
    Creativity as a transformative process / Diane Cotterill and Lucy Coleman
    Group work in occupational tterapy : generic versus specialist practice / Catherine Benyon-Pindar
    Working with alice smith : services for older people / Caroline Wolverson and Alison Williams
    Occupational therapy interventions for someone experiencing severe and enduring mental illness / Lindsay Rigby and Ian Wilson
    Forensic mental health : creating occupational opportunities / Jane Cronin-Davis
    Promoting self-efficacy in managing major depression / Gill Richmond
    Veterans : understanding military culture and the possible effects on engagement / Nick Wood.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    H. Dwyer Dundon.
    Contents:

    v. 1. 1000 multiple choice questions and referenced explanatory answers.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM735.32 .D915
    1
  • Print
    edited by Elinor Jackson and H. Dwyer Dundon.
    Contents:

    v. 1. 1200 multiple choice questions and referenced answers.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    U735 .J13 1974-
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Christian Pozzi, Alessandro Lanzoni, Maud J. L. Graff, Alessandro Morandi.
    Summary: This book focuses on evidence-based occupational therapy in the care of older adults in different clinical settings, from home to acute hospital, from intensive care unit to rehabilitation centers and nursing homes. Occupational therapy has progressively developed as a new discipline aiming to improve the daily life of individuals of different ages, from children to older adults. The book first reviews the interaction between occupational therapy and geriatrics and then discusses in depth how occupational therapy interventions are applied in the community, in the acute hospital and in the nursing home. It highlights the key role of occupational therapy in the management of frail patients, including critically ill older patients and persons with dementia, and describes in detail how to maintain occupational therapy interventions across different settings to avoid the fragmentation of care. The ageing population requires new innovative approaches to improve the quality of life, and as such this book provides clinicians with handy, key information on how to implement occupational therapy in the daily clinical care of older adults based on the current scientific evidence.

    Contents:
    Occupational Therapy and Geriatrics
    Occupational Therapy in the community
    Occupational Therapy in rehabilitation settings
    Occupational Therapy in Nursing Home
    Occupational Therapy in the Intensive Care Unit
    Occupational Therapy in the Palliative Care
    The future of Occupational Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Rosemary Crouch and Vivyan Alers.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Theoretical Concepts in Occupational Therapy :
    1. Creative Ability: A Model for Individual and Group Occupational Therapy for Clients with Psychosocial Dysfunction / Patricia de Witt
    2. The Relevance of Occupational Science to Occupational Therapy in the Field of Mental Health / Lana van Niekerk
    3. Ethics, Human Rights and the Law in Mental Health Care Practice / Dain van der Reyden and Rosemary Crouch
    4. Cultural Considerations in the Provision of an Occupational Therapy Service in Mental Health / Rosemary Crouch
    5. Clinical Reasoning in Psychiatric Occupational Therapy / Vivyan Alers
    -- Part 2. Specific Issues in Occupational Therapy :
    6. HIV/AIDS in Psychiatry and Issues Facing Occupational Therapists Regarding Practice: Moral and Ethical Dilemmas / Dain van der Reyden, Robin Joubert and Chantal Christopher
    7. Forensic Psychiatry and Occupational Therapy / Michelle Moore
    8. Acute Psychiatry and the Dynamic Short-Term Intervention of the Occupational Therapist / Catherine Shorten and Rosemary Crouch
    9. Improving Health and Access to Health Services through Community-Based Rehabilitation / Stephanie Homer
    10. Care, Treatment and Rehabilitation Programmes for Large Numbers of Long-Term Mental Health Care Users / Kobie Zietsman and Daleen Casteleijn
    11. Auxiliary Staff in Mental Health Care: Requirements, Functions and Supervision / Dain van der Reyden
    12. Vocational Rehabilitation in Psychiatry and Mental Health / Lyndsey Swart and Tania Buys
    13. Psychiatric Occupational Therapy in the Corporate, Insurance and Medico-legal Sectors / Lee Randall
    14. An Occupational Therapist's Perspective on Sexuality and Psychosocial Sexual Rehabilitation / Louise Fouché
    -- Part 3. Occupational Therapy with Children, Adolescents and Adults :
    15. Early Intervention for Young Children at Risk for Developmental Mental Health Disorders / Kerry Wallace
    16. Occupational Therapy Intervention with Children with Psychosocial Disorders / Vivyan Alers
    17. Interdisciplinary Group Therapy with Children / Marita Rademeyer and Deirdre Niehaus
    18. Specific Occupational Therapy Intervention with Adolescents / Louise Fouché and Lisa Wegner
    19. Sensory Integration in Mental Health / Annamarie van Jaarsveld
    20. Attention Deficit Hyperactive Disorder through a Person's Lifespan: Occupational Therapy to Enhance Executive and Social Functioning / Ray Anne Cook
    21. Trauma and Its Effects on Children, Adolescents and Adults: The Role of the Occupational Therapist / Vivyan Alers
    22. Post-traumatic Brain Injury: Handling Behavioural and Cognitive Changes / Sylvia Birkhead
    23. Occupational Therapy for Anxiety, Somatic and Stressor-related Disorders / Madeleine Duncanand Claire Prowse
    24. Occupational Therapy with Mood Disorders / Madeleine Duncan and Claire Prowse
    25. The Treatment of Eating Disorders in Occupational Therapy / Rosemary Crouch and Vivyan Alers
    26. Understanding Persons with Personality Disorders: Intervention in Occupational Therapy / Ann Nott
    27. The Occupational Therapy Approach to the Management of Schizophrenia / Rosemary Crouch
    28. Substance Use and Abuse: Intervention by a Multidisciplinary Approach Which Includes Occupational Therapy / Rosemary Crouch and Lisa Wegner
    29. Gerontology, Psychiatry and Occupational Therapy / Susan Beukes.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    editors-in-chief, Justis P. Ehlers, Yasha Modi, Sunil K. Srivastava, Peter K. Kaiser ; assistant editors, Nitish Mehta, Joseph Abraham, Thuy K. Le.
    Summary: "Highly visual and easy to navigate, OCT and OCT Angiography in Retinal Disorders is a concise, reliable reference for optical coherence tomography (OCT) and OCT angiography findings in both common and uncommon retinal disorders. Each chapter explores the prognostic features of OCT and OCTA scans along with additional diagnostic modalities for comparison and correlation. Where appropriate, longitudinal changes in response to treatment or natural history are also discussed. Includes hundreds of high-quality, striking images. Highlights the salient imaging features of the clinical entity or entities being discussed. Covers OCT technology, techniques, and scanning patterns . Provides concise, authoritative guidance on numerous key areas in retinal disease, including retinal vascular disease, inflammation, retinal degenerations and dystrophies, ocular trauma ocular tumors, and much more"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2021
  • Digital
    David R. Chow, Paulo Ricardo Chaves de Oliveira.
    Contents:
    Optical coherence tomography angiography : understanding the basics / David R. Chow
    Optical coherence tomography angiography artifacts / Paulo Ricardo Chaves de Oliveira, Keyvan Koushan, and David R. Chow
    Current optical coherence tomography angiography clinical systems / Sumit Sharma and Peter K. Kaiser
    Optical coherence tomography angiography and neovascular age-related macular degeneration / Nicholas A. Iafe, Nopasak Phasukkijwatana, and David Sarraf
    Optical coherence tomography angiography and fibrotic choroidal neovascularization in age-related macular degeneration / Eric Souied and Alexandra Miere
    Nonneovascular age-related macular degeneration / Ricardo Noguera Louzada, Mark Lane, and Nadia K. Waheed
    Optical coherence tomography angiography and diabetic retinopathy / André Romano
    Optical coherence tomography angiography and arterial occlusions / Abtin Shahlaee, Carl D. Regillo, and Allen C. Ho
    Optical coherence tomography angiography in retinal venous occlusions / Mostafa Hanout, Paulo Ricardo Chaves de Oliveira, and Alan R. Berger
    Optical coherence tomography angiography and central serous chorioretinopathy / Wasim A. Samara, Carl D. Regillo, and Allen C. Ho
    Optical coherence tomography angiography in macular telangiectasia type 2 / Alain Gaudric and Valérie Krivosic
    Optical coherence tomography angiography and adult-onset foveomacular vitelliform dystrophy / Giuseppe Querques, Adriano Carnevali, Federico Corvi, Lea Querques, Eric Souied, and Francesco Bandello
    Optical coherence tomography angiography and high myopia / Taku Wakabayashi and Yasushi Ikuno
    Optical coherence tomography angiography and uveitis / Eduardo A. Novais, André Romano, and Rubens Belfort Jr.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography findings in ocular oncology and radiation retinopathy / Meghna V. Motiani, Colin A. McCannel, and Tara A. McCannel
    Optical coherence tomography angiography and glaucoma Gábor Holló
    Optical coherence tomography angiography and anterior segment vasculature / Christophe Baudouin, Stephanie Hayek, and Adil El Maftouhi
    The future of optical coherence tomography angiography / Emily D. Cole, Eric M. Moult, Eduardo A. Novais, James G. Fujimoto and Nadia K. Waheed
    Optical coherence tomography angiography rounds / David R. Chow.
  • Digital
    volume editors, Francesco Bandello, Eric H. Souied, Giuseppe Querques.
    Contents:
    Heidelberg spectralis optical coherence tomography angiography /Coscas, G., Lupidi, M., Coscas, F.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography using the optovue device / Huang, D., Jia, Y., Gao, S.S., Lumbroso, B., Rispoli, M.
    Swept-source optical coherence tomography Angio (Topcon Corp, Japan) : technology review / Stanga, P.E., Tsamis, E., Papayannis, A., Stringa, F., Cole, T., Jalil, A.
    ZEISS Angioplex pectral domain optical coherence tomography angiography : technical aspects / Rosenfeld, P.J., Durbin, M.K., Roisman, L., Zheng, F., Miller, A., Robbins, G., Karen, S., Gregori, G.
    Image analysis of optical coherence tomography angiography / Coscas, G., Lupidi, M., Coscas, F.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography in healthy subjects / Coscas, G., Lupidi, M., Coscas, F.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography of type 1 neovascularization in age-Related macular degeneration / Iafe, N., Phasukkijwatana, N., Sarraf, D.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography of type 2 neovascularization in age-related macular degeneration / Souied, E.H., El Ameen, A., Semoun, O., Querques, G., Cohen, S.Y.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography features of type 3 neovascularization in age-related macular degeneration / Querques, G., Miere, A., Souied, E.H.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography of retinal and macular diseases / Liang, M.C., Witkin, A.J.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography of tdiopathic polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy / Srour, M., Querques, G., Souied, E.H.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography study of choroidal neovascularization early response after treatment / Lumbroso, B., Rispoli, M., Savastano, M.C., Jia, Y., Tan, O., Huang, D.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography of fibrosis in age-related macular degeneration / Souied, E.H., Miere, A., Cohen, S.Y., Semoun, O., Querques, G.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography of dry age-related macular degeneration / Waheed, N.K., Moult, E.M., Fujimoto, J.G., Rosenfeld, P.J.
    Optical coherence Tomography Angiography of choroidal neovascularization secondary to pathologic myopia / Querques, G., Corvi, F., Querques, L., Souied, E.H., Bandello, F.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography of diabetic retinopathy / Bandello, F., Corbelli, E., Carnevali, A., Pierro, L., Querques, G.
    New findings in diabetic maculopathy and proliferative disease by swept-Source optical coherence tomography angiography / Stanga, P.E., Papayannis, A., Tsamis, E., Stringa, F., Cole, T., D'Soza, Y., Jalil, A.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography of retinal artery occlusion / Baumal, C.R.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography of retinal vein occlusion / Novais, E.A., Waheed, N.K.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography of deep capillary ischemia / Nemiroff, J., Phasukkijwatana, N., Sarraf, D.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography of macular telangiectasia type 2 / Roisman, L., Rosenfeld, P.J.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography in dystrophies / Battaglia Parodi, M., Pierro, L., Gagliardi, M., Lattanzio, R., Querques, G., Bandello, F.
    Swept-source optical coherence tomography angiography of paediatric macular diseases / Stanga, P.E., Papayannis, A., Tsamis, E., Chwiejczak, K., Stringa, F., Jalil, A., Cole, T., Biswas, S.
    Optical coherence tomography angiography of miscellaneous retinal disease / Pierro, L., Battaglia Parodi, M., Introini, U., Querques, G., Bandello, F.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Ki Ho Park, Tae-Woo Kim, editors.
    Summary: This book provides readers with the most up-to-date practical information on optical coherence tomography (OCT) imaging in glaucoma. A key aim is to demonstrate how imaging results are interpreted and applied in clinical practice. To this end, many high-quality images are presented to document findings in patients with glaucoma, glaucoma suspects, and healthy subjects and to explain their clinical significance. The book is timely in that the role of OCT in the early diagnosis of glaucoma, the detection of disease progression, and the choice of management options has been advancing rapidly. OCT-based exploration of the segmented layer of the neural tissue and the deeper structures of the optic nerve, as well as OCT evaluation of the vascular network around the optic nerve head, facilitates understanding and assessment of the risk of glaucomatous damage. In explaining all aspects of the use of OCT in glaucoma, this book will be a rich source of information and guidance for practicing ophthalmologists, glaucoma specialists, and trainees.

    Contents:
    1 Principles of OCT imaging
    2 Peripapillary RNFL imaging
    3 Macular Imaging
    4 Early Diagnosis and Detection of Progression
    5 Lamina Cribrosa Imaging
    6 OCT Angiography
    7 Anterior Segment Imaging in Glaucoma
    8 Imaging in Myopic Glaucoma
    9 Pitfalls in OCT Imaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Walidah Imarisha and Adrienne Maree Brown ; foreword by Sheree Renee Thomas.
    Summary: "Whenever we envision a world without war, without prisons, without capitalism, we are producing speculative fiction. Organizers and activists envision, and try to create, such worlds all the time. Walidah Imarisha and adrienne maree brown have brought twenty of them together in the first anthology of short stories to explore the connections between radical speculative fiction and movements for social change. The visionary tales of Octavia's Brood span genres--sci-fi, fantasy, horror, magical realism--but all are united by an attempt to inject a healthy dose of imagination and innovation into our political practice and to try on new ways of understanding ourselves, the world around us, and all the selves and worlds that could be. The collection is rounded off with essays by Tananarive Due and Mumia Abu-Jamal, and a preface by Sheree Renee Thomas."--Amazon.com.

    Contents:
    Foreword / Sheree Renée Thomas
    Introduction / Walidah Imarisha
    Revolution shuffle / Bao Phi
    The token superhero / David F. Walker
    the river / adrienne maree brown
    Evidence / Alexis Pauline Gumbs
    Black angel / Walidah Imarisha
    The long memory / Morrigan Phillips
    Small and bright / Autumn Brown
    In spite of darkness / Alixa Garcia
    Hollow / Mia Mingus
    Lalibela / Gabriel Teodros
    Little brown mouse / Tunde Olaniran
    Sanford and sun / Dawolu Jabari Anderson
    Runway blackout / Tara Betts
    Kafka's last laugh / Vagabond
    22XX: one-shot / Jelani Wilson
    Manhunters / Kalamu ya Salaam
    Aftermath / LeVar Burton
    Fire on the mountain / Terry Bisson
    Homing instinct / Dani McClain
    children who fly / Leah Lakshmi Piepzna-Samarasinha
    Star Wars and the American imagination / Mumia Abu-Jamal
    The only lasting truth / Tananarive Due
    Outro / adrienne maree brown.
    Digital Access 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PN6120.95.S33 O37 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Shantha Amrith, Gangadhara Sundar, Stephanie Ming Young, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive book focuses on eyelid, lacrimal and orbital lesions, covering a wide variety of common and rare diseases and correlating their clinical, radiological and pathological aspects. It presents a large number of illustrative cases, with a discussion of the clinical history, examination, the imaging and pathology findings , differential diagnosis and management along with a take home message for each. Further, it offers clear guidance on the diagnosis and management of orbital and adnexal lesions. This book is a valuable learning tool for residents and trainee fellows in ophthalmology, as well as for trainees in radiology and pathology. It is also relevant to young ophthalmic plastic and reconstructive surgeons, practicing ophthalmologists, radiologists, and pathologists.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; About the Editors; Contributors; Abbreviations; Part I: Basic Anatomy, Imaging and Pathology;
    1: Anatomy; Eyelids; Lacrimal Drainage System; Orbit; Further Reading;
    2: Imaging: Computerised Tomography; Introduction; Indications of CT Scan; Contraindications for CT Scan; Advantages of CT Scan; Disadvantages of CT Scan; Conclusion; Further Reading;
    3: Imaging: Magnetic Resonance Imaging; Basic MRI Physics; Common Sequences Used in MRI of the Orbits and the Visual Pathway; Planes of Acquisition; T1-weighted (T1w); T2-weighted (T2w) Diffusion-Weighted Imaging (DWI)Three-Dimensional (3D) Steady-State Free Precession (SSFP) Sequences; Fluid Attenuation Inversion Recovery (FLAIR); Fat-Suppressed Sequences; Contrast-Enhanced Sequences; MR Angiography (MRA); Indications for MRI of the Orbits; Contraindications and Disadvantages of MRI; Summary; Further Reading;
    4: Pathology: Principles of Basic Histopathology; Introduction; Types of Biopsy Specimens; Cytology: Fine Needle Aspiration (FNA) of Ocular Adnexal Masses; Histology; Types of Biopsies; Small Biopsies; Excision Biopsies; Frozen Sections; Fixation; Ancillary Tests Turnaround TimeImportant Information to Provide; Further Reading; Part II: Structural Lesions;
    5: Dermoid; Introduction; Periorbital Dermoid; Case 1; Differential Diagnosis; Imaging; Intervention; Orbital Dermoid; Case 2; Differential Diagnosis; Imaging; Management; Histopathology; Discussion; Role of Imaging; Treatment; Learning Points; Further Reading;
    6: Fibro-osseous Lesions: Fibrous Dysplasia; Introduction; Case Scenario; Differential Diagnosis; Radiology; Management; Histopathology; Discussion; Learning Points; Further Reading; Part III: Infections;
    7: Orbital Cellulitis: Bacterial IntroductionCase Scenario; Differential Diagnosis; Radiology; Management; Histopathology; Discussion; Learning Points; Further Reading;
    8: Orbital Cellulitis: Invasive Fungal; Introduction; Case
    1: Mucormycosis; Differential Diagnosis; Radiology; Management; Histopathology; Case 2; Differential Diagnosis; Radiology; Intervention; Management; Histopathology; Discussion; Learning Points; Further Reading; Part IV: Inflammations;
    9: Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis (GPA); Introduction; Case Scenario; Differential Diagnosis; Investigations; Radiology; Intervention; Histopathology; Management DiscussionManagement; Learning Points; Further Reading;
    10: Thyroid Eye Disease; Introduction; Case Scenario; Differential Diagnosis; Other Investigations; Radiology; MRI of the Orbits; Intervention; Histopathology; Management; Discussion; Pathophysiology; Management; Learning Points; Further Reading;
    11: IgG4-Related Ophthalmic Disease; Introduction; Clinical Scenarios; Case
    1: Eyelid; Differential Diagnosis; Radiology; Intervention; Case
    2: Lacrimal Gland; Differential Diagnosis; Radiology; Investigations; Intervention; Histopathology; Management; Discussion; Learning Points
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Arun D. Singh, editor.
    Summary: This book a conjoint effort of ocular oncologists, general oncologists, and pathologists is a comprehensive source of authoritative information on the subject of ocular and adnexal lymphoma. It covers all aspects, including clinical features, classification, epidemiology, diagnostic evaluation, biopsy techniques, histology and molecular pathology, staging procedures, and treatment methods. Detailed information is provided on primary vitreoretinal and adnexal lymphomas and chapters are also included on rare variants such as T cell lymphoma and reactive lymphoid hyperplasia of the ocular adnexa. The emphasis throughout is on easy readability, and the layout ensures rapid retrieval of information. In order to convey fundamental concepts, numerous tables, clinical photographs, histopathologic microphotographs, and imaging studies (fluorescein and indocyanine angiograms, ultrasonograms, CT scans, and MR images) are included.

    Contents:
    Classification Systems
    Histopathology
    Molecular Pathology
    Epidemiological Aspects
    Clinical Features and Diagnostic Evaluation
    Biopsy Techniques
    Staging and Treatment
    Vitreo Retinal Lymhoma: Staging and Treatment
    Ocular and Adnexal Benign Reactive Lymphoid Hyperplasia
    Ocular and Adnexal T Cell Lymphoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Simon E. Skalicky.
    Summary: This book meets the growing demand among ophthalmologists, optometrists and orthoptists, in training and in practice, as well as visual neuroscientists, to have a clear, succinct and well-written textbook to objectively cover the subject of ocular and visual physiology. Ocular and visual physiology is a core knowledge component for these disciplines, and yet is often difficult to understand. However, this book clearly conveys the simple elegance of the relationship between structure and function that is the hallmark of understanding the physiology of the eye and visual system. Ocular and Visual Physiology - Clinical Application is essential reading for any one hoping to have a clear understanding of the subject. Students will find it a great resource to pass their exams. Each of the chapters has been independently reviewed and edited by an expert in the field with a clinical or visual scientific academic background. The text is based on the latest publications in peer-reviewed journals that are closely referenced within the body of the text.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Hua Yan, editor.
    Summary: Ocular Emergency is a systematic, symptom based reference book for clinical practice guidance. This book aims to provide the most thorough knowledge and standard process to clinical practitioners, such as the nurses, medical students, residents, fellows and even ophthalmologists, to help them make the most appropriate decision on the management of patients who have suffered from urgent ocular conditions. The first three chapters provide the audiences general information of ocular emergency and the emergency room (ER), which will help them generate a clinical thinking. The following four chapters are symptom based discussion of common complaints of ocular emergency. These chapters contain almost all the symptoms the audiences will meet in the ER and covers hundreds of diseases the audiences may or may not think of which fits the symptom. They will help the readers to make the right diagnose and offer the best advice or treatment to the patients. The last two chapters provide the audiences the information of most urgent ocular traumas. For each disease, definition, etiology, clinical presentations and signs, treatment and typical clinical case with pictures or illustrative figures will be provided. In addition, each chapter will be provided with an algorithym(s) for differential diagnosis and treatment as a summary of the chapter. Hopefully this book may help the clinical practitioners to be fully prepared for any challenge of ocular emergency cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Khalid F. Tabbara, Ahmed M. Abu El-Asrar, Moncef Khairallah, editors.
    Summary: Ocular infections remain an important cause of ocular morbidity and loss of vision, yet many are preventable or curable. Early diagnosis and prompt treatment help in the control of such infectious disorders and the prevention of blindness. There are many infectious diseases of the eye and adnexa, and knowledge of their diagnosis and management is essential to an optimal therapeutic outcome. This book provides the practitioner with the important information required to ensure appropriate diagnosis and management of ocular infectious diseases. Specific clinical signs and symptoms are outlined, and the role of specific diagnostic tests, including molecular biology techniques, is explained. All of the most common microorganisms are considered and current knowledge on the antimicrobial therapy of ocular infections is clearly summarized. Ocular Infections will be a great help to physicians as a guide to the care of patients with ocular infectious diseases.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Antimicrobial Agents in Ophthalmology
    Infections of the Eyelids
    Microbial Keratitis
    Microbial Conjunctivitis
    Infections of the Ocular Adnexae: Nasolacrimal System, Lacrimal Glands, Orbit
    Infectious Anterior Uveitis
    Infections of the Retina and Posterior Segment
    Endophthalmitis
    Emerging Ocular Infections.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Timothy G. Murray, H. Culver Boldt.
    Contents:
    Ocular melanoma: advances in diagnostic and therapeutic strategies / Timothy G. Murray & H. Culver Boldt
    Laboratory discoveries in uveal melanoma / Aart G. Jochemsen & Martine J. Jager --Incidence, prevalence and epidemiology of ocular melanoma / Tero Kivelä
    Clinical features and diagnosis / Katrina Mears & H. Culver Boldt
    Diagnostic imaging in ocular melanoma / Timothy G. Murray, Fiona J. Ehlies, Andrea Wildner & Aaron S. Gold
    Genetics of ocular melanoma and implications for patient risk / Bertil Damato & Sarah E. Coupland
    Biopsy approaches and testing strategies for genomic prognostication / Carlos A. Medina & Arun D. Singh
    Preoperative clinical evaluation and imaging for uveal melanoma / Sohpie Piperno-Neumann, Vincent Servois, Pascale Mariani & Laurence Desjardins
    Regional anesthesia for surgical management of ocular melanoma / Jacqueline Tutiven & Michael Vigoda
    Enucleation surgery in advanced ocular disease / Daniel Gologorsky & Timothy G. Murray
    Brachytherapy for uveal melanoma / Samuel K. Houston 3rd, H. Culver Boldt & Timothy G. Murray
    Charged particle radiotherapy for ocular melanoma / Ivana K. Kim, Anne Marie Lane, Helen A. Shih & Evangelos S. Gragoudas
    Adjunctive treatment strategies for high-risk ocular melanoma / Sapna P. Patel & Dan S. Gombos
    Treatment strategies for clinically detectable metastatic uveal melanoma / Aakanksha Prasad Asija, Makoto Yoshida & Takami Sato
    Surveillance for early detection of metastatic ocular melanoma following definitive local therapy / Jasmine H. Francis, Tero Kivelä & Richard D. Carvajal
    Ophthalmic screening for postradiotherapy complications: implications for treatment and visual outcomes / Samuel K. Houston 3rd, Nisha Shah & Timothy G. Murray
    Collaborative Ocular Melanoma Study: overview of outcomes / Barbara S. Hawkins
    Surgical management of radiation-related complications / Samuel K. Houstin 3rd & Timothy G. Murray
    Visual rehabilitation for ocular melanoma / Aaron S. Gold, Azeema Latiff & Timothy G. Murray
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    editor, Duangnate Rojanaporn.
    Summary: This atlas covers all aspects of retina, retinal pigment epithelium, and choroidal tumors, as well as other simulating lesions of intraocular tumors and paraneoplastic syndromes. Each chapter features numerous high-quality pictures based on multimodal imaging, including color fundus photography, fundus autofluorescence, optical coherence tomography, ultrasonography, ultra-widefield imaging, and fundus angiography. Designed to assist in the diagnosis and treatment of posterior segment intraocular tumors and simulating lesions, this book is intended for ocular oncologists, retina specialists, general ophthalmologists, residents and retina fellows. Ocular Oncology atlas is part of the series Retina Atlas, which provides global perspectives on vitreoretinal diseases, covering imaging basics, retinal vascular disease, macular disorders, ocular inflammatory and infectious disorders, retinal degeneration, surgical retina, ocular oncology, pediatric retina and trauma. Retina Atlas consists of 9 volumes and about 100 chapters, presenting validated and comprehensive information on retinal disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Aparna Ramasubramanian, editor.
    Summary: This book concentrates on ocular oncology covering the latest advances in both adult and pediatric oncology. The topics covered are: retinoblastoma, melanoma, graft vs. host disease, squamous cell neoplasia, intraocular lymphoma, coats disease, and choroidal hemangioma. Each chapter is written by an expert in the field and covers the most recent developments in management. As part of the series "Current Practices in ophthalmology" this volume is meant for residents, fellows-in-training, generalist ophthalmologists and specialists alike.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Current Management of Retinoblastoma
    Chapter 2: Diagnosis and Management of Small Choroidal Melanoma
    Chapter 3: Genetic Implications of Ocular Melanoma
    Chapter 4: Advancements in the Management of Optic Pathway Gliomas
    Chapter 5: Current Management of Ocular Squamous Cell Neoplasia
    Chapter 6: Intraocular Lymphoma
    Chapter 7: Update on Management of Coats Disease
    Chapter 8: Management of Choroidal Hemangioma.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Myron Yanoff and Joseph William Sassani.
    Contents:
    Basic principles of pathology
    Congenital anomalies
    Nongranulomatous inflammation : uveitis, endophthalmitis, and sequelae
    Granulomatous inflammation
    Surgical and nonsurgical trauma
    Skin and lacrimal drainage system
    Conjunctiva
    Cornea and sclera
    Uvea
    Lens
    Neural (sensory) retina
    Vitreous
    Optic nerve
    Orbit
    Diabetes mellitus
    Glaucoma
    Ocular melanocytic tumors
    Retinoblastoma and stimulating lesions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Amir A. Azari, MD, Clinical Assistant Professor, Wills Eye Institute, Jefferson Medical College of Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, PA, USA, Daniel M. Albert, MD, MS, F.A. Davis Professor, Department of Ophthalmology and Visual Sciences, University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public Health, Founding Director, University of Wisconsin McPherson Eye Research Instiute, Madison, WI, USA.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Brian C. Gilger.
    Contents:
    Challenges in ocular pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, and toxicology / Brian C. Gilger
    Selection of appropriate animal models in ocular research : ocular anatomy and physiology of common animal models / Brian C. Gilger, Eva Abarca, and Jacklyn H. Salmon
    Challenges and strategies in drug residue measurement (bioanalysis) of ocular tissues / Poonam R. Velagaleti and Michael H. Buonarati
    Chemistry, manufacturing, and control of ophthalmic formulations / Malay Ghosh and Imran Ahmed
    ADME and ocular therapeutics : retina / Cornelis J. Van der Schyf, Samuel D. Crish, Christine Crish, Denise Inman, and Werner J. Geldenhuys
    Compositions, formulation, pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, and toxicity of topical, periocular, and intravitreal ophthalmic drugs / Kishore Cholkar, Aswani Dutt Vadlapudi, Hoang M. Trinh, and Ashim K. Mitra
    Sustained-release ocular drug delivery systems : bench to bedside development / Susan S. Lee, Michael R. Robinson, and Scott M. Whitcup
    Ophthalmic examination as it pertains to general ocular toxicology : basic and advanced techniques and species-associated findings / David A. Wilkie
    Study design and methodologies for evaluation of anti-glaucoma drugs / Paul E. Miller
    Study design and methodologies for study of ocular medical devices / Joseph W. Carraway and Elaine M. Daniel
    Methodologies for microscopic characterization of ocular toxicity / Leandro B.C. Teixeira and James A. Render
    Nanoparticles for drug and gene delivery in treating diseases of the eye / Shreya S. Kulkarni and Uday B. Kompella.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ioannis Pallikaris, Miltiadis K. Tsilimbaris, Anna I. Dastiridou, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the concept of ocular rigidity, the biomechanical properties and hydrodynamics of the human eye. The basics of anatomy and physiology are explored and the relevant data for the clinician are emphasized throughout the book. The engineering aspects as well as the clinical interpretation are presented to provide context. Ocular Rigidity, Biomechanics and Hydrodynamics of the Eye summarises recent evidence on ocular rigidity, but also provides a complete presentation of the data so far. The authors have recently worked on ocular rigidity corneal and globe biomechanics and hydrodynamics and the new, up-to-date data on the subject are highlighted in each chapter. The aim is to provide the framework or the understanding of these parameters and to determine their relevance in health and disease. This book will be an essential read for all practicing ophthalmologists looking to gain a more in-depth understanding of this interesting area of research particularly in refractive surgery and glaucoma.

    Contents:
    The concept of ocular rigidity: Engineering approach
    The concept of ocular rigidity: Clinical approach
    Methods of measuring ocular rigidity in the human eye
    Surrogate measures of ocular rigidity in the human eye
    Biomechanical Properties of the Cornea
    Biomechanical Properties of the Sclera
    Biomechanical Properties of the Choroid (and role in the measurement of ocular rigidity)
    Biomechanics of the lens: Hydrodynamics of Accomodation
    Biomechanics of the lens: Ocular rigidity and Presbyopia
    Trabecular meshwork biomechanics
    The aqueous fluidics
    Ocular rigidity and tonometry
    Ocular rigidity and tonography
    Factors that affect ocular rigidity: Age
    Factors that affect ocular rigidity: Axial length
    Factors that affect ocular rigidity: IOP
    Ocular rigidity and disease: Cornea disease
    Ocular rigidity and disease: Glaucoma
    Ocular rigidity and disease: Age- related Macular Degeneration
    Ocular rigidity and disease: Diabetes
    Ocular rigidity and disease: High myopia
    Ocular rigidity and disease: Uveitis
    Ocular rigidity and disease: Other conditions (Scleral buckling, osteogenesis imperfect etc)
    Ocular rigidity and drugs
    Ocular rigidity and Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Bruce E. Onofrey, Leonid Skorin Jr, Nicky R. Holdeman.
    Summary: "Offering concise, easy-access information for the most common ocular problems, Ocular Therapeutics Handbook: A Clinical Manual is a proven, practical resource for optometrists, nurses, and primary care physicians. A consistent outline format and numerous algorithms make vital information easy to retrieve, while a problem-oriented approach provides a real-world perspective and helps build critical thinking skills. The revised 4th Edition includes an accompanying eBook that contains all of the content in the book, plus additional clinical photographs, illustrations, and surgical and procedural videos."--Publisher
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Atul Kumar, Rohan Chawla, Namrata Sharma, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    H.V. Nema, Nitin Nema, editors.
    Summary: The book covers practically all tumors of eye and adnexa. Chapters are contributed by well-established ocular oncologists of India. It describes retinoblastoma, malignant melanoma and lymphoma in some detail while covering tumors of lids and conjunctiva briefly. Separate chapters are devoted to the pathology of retinoblastoma, genetics of retinoblastoma and malignant melanoma. Each chapter is profusely illustrated. The book provides state-of-the-art knowledge needed to diagnose ocular cancers in the early stage and to treat them effectively. The book meets the curriculum of postgraduate studies of the Indian Universities. It will be very useful for students who are preparing for MD, MS, DNB and FRCS examinations. The book will assist practicing ophthalmologists in early diagnosis and treatment of ocular tumors.

    Contents:
    Intraocular tumors: An overview
    Retinoblastoma
    Genetics of retinoblastoma
    Recent aspects of pathology of retinoblastoma
    Malignant melanoma of choroid
    Genetics of malignant melanoma
    Pitfalls in the diagnosis of malignant melanoma
    Intraocular lymphoma
    Vasoproliferative tumors of retina
    Choroidal metastasis
    Eye and leukemia
    Malignant orbital tumors
    Tumors of lids
    Tumors of conjunctiva.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Sohan Singh Hayreh.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive account of the pathogenesis, clinical features, and management of ocular vascular occlusive disorders, with the focus very much on the scientific evidence. This offers a sound basis for addressing the many controversies that surround these disorders, which collectively constitute the most common cause of visual impairment or blindness. The book is divided into two sections, the first of which addresses the basic science and encompasses vascular anatomy, blood supply and flow, and retinal tolerance time to acute ischemia. The second, clinical, section covers the presentation, clinical features, diagnosis, and treatment of the full range of vascular occlusive disorders of the retina, the choroid, the anterior segment of the eye, ophthalmic manifestations of carotid artery disease and the optic nerve. ℗ℓ In writing Ocular Vascular Occlusive Disorders, the author has drawn upon more than 55 years of experience in basic and clinical research. The book will be an invaluable source of information for general ophthalmologists, and particularly for retina specialists, neuro-ophthalmologists, and researchers. It is hoped that it will go far in rectifying the lack of in-depth scientific understanding that is the source of many misapprehensions and debates.

    Contents:
    BASIC SCIENCES: Ophthalmic artery
    Central retinal artery
    Cilioretinal artery
    Posterior ciliary arteries
    Orbital veins
    Retinal capillaries
    Optic nerve head blood supply
    Anterior segment blood supply
    Blood-retinal barrier
    Blood flow
    Retinal tolerance time to acute ischemia. CLINICAL SCIENCES: Clinical evaluation of patients with ocular vascular occlusive disorders
    Central retinal artery occlusion
    Branch retinal artery occlusion
    Cilioretinal artery occlusion
    Hemicentral retinal artery occlusion
    Cotton-wool spots
    Posterior ciliary artery occlusion
    Anterior segment ischemia
    Optic nerve head ischemia
    Ophthalmic manifestations of carotid artery disease
    Central retinal vein occlusion
    Hemi-central retinal vein occlusion
    Branch retinal vein occlusion
    Vortex vein occlusion
    Hypertensive fundus changes
    Amaurosis fugax in ocular vascular occlusive disorders. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Adam J. Cohen, Cat Nguyen Burkat, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive text covers both core and advanced principles within oculofacial, orbital, and lacrimal surgery with extensive detail not found in any other current book on the subject. Richly illustrated with hundreds of images, Oculofacial, Orbital, and Lacrimal Surgery: A Compendium is written and edited by international leaders in fields spanning ophthalmology, otolaryngology, oral and maxillofacial surgery, and plastic surgery. Covering topics such as embryology, anatomy, and physiology of the lacrimal system, imaging for orbital diseases and thyroid-related ophthalmology, and flap geometry and planning, this book is an excellent resource for those in training, as well as seasoned clinicians looking to stay current. This book is divided into five sections: Eyelid, Oculofacial, Lacrimal, Orbit, and Socket, with each section containing detailed chapters addressing evaluation, imaging, and various surgical approaches and management. Designed to not only provide an anatomical and surgical guide for all three types of surgeries, but to help physicians avoid mistakes and correct complications of patients referred to them, Oculofacial, Orbital, and Lacrimal Surgery: A Compendium is the definitive, authoritative reference on this complex field.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Brian Leatherbarrow, BSc, MBChB, DO, FRCS, FRCOphth ; artwork by Philip Ferguson Jones, MMAA, RMIP, Medical Illustrator.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    edited by Essam A. El Toukhy.
    Summary: Oculoplastic Surgery: A Practical Guide to Common Disorders provides guidance on various clinical approaches for treating oculoplastic disorders as well as ocular trauma. In addition, highly illustrated and informative chapters examine the interaction between oculoplasty, ophthalmic sub-specialties (pediatrics, cataract, refractive, neuro, glaucoma) and other clinical areas including ENT, maxillofacial, dermatology, general plastic surgery and psychiatry. Consultants, surgeons, trainees and health professionals from all the specialties and sub-specialties related to oculoplasty, will find this book to be an indispensable resource for further developing skills and knowledge in the field of oculoplastic surgery.

    Contents:
    Basics of oculoplastic procedures
    anaesthesia in oculoplasty
    benign lid lesions
    malignant lid lesions
    common eyelid malpositions
    centurion syndrome
    floppy eyelid syndrome
    congenital ptosis
    blepharophimosis and marcus gunn as special types of pediatric ptosis
    correction of congenital ptosis with poor levator function with the frontalis flap procedure
    adult ptosis
    blepharospasm, hemifacial spasm and functional applications of neurotoxins in the periocular area
    eyelid reconstruction
    trichiasis and trachoma
    facial nerve palsy and oculoplasty
    upper blepharoplasty and browplasty
    lower blepharoplasty
    the cosmetic use of injectables in oculoplasty
    body dysmorphic disorder
    dry eye disease
    congenital nasolacrimal duct obstruction
    acquired lacrimal obstruction
    punctal stenosis
    canalicular obstruction
    dacryoadenitis, dacryocystitis, and canaliculitis
    pediatric ophthalmology and oculoplasty
    refractive surgery and oculoplasty
    pathology and oculoplasty
    the nasal sinuses and oculoplasty
    neuro ophthalmology and oculoplasty
    oncological and maxillofacial considerations of periorbital lesions
    periorbital dermatology and oculoplasty
    glaucoma and oculoplasty
    orbital evaluation and proptosis
    Radiology and oculoplasty
    common orbital disorders in children
    common orbital disorders in adults
    thyroid eye disease (ted)
    the surgical approach to the orbit
    eyelid injuries
    lacrimal injuries
    orbital trauma
    evisceration
    enucleation
    orbital implants & eye prosthesis
    orbital implants.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Robert Penne, MD, Director and Attending Surgeon, Oculoplastics Service, Co-Director, Ocular Cicatricial Pemphigoid Clinic, Wills Eye Hospital, Professor of Ophthalmology, Sidney Kimmel Medical College at Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania ; series editor, Christopher J. Rapuano, MD, Director and Attending Surgeon, Cornea Service, Co-Director, Refractive Surgery Department, Wills Eye Hospital, Professor of Ophthalmology, Sidney Kimmel Medical College of Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Essam A. El Toukhy, editor.
    Summary: This book is a concise, easy-to-use multi-choice question and answer resource in oculoplasty for ophthalmologists undertaking exams in this sub-specialty. Each chapter contains a short didactic summary of the topic followed by MCQs and answers. References to the full-text book Oculoplastic Surgery: A Practical Guide to Common Disorders are also included in the answer section of each chapter. This unique format allows readers to dip into MCQs to practice for exams while also providing clear references of where to find chapters from a larger text. This book includes MCQs that examine the interaction between oculoplasty, ophthalmic sub-specialties (pediatrics, cataract, refractive, neuro, glaucoma) and other clinical areas including ENT, maxillofacial, dermatology, general plastic surgery and psychiatry. Consultants, surgeons and trainees from all ophthalmic specialties and sub-specialties will find this book to be an indispensable resource for exam revision in oculoplasty.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Basics of Oculoplasty and Anesthesia (Essam A El Toukhy)
    Chapter 2. Lid lesions and Malpositions (Essam A El Toukhy)
    Chapter 3. Ptosis (Essam A El Toukhy)
    Chapter 4. Lid Reconstruction (Essam A El Toukhy)
    Chapter 5. Cosmetics and Injectables (Noha El Toukhy)
    Chapter 6. Lacrimal System (Nadeen El Toukhy)
    Chapter 7. Trauma (Essam A El Toukhy)
    Chapter 8. The Orbit (Essam A El Toukhy)
    Chapter 9. Orbital Implants and Prosthesis (Essam A El Toukhy)
    Chapter 10. Oculoplasty Interactions with other Specialities (Essam A El Toukhy)
    Chapter 11. Thyroid Eye Disease (Essam A El Toukhy).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Edi Barkai, Donald A. Wilson.
    Summary: This well-established international series examines major areas of basic and clinical research within neuroscience, as well as emerging and promising subfields. This volume explores interdisciplinary research on invertebrate and vertebrate models of odor memory and perception, as well as human odor memory and perception. This book brings together a collection of authors that cut across model systems, techniques, levels of analysis and questions to highlight important and exciting advances in the area of olfactory memory and perception.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Paolo Pelosi, Wolfgang Knoll.
    Contents:
    Chapter One: Genome mining and sequence analysis of chemosensory soluble proteins in arthropods
    Chapter Two: Reconstructing protein-coding sequences from ancient DNA
    Chapter Three: Bioinformatic, genomic and evolutionary analysis of genes: A case study in dipteran CSPs
    Chapter Four: Proteomics of arthropod soluble olfactory proteins
    Chapter Five: Analysis of post-translational modifications in soluble proteins involved in chemical communication from mammals and insects
    Chapter Six: Bacterial expression and purification of vertebrate odorant-binding proteins
    Chapter Seven: Structure of odorant binding proteins and chemosensory proteins determined by X-ray crystallography
    Chapter Eight: Solution structure of insect CSP and OBPs by NMR
    Chapter Nine: Stability of OBPs
    Chapter Ten: Ligand-binding assays with OBPs and CSPs
    Chapter Eleven: Fine structure immunocytochemistry—An important tool for research on odorant-binding proteins
    Chapter Twelve: Effect of OBPs on the response of olfactory receptors
    Chapter Thirteen: Site-directed mutagenesis of odorant-binding proteins
    Chapter Fourteen: Silencing of OBP genes: Generation of loss-of-function mutants of PBP by genome editing
    Chapter Fifteen: Electrochemical biosensing with odorant binding proteins: Chapter Sixteen - Electronic biosensors based on graphene FETs
    Chapter Seventeen: Electronic biosensors based on EGOFETs
    Chapter Eighteen: Gravimetric biosensors
    Chapter Nineteen: Plasmonic biosensors relying on biomolecular conformational changes: Case of odorant binding proteins.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    QD77 .O17 1981
    1
  • Digital
    edited by S. Michael Griffin ; Peter J. Lamb.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Tohru Asai, Masami Ochi, Hitoshi Yokoyama, editors.
    Contents:
    1. OPCAB made in Japan, evidence on off-pump coronary artery bypass grafting from Japan
    2. Statistics of OPCAB in Japan
    3. Evidence in OPCAB, critical appraisal of recent RCT based on CABG in Japen
    4. Indication and safe strategy
    5. Approach
    6. Intraoperative management and anesthesia
    7. Controversy, volume load vs. vasopressor
    8. Urgent pump conversion, when does it occur and how can we prevent it?
    9. Exposure
    10. Stabilization
    11. Securing the distal anastomosis site, coronary artery occlusion, shunt, and blower
    12. Graft planning
    13. Controversy, composite grafts versus individual grafts
    14. Harvesting, tip and pitfalls
    15. Graft-coronary anastomosis in off-pump CABG
    16. Coronary endarterectomy and long onlay-patch grafting
    17. OPCAB proximal
    18. Intraoperative graft assessment OPCAB made in Japan
    19. Stroke
    20. Patient management OPCAB
    21. Redo operation
    22. Combined surgery (TAA, AAA, or cancer) concomitant or staged surgeries?
    23. Difficult heart
    24. Difficult corionary OPCAB made in Japan
    25. Off-pump CABG for patients with end-stage renal failure
    26. How do we teach off-pump surgery to the next generation?
    27. Hybrid approach (OPCAB+PCI/TAVI/Ddebranching TEVAR)
    28. Robotic surgery
    29. OPCAB combined regenerative surgery
    Erratum
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Gary F. Bouloux, editor.
    Summary: This book is based on a review of the closed claims from the Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Insurance Company (OMSNIC). Themes and trends that have been identified through review of these claims assisted in recognizing multiple causes of anesthesia related complications. This allowed the development of a presentation on the prevention, recognition and management of office based anesthesia complications to be delivered over 10 years to thousands of oral and maxillofacial surgeons in an attempt to reduce the incidence of future complications. This text provides detailed methods to allow the oral and maxillofacial surgeon, anesthetist and anesthesiologist to risk stratify patients as well as prevent, recognize and manage the most common anesthesia related complications. Additionally, it describes how to run an ideal Advanced Cardiac Life Support (ACLS) driven megacode, identify differences in pediatric anesthesia and ideally manage opioid needs of the oral and maxillofacial surgery patient. Office Based Anesthesia Complications is based on the most common anesthesia related complications that have been documented over more than 20 years of data collection for Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Risk Stratification for Office-Based Anesthesia
    Introduction
    Patient Evaluation
    Body Systems and Disease
    Cardiac Disease
    Coronary Artery Disease and Myocardial Infarction
    Cardiac Arrhythmias
    Congestive Heart Failure
    Valvular Heart Disease and Prosthetic Valves
    Respiratory Disease
    Asthma
    Hepatic Disease
    Renal Disease
    Geriatric Patients
    Suggested Reading
    2: Basic Life Support and Advanced Cardiac Life Support
    Introduction
    Course Certification: Knowledge and Skill Retention The Core Components of Life Support
    Airway Management
    Instructional and Learning Modalities
    Simulation
    Crew/Crisis Resource Management
    Who Is the Team?
    What Should We Do?
    Suggested Reading
    3: Laryngospasm
    Introduction
    Prevention
    Airway Examination
    Recognition
    Management
    Medication Precautions
    Larson Maneuver
    Suggested Reading
    4: Aspiration
    Introduction
    Prevention
    Recognition
    Management
    Suggested Reading
    5: Asthma
    Introduction
    Clinical Manifestations
    Pathophysiology
    Diagnostic Studies
    Intermittent Mild Persistent
    Moderate Persistent
    Severe Persistent
    Prevention
    Monoclonal Antibody Targets, Route of Administration, and Dosing Frequency
    Recognition
    Management
    Suggested Reading
    6: Anaphylaxis
    Introduction
    Diagnosis
    Management
    Selected Readings
    7: Bronchospasm
    Introduction
    Prevention
    Recognition
    Management
    Selected Readings
    8: Obesity
    Introduction
    Respiratory System
    Cardiovascular System
    Other Systems
    Prevention
    Patient Screening and Conservative Patient Selection
    Depth of Anesthesia Limit Setting Robust Monitoring
    Staff and Facility Preparation
    Recognition
    Management
    Suggested Reading
    9: Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    Introduction
    Prevention
    Pre-operative
    Operative
    Postoperative
    Recognition
    Management
    Suggested Reading
    10: Trismus
    Introduction
    Etiology
    Prevention
    Preoperative Assessment
    Choice of Drugs
    Recognition
    Management
    Suggested Reading
    11: Cardiac Arrhythmias
    Introduction
    Prevention
    Recognition and Management
    Management
    Management
    Management
    Management (Also See Fig. 11.2) Management (Also See Fig. 11.2 if Tachycardia or Fig. 11.3 if Bradycardia)
    Management (Also See Fig. 11.2)
    Management
    Management
    Management
    Management
    Management
    Management
    Management
    Management
    Management
    Suggested Reading
    12: Myocardial Infarction
    Introduction
    Prevention
    Local Anesthesia
    General Anesthesia
    Recognition
    Rhythm Strip Interpretation
    ST Segment Depression or Elevation
    Management
    Suggested Reading
    13: Pulmonary Embolism
    Introduction
    Prevention
    Recognition
    Management
    Suggested Reading
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by John A. Renner Jr., Petros Levounis, Anna T. LaRose.
    Summary: With a new foreword by Nora Volkow, Director of the National Institute on Drug Abuse, this second edition of Office-Based Buprenorphine Treatment of Opioid Use Disorder provides updated information on evidence-based treatment for opioid use disorder (OUD)-an increasingly important topic as the epidemic of opioid misuse and overdose deaths grows in the United States. Bulleted clinical pearls at the end of each chapter, as well as specific clinical recommendations and detailed case discussions throughout, make it easier for readers to retain knowledge and integrate it into their clinical practice. The guide also features sample documentation and scales, including a treatment contract and a patient consent, that can be used to model documents in practice. This new edition of Office-Based Buprenorphine Treatment has been updated to reflect DSM-5 language, and two additional chapters have been included: one that addresses other pharmacotherapies useful in treating OUD, including methadone and naltrexone, and another that discusses OUD treatment specifically with regard to women's health and pregnancy. A discussion of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act (CARA). Advice for working with Alcoholics Anonymous and Narcotics Anonymous. A discussion on integrating buprenorphine into residential and inpatient opioid treatment programs. -- Publisher.

    Contents:
    Opioid use disorder in america : history and overview / John A. Renner Jr
    General opioid pharmacology / John T. Pichot, Mark T. Pichot
    Efficacy and safety of buprenorphine / Eric C. Strain, Gerard Iru I. Fernando
    Patient assessment / Petros Levounis, Jonathan Avery
    Clinical use of buprenorphine / Ricardo Restrepo, Petros Levounis
    Buprenorphine treatment in office-based settings / Jeffrey D. Baxter, Dong Chan Park
    Psychosocial and supportive treatment / Peter D. Friedmann, Tae Woo Park
    Referral, logistics, and diversion / Joji Suzuki, Claudia P. Rodriguez
    Methadone, naltrexone, and naloxone / Brad W. Stankiewicz, Saria El Haddad, Anna Terajewicz Larose
    Psychiatric comorbidity / Elie Aoun, Elinore F. McCance-Katz
    Medical comorbidity / Joseph H. Donroe, Lynn E. Fiellin, David A. Fiellin, Jeanette M. Tetrault
    Acute and chronic pain / Daniel P. Alford
    Opioid use by adolescents / Ximena Sanchez-Samper, Sharon Levy
    Women's health and pregnancy / Anna T. LaRose, Hendree E. Jones
    Comments on the case vignettes / John A. Renner Jr., Gregory Acampora.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2018
  • Digital
    Jonathan D. Emery, Marie Fidela R. Paraiso, editors.
    Summary: Recent trends in medicine have pushed many gynecologic procedures to the outpatient setting, whether in-office, in small medical ambulatory surgery centers, or in procedure rooms. Office-Based Gynecologic Surgical Procedures covers both basic and advanced procedures, from biopsy and saline ultrasound to cystoscopy. It answers the "How?", "What?", and "When?" of setting up, preparing for, and confidently performing office procedures. While appropriate training and certification in these procedures such as cystoscopy and hysteroscopy is needed, this book is an excellent resource for advice and tips on how to safely transition from the technique used in the operating room. It also provides the necessary algorithms and in-depth instructions pertinent to performing these types of procedures effectively in the office setting. A chapter on patient safety in the office is also included. Office-Based Gynecologic Surgical Procedures is ideal for established OBGYNs in practice who want to expand their range of procedures offered in-office, fellows in Women's Health, advanced nurse practitioners, recent OBGYN residency graduates, and family medicine physicians eager to familiarize themselves with women's health procedures.

    Contents:
    Pre-Procedure Patient Evaluation and Management
    Getting Started in Office Based Gynecologic Procedures: Office Set-up, Procedural Implications and Ensuring Patient Safety
    Informed Consent
    Anesthesia and Analgesia
    Basic Gynecologic Procedures
    Saline Infusion Sonohysterography
    Office Diagnostic Hysteroscopy
    Hysteroscopic Tubal Sterilization
    Office Operative Hysteroscopy: Polyp and Sub-mucosal Fibroid Removal
    Office-Based Global Endometrial Ablation
    Cystoscopy
    Urodynamics
    Peri-Urethral Injections
    Trigger Point Injections for Pelvic Pain
    Colposcopy
    Loop Electro-Excision Procedure (LEEP)
    Vulvar Biopsy and Excision/Ablation.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Abdul- latif Hamdan, Robert Thayer Satalof, Mary J. Hawkshaw.
    Summary: This book provides a detailed description of laryngeal procedures performed under topical anesthesia in an office setting. The last two decades have witnessed a major evolution in laryngology practice toward office-based surgery, thus reducing the risk of general anesthesia and containing healthcare costs while also hastening recovery rates from the time of diagnosis. Beginning with a comprehensive review of the anatomy and physiology of phonation, the book then provides systematic assessment of patients with voice dysfunction secondary to structural and functional laryngeal disorders. It offers detailed instructions on patient selection, safety, tolerance, and proper administration of topical anesthesia. The book supplies detailed descriptions of the various surgical techniques commonly used in office-based laryngeal surgery using colored illustrations, photographs and videos. Different surgical approaches are presented including transcervical, transnasal and per-oral techniques. The book also supplies a thorough review of the literature on the current status of the most commonly performed office-based laryngeal surgeries including patient care, surgical outcome, and complications. Office-Based Laryngeal Surgery help laryngologists operating on awake patients in an office setting to be both well-equipped and well-informed.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and Physiology of Voice: Core Knowledge
    Patient History
    Physical examination
    Common Medical Diagnosis and Treatments in
    Patients with Voice Disorders
    Voice Surgery; In-Office Voice Surgery-Basic Background and Principles
    Topical anesthesia in office-based
    Phonosurgery
    Patient safety and Tolerance in office-based Phonosurgery
    Surgical Approaches and operative technique in office-based phonosurgery
    Office-based Injection laryngoplasty
    Office-based laryngeal Botulinum Toxin injection
    Office-based laryngeal laser therapy
    Office-based injection of steroids and other substances
    Other Office-based laryngeal procedures. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Elie M. Ferneini, Michael T. Goupil, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive, step-by-step guide to maxillofacial surgical procedures typically performed in an office setting. It comprises three sections, the first of which provides an overview of general and basic perioperative topics such as medical and facial assessment, laboratory indications, local anesthesia, and oral and parenteral sedation. In the second section, a wide range of dentoalveolar procedures are described in detail. The final section is devoted to maxillofacial cosmetic procedures. Here, readers will find stepwise guidance on scar revision, chemical peel, laser resurfacing, dermabrasion, use of neuromodulators and fillers, neck procedures, blepharoplasty, and hair transplant surgery. The book is written by acknowledged experts and is multi-institutional and multispecialty based. It will meet the needs of multiple surgical professionals, including oral and maxillofacial surgeons, plastic surgeons, otolaryngologists, cosmetic surgeons, dentists, and medical and dental students. Health care providers will also be able to use the book as a resource to expand their knowledge on common maxillofacial surgical procedures.

    Contents:
    PART I: PERIOPERATIVE TECHNIQUES Chapter 1: Medical Assessment of the Maxillofacial Surgery Patient
    Chapter 2: Facial Assessment
    Chapter 3: Office-based Laboratory Indications and Interpretation
    Chapter 4: Local Anesthesia
    Chapter 5: Oral Sedation
    Chapter 6: Parenteral Sedation
    Chapter 7: Informed Consent: Process and Practice in the Context of Office-based Oral Surgery
    PART II : DENTOALVEOLAR PROCEDURES Chapter 8: Differential Diagnosis and Biopsy Techniques
    Chapter 9: Frenectomy
    Chapter 10: Gingival Augmentation Surgery for Specific Mucogingival Problems
    Chapter 11: Management of Oroantral Communications
    Chapter 12: Exposure of Impacted Teeth
    Chapter 13: Molar Uprighting
    Chapter 14: Management of Impacted Teeth
    Chapter 15: Coronectomy
    PART III: MAXILLOFACIAL COSMETIC PROCEDURES Chapter 16: Scar Revision in the Office Setting
    Chapter 17: Chemical Peels
    Chapter 18: Laser Skin Resurfacing
    Chapter 19: Dermabrasion
    Chapter 20: Neuromodulators
    Chapter 21: Facial Fillers
    Chapter 22: Neck Procedures
    Chapter 23: Blepharoplasty
    Chapter 24: Genioplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by David Chelmow [and three others].
    Summary: This case-based guide covers 100 gynecologic problems commonly encountered in office practice settings, from the simple to the complex. It encourages evidence-based care and incorporates up-to-date guidance on evaluation and management in office practice. Clinical problems are discussed in a clear, case-based format. The book integrates current guidelines and recommendations, supplemented with carefully-researched and vetted expert opinion for situations for which no guidelines exist. Each gynecologic problem is assessed through a brief case presentation followed by an in-depth discussion with visual aids. Question and answer sections feature teaching points. Cases and discussions are detailed enough to guide practice, yet remain focused and concise, with each case designed to be read in the time available when seeing a patient in clinical practice. An invaluable reference guide for gynecologists, family physicians, internal medicine providers, and other women's health care providers who offer office-based gynecologic care.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Print
    Summary: Includes 1958-<1972> Annual report of the director of the Pan American Sanitary Bureau; 1959-<1991> Basic documents of the Pan American Health Organization.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    30
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew D. Bersten, Jonathan M. Handy.
    Summary: "For nearly 40 years, Oh's Intensive Care Manual has been the quick reference of choice for ICU physicians at all levels of experience. The revised 8th edition maintains this tradition of excellence, providing fast access to practical information needed every day in today's intensive care unit. This bestselling manual covers all aspects of intensive care in sufficient detail for daily practice while keeping you up to date with the latest innovations in the field"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Organisation aspects. Design and organisation of intensive care units
    Critical care Outreach & rapid response systems
    Severity Scoring and Outcome Prediction
    Transport of the critically ill patients
    Physiotherapy in intensive care
    Critical care nursing
    Ethics
    Common problems after ICU
    Clinical information systems
    Trials
    Palliative care
    ICU and the elderly
    Team based health care delivery
    Genetics and Sepsis
    Part 2: Shock. Overview of shock
    Haemodynamic monitoring
    Multi-organ dysfunction syndrome
    Monitoring oxygenation
    Hyperlactatemia in Critical Illness
    Part 3: Acute coronary care. Acute cardiac investigations and interventions
    Cardiopulmonary resuscitation (including defibrillation)
    Cardiac arrhythmias (combine with drugs)
    Cardiac pacing
    Acute Heart failure and Pulmonary Hypertension
    Valvular and congenital heart disease and infective endocarditis
    Postoperative cardiac intensive care
    Echocardiography in intensive care
    Part 4: Respiratory failure. Oxygen therapy
    Airway management and acute airway obstruction
    Acute respiratory failure in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    Mechanical ventilator support
    Humidifiers and inhalation therapy
    Acute respiratory distress syndrome include fat embolism
    Pulmonary embolism
    Acute severe asthma
    Pneumonia
    Noninvasive ventilation
    Respiratory monitoring
    Chest imaging
    Ultrasound in the ICU
    ECMO
    Part 5: Gastroenterological emergencies. Acute gastrointestinal bleeding
    Acute pancreatitis
    Hepatic failure
    Abdominal Surgical Catastrophes
    Implications of solid tumours for Intensive Care
    Part 6: Acute renal failure. Acute Kidney Injury
    Renal Replacement Therapy
    Part 7: Neurological disorders. Disorders of consciousness
    Status epilepticus
    Acute cerebrovascular complications
    Cerebral protection
    Brain death
    Meningitis and encephalomyelitis
    Tetanus
    Delirium
    ICU acquired weakness
    Neuromuscular disorders
    Part 8: Endocrine disorders. Diabetic emergencies
    Diabetes insipidus and other polyuric syndromes
    Thyroid emergencies
    Adrenocortical insufficiency
    Acute calcium disorders
    Part 9: Obstetric emergencies. Preeclampsia and eclampsia
    Obstetric emergencies
    Severe cardiac disease in pregnancy
    Part 10: Infections and immune disorders. Anaphylaxis
    Host defence and immunodeficiency
    HIV and AIDS
    Sepsis and Septic shock
    Nosocomial infections
    Severe soft tissue infections
    Fungal infection
    Principles of antibiotic use in the ICU
    Tropical diseases
    Part 11: Severe and multiple trauma. Severe and multiple injuries
    Severe head injuries
    Faciomaxillary and upper airway injuries
    Chest injuries
    Spinal injuries
    Abdominal and pelvic injuries
    Part 12: Environmental injuries. Submersion
    Burns
    Thermal disorders
    Electrical safety and injuries
    Envenomation
    Blast and ballistic trauma
    Bioterrorism
    Part 13: Pharmacologic considerations. Pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and drug monitoring in acute illness
    Poisoning and drug intoxication
    Sedation and pain management in intensive care
    Vasopressors and inotropes
    Vasodilators and antihypertensives
    Part 14: Metabolic homeostasis. Acid-base balance and disorders
    Fluid and electrolyte therapy
    Enteral and parenteral nutrition
    Part 15: Haematological management. Blood transfusion
    Colloids and blood products
    Plasmapheresis, therapeutic plasma exchange and intravenous immunoglobulin therapy
    Haemostatic failure
    Haematological malignancy
    Part 16: Transplantation. Organ donation
    Liver transplantation
    Heart and lung transplantation
    Part 17: Paediatric intensive care. The critically ill child
    Upper airway obstruction in children
    Acute respiratory failure in children
    Paediatric fluid and electrolyte therapy
    Sedation and analgesia in children
    Shock and cardiac disease in children
    Neurological emergencies in children
    Paediatric trauma
    Treatment limitation and organ procurement
    Paediatric poisoning and envenomation
    Paediatric cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew Bersten, Neil Soni.
    Summary: Whether you're a newcomer to the ICU or a seasoned practitioner, Oh's Intensive Care Manual delivers the practical, expert answers you need to manage the conditions you see every day in the intensive care unit. This highly esteemed, bestselling medical reference book presents comprehensive detail on each topic, while maintaining a succinct, accessible style so this information can be seamlessly incorporated into your daily practice. Access everything you need to know about disease processes and their management during the course of ICU rotations. Gain valuable insight into the consensus of practice and standard of ICU care as followed in the UK, Europe, India, and Australia. Take advantage of expert advice on practical issues that will be encountered on a day-to-day basis in the ICU, as well as common pitfalls in treatment and management emphasized in each chapter.

    Contents:
    pt. One Organisation Aspects
    1. Design and organisation of intensive care units / Felicity H. Hawker
    2. Critical care outreach and rapid response systems / Christian P. Subbe
    3. Severity of illness and likely outcome from critical illness / Mark Palazzo
    4. Transport of critically ill patients / Matthew R. Hooper
    5. Physiotherapy in intensive care / Mandy O. Jones
    6. Critical care nursing / John R. Welch
    7. Ethics in intensive care / Malcolm M. Fisher
    8.Common problems after ICU / Evelyn Corner
    9. Clinical information systems / David Fraenkel
    10. Clinical trials in critical care / Anthony Delaney
    11. Palliative care / Neil Soni
    12. ICU and the elderly / Richard Keays
    13. Health care team in intensive care medicine / Gerry O'Callaghan
    14. Preparing for examinations in intensive care medicine / Liz Hickson
    pt. Two Shock
    15. Overview of shock / Sandra L. Peake
    16. Haemodynamic monitoring / David J. Sturgess 17. Multiple organ dysfunction syndrome / Marriane J. Chapman
    18. Monitoring oxygenation / Balasubramanian Venkatesh
    19. Lactic acidosis / Alistair D. Nichol
    pt. Three Acute Coronary Care
    20. Acute cardiac syndromes, investigations and interventions / Bradley Power
    21. Adult cardiopulmonary resuscitation / Peter T. Morley
    22. Management of cardiac arrhythmias / Andrew Holt
    23. Cardiac pacing and implantable cardioverter defibrillators / Oliver R. Segal
    24. Acute heart failure / David Treacher
    25. Valvular and congenital heart disease and bacterial endocarditis / Susanna Price
    26. Intensive care after cardiac surgery / Raymond F. Raper
    27. Echocardiography in the intensive care unit / Susanna Price
    pt. Four Respiratory Failure
    28. Oxygen therapy / Adrian J. Wagstaff
    29. Airway management and acute airway obstruction / Gordon Y.S. Choi
    30. Acute respiratory failure in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease / David V. Tuxen 31. Mechanical ventilation / Andrew D. Bersten
    32. Humidification and inhalation therapy / Andrew D. Bersten
    33. Acute respiratory distress syndrome / Andrew D. Bersten
    34. Pulmonary embolism / David V. Pilcher
    35. Acute severe asthma / Matthew T. Naughton
    36. Pneumonia / Charles D. Gomersall
    37. Non-invasive ventilation / Andrew D. Bersten
    38. Respiratory monitoring / Andrew D. Bersten
    39. Imaging the chest / Simon P.G. Padley
    40. Ultrasound in the ICU / Ubbo F. Wiersema
    41. Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) / Vincent Pellegrino
    41.1. ECMO for respiratory failure
    41.2. ECMO for cardiac failure
    pt. Five Gastroenterological Emergencies and Surgery
    42. Acute gastrointestinal bleeding / Joseph J.Y. Sung
    43. Severe acute pancreatitis / Duncan L.A. Wyncoll
    44. Liver failure / Julia Wendon
    44.1. Acute hepatic failure
    44.2. Cirrhosis and acute-on-chronic liver disease 45. Abdominal surgical catastrophes / Stephen J. Streat
    46. Solid tumours and their implications in the ICU / Pascale Gruber
    pt. Six Acute Renal Failure
    47. Acute kidney injury / Rinaldo Bellomo
    48. Renal replacement therapy / Rinaldo Bellomo
    pt. Seven Neurological Disorders
    49. Disorders of consciousness / Balasubramanian Venkatesh
    50. Status epilepticus / Helen I. Opdam
    51. Acute cerebrovascular complications / Thearina de Beer
    52. Cerebral protection / Michelle Hayes
    53. Brain death / Martin Smith
    54. Meningitis and encephalomyelitis / Angus M. Kennedy
    55. Tetanus / Jeffrey Lipman
    56. Delirium / Marcela P. Vizcaychipi
    57. Neuromuscular diseases in intensive care / Manoj K. Saxena
    pt. Eight Endocrine Disorders
    58. Diabetic emergencies / Richard Keays
    59. Diabetes insipidus and other polyuric syndromes / Alastair C. Carr
    60. Thyroid emergencies / Ying Li 61. Adrenocortical insufficiency in critical illness / Jeremy Cohen
    62. Acute calcium disorders / Balasubramanian Venkatesh
    pt. Nine Obstetric Emergencies
    63. Preeclampsia and eclampsia / Tony Gin
    64. General obstetric emergencies / Tony Gin
    65. Severe pre-existing disease in pregnancy / Steve M. Yentis
    pt. Ten Infections and Immune Disorders
    66. Anaphylaxis / Malcolm M. Fisher
    67. Host defence mechanisms and immunodeficiency disorders / Alexander A. Padiglione
    68. HIV and acquired immunodeficiency syndrome / Steve McGloughlin
    69. Severe sepsis / A. Raffaele De Gaudio
    70. Nosocomial infections / Rishi H-P Dhillon
    71. Severe soft-tissue infections / Didier Pittet
    72. Principles of antibiotic use / Jeffrey Lipman
    73. Tropical diseases / Michael E. Pelly
    pt. Eleven Severe and Multiple Trauma
    74. Severe and multiple trauma / Li C. Hsee
    75. Severe head injuries / Manoj K. Saxena pt. Fourteen Metabolic Homeostasis
    92. Acid
    base balance and disorders / Thomas J. Morgan
    93. Fluid and electrolyte therapy / Simon Finfer
    94. Enteral and parenteral nutrition / Richard Leonard
    pt. Fifteen Haematological Management
    95. Blood transfusion / James P. Isbister
    96. Colloids and blood products / Matthias Jacob
    97. Therapeutic plasma exchange and intravenous immunoglobulin therapy / James P. Isbister
    98. Haemostatic failure / James P. Isbister
    99. Haematological malignancy / Timothy Wigmore
    pt. Sixteen Transplantation
    100.Organ donation / Stephen J. Streat
    101. Liver transplantation / Julia Wendon
    102. Heart and lung transplantation / Paul C. Jansz
    pt. Seventeen Paediatric Intensive Care
    103. The critically ill child / Shelley D. Riphagen
    104. Upper airway obstruction in children / Sara Hanna
    105. Acute respiratory failure in children / Kevin Plumpton 106. Paediatric fluid and electrolyte therapy / Frank Shann
    107. Sedation and analgesia in children / Geoff Knight
    108. Shock and cardiac disease / Johnny Millar
    109. Neurological emergencies in children / Anthony J. Slater
    110. Paediatric trauma / Kevin McCaffery
    111. Withholding and withdrawing life-sustaining medical treatment in children / James Tibballs
    112. Paediatric poisoning / James Tibballs
    113. Paediatric cardiopulmonary resuscitation / James Tibballs.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Maizura Ithnin, Ahmad Kushairi, editors.
    Summary: This book compiles the fundamental advances resulting from of oil-palm genome and transcriptome sequencing, and describes the challenges faced and strategies applied in sequencing, assembling and annotating oil palm genome sequences. The availability of genome and transcriptome data has made the mining of a high number of new molecular markers useful for genetic diversity as well as marker-trait association studies and the book presents high-throughput genotyping platforms, which allow the detection of QTL regions associated with interesting oil palm traits such as oil unsaturation and yield components using classical genetic and association mapping approaches. Lastly, it also presents the discovery of major genes governing economically important traits of the oil palm. Covering the history of oil palm expansion, classical and molecular cytogenetics, improvements based on wild and advanced genetic materials, and the science of oil palm breeding, the book is a valuable resource for scientists involved in plant genetic research.

    Contents:
    Oil palm : History and importance Taxonomy, center of diversity, center of origin, history of economic expansion
    Wild and advanced resources Genetic resources, breeding populations for E. guineensis and E. oleifera
    Cytogenetics Classical and molecular cytogenetics
    Classical Genetics and Conventional Plant Breeding Oil palm breeding techniques, oil palm breeding scheme (Modified RRS, backcrossing). Challenges faced in conventional oil palm breeding programs
    Oil Palm tissue culture- fast tracking elite commercial lines Improving cloning efficiency Overcoming abnormality issues observed in clonally propagated palms
    Oil palm transgenic research Challenges, update and future outlook
    Towards oil palm genome sequencing, assembly and annotation Highlights on the limitations of conventional breeding, tissue culture and transgenic research and requirement of genome sequences Challenges, approaches and strategies applied
    Molecular evolution Genetic diversity based on sequencing and analysis with molecular markers (SSRs and SNPs) Looking at evolution via chloroplast and mitochondrial genome analysis
    Identifying genes influencing monogenically inherited traits (shell & fruit colour genes)
    Dissecting complex traits via conventional QTL analysis and Association mapping QTLs detected : FAC, height, yield, bunch components.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Beenu Tanwar, Ankit Goyal, editors.
    Summary: Oilseeds offer a plethora of opportunities for the food and feed industry, thanks to their high oil and protein content. Their phytonutrients and functional components have attracted the interest of researchers, leading to the development of functional foods. This book gathers the latest scientific information on the nutrients, phytonutrients and health benefits as well as the adverse effects of consuming various conventional and non-conventional oilseeds. In addition, each chapter includes a section comprehensively explaining the use of oilseeds in functional bakery, dairy, and other food products. Given its scope, the book is a valuable resource for students, researchers, nutritionists, food scientists and technologists, and for anyone involved in product development based on oilseed and its components.

    Contents:
    Soybean (Glycine max)
    Rapeseed/Canola (Brassica napus)
    Cottonseed (Gossypium hirsutum),- Ground nut (Arachis hypogaea)
    Sunflower (Helianthus annuus) seed
    Palm /Palm kernel (Elaeis guineensis)
    Coconut (Cocos nucifera),- Mustard (Brassica nigra) seed,- Olive (Olea europaea),- Flaxseed (Linum usitatissimum), - Chia seed (Salvia hispanica),- Sesame (Sesamum indicum) seed
    Nigella (Nigella sativa) seed,- Borage (Borago officinalis) seed,- Hempseed (Cannabis sativa),- Rice (Oryza sativa) bran,- Safflower (Carthamus tinctorius)
    Camelina (Camelina sativa) seed,- Pumpkin (Cucurbita pepo) seed,- Cumin (Cuminum cyminum) seed.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    José M. Martín-Durán, Bruno C. Vellutini, editors.
    Summary: Animal evolution has always been at the core of Biology, but even today many fundamental questions remain open. The field of animal 'evo-devo' is leveraging recent technical and conceptual advances in development, paleontology, genomics and transcriptomics to propose radically different answers to traditional evolutionary controversies. This book is divided into four parts, each of which approaches animal evolution from a different perspective. The first part (chapters 2 and 3) investigates how new sources of evidence have changed conventional views of animal origins, while the second (chapters 4-8) addresses the connection between embryogenesis and evolution, and the genesis of cellular, tissue and morphological diversity. The third part (chapters 9 and 10) investigates how big data in molecular biology is transforming our understanding of the mechanisms governing morphological change in animals. In closing, the fourth part (chapters 11-13) explores new theoretical and conceptual approaches to animal evolution. 'Old questions and young approaches to animal evolution' offers a comprehensive and updated view of animal evolutionary biology that will serve both as a first step into this fascinating field for students and university educators, and as a review of complementary approaches for researchers.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Animal Origins
    Chapter 1. 1. The protistan cellular and genomic roots of animal multicellularity
    Chapter 2. Exceptionally preserved Cambrian fossils in the genomic era
    Part 2. The developmental view of animal evolution
    Chapter 3. Comparative embryology as a way to understand evolution
    Chapter 4. How do developmental programs evolve?
    Chapter 5. How do morphological novelties evolve? Novel approaches to define novel morphologies
    Chapter 6. Germ layer evolution: using novel approaches to address a classic evolutionary embryological problem
    Chapter 7. Origin and evolution of nervous systems
    Part 3. The genomic view of animal evolution
    Chapter 8. Boosting macroevolution: genomic changes triggering qualitative expansions of regulatory potential
    Chapter 9. How do gene networks promote morphological evolution?
    Part 4. Theoretical approaches to animal evolution
    Chapter 10. How does modularity in the genotype-phenotype map shape development and evolution?
    Chapter 11. Can we compute the embryo?
    Chapter 12. What is a biological individual?
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jean-François Picimbon, editor.
    Summary: Evolution gave rise to a prominent insect diversity at every level of ecological niche. Since then, hordes of insects have threatened human and cattle health as well as most of all green lands and agricultural crops. Now, the insect problem expands from many mutant forms of yellow dengue fever mosquitoes to highly-resistant larvae of most all various phytophageous species. The tremendous expansion of insect pests is due not only to an increasing resistance capacity to insecticides, but also to a strong capacity for adapting to different climate and environmental changes, including global warming. Obviously insects display a number of sophisticated systems to build an extremely efficient organism to survive in a changing world. In many species, one pheromone molecule is enough to trigger mating behavior. Therefore, insects have become crucial models not only for evolutionary studies, but also for understanding specific mechanisms underlying sensory-based behaviors. Most of insect species such as ants, beetles, cockroaches, locusts, moths and mosquitoes largely rely on olfactory cues to explore the environment and find conspecifics and food resources. A conglomerate of renowned international scientific experts is gathered to expose the insect problem on the various continents of the planet and propose an alternative to the use of toxic Olfactory Concepts of Insect Control-Alternative to Insecticides. Sex pheromones, specific chemical signals necessary for reproduction, and pheromone detection in insects are described with full details of the olfactory mechanisms in the antennae and higher centers in the brain. Thus, new synthetic pheromones and/or plant odors with specific molecular target sites in the insect olfactory system are proposed for sustainable development in agricultural and entomological industries. Disrupting insect pheromone channels and plant odor detection mechanisms is solemnly envisioned as a unique way to control invasive insect pest species while preserving human and environment safety.

    Contents:
    1. The spread of mosquito-borne diseases: a major and global public health
    2. Locusts in the world
    3. Effects of pesticides on the environment and insecticide resistance
    4. Discovery and development of microbial biological control agents
    5. Fall armyworm (FAW; Lepidoptera, Noctuidae): moth oviposition and crop protection
    6. Olfaction as a target for control of honeybee parasite mite Varroa destructor
    7. Circadian and seasonal timing of insect olfactory systems
    8. Molecular basis of pheromonogenesis regulation in moths.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jean-François Picimbon, editor.
    Summary: Most of all insect species respond to odor messages they exchange consciously. This is due to the existence of thousands of olfactory sensilla covering the antennal branches and thousands of nerve cells that will transmit the odor signal towards specific parts of the insect brain. Pheromones, pheromone regulatory pathways, pheromone-sensitive nerve cells, pheromone receptors and pheromone-binding proteins appear on this volume 2 as a prerequisite not only for fundamental knowledge in olfactory processes but also for applied research and insect control. The pheromone or olfactory concepts, exposed here in nocturnal species of moths, mainly deal with the phenomenal expansion of some specific insects, invasive pest species that have severe impacts on agriculture and/or human health. However, the olfactory concepts exposed on the whole book must be brought further, before the shrinkage of some other more beneficial species such as the honeybees. Like many other species (butterflies, crickets, ladybugs and other flying insects), the bees are disappearing or show signs of a fast and significant decline in hive population, as an example of the serious decline of flora and fauna due to our industrialized agriculture. In this no-choice situation, new concepts of pest control alternative to insecticides are required to stop the serious general disappearing of insects that are pollinators of flowers but also important ecological factors (e.g. as food sources or material converters). The present situation is very alarming for a nature at risk of losing a biodiversity and the ecological equilibrium that it has taken so long to build. We belong to the Quaternary (fourth) geological era, the "Age of Mammals", the Cenozoic era of evolution that describes 60 My, from the birth of the flower and the bee to the modern days. In a close future, Men of the current time period, i.e the 21st century, may soon enter a new historical era, which may lead to its own extinction. Would this be the price to pay to preserve or rebuild those interactions so crucial for the life on earth?

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Book Abstract; Contents; Contributors; About the Editor; Conference, Scientific Seminar, and Public Audience to Science; Selected Publications (Chemosensory Proteins and RNA Mutations);
    Chapter 1: Responses of Insect Olfactory Neurons to Single Pheromone Molecules; 1 Introduction; 2 The Olfactory Threshold of Moths; 3 ERPs and Bumps; 4 Electrical Circuit Analysis; 5 Kinetic Model; 6 Variation of ERPs; 7 Possible Mechanisms of Pheromone Response Modulation; 8 Effects on the ERP by Blocking Agents and Pheromone Derivatives; 9 Smooth Responses in Non-pheromone Neurons 10 Elementary Responses of Insect Photoreceptor Cells11 Elementary Responses in Vertebrate Olfactory Neurons; 12 Concluding Remarks; References;
    Chapter 2: Olfactory Systems in Insects: Similarities and Differences Between Species; 1 The Sensory Organs; 1.1 Number of Odor-Binding Proteins (OBPs); 1.2 Number of Odorant Receptor Neurons (ORNs); 1.3 Number of Odorant Receptors (ORs); 2 The Antennal Lobe (AL); 3 Types of Antennal Lobe Neurons; 3.1 Local Neurons (LNs); 3.2 Projection Neurons (PNs); 3.3 Other Neurons Innervating the Antennal Lobe; 4 The Mushroom Body (MB) 2.1 Identification of Odorant Receptors (ORs)2.2 Repertoires and Evolution of Insect Odorant Receptors; 2.3 Receptors for Pheromones; 2.4 Expression Patterns of Odorant Receptors; 2.5 Ligand Specificity of Odorant Receptors and Interplay with OBPs and SNMP1; 2.6 Receptor-Mediated Signal Transduction Processes; 3 Gustatory Receptors: Receptors for CO2 and Odorants; 4 Ionotropic Receptors; 5 Concluding Remarks; References;
    Chapter 5: Diversity of Biotransformation Enzymes in Insect Antennae: Possible Roles in Odorant Inactivation and Xenobiotic Processing; 1 Introduction 3.2 Do The Less Potent Ligands (Secondary Odorants) Have Biological Implications?3.3 Co-location of Particular Receptor Neuron Types; 3.4 Moths Have Specialized OSNs Tuned to Caterpillar-Induced Compounds; 3.5 The Particular Case of Linalool; 4 Comparative and Evolutionary Aspects; 5 Relevance to Pest Management; 6 Central Pathways, Coding and Processing of Plant Odor Information; 7 Plasticity and Modulation of Olfactory Signaling; 8 General Considerations; References;
    Chapter 4: Molecular Mechanism of Insect Olfaction: Olfactory Receptors; 1 Introduction; 2 Insect Odorant Receptors 4.1 Definition and General Knowledge4.2 Input Neurons of MB; 4.3 Intrinsic Neurons of MB (Kenyon Cells); 4.4 Output Neurons of MB; 5 Remarks and Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 3: Recognition of Plant Odor Information in Moths; 1 Introduction; 2 How to Identify the Biologically Relevant Plant Odorants Recognized by Moths; 3 Plant Odor OSNs in Moths Categorized by Their Molecular Range; 3.1 Virtually, No Overlap in Molecular Receptive Ranges Is Seen Among OSN-Types in Heliothine Moths or in the Cabbage Moth M. brassicae
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Liming Zhao, editor.
    Summary: The book provides an overview of bio-manufacturing techniques for the production, purification, characterization and modification of chito/chitin oligosaccharides and their monomers. In addition, it explores potential applications in the food, biomedical and agricultural industry on the basis of their bioactivities and biomaterial properties. Lastly, it shares a range of cutting-edge insights to help solve problems in industrial processes and promote further academic investigation. Given its scope, it offers a valuable resource for researchers and graduate students in the fields of bioengineering, food science, biochemistry, etc.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Editor and Contributors; Abbreviations; Part I: Introductory and Background Information;
    1: The History of Chito/Chitin Oligosaccharides and Its Monomer; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Chitin; 1.1.2 Chitosan; 1.1.3 Chitooligosaccharides; 1.1.4 Chitin Oligosaccharides; 1.1.5 Glucosamine and N-acetyl-D-Glucosamine; 1.2 Biological Activities of Chito/Chitin Oligosaccharides; 1.2.1 Antimicrobial Activity; 1.2.2 Antioxidant Activity; 1.2.3 Anti-inflammatory Activity; 1.2.4 Anti-tumor/Anticancer Activity; 1.2.5 Immunostimulatory Activities 1.2.6 Wound Healing and Tissue Regeneration Properties1.2.7 Hypocholesterolemic Activity; 1.2.8 Elicitors of Plant Immunity; 1.3 Future Perspectives and Limitations; References;
    2: Current Studies of Chito/Chitin Oligosaccharides and Its Monomer; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Predominant Countries and Areas Research on Chito/Chitin Oligosaccharides; 2.3 The Comparation of Articles and Patents Published About COS and ChOS; 2.4 The Popularity Changes of Research on COS and ChOS Over Time; 2.5 The Future Research Trends on COS and ChOS; 2.6 Conclusion; References 3.7 Monomer (Monosaccharide) Generation: Chemical Hydrolysis, Fermentation and Enzymatic Methods3.7.1 Chemical Hydrolysis; 3.7.2 Enzymatic Methods; 3.7.3 Fermentation; 3.8 Conclusions; References;
    4: Preparation of Chitin Oligosaccharides and Its Monomer; 4.1 Functions of Chitin Oligosaccharides; 4.2 Chemical Methods for Preparation of Chitin Oligosaccharides; 4.3 Physical Methods for Preparation of Chitin Oligosaccharides; 4.4 Enzymatic Methods for Preparation of Chitin Oligosaccharides; 4.4.1 The Pretreatments of Chitin Native Chitosanase Crystal Structure DeterminationCatalytic Mechanism; 3.4.2.2 Summary of the Extensively Studied Chitosanases; The Cleavage Mode Analysis for Chitosanase; Cleavage Specificity Analysis; The Chitooligosaccharides Product Analyses Generated by the Chitosanases; 3.4.2.3 Protein Engineering for Chitosanase and Applications of Chitosanase in the Chitosan Oligomer Generation; 3.5 Chitooligosaccharide Generation Based on the Chemoenzymatic Approach; 3.6 Future Directions of Chitooligosaccharides Preparation Part II: Bio-Manufacturing of Chito/Chitin Oligosaccharides and Its Monome
    r3: Preparation of Chitooligosaccharides and Its Monomer; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Chemical Hydrolysis Methods to Generate the Oligomer; 3.3 Physical Methods Used to Enhance the Depolymerization Efficiency; 3.4 Enzymatic Methods Used to Generate the Chitooligosaccharide; 3.4.1 Nonspecific Enzymes Used for the Generation of the Chitooligosaccharides; 3.4.2 Specific Enzymes Used for the Chitooligosaccharides Generation; 3.4.2.1 Three Dimensional Structural Analyses for Chitosanases
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mahabaleshwar V. Hegde, Anand Arvind Zanwar, Sharad P. Adekar, editors.
    Contents:
    Nutrition, Life, Disease and Death
    Flax Bio-village Concept
    Status Paper on Linseed/Flax Agriculture
    Omega-3 Milk
    Omega-3 Egg
    Omega-3 Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids and Hyperlipidemias
    World Market of Omega-3 Fatty Acids
    Fortification of Food with Omega-3 Fatty Acids
    Importance of Polyunsaturated Acids from Marin Algae
    Emulsions of Omega-3 Fatty Acids for Better Bioavailability and Beneficial Health Effects
    Omega-3 Fatty Acids in Inflammatory Diseases
    Omega-3 Fatty Acids in Cancer: Insights into the Mechanism of Actions in Pre-clinical Cancer Models
    Linseed as a Functional Food for the Management of Obesity
    Role of Omega-3 Fatty Acids in Metabolic Syndrome
    Balancing Omega-6: Omega-3 Ratios in Oilseeds
    Omega-3 Fatty Acids and Diabetic Complications
    Omega-3 Fatty Acids and Mitochondrial Functions
    Omega-3 Fatty Acids and Alzheimer's Disease
    Prevention of Oxidative Stress by Omega-3 Fatty Acids in the Brain
    Role of Omega-3 Fatty Acids for Eye Health
    DHA-Rich Algae Oil is a Safe and Effective Vegetarian Source of Omega-3
    Role of N-3 (Omega-3) Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids in Postpartum Depression: Mechanisms and Implications for Prevention and Treatment
    Influence of Omega-3 Fatty Acids on Bone Turnover
    Interactions between Omega-3 Fatty Acids and Iron
    Role of Omega-3 Fatty Acis in Major Cardiovascular Events-A Current View
    Modulation of Immune Response by Omega-3 in Health and Disease
    The Linoleic to Linolenic Intake Ration: The Fundamental Implications of Imbalance and Excess Looked at from both a Functional and Evolutionary Perspective-An Overview
    Bioactive Oxidised Products of Omega-6 and -3, Excess Oxidative Stress, Oxidised Dietary Intake, and Antioxidant Nutrient Deficiencies, in the Context of a Modern Diet
    In a Western dietary context excess oxidised linoleic acid (LA) of dietary and endogenous origin by; over-activation of PPAR-gamma so immune and inflammatory pathways, and cardiolipin damage, increases cardiovascular risk
    Linoleic and alpha-linolenic acid have central roles in brain energy substrate provision, endogenous lipid production, immune and repair function, via peroxisomal beta-oxidation related pathways?
    The roles of Linoleic and Alpha Linolenic Acid, their oxylipins, PPAR alpha delta and gamma related peroxisomal pathways, on obesity in the context of a 'Western' diet
    The crucial relevance of ALA and LA as primary peroxisomal beta-oxidation substrates, of oxidised LA as the primary endogenous activator of PPAR gamma, and energy deficit as the primary activator of PPAR alpha
    Effects of Omega-3 Fatty Acids in Myocardial Infarction
    Alternative Origins for Omega-3 Fatty Acids in the Diet
    Maternal Long Chain Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids and Pregnancy Outcome
    Role of Antioxidants in Human Health
    Role of Omega-3 Fatty Acids in Cardiovascular Disorders
    Beneficial Effect of Long-Chain Omega-3 Fatty Acids in Psoriasis
    Pharmacokinetics, Safety Profile of Omega-3 Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids
    Fish Oil Fatty Acids for Aging Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Wan Mohd Aizat, Hoe-Han Goh, Syarul Nataqain Baharum, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Preeti Arivaradarajan, Gauri Misra, Editors.
    Summary: This book is a concerted effort to put together the rapidly growing facets of biological data. It provides a platform for the readers to think about integrative approaches to solve complex biological problems. This fundamental book deals with the simplest concepts of omics to recent advancements in the field. The content is divided into seven chapters that provide insight into various omics approaches, omics technologies, and its applications. Each chapter delves into different molecular scales: genomics, transcriptomics, proteomics, and metabolomics. Further to provide a holistic view a chapter detailing microbiome has been included in the book. The sub-sections in the chapters is dedicated to introducing the various analytical tools such as next generation sequencing, chromatin immunoprecipitation, mass spectrometry, peptide mass fingerprinting, RNA Seq and NMR spectroscopy. It entails a chapter focused on the bioinformatics resources for analysis of the omics data. In summary, this comprehensive book emphasizes the recent advancements in the study of biomolecules spanning from DNA to metabolites.

    Contents:
    Module 1_Introduction to omics
    Module 2_Genomics
    Module 3_Transcriptomics
    Module 4_Proteomics
    Module 5_Metabolomics
    Module 6_Microbiome
    Module 7_Bioinformatics resources.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Debmalya Barh, editor.
    Summary: Breast cancer is the most common cancer in females that accounts for highest cancer specific deaths worldwide. In the last few decades research has proven that breast cancer can be treated if diagnosed at early stages and proper therapeutic strategy is adopted. Omics-based recent approaches have unveiled the molecular mechanism behind the breast tumorigenesis and aid in identification of next-generation molecular markers for early diagnosis, prognosis, and even the effective targeted therapy. Significant development has taken place in the field of omics in breast cancer in the last decade. The most promising omics approaches and their outcomes in breast cancer have been presented in this book for the first time. The book covers omics technologies and budding fields such as breast cancer miRNA, lipidomics, epigenomics, proteomics, nutrigenomics, stem cell, pharmacogenomics and personalized medicine, and many more along with conventional topics such as breast cancer management etc. It is a research-based reference book useful for clinician-scientists, researchers, geneticists and health care industries involved in various aspects of breast cancer. The book will also be useful for students of biomedicine, pathology, and pharmacy.

    Contents:
    Omics Technologies Applied in Breast Cancer Research
    Omics of Hereditary Breast Cancer.-Oncogenes and Tumor Supressor Genes as a Biomarker in Breast Cancer.-Breast Cancer Genomics.-Epigenomics of Breast Cancer.-Nutrigenomics in Breast Cancer.-Long Non-coding RNAs in Breast Cancer: Implications for Pathogenesis, Diagnosis and Therapy.-Breast Cancer MicroRNAs: Clinical Biomarkers for the Diagnosis and Treatment Strategies.-Breast Cancer Proteomics.-Metabolomics in Breast Cancer.-Lipidomics in Breast Cancer.-Breast Cancer Stem Cells and Cellomics.-Omics of Male Breast Cancer.-Omics of Chemoresistant and Metastatic Breast Cancer.-Animal Models of Breast Cancer.-In Silico Disease Models of Breast Cancer
    Systems Biology and Integrative Omics in Breast Cancer
    Gynecologic Considerations for Women with Breast Cancer.-Imaging Technologies and Applications in Early Diagnosis and Prognosis for Breast Cancer
    Breast Cancer Biomarkers for Risk Assessment, Screening, Detection, Diagnosis, and Prognosis
    Breast Circulating Tumor Cells: Potential Biomarkers for Breast Cancer Diagnosis and Prognosis Evaluation.-Molecular Diagnosis Of Metastasizing Breast Cancer Based Upon Liquid Biopsy
    Exhaled Volatile Organic Compounds as Non-Invasive Markers in Breast Cancer
    Breast Cancer Therapy?Classical Therapy, Drug Targets and Targeted Therapy
    Pharmacogenomics?Pharmacoepigenomics of Breast Cancer Therapy: Clinical Implications
    Breast Cancer Gene Therapy
    Clinical Trial Endpoints in Breast Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jatin George Burniston, Yi-Wen Chen, editors.
    Summary: This book is a collection of principles and current practices in omics research, applied to skeletal muscle physiology and disorders. The various sections are categorized according to the level of biological organization, namely, genomics (DNA), transcriptomics (RNA), proteomics (protein), and metabolomics (metabolite). With skeletal muscle as the unifying theme, and featuring contributions from leading experts in this traditional field of research, it highlights the importance of skeletal muscle tissue in human development, health and successful ageing. It also discusses other fascinating topics like developmental biology, muscular dystrophies, exercise, insulin resistance and atrophy due to disuse, ageing or other muscle diseases, conveying the vast opportunities for generating new hypotheses as well as testing existing hypotheses by combining high-throughput techniques with proper experiment designs, bioinformatics and statistical analyses. Presenting the latest research techniques, this book is a valuable resource for the physiology community, particularly researchers and grad students who want to explore the new opportunities for omics technologies in basic physiology research.

    Contents:
    Part I: Genomic and Epi-genomic.- 1) GWAS/muscle function and diseases (by Eric Hoffman).- 2) Whole genome and whole exon sequencing/muscle disorders (by Silvère van der Maarel and Richard Lemmers).- 3) Epi-genome approaches/muscle regeneration (by Vittorio Sartorelli).- Part II: Transcriptomic.- 4) RNA profiling (by Yi-Wen Chen, confirmed).- 5) miRNA profiling (by Alyson Fiorillo).- 6) Single cell profiling in muscle (byPier Lorenzo Puri).- 7) Statistics and bioinformatics (by Heather Gordish).- Part III: Proteomic.- 8). Proteome profiling of human/ clinical samples
    i.e. necessarily label-free techniques (by Lawrence Mandarino).- 9) Proteome profiling of cell and animal models
    i.e. label techniques such as SILAC (by Matthias Mann OR SILAM with JR Yates III).- 10) Global analysis of post-translational modifications (by David E James).- 11) Proteome dynamics
    synthesis and degradation on a proteome wide scale (by Jatin Burniston, confirmed).- Part IV: Metabolomic.- 12) Non-targeted metabolomics using mass spectrometry (by Charles Burant).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Debmalay Barh, Vasco Azevedo.
    Summary: Omics Technologies and Bio-Engineering: Towards Improving Quality of Life, Volume 1 is a unique reference that brings together multiple perspectives on omics research, providing in-depth analysis and insights from an international team of authors. The book delivers pivotal information that will inform and improve medical and biological research by helping readers gain more direct access to analytic data, an increased understanding on data evaluation, and a comprehensive picture on how to use omics data in molecular biology, biotechnology and human health care.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    [editor-in-chief] David Valle ; [editors] Arthur L. Beaudet, Bert Vogelstein, Kenneth W. Kinzler, Stylianos E. Antonarakis, Andrea Ballabio, K. Michael Gibson, Grant Mitchell.
    Digital Access 2019
  • Digital
    Shane A. Marshall, John Ruedy.
    Contents:
    Approach to the diagnosis and management of on-call problems
    Documentation of on-call problems
    Assessment and management of volume status
    Human immunodeficiency virus, hepatitis b virus, hepatitis c virus, meningococcus, influenza, ebola virus, and the house officer
    Abdominal pain
    Chest pain
    Combativeness : the out-of-control patient
    Confusion/decreased level of consciousness
    Decreased urine output
    Diarrhea
    Fall out of bed
    Fever
    Gastrointestinal bleeding
    Headache
    Heart rate and rhythm disorders
    High blood pressure
    Hypnotics, laxatives, analgesics, and antipyretics
    Hypotension and shock
    Leg pain
    Lines, tubes, and drains
    Polyuria, frequency, and incontinence
    Pronouncing death
    Seizures
    Shortness of breath
    Skin rashes and urticaria
    Stroke
    Syncope
    Transfusion reactions
    Acid-base disorder
    Anemia
    Calcium disorders
    Coagulation disorders
    Glucose disorders
    Potassium disorders
    Sodium disorders.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Stephan A. Mayer, Randolph S. Marshall.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Approach to the neurologic patient on call: history taking, differential diagnosis, and anatomic localization
    The neurologic examination
    Diagnostic studies
    Patient-related problems: the common calls
    Acute seizures and status epilepticus
    Stupor and coma
    Acute stroke
    Spinal cord compression
    Delirium and amnesia
    Head injury
    Focal mass lesions
    Ataxia and gait failure
    Acute visual disturbances
    Increased intracranial pressure
    Dizziness and vertigo
    Headache
    Neuromuscular respiratory failure
    Syncope
    Pain syndromes
    Brain death
    Selected neurologic disorders
    Nerve and muscle diseases
    Demyelinating and inflammatory disorders of the central nervous system
    Infections of the central nervous system
    Neuro-oncology
    Cerebrovascular disease
    Movement disorders
    Epilepsy and seizure disorders
    Pediatric neurology
    Dementia
    Appendices
    On-call formulary.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] James J. Nocton, Rainer G. Gedeit, and the pediatric residents of Children's Hospital of Wisconsin.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: INTRODUCTION
    1.The Diagnosis and Management of On-Call Problems / James J. Nocton
    2.Communicating With Colleagues and Families / James J. Nocton
    3.Common Mistakes / James J. Nocton
    4.Remembering Your ABCs / Rainer G. Gedeit
    5.Teaching (and Learning) While On Call / James J. Nocton
    PATIENT-RELATED PROBLEMS
    6.Abdominal Pain / Rachel Weigert
    7.Altered Mental Status / Michael Girolami
    8.Analgesics and Antipyretics / Danielle DuMez
    9.Bleeding / Laura Adams
    10.Chest Pain / Stephen E. Wilkinson
    11.Constipation / Maja Z. Katusic
    12.Crying and the Irritable Infant / Julia Richards
    13.Cyanosis / Rachel T. Sullivan
    14.Delivery Room Problems / Kathryn M. Rubey
    15.Diarrhea and Dehydration / Karlo Kovacic
    16.Extremity Pain / Jennifer Lhost
    17.Eye Problems and Visual Abnormalities / Rose Doolittle
    18.Fever / Vanessa C. McFadden
    19.Gastrointestinal Bleeding / Kent Rosenwald Note continued: 20.Genitourinary Problems / James J. Nocton
    21.Headache / Susan K. Light
    22.Heart Rate and Rhythm Abnormalities / Daniel Beacher
    23.Hematuria / Anna Schmitz
    24.Hypertension / Hema Krishna
    25.Hypotension and Shock / Amanda A. Wenzel
    26.Lines, Tubes, and Drains / Stephen E. Wilkinson
    27.Rashes / Anna Schmitz
    28.Respiratory Distress / Brian Carroll
    29.Seizures / Purabi Sonowal
    30.Urine Output Abnormalities / Lea Steffes
    31.Vomiting / Alina G. Burek
    LABORATORY-RELATED PROBLEMS
    32.Acidosis and Alkalosis / Corinne Swearingen
    33.Anemia, Thrombocytopenia, and Coagulation Abnormalities / Shela Sridhar
    34.Electrolyte Abnormalities / Eric Velazquez
    35.Glucose Disorders / Alison Coren
    36.Hyperbilirubinemia / Keli Coleman
    APPENDICES
    A.Pediatric Procedures / Rainer G. Gedeit
    B.Resuscitation Calculations / Rainer G. Gedeit
    C.Calculation of Creatinine Clearance / James J. Nocton.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Carol A. Bernstein, Molly Poag, Mort Rubinstein, Christina Ahn, Katherine F. Maloy, Patrick Ying.
    Summary: "Ideal for any on-call professional, resident, or medical student, this best-selling reference covers the common problems you'll encounter while on call without direct supervision in the hospital. On Call Psychiatry, 4th Edition, fits perfectly in your pocket, ready to provide key information in time-sensitive, challenging situations. You'll gain speed, skill, and knowledge with every call--from diagnosing a difficult or life-threatening situation to prescribing the right medication"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Approach to emergency psychiatric evaluation
    The role of the on-call psychiatric consultant
    Psychodynamic issues
    Telephone consultations
    Seclusion and restraint
    Assessment of capacity and other legal issues
    The difficult patient
    Emergency evaluation of children and adolescents
    The agitated patient
    The anxious patient
    The violent patient
    The suicidal patient
    The psychotic patient
    The confused patient: delirium and dementia
    Movement disorders
    Barriers to communication: mutism and other problems with speech and communication
    Physical and sexual trauma
    The pregnant patient
    Intoxication
    Substance withdrawal
    Insomnia
    Headache
    Chest pain
    Nausea and vomiting
    Fever
    Seizures
    Falls
    Blood pressure changes
    Telepsychiatry
    Cross-cultural issues
    MoCA
    Mental status exam
    Medical conditions manifesting as psychiatric disorders
    Neurologic examination
    Urine toxicology
    Substance detoxification regimens
    Abuse and neglect of children and elders.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Gregg A. Adams, Jared A. Forrester, Graeme M. Rosenberg, Stephen D. Bresnick.
    Contents:
    Approach to on-call surgical problems
    Special considerations for surgical patients
    Documentation of on-call problems
    On-call hazards
    Abdominal pain
    Bowel function--constipation and diarrhea
    Chest pain
    Drug reactions
    Dysrhythmias
    Falls
    Fever
    Fluids, electrolytes, and acid-base status
    Gastrointestinal bleeding
    Glucose management and surgical nutrition
    Headache
    Hypertension
    Hypotension and shock
    Insomnia
    Intravascular access
    Leg pain
    Mental status changes
    Nausea and vomiting
    Pain management
    Preoperative preparation
    Pronouncing death and end-of-life issues
    Postoperative bleeding
    Seizures
    Shortness of breath
    Syncope
    Trauma
    Tubes and drains
    Point-of-care and procedural ultrasound : for surgical residents
    Urine output changes
    Wounds
    Reading x-rays, reading ECGs
    Outlines of common surgical notes
    Abbreviations.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Print
    [by] Margaret S. Mahler in collaboration with Manuel Furer.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Infantile psychosis.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    BF723.P25 M28 1968
    1
  • Digital
    Lewis Lanfberg, MD, Irving S. Cutter Professor, Dean Emeritus, Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, IL.
    Summary: Clinical judgment is a critical aspect - perhaps the most critical aspect - of efficient, accurate, and cost-effective patient care. Focusing on essential clinical skills, On Rounds: 1000 Internal Medicine Pearls helps clinicians in training and in practice to identify the critical findings that will simplify complex clinical problems and lead to an accurate diagnosis. One thousand easy-to-remember clinical aphorisms, or "pearls," help you distinguish the important findings from the incidental, pointing out the distinctive features amidst the mass of data that is accumulated in the evaluation of a sick patient, and leading to the development of mature clinical judgment. -- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    The clinical evaluation
    Blood
    Rheumatology : arthritis, autoimmune and collagen vascular diseases
    The heart and circulation
    Hypertension
    The kidney and disorders of fluid and acid-base balance
    Endocrinology and metabolism
    Fever, temperature regulation, and thermogenesis
    Infectious diseases
    Pulmonary
    The gastrointestinal tract, pancreas, and liver
    Obesity
    Malignancy and paraneoplastic syndromes
    Neuromuscular disease
    Complications of alcoholism.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2016
  • Digital
    Hans Lambers, editor.
    Summary: This book will appeal to an international audience as well as be irresistible to local readers. Anyone working or with an interest in Australia's arid zone should need ready access to this book. There is no equivalent publication out there at the moment, and this book has many authoritative chapters, richly illustrated with colourful material. The challenge of this book was to assemble current knowledge on particular topics and concepts, and principles relating to them. It is also forward-looking by identifying where there are gaps or inadequacies in knowledge, and where future research needs to be directed. Lead authors were encouraged to take such an approach; they had the opportunity to involve any author they considered appropriate. The final product should be a fabulous resource, also for university courses, especially at MSc level.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Introduction; References; Seeing Red: Some Aspects of the Geological and Climatic History of the Australian Arid Zone; Introduction; Modern Setting; Measuring Redness; Atmospheric Oxygen; Early History (Precambrian); Middle History (Palaeozoic and Mesozoic); From Greenhouse to Icehouse in the Cenozoic; Geomorphic Evidence of Late Cenozoic Aridity in Central Australia; Drivers of Australian Aridity; Landscape Evolution; Aridity and Redness in Central Australia: Some Concluding Remarks; Acknowledgements; References; Evolutionary History; Introduction. An Operational Definition of StressTemperature Regulation; 'Adaptive Heterothermy'; Torpor; Water and Electrolyte Balance; The Quokka; Barrow Island Macropods; The Barrow Island Euro; Desert Wallabies; Seasonal Deficiencies of Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Energy; Conclusion; Acknowledgements; Glossary; References; Ecophysiology of Australian Arid-Zone Reptiles; Introduction; Temperature Regulation; Water Turnover and Osmoregulation; Conclusion; Glossary; References; The Evolution, Physiology and Ecology of the Australian Arid-Zone Frog Fauna; Introduction; Frog Fauna of the Australian Arid Zone. Coping with Aridity: Physiological, Morphological and Behavioural AdaptationsCoping with Water Loss in an Arid Environment Without Burrowing; Burrowing Behaviour and Associated Morphologies as Adaptations to Aridity; Energetics of Dormancy While Waiting for Rain; Diets of Frogs in the Arid Zone; Population Density; How Do Frogs in the Arid Zone Speciate?; Call Structure and Evolution by Polyploidy in Arid-Zone Frogs: The Genus Neobatrachus; Conservation Status and Challenges for Arid Australian Anurans; Conclusions. Evolution and Biogeography of the Arid-Zone Frog FaunaDiversity and Biogeography of Arid-Zone Uperoleia Species; Diversity and Biogeography of Arid-Zone Platyplectrum Species; Diversity and Biogeography of Arid-Zone Neobatrachus Species; Diversity and Biogeography of Arid-Zone Pseudophryne Species; Diversity and Biogeography of Arid-Zone Notaden Species; Diversity and Biogeography of Arid-Zone Crinia Species; Diversity and Biogeography of Arid-Zone Limnodynastes Species; Diversity and Biogeography of Arid-Zone Litoria and Dryopsophus Species; Arid-Zone Frog Fauna: Overview. Origins and Diversification of the Arid-Zone BiotaAdaptation to Aridity; Species Persistence and Intraspecific Divergence; New Insights; Opportunities and Challenges; References; Mineral Nutrition of Plants in Australia's Arid Zone; Introduction; Mineral Nutrition of Acacia Species; Non-mycotrophic Plants; The Role of the Desert Crust in Nutrient Cycling; Termites and Their Symbionts as a Source of N; Metal-Accumulating Plant Species; Manganese; Nickel; Gold; Concluding Remarks; References; Ecophysiology of Australian Arid-Zone Marsupials; Introduction; The Nature of Stress.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    by Iris Schrijver.
    Summary: This compelling book on health, wellbeing, and fulfilment investigates the scientific basis of what we think we know about healthy living. How much do we actually know about the information that is presented as fact by health crusaders and in the media? How do perceptions of truth and validity influence our behaviour and our health? Guided by the author's practice in academic and non-profit medicine, this book highlights the practical impact of scientific studies in a broad range of disciplines and brings to life their relevance and limitations.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Dedication
    Table of Contents
    Introduction
    Introduction
    Part 1
    Chapter One
    Chapter Two
    Chapter Three
    Chapter Four
    Chapter Five
    Chapter Six
    Chapter Seven
    Chapter Eight
    Chapter Nine
    Chapter Ten
    Part 2
    Chapter Eleven
    Chapter Twelve
    Chapter Thirteen
    Chapter Fourteen
    Chapter Fifteen
    Chapter Sixteen
    Chapter Seventeen
    Chapter Eighteen
    Chapter Nineteen
    Chapter Twenty
    Conclusion
    Bibliography
    Index
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    RA776 .S37 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Robert B. Taylor.
    Contents:
    The Profession and Professionalism
    Being a Physician
    The Art and Science of Doctoring
    Health, Disease, Illness, and Death
    Disease Detection and Diagnosis
    Therapy and Healing
    Learning and Teaching Medicine
    Medical Experience, Knowledge, and Wisdom
    Errors, Uncertainty, and Ethical Issues
    Current Issues and Future Practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Vinod Kumar, Nishkarsh Gupta, Seema Mishra, editors.
    Summary: This book provides insights into the care of cancer patients in the intensive care unit in a comprehensive manner. It provides an evidence-based approach to practitioners and postgraduate students to understand about the critical care needs of the patients suffering from malignancies. It helps the readers to develop critical thinking and encourage discussion towards improving the overall care of the patients and their families as their optimal management requires expertise in oncology, critical care, and palliative medicine and there is a dearth of books explaining about the special requirements and critical care needs of cancer patients. Each chapter is prepared by an expert in the field and contains well-prepared illustrations, flowcharts and relevant images. Chapters include latest evidence-based information which is useful for the readers. The book is useful for residents, fellows and trainees in the field of onco-anaesthesia, onco-critical care, onco-surgery, critical care and anaesthesia; practitioners and consultants in anaesthesia and onco-anaesthesia as well as intensivist, critical care experts and postgraduates in nursing.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kevin W. Kinkel, Mark A. Perazella, Eric P. Cohen.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Teresa K. Woodruff, Marla L. Clayman, Kate E. Waimey, editors.
    Summary: Oncofertility integrates the two previously distinct fields of cancer treatment and fertility research and aims to explore and expand the reproductive future of cancer survivors. In order to achieve the goal of fertility preservation, the Oncofertility community must focus on communication and the way data is provided and received. Concomitant with the rapidly changing technology of Oncofertility, there have been radical shifts and advances in the way health educators and clinicians can produce and share information. As success rates of reproductive techniques such as egg freezing and banking continue to rise, providing increasing opportunities for young cancer patients to preserve their fertility prior to the onset of cancer treatments, communication among professionals in oncology, reproductive medicine, and psychosocial work, among others, becomes crucial, and clinical demand for Oncofertility information is expected to rise considerably. Oncofertility Communication describes and addresses the myriad channels through which the multiple audiences involved in Oncofertility can be served with appropriate and accurate information about cancer-related fertility issues. The text answers frequently asked questions and provides invaluable insights to scientific and health care professionals about communication among the diverse Oncofertility audiences. It incorporates timely discussions about traditional and emerging electronic communication tools and discusses the impact of health care policy changes on the Oncofertility field.

    Contents:
    Part I: Communicating with Patients and Their Families
    How Do Cancer Patients Learn about Fertility Preservation? Five Trajectories of Experience
    Communicating across Diverse and Differently Literate Audiences
    Patient and Family Tools to Aid in Education and Decision-Making about Oncofertility
    Cancer-Related Infertility and Young Women: Strategies for Discussing Fertility Preservation
    Fertility Communication and High-Risk Patients
    Incorporating Partners and Spouses into Oncofertility Communication
    Genetic Counselors: Bridging the Oncofertility Information Gap
    Communicating Oncofertility to Children: A Developmental Perspective for Teaching Health Messages
    Disparities in Adolescent Provider-Patient Communication Regarding Fertility Preservation Care
    Fertility Communication to Cancer Patients: A Hematologist-Oncologist's Perspective
    Part II: Communicating with Health Care Professionals, Stakeholders and the Public
    An Interprofessional Approach to Shared Decision-Making: What It Means and Where Next
    Oncofertility Communication Tools for Professionals and the Public
    Educating Providers on Evidence-Based Medical Guidelines
    Incorporating Insurance Education into the Fertility Preservation Process
    Research Recruitment and Dissemination in Young Adults with Cancer
    Communicating Emerging Reproductive Science to the Judiciary and Legislatures
    The Role of Popular Media in Oncofertilty Communication.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Carlo Mariotti, editor ; forewords by Giorgio De Toma, Umberto Veronesi.
    Summary: This book presents the most recent developments in oncologic breast surgery and takes full account of diagnostic, pathologic, and radiologic inputs. It is divided into three parts, the first of which discusses the premises underlying the modern surgical approach to breast cancer. The second part is devoted to what might be termed the conservative program, i.e., breast conservation and oncoplastic surgery, conservative mastectomy, and sentinel node biopsy and axillary dissection. The final part of the book covers different forms of surgery and other treatments in particular settings. Topics include plastic and reconstructive surgery, DCIS surgery, radio-guided surgery, adjuvant systemic therapy, intraoperative radiotherapy, and the role of surgery in locally advanced and metastatic disease. The detailed descriptions of techniques are accompanied by numerous high-quality illustrations. This book will be of value to both experienced practitioners and surgical trainees. .

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    SectionI Modern Surgical Treatments: 1 Instrumental and interventional diagnostics
    2 Pathology of breast cancer
    3 Breast unit and assistance setting
    Section II Conservative Program: 4 Breast conservation and oncoplastic surgery
    5 Conservative mastectomy
    6 Sentinel node biopsy and axillary dissection
    Section IIISpecial Issues: 7 Plastic and reconstructive surgery
    8 DCIS surgery
    9 Prophylactic surgery ( BRCA 1- BRCA2)
    10 Breast cancer in women, in pregnancy and Paget disease
    11 Locally advanced breast cancer
    12 Adjuvant systemictherapy
    13 Intraoperative radiotherapy
    14 Primary surgery in metastatic breast cancer
    15 Senologic nursing and data manager.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Joseph L. Nates, Kristen J. Price, editors.
    Digital Access Springer v. 1, 2020
  • Digital
    Ellen F. Manzullo, Carmen Esther Gonzalez, Carmen P. Escalante, Sai-Ching J. Yeung, editors.
    Contents:
    Neurologic Emergencies
    Metabolic and Endocrine Oncologic Emergencies
    Cardiac Emergencies in Cancer Patients
    Pulmonary and Airway Emergencies
    Gastrointestinal Emergencies in the Oncology Patient
    Nephro-urologic Emergencies in Patients with Cancer
    Rheumatologic/Orthopedic Emergencies
    Cancer Care Ethics in the Emergency Center
    Emergencies in Infectious Diseases
    Hematologic Emergencies
    Chemotherapy-Related Emergencies
    Palliative Care in the Emergency Center
    Psychiatric Emergencies
    Pediatrics
    Obstetric and Gynecologic Emergencies in Cancer Patients
    Dermatologic Emergencies
    Ophthalmologic Emergencies.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Knox H. Todd, Charles R. Thomas, Jr., editors ; associate editors: Steven L. Bernstein, Tammie E. Quest. Sai-Ching Jim Yeung.
    Contents:
    Models of Care for Cancer Emergencies
    Quality Measures for Oncologic Emergency Medicine
    Ethics of Emergency Department Cancer Care
    Patient Navigation
    The Interface of Emergency Department, Oncology, and Palliative Social Work: Psychosocial Interventions in Oncologic Emergencies
    Rapid Learning Systems
    Tobacco-Related Illnesses and Management
    Ionizing Radiation
    Cervical Cancer Prevention
    Radiological and Nuclear Terrorism: The Oncological Emergency Response
    Emergent Management of Acute Airway Obstruction from Malignant Disease
    Oncologic Emergencies of the Central Nervous System (CNS)
    Malignant Spinal Cord Compression
    Head and Neck Oncologic Emergencies
    Cardiovascular Emergencies
    Pulmonary Complications in Cancer Patients
    Venous Thromboembolism
    Superior Vena Cava Syndrome (SVCS)
    Neutropenic Fever
    Bleeding and Thrombosis in Cancer Patients
    Endocrine and Metabolic Emergencies
    Pituitary Apoplexy
    Nephro-Urologic Emergencies in Patients with Cancer
    Oncologic Emergencies: Gastroenterology
    The Acute Abdomen
    Colorectal Cancer Prevention and Emergency Management
    Diarrhea in Cancer Patients
    Constipation in Cancer Patients
    Dermatologic Emergencies in Oncologic Patients
    Gynecologic Oncology Emergencies
    Ophthalmic Emergencies in Cancer Patients
    Psychiatry and Oncologic Emergencies
    Chemotherapy-Induced Toxicities
    Treatment Toxicity: Radiation
    Emergency Radiology
    Pain Management
    Substance Abuse Issues in Oncology: What the ED Professional Needs to Know
    Dyspnea in the Dying Patient
    Palliative Surgery
    Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation in the Cancer Patient
    Emergency Department Use at End of Life Among Cancer Patients
    Capacity Building: Integration of Palliative Care in Emergency Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Knox H. Todd, Charles R. Thomas, Jr., Kumar Alagappan.
    Contents:
    Part I Systems
    1 Epidemiology
    2 Models of Care
    3 Informatics
    4 Quality Measures
    5 Patient Navigation
    6 Nursing
    7 Palliative Social Work
    Part II Prevention
    8 Tobacco Control
    9 Problem Drinking
    10 Ionizing Radiation
    11 Cervical Cancer Screening- 12 Lung Cancer Screening
    13 Colorectal Cancer Screening
    14 Melanoma Screening
    Part III Evaluation and Treatment
    15 Acute Airway Obstruction
    16 Central Nervous System
    17 Pituitary Apoplexy
    18 Spinal Cord Compression
    19 Head and Neck
    20 Ophthalmology
    21 Cardio-Oncology
    22 Superior Vena Cava Syndrome
    23 Pulmonary
    24 Venous Thromboembolism
    25 Gastroenterology
    26 The Acute Abdomen
    27 Diarrhea
    28 Constipation
    29 Endocrinology and Metabolism
    30 Renal
    31 Urology
    32 Gynecology
    33 Orthopedics
    34 Dermatology
    35 Pediatrics
    36 Hyperleukocytosis and Leukostasis
    37 Bleeding and Thrombosis
    38 Infectious Disease
    39 Febrile Neutropenia
    40 Neutropenic Enterocolitis
    41 Sickle Cell Disease
    42 Radiological and Nuclear Terrorism
    43 Delirium
    44 Suicide
    45 Substance Abuse
    46 Radiology
    47 Ultrasound
    Part IV Toxicities
    48 Chemotherapy Toxicity
    49 Radiation Toxicity
    50 Mucositis
    51 Stoma Complications
    52 Hematopoietic Cell Transplant
    53 Toxicities of Novel Antineoplastic Therapies
    54 Fluorouracil or Capecitabine Overdose
    Part V Palliative Care
    55 Emergency Department Use at End of Life
    56 Pain Management
    57 Dyspnea in the Dying Patient
    58 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
    59 Palliative Surgery
    60 Palliative Care
    61 Hospice
    62 Communication
    63 Palliative Care Research
    Part VI Contextual
    64 Ethics
    65 Health Disparities
    66 Emergency Oncology in the United Kingdom
    67 Pain Management in Low-resource Settings
    68 Curriculum Development
    69 National and Institutional Research Efforts
    70 COVID-19
    71 The Physician and Cancer: In Their Own Words
    APPENDIX.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Seung Hyup Kim, Jeong Yeon Cho, editors.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Renal tumors
    Chapter 2: Urothelial tumors
    Chapter 3: Prostatic tumors
    Chapter 4: Tumors of the male genitalia
    Chapter 5: Adrenal tumors
    Chapter 6: Retroperitoneal tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Heung Sik Kang, Joong Mo Ahn, Yusuhn Kang.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Heung Sik Kang, Sung Hwan Hong, Ja-Young Choi, Hye Jin Yoo.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Heung Sik Kang, Joon Woo Lee, Eugene Lee.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Juliano Cerci, Stefano Fanti, Dominique Delbeke.
    Contents:
    PART I. Biopsy guided PET/CT: Principle of biopsy guided imaging
    FDG PET/CT to guide biopsy: methods
    FDG PET/CT to guide biopsy: type of acess
    PART II. FDG PET/CT in lymphoma: Need of biopsy in lymphoma
    FDG PET/CT to guide biopsy in lymphoma: results
    PART III. FDG PET/CT in pancreatic lesions:Need of biopsy in pancreatic lesions
    FDG PET/CT to guide biopsy in pancreatic lesions: results
    PART IV. FDG PEM in breast lessions: Need of biopsy in breast lesions
    FDG PEM to guide biopsy in breast lesions: results
    PART V. PET/CT and CNS malignancies: Need of biopsy in CNS malignancies
    FDG PET/CT to guide biopsy in CNS: results
    PART VI. PET/CT and prostate cancer
    Choline PET/CT to guide biopsy in prostate cancer diagnosis
    PART VII. FLT PET/CT in cancer diagnosis: FLT PET/CT in cancer diagnosis: results.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Cesar A. Moran, Neda Kalhor, Annikka Weissferdt, editors.
    Summary: This text provides the necessary tools and up-to-date information on the morphological approach and most current use of ancillary techniques in the diagnosis and treatment of malignant tumors. The work is divided by sub specialty areas so that the reader can easily obtain the information desired. Features of histopathological lesions are presented in each area, as well as an up-to-date use of the different immunohistochemical stains and molecular biology features, when applicable, which are commonly used to determine treatment modalities. All sub specialty sections are written by sub specialty pathologists with experience in tumor pathology and who work in a cancer center. Each chapter is richly illustrated and properly referenced. Oncological Surgical Pathology will be of use not only for pathologists (including pathology residents and fellows), but also for oncological surgeons, oncologists and interventional radiologists.

    Contents:
    Skin
    Soft Tissue
    Bone (Orthopedic Pathology)
    Selective Pathology of Intracular Tumors
    Tumors of the Ear and Temporal Bone
    Neoplasms of the Oral and Maxillofacial Region
    Tumors of the Salivary Gland
    Sinonasal and Skull Base Tumors
    Thyroid and Parathyroid Tumors
    Pathology of Head and Neck Tumors
    Thoracic Pathology
    Tumors of the Gastrointestinal System Including the Pancreas
    Tumors of the Liver, Gallbladder, Extrahepatic Bile Ducts, and Vaterian System
    Breast Pathology
    Gynecological Pathology
    Genitourinary Pathology (Including Adrenal Gland)
    Hematopathology
    Diagnostic Molecular Pathology.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Francis P. Worden, Rami N. Khoriaty, Erin Cobain.
    Summary: Now in its third edition, Oncology Board Review: Blueprint Study Guide and Q&A is designed to help you prepare for the American Board of Internal Medicine (ABIM) Medical Oncology Certification Exam. This comprehensive resource has been revised to include new treatment regimens, clinical guidelines, and other advancements impacting the field as well as updated board-style Q&A. Dedicated sections cover hematological malignancies and solid tumors with a templated chapter approach highlighting epidemiology, etiology and risk factors, diagnostic criteria, staging, signs and symptoms of the disease, prognostic factors, indications for treatment, and special considerations. Later sections address other topics found on the exam, including cancer genetics and tumor biology, supportive and palliative care, bone marrow transplantation, and biostatistics. With more than 240 practice questions, detailed rationales, and a convenient print + digital package, Oncology Board Review gives you the tools to study your way and the confidence to pass the first time!

    Contents:
    I: Hematologic Malignancies
    II: Aerodigestive Malignancies
    III: Endocrine Malignancies
    IV: Breast Cancer
    V: Genitourinary Malignancies
    VI: Gastrointestinal Malignancies
    VII: Sarcoma
    VIII: Melanoma
    IX: Central Nervous System Malignancies
    X: Gynecologic Malignancies
    XI: Cancer Of Unknown Primary
    XII: Genetics And Tumor Biology
    XIII: Supportive And Palliative Care
    XIV: Bone Marrow Transplantation
    XV: Biostatistics
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Menonna-Quinn, Denise.
    Contents:
    Cover
    Half Title: ONCOLOGY CERTIFIED NURSE (OCN) REVIEW
    Author Bio
    Book Title:Oncology Certified Nurse (OCN) Review
    Copyright
    Dedication
    Contents
    Contributors
    Pass Guarantee
    Part 1: Certification and Exam Information
    Chapter 1: Oncology Nursing Certification
    Introduction
    ONCOLOGY NURSING CERTIFICATION
    References and Bibliography
    Chapter 2: Exam Preparation
    Developing a Study Plan
    Preparing for the Exam
    Test-Taking Tips
    Part 2: Foundations of Oncology Practice
    Chapter 3: Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Concepts
    Introduction CANCER-RELATED STATISTICS
    HEALTH PROMOTION
    PREVENTION
    RISK
    Conclusion
    References and Bibliography
    Knowledge Check: CHAPTER 3
    Chapter 4: Screening and Early Detection
    Introduction
    Screening and Early Detection
    Conclusion
    References and Bibliography
    Knowledge Check: CHAPTER 4
    Chapter 5: Carcinogenesis and the Role of Genes
    Introduction
    Cancer Cells
    Role of Genes in Cancer Development
    Causative Factors for Cancer Development
    Stages of Carcinogenesis
    Nomenclature and Classifications of Cancers
    Biomarkers
    Tumor Grading
    Angiogenesis Metastasis
    Chapter 6: Treatment Modalities for Malignancies
    Introduction
    Surgical Treatment
    Radiation Therapy
    Chemotherapy
    Biotherapy and Immunotherapy
    Complementary and Alternative Cancer Therapies
    References and Bibliography
    Knowledge Check: CHAPTER 6
    Chapter 7: Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
    Introduction
    Types of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
    Sources of Transplant Cells
    Overview of the Transplant Process
    Follow-Up Care
    References and Bibliography
    Knowledge Check: CHAPTER 7
    Chapter 8: Research and Clinical Trials Introduction
    Clinical Research
    Types of Clinical Trials
    The Clinical Trial Process
    Phases of Clinical Trials
    Informed Consent
    Conclusion
    References and Bibliography
    Knowledge Check: CHAPTER 8
    Part 3: Disease-Specific Cancers
    Section I: Solid Tumors
    Chapter 9: Skin Cancers
    Introduction
    Structures And Function Of The Skin
    Risk Factors For Skins Cancers
    Types Of Skin Cancers
    Signs and Symptoms
    Diagnosis
    Staging
    Treatment
    Survival Information
    References And Bibliography
    Knowledge Check: CHAPTER 9
    Chapter 10: Brain Cancer Introduction
    Brain and Nervous System
    Brain Tumors
    Risk Factors
    SIigns and symptoms
    Diagnosis
    Staging
    treatment
    Survival Instances
    REFERENCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY
    KNOWLEDGE CHECK: CHAPTER 10
    Chapter 11: Lung Cancer
    INTRODUCTION
    RISK FACTORS
    SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS
    TYPES OF LUNG CANCER
    MESOTHELIOMA
    DIAGNOSIS
    STAGING
    TREATMENT
    SURGICAL PROCEDURES
    ONCOLOGIC EMERGENCIES
    SURVIVAL INFORMATION
    REFERENCES AND BIBLIOGRAPHY
    KNOWLEDGE CHECK: CHAPTER 11
    Chapter 12: Breast Cancer
    INTRODUCTION
    RISK FACTORS
    TYPES OF BREAST CANCERS
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Digital
    Ravi Salgia, editor.
    Summary: "This volume comprehensively reviews oncology in the precision medicine era of personalized care, latest developments in the field, and indications and clinical trials for the treatment of cancer with targeted therapies, immunotherapy, and epigenetic modulators. It thoroughly addresses concerns of various types of cancers including cancers of the head and neck, lung, colon, esophagus, bladder, pancreas, and breast; melanoma; multiple myeloma; hepatocellular carcinoma; renal cell carcinoma; and sarcomas. It is organized and written in a format that is easy to follow for both clinicians and non-clinical scientists interested in personalized medicine. Chapters cover the identification of the clinical problem and summary of recent findings, tumor biology and heterogeneity, genomics, examples of simple and complex cases, biological pathways, future clinical trials, and financial considerations"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Healthcare perspective / Joseph C. Alvarnas
    Lung cancer / Joy Huang, Ashley Abing, Karen L. Reckamp
    Esophageal and gastric cancer / Michael J. Jang, Joseph Chao
    Sarcomas / An Ngoc Nhu Uche, Warren A. Chow
    Multiple myeloma / Amrita Krishnan, Nitya Nathwani, Idoroenyi Amanam, Rohan Gupta
    Pancreatic cancer / Addie Hill, Vincent Chung
    Colon cancer / Blase Polite
    Renal cell carcinoma / Yash Dara, Nicholas Salgia, Sumanta K. Pal
    Prostate cancer / Bertram Yuh, Zijie Sun
    Bladder cancer / Tanya Dorff, Petros Grivas
    Molecular testing in ovarian cancer: recommendations and treatment considerations / Kathy Pan, Mihaela C. Cristea
    Genomic cancer risk assessment / Jeffrey N. Weitzel, Thomas P. Slavin
    Triple-negative breast cancer / Ritika Vankina, Yuan Yuan
    Melanoma / Kathryn Bollin, Kim Margolin
    Digital patient engagement and social media / Virginia Sun
    Hepatocellular carcinoma / Rebecca Allen, Daneng Li
    Treatment strategies in head and neck cancers / Dan Zhao, Rebecca Pharaon, Erminia Massarelli
    Primary central nervous system tumors / Rimas V. Lukas, Vinai Gondi, Orin Bloch, Maciej M. Mrugala
    Lymphoma / Leslie Popplewell .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Lillie D. Shockney.
    Summary: "Oncology nurse navigators play an essential role in the care and lives of oncology patients and their families. They ensure the full spectrum of care is met with compassion and expertise for the patient, family, and caregivers. This unique book provides new oncology nurse navigators with the specific education and training necessary to manage all phases of the cancer continuum, including medications, therapies, psychosocial support, and overcoming healthcare system barriers. Endorsed by the Academy of Oncology Nurse & Patient Navigators (AONN ), Oncology Nurse Navigator: Starting Your Professional Career covers the history of nurse navigation, the many and varied responsibilities of oncology nurse navigators, oncopolitics, future career expectations, and more crucial topics to ensure a successful and fulfilling career as an oncology nurse navigator. Written by Lillie Shockney, the President of AONN and the modern founder of the oncology nurse navigator role, Oncology Nurse Navigator: Starting Your Professional Career is the trusted resource for this new and vital nursing career"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Making the Transition from Clinical Oncology Nursing to Oncology Nurse Navigation
    Starting with the Basics : The History of Navigation
    Roles, Responsibilities, Models of Navigation, and Oncopolitics
    A Prerequisite to Navigating Your Oncology Patient Effectively and Efficiently
    Measuring the Impact Navigation Has on Return on Investment, The Patient Experience, and Clinical Outcomes
    Consider Academy of Oncology Nurse Navigators as Your Professional Home
    Where Will Your Navigation Career Take You?
    Preventing Compassion Fatigue and Burnout.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Barton-Burke, Margaret; Ingwersen, Karen; Wilkes, Gail M.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    Ovid
    R2Library
    2020/2021 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    R2Library
    2018 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    RM125 .W551
    1
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RM125 .W551
    5
  • Digital
    Connie Henke Yarbro, MS, RN, FAAN (Editor: Seminars in Oncology Nursing, Oncology Nursing Consultant, Destin, Florida, Adjunct Courtesy Faculty, Sinclair School of Nursing, University of Missouri, Columbus, Columbia, Missouri), Debra Wujcik, PhD, RN, AOCN, FAAN (Director of Research, Carevive Systems, Inc, Franklin, Tennessee), Barbara Holmes Gobel, MS, RN, AOCN, FAAN (Associate Chief Nurse Executive, Director of Professional Practice and Devlopment, Magnet Program Director, Northwestern Memorial Hospital, Chicago, Illinois, Adjunct Faculty, Rush University College of Nursing, Rush University Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois).
    Summary: "Oncology Nursing Review, Sixth Edition is an indispensable study guide for oncology nurses studying for the Oncology Certified Nurse (OCN℗') exam offered by the Oncology Nursing Certification Corporation (ONCC). Completely updated and revised to reflect the latest OCN℗' Test Blueprint, it provides nearly 1,000 practice questions with comprehensive answer rationales"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note:
    Chapter 1. Care Continuum
    Chapter 2. Oncology Nursing Practice
    Chapter 3. Major Treatment Modalities
    Chapter 4. Symptom Management
    Chapter 5. Oncologic Emergencies
    Chapter 6. Psychosocial Dimensions of Cancer Care.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    editors, Anne Voss, PhD, RDN, LDN, and Valaree Williams, MS, RD, CSO, LDN, CNSC, FAND.
    Summary: "A comprehensive reference for professionals providing up-to-date oncology nutrition practice recommendations, the latest nutrition assessment tools, current knowledge, and support and resources"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    editors, Jorg-Christian Tonn, David A. Reardon, James T. Rutka and Manfred Westphal.
    Summary: Since the first edition of this popular reference, many new diagnostic procedures and treatment modalities have been developed within neuro-oncology. This edition contains those advances and includes new chapters on palliative care and molecular markers.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Patholgoy and Classification of tumors of the nervous system
    Ethiologica and epidemiological aspects
    Imaging
    Tumor biology
    Concepts of personalized medicine in neurooncology
    Local therapies
    Part 2: Tumors of the skull
    Meningeomas and meningeal tumors
    Astrocytoma and Oligodendroglioma
    Glioblastoma
    Ependymoma and ventricular tumors
    Medulloblastoma
    Pituitary Adenomas
    Tumors of the pineal region
    Tumors of the cranial nerves
    Hemangioblastoma and von Hippel Lindau disease
    tumors of the skull base
    Orbital tumors
    Primary CNS Lymphoma
    Brain metastases and meningeomatosis
    Part 3: Neurocutaneous syndromes
    Brainstem Gliomas
    Supratentorial lobar gliomas. Thalamic gliomas
    Optic pathway gliomas
    Ganglioglioma
    Cerebellar Astrocytoma
    Rare Childhood tumors
    Ependymoma
    Medulloblastoma
    Dysembryoplastic neuroepithelial tumor
    Craniopharyngioma
    Germ cell tumors
    Choroid plexus tumours
    ATRT
    Part 4: Intramedullary tumors
    Intradural extramedullary tumors
    Epidural tumors and metastatses
    Spinal radiosurgery
    Part 5: Peripheral nerve tumors
    Part 6: Aspects of general care in neurooncology
    Epilepsy and anticonvulsant therapy
    Hydrocephalus
    Pregnancy and birth control
    Late treatment sequelae
    Quality of life
    Palliative Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kenar D. Jhaveri, Abdulla K. Salahudeen, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction: Onconephrology: Caring for the cancer patient with kidney disease
    Ch. 1: Acute Kidney Injury in Cancer Patients
    Ch. 2: Chronic Kidney Disease In Cancer Patients
    Ch. 3: Glomerular Diseases seen with Solid Tumors and Hematological Malignancies
    Ch. 4: Nephrotoxicity of Chemotherapy Agents
    Ch. 5: Biological Cancer Therapies and the Kidney
    Ch. 6: Rational Dosing of Chemotherapy in Patients with Kidney Failure
    Ch. 7: Electrolyte Disorders in Cancer Patients
    Ch. 8: Tumor Lysis Syndrome
    Ch. 9: Surgical and Medical Options in the Management of Renal Cell Carcinoma
    Ch. 10: Renal Cell Carcinoma and Chronic Kidney Disease
    Ch. 11: Renal Disease Following Hematopoetic Stem Cell Transplantation
    Ch. 12: Radiation Nephropathy
    Ch. 13: Dysproteinemias and kidney disease
    Ch. 14: The Amyloidoses
    Ch. 15: Obstructive Renal disease in cancer patients
    Ch. 16: Cancer in the Kidney Transplant Recipient
    Ch. 17: Cancer, Palliative Care and Acute Kidney Injury- The Hard Decisions of Offering or Not Offering Dialysis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors Cicero Urban, Mario Rietjens, Mahmoud El-Tamer and Virgilio S. Sacchini.
    Summary: This book demonstrates why oncoplastic and reconstructive surgery represents such an exciting tool for surgeons who undertake breast surgery. Fundamental principles and basic concepts are clearly outlined, and numerous techniques are presented by acknowledged experts from across the world. The emphasis is very much on a "how to do" approach, with detailed guidance and advice on the various techniques. The informative text is supported by a wealth of color illustrations, and accompanying videos of procedures can be accessed via the publishers website. This second edition of Oncoplastic and Reconstructive Breast Surgery has been completely revised and updated. More than 25 additional chapters have been included, and new videos of surgeries made available, with the aim of making this already very successful book truly comprehensive, and the most complete reference on the subject - a true classic. The new edition entails close collaboration between some of the most important centers for breast cancer treatment and research worldwide. It will be an ideal resource for surgical fellows and specialists wishing to learn about indications and the selection of patients, to master technical skills, and to manage complications effectively.

    Contents:
    SECTION 1: BASIC PRINCIPLES FOR ONCOPLASTIC AND RECONSTRUCTIVE BREAST SURGERY: 1 Oncoplastic and Reconstructive Surgery: Blending Science and Art
    2 Oncoplastic and Reconstructive Anatomy of the Breast
    3 Breast Cancer Reconstruction Epidemiology
    4 Hereditary Breast Cancer: Prophylactic mastectomy, breast conservation and rates of cancer
    5 Breast Imaging in Oncoplastic and Reconstructive Breast Surgery
    6 Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Breast in Surgical Planning
    7 Breast Cancer Pathology
    8 Molecular Classification and Prognostic Signatures of Breast Cancer
    10 Photography Principles for Medical Documentation and Presentations
    11 Breast Cancer Patient and Reconstructive Consultation
    12 Aesthetic Principles for Breast Reconstruction
    13 Neoadjuvant Treatment in Breast Cancer
    14 Adjuvant Treatment in Breast Cancer
    15 Whole Breast Radiotherapy after Breast Conserving Surgery
    16 Partial Radiotherapy with Intrabeam Techniques
    17 Partial Radiotherapy with ELIOT Techniques
    18 Radiotherapic Treatment after Mastectomy and its implications to breast reconstruction decision and outcomes
    SECTION 2: ONCOLOGIC SURGERY: 19 Oncologic Principles for Breast Reconstruction: indications and limits
    20 Classic Lumpectomy and Quadrantectomy Techniques
    21 Surgical Margins in Breast Conserving Surgery
    22 Axillary Surgery
    23. Skin-Sparing Mastectomy
    24 Nipple-Sparing Mastectomy
    25 Nipple Sparing Mastectomy with Eletron Intra-Operative Radiotherapy (ELIOT)
    SECTION 3: PARTIAL BREAST RECONSTRUCTION: 26 Preoperative Planning for Oncoplastic Surgery
    27 Classification of Oncoplastic Techniques for Surgical Practice
    28 Level I Techniques
    29 Central Quadrant Techniques
    30 Dome Mastopexy
    31 Round Block Techniques
    31 Superior Pedicle Techniques
    32 Inferior Pedicle Techniques
    33 Combined Pedicle Techniques
    34 Distant Volume Flaps for Conservative Surgery
    35 Non-Conventional Techniques in Partial Breast Reconstruction
    36 Delayed Reconstruction after Breast Conserving Surgery
    SECTION 4: BREAST RECONSTRUCTION AFTER MASTECTOMY: 37 Preoperative Planning for Breast Reconstruction after Mastectomy
    38 History and development of breast implants
    39 Staged Implant-Based Breast Reconstruction
    40 One-Stage Breast Reconstruction with Definitive Form-Stable Implants
    41 Breast Reconstruction with Definitive Expanders
    42 Breast Reconstruction with Implants and Mesh
    43 Immediate Impant-Based Breast Reconstruction using Variable Lower Pole Support
    44 Skin-reducing mastectomy
    45. Autologous Latisimus Dorsi Breast Reconstruction
    46 Monopedicled TRAM flap
    47 Bipedicled TRAM flap
    48 Free flaps
    49 Delayed breast reconstruction after Mastectomy
    SECTION 5: MANAGEMENT OF COMPLICATIONS: 50 Prevention and Treatment of Infections in Breast Reconstruction
    51 Wound Management in Breast Surgery
    52 Deformities and Asymmetry after Oncoplastic and Reconstructive Surgery
    53 Implant Exposition and Extrusion
    54 Physiopathology, Prevention and Treatment of Capsular Contracture
    55 Implant Rupture
    56 Inframammary Fold Reconstruction
    57 Donor Site Complications after Reconstruction with Flaps
    58 Complications of Unipedicled TRAM: Treatment and Prevention
    SECTION 6: REFINEMENTS AFTER BREAST RECONSTRUCTION: 59 Treatment and Care of the Scars in Breast Reconstruction
    60 Lipofilling
    61. Nipple and Areola Reconstruction
    62 Revisions after Breast Reconstruction
    SECTION 7: BREAST RECONSTRUCTION IN SPECIAL POPULATIONS: 63 Immediate Breast Reconstruction in Pregnancy and Lactation
    64 Breast Reconstruction in Elderly
    65 Breast Reconstruction before Radiotherapy
    66 Breast Reconstruction in Previously Irradiated Patients
    67 Breast Reconstruction after Aesthetic Surgeries
    68 Thoracic Wall Reconstruction in Local Recurrences and Advanced Cases
    SECTION 8: OTHER SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS: 69 Systemic Impact of Breast Reconstruction- 70 Psychological aspects of Breast Reconstruction
    71 Post operatory Care after Oncoplastic and Reconstructive Surgery
    Aesthetics and Quality of Life after Breast Reconstruction
    73 Oncoplastic and Breast Reconstruction Training
    74 Oncoplastic and Reconstructive Qualification, Limits, and Mentoring
    75 Bioethics and Medico-Legal Aspects in Breast Cancer Reconstruction
    76 Costs and Cost-Effectiveness Considerations in Oncoplastic and Reconstructive Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    V. Suzanne Klimberg, Tibor Kovacs, Isabel T. Rubio, editors.
    Summary: This book covers an up-to-date review of advances in the management strategies for patients with breast cancer and their co-morbidities. Oncoplasty has become the standard of care for breast conservation surgery and can lead to improving aesthetic outcomes of breast cancer surgery, without compromising oncological outcomes. The goal of the text is to increase the competencies and performance of healthcare professionals involved in treating this patient population, which will ultimately improve the aesthetic outcomes, quality of life and overall survival of patients with breast disease and breast cancer. Written by experts in the field, chapters address a wide range of breast surgery techniques that help the general surgeon provide improved oncologic and aesthetic results for patients. The authors have detailed not only best practice for conventional procedures but also new and evolving techniques. Oncoplastic Breast Surgery Techniques for the General Surgeon serves as a valuable resource not only for medical students but also for the general surgeon seeking to improve results in private practice and for professors learning and teaching new breast surgery techniques.

    Contents:
    Concepts, Indication and Principles of oncoplastic breast surgery: fashion or necessity
    Topographic Anatomical Relationships of the Breast, Chest Wall, Axilla, and Related Sites of Metastases
    Imaging for Oncoplastic Procedures
    Measurement and Optimizing Cosmetic Outcomes for Breast Excisions / Factors influencing aesthetic outcomes of breast conservation surgery
    Quadrant by quadrant preoperative planning for oncoplastic resections
    Basic principles of breast surgery: Level one oncoplastic techniques
    Crescent mammoplasty
    Round Block or Donut Mastopexy
    Batwing and Hemibatwing Mammoplasty
    Grisotti Flap Mammoplasty
    Reduction mammoplasty Marking
    Superior pedicle oncoplasty
    Inferior pedicle reduction mammoplasty for reconstruction of tumor defects following partial breast resection
    V-mammoplasty
    Thoraco-epigastric pedicled flap for partial breast reconstruction
    Lateral Pedicle Mammoplasty
    Oncoplastic Breast Reconstruction: Extreme Oncoplasty and Split Reduction Techniques
    Skin reducing mastectomy
    dermal sling
    Simple and Skin Sparing Mastectomy
    Total or Nipple Skin Sparing Mastectomy
    Staged Nipple-Sparing Mastectomy for Patients with Large or Ptotic Breasts
    Donut Mastectomy
    Technology assisted mastectomy: Robotic and endoscopic assisted mastectomy
    Goldilocks Mastectomy
    Nipple Areola Complex Reconstruction
    Free Nipple Graft
    Subpectoral Implant-Based Breast Reconstruction
    Prepectoral Implant Breast Reconstruction: The Better Option?
    TAP, LICAP, SAAP and AICAP flaps
    Surgical Resection and Utilization of Fasciocutaneous Advancement Flaps for Locally Advanced Breast Cancer: THE CLOSURE
    Surgery Following Primary Systemic Therapy: How to Increase Breast Conservation Rate
    Using oncoplastic techniques to salvage poor outcomes of breast conservation
    Oncological outcomes and safety of oncoplastic breast conservation
    Treating Complications of Oncoplastic Breast Surgery
    Education and Training in Oncoplastic Breast Surgery
    Oncoplastic Breast Surgery Techniques for the General Surgeon.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Maurice Y. Nahabedian.
    Summary: "The dynamic field of oncoplastic breast surgery seeks to combine the goals of both oncology and plastic surgery, utilizing recent innovations and new techniques to provide patients with the best possible outcomes. Oncoplastic Surgery of the Breast, 2nd Edition, offers fully revised content, new expert contributors, and up-to-date instructional videos to keep you current with today’s best approaches to aesthetic closure of the breast after tumor removal. International authorities in breast and plastic surgery cover everything from indications and patient selection to the techniques and allied issues related to breast tumor surgery, including oncoplastic reduction, mammaplasty, mastectomy with nipple areolar preservation, perforator flaps, and effects of radiation therapy, as well as complications and controversies."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for One hundred maxims in neurology to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Nazanin Alavi and Mohsen Omrani.
    Summary: This book aims to provide the clinicians with details of online cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) to facilitate care delivery for patients struggle with depression and anxiety. Chapters cover some of the most fundamental concepts for successful treatment, including experiments, action plans evidence, and the guidelines for managing, thoughts, feelings, and other key concerns.  Designed to be a reader-friendly guide, each chapter opens with a summary of the content and a recap of concepts covered in previous sections, making this highly functional for individual chapter or whole book use.  Each chapter also includes recommended tables and chart to facilitate the documentation of each recommended session, making this highly practical resource a vital tool for those who treat patients suffering from these particular mental health concerns.  Online Cognitive Behavioral Therapy is a unique guide to practical Mental e-Mental Health approaches that is valuable to psychiatrists, psychologists, counselors, social workers, and all clinicians who wish to treat anxiety and depression patients remotely.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Jon Brown.
    Summary: "Addressing issues of increasing importance in today's internet-enabled society, Online Risk to Children brings together the most up-to-date theory, policy, and best practices for online child protection and abuse prevention"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Judith V. Boettcher, Rita-Marie Conrad.
    Contents:
    Teaching online: the big picture
    Pedagogical principles for effective teaching and learning: ten core learning principles
    Best practices for teaching online: ten plus four
    Technology tools to support teaching and learning
    Four phases of a course: themes and happenings
    Phase 1: course beginnings: starting off on the right foot
    Phase 2: keeping the ball rolling in the early middle
    Phase 3: letting go of power in the late middle
    Phase 4: pruning, reflecting, and wrapping up
    Teaching accelerated intensive courses
    What's next: reflecting and looking forward.
  • Digital
    Malcolm S. Thaler, M.D., Physician, Internal Medicine, One Medical Group, Clinical Instructor in Medicine, Weill Cornell Medical College, Medical Staff, New York Presbyterian, New York.
    Contents:
    The basics
    Hypertrophy and enlargement of the heart
    Arrhythmias
    Conduction blocks
    Preexcitation syndromes
    Myocardial ischemia and infarction
    Finishing touches
    Putting it all together
    How do you get to Carnegie Hall?
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library (PA Rotations)
  • Digital
    Malcolm S. Thaler.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library (PA Rotations)
  • Digital
    Malcolm S. Thaler.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
    LWW Health Library (PA Rotations)
  • Digital
    Alison I. Thaler, Malcolm S. Thaler.
    Summary: "Clear and concise, The Only Neurology Book You'll Ever Need provides a straightforward and comprehensive overview of neurology. It covers all of the important neurologic diagnosis and management issues, along with clinically relevant anatomy and physiology. Written by Drs. Alison I. Thaler and Malcolm S. Thaler, this new title is packed with full-color illustrations, real-world clinical scenarios, and up-to-date guidelines and recommendations -giving you all the practical advice you need to master the challenging world of neurology. Features a lighthearted, lively writing style that is compelling and gets right to the heart of what you need to know. Discusses the elements of the neurologic exam and what symptoms do and don't suggest a neurologic disorder. Covers key topics such as stroke, headache, concussion, dizziness, seizures, dementia, meningitis, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson disease, and much more. Abundant illustrations, charts, and tables, help you easily understand and retain complex material. Ideal for medical students, medicine and neurology residents, nurses, and PAs, as well as any and all practitioners who need a concise, easy-to-read review of clinically- relevant neurology. This book covers everything you need for the medical student shelf exam in neurology"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Let's Get Started: Your Neurologic Toolbox
    Stroke and Cerebrovascular Disease
    Headache
    Concussion (aka Mild Traumatic Brain Injury)
    Dizziness
    Seizures
    Neurocognitive Disorders and Dementia
    Meningitis, Encephalitis, and other Infectious Diseases of the Nervous System
    Multiple Sclerosis (and other Immunologic Diseases of the Central Nervous System)
    The Spinal Cord
    The Peripheral Neuropathies and Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
    Diseases of the Muscles and the Neuromuscular Junction
    Parkinson Disease and other Movement Disorders
    Neurocritical Care
    Altered Mental Status
    Neuro- oncology
    Genetic Diseases and Syndromes
    The Cranial Nerves
    Is That All There Is?
    Digital Access Ovid 2023
  • Digital
    Elena Aguilar.
    Contents:
    Habits and dispositions of emotionally resilient educators
    A calendar of learning
    The resilience manifesto
    Know yourself : June
    Understand emotions : July
    Tell empowering stories : August
    Build community : September
    Be here now : October
    Take care of yourself : November
    Focus on the bright spots : December
    Cultivate compassion : January
    Be a learner : February
    Play and create : March
    Ride the waves of change : April
    Celebrate and appreciate : May
    Conclusion : onward to freedom.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Antonella Tosti, Tracey C. Vlahovic, Roberto Arenas, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Dimitris Rigopoulos, Boni Elewski, Bertrand Richert.
    Contents:
    The history of onychomycosis
    Epidemiology of onychomycosis
    Tinea pedis and onychomycosis
    Clinical features : classification
    Grading onychomycosis
    Routine and emerging techniques in onychomycosis diagnosis
    Histopathology of onychomycosis
    Dermoscopy in the diagnosis of onychomycosis
    Differential diagnosis of onychomycosis
    Predicting the outcome of treatment : prognostic factors
    Topical therapies for onychomycosis
    Systemic treatment of onychomycosis
    Laser devices in the treatment of onychomycosis
    Photodynamic therapy (PDT) in the treatment of onychomycosis
    Onychomycosis and iontophoresis
    Nail drilling
    Physical treatment of onychomycosis
    Onychomycosis : algorithm
    Prevention of relapse and re-infection : prophylaxis
    Future treatments for onychomycosis
    Onychomycosis in special population
    Onychomycosis : the podiatric physician perspective
    Home remedies for onychomycosis.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Print
    Malgorzata Kloc, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Exoogenous molecule and organelle delivery in oogenesis
    2. Control of mammalian oocyte development by interactions with the matenal follicular environment
    3. Transovarial transmission of symbionts in insects
    4. Acquisition of oocyte polarity
    5. The pole (germ) plasm in insect oocytes
    6. Multiple functions of the DEAD-Box helicase vasa in Drosophila oogenesis
    7. The role of microtubule motors in mRNA localization and patterning within the Drosophila oocyte
    8. Phosphoinositides and cell polarity in the Drosophila egg chamber
    9. RNA localization in the vertebrate oocyte: establishment of oocyte polarity and localized mRNA assemblages
    10. DNA methyltransferases in mammalian oocytes
    11. Accumulation of chromatin remodelling enzyme and histone transcripts in bovine oocytes
    12. Translational regulation in the mammalian oocyte
    13. Regulation of translationally repressed mRNAs in zebrafish and mouse oocytes
    14. Switches in dicer activity during oogenesis and early development
    15. The regulation and function of cohesin and condensin in mammalian oocytes and spermatocytes
    16. Supply and demand of energy in the oocyte and the role of mitochondria
    17. Functions of vitellogenin in eggs
    18. Lipids in insect oocytes: from the storage pathways to their multiple functions
    19. Parthenogenesis in insects: the centriole renaissance
    20. The origin and evolution of maternal genes
    21. Noninheritable maternal factors useful for genetic manipulation in mammals.
  • Digital
    Federico Coccolini, Rao Ivatury, Michael Sugrue, Luca Ansaloni, editors.
    Contents:
    1 Open abdomen: historical notes
    2 Basic research in open abdomen
    3 Anatomy and physiology of the abdominal compartment
    4 Open abdomen: balancing pathophysiologic benefits and risks in the era of improved resuscitation practices
    5 Indications for open abdomen in the non-trauma setting
    6 Open abdomen in trauma
    7 Open abdomen in patients with-abdominal sepsis
    8 Open abdomen in acute pancreatitis
    9 Open abdomen in non-traumatic vascular emergencies
    10 Management of the open abdomen: the temporary closure systems
    11 Role of instillation in open abdomen management
    12 Open abdomen in infants and children
    13 Intensive care Unit Management of the adult open abdomen
    14 Management of the open abdomen in PICU
    15 Nutrition support in patients with an open abdomen
    16 Nursing management of open abdomen patients
    17 Open abdomen Complications: prevention and management
    18 Mistakes in open abdomen
    19 Definitive closure, long-term results and management of ventral hernia
    20 Biological prosthesis for abdominal wall reconstruction
    21 Rehabilitative process, functional impairment and quality of life
    22 Results of treatment with open abdomen and future directives.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    John Wickham.
    Summary: "Keyhole surgery has been made possible through the rapid development of various medical technologies, first pioneered in the 1970s. Revolutionary in the way it reduced the risk, surgical complications, healing time and scarring compared to open surgery, keyhole surgery soon became the preferred method throughout many surgical specialities. Here, John Wickham, the 'godfather' of robotic surgery, reflects on a life spent in research, discovery and struggle for innovation in order to make keyhole surgery widespread, accessible and available to patients. An Open and Shut Case tracks the evolution of surgery in the later parts of the 20th century, from initial surgical training in the 1960s to the rapid growth in the field of minimally invasive techniques throughout the 1970s and 80s in many specialities, precursors to the techniques used today. It concludes with a look at the effect of the National Health Service on the practice of medicine and nursing in the UK throughout this time. Perfect for surgeons and those interested in the history of surgery and surgical techniques, it also focusses on lessons learnt, both good and bad, when dealing with the management of public health."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2017
  • Digital
    James W. Pennebaker, PhD, Joshua M. Smyth, PhD.
    Summary: "Expressing painful emotions is hard--yet it can actually improve our mental and physical health. Distinguished psychologist James W. Pennebaker has spent decades studying what happens when people take just a few minutes to write about deeply felt personal experiences or problems. This lucid, compassionate book has introduced tens of thousands of readers to an easy to use self help technique that has been proven to heal old emotional wounds, promote a sense of well being, decrease stress, improve relationships, and boost the immune system. Updated with findings from hundreds of new studies, the significantly revised second edition now contains practical exercises to help readers try out expressive writing. It features extensive new information on specific health benefits, as well as when the approach may not be helpful"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    "Shh ... It's a secret": beginning to explore the connection between confession and health
    The invention of the expressive writing approach
    What's on your mind?: Health benefits of verbal and written disclosure
    Dealing with chronic health problems using expressive writing
    Writing to clear the mind: expressive writing in learning and education
    "Get these thoughts out of my head!" Getting past obsessions, insomnia, and bouts of stupidity
    To speed up or slow down?: How people differ in coping with trauma
    "I'm here for you ... or am I?": The audience on the other end of our words
    How does writing help us secure a healthier and happier future?
    Pulling it all together: recommendations for your use of expressive writing.
  • Digital
    edited by Alan David Kaye, Louisiana State University, Richard D. Urman, Harvard Medical School, Charles J. Fox, III, Louisiana State University, Shreveport.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Sherry M. Wren, MD, FACS, FCS(ECSA), Stanford University and Adam L. Kushner, MD, MPH, FACS, Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health ; foreword by David B. Hoyt, MD, FACS, Executive Director, American College of Surgeons.
    Contents:
    Filling the void : drafting surgery and Ebola guidelines / Sherry M. Wren and Adam L. Kushner
    The United States domestic response to Ebola : experience of the Nebraska biocontainment unit / Angela Hewlett and Daniel Johnson
    Closing the Medecins Sans Frontieres Maternity Hospital in Sierra Leone / Severine Caluwaerts
    Treating Ebola and non-Ebola patients at Connaught Hospital in Freetown, Sierra Leone / Thaim B. Kamara
    Anesthesia and Ebola : a loss of touch / Eva Hanciles, Mark J. Harris and Michael Koroma
    A clinical officer training program in Sierra Leone and the decline of surgical care due to Ebola / Hakon A. Balkon
    A way to deliver maternity care during the West Africa Ebola outbreak / Andrew M.R. Hall, Elizabeth Koroma, Andrew J. Michaels, Kathryn P. Barron, Oliver Johnson, Marta Lado
    Surgery in during a time of Ebola / Andrew J. Michaels, Ronald C. Marsh, Mohamed G. Sheku, Songor S.J. Koedoyoma, Andrew M.R. Hall, and Kathryn P. Barron
    Operating in PPE / Andrew J. Michaels, Ronald C. Marsh, Mohamed G. Sheku, Songor S.J. Koedoyoma, Andrew M.R. Hall, and Kathryn P. Barron
    A surgeon as outbreak investigator : Ebola in Liberia / Joseph Forrester.
    Digital Access 2017
  • Digital
    David W. Callaway, Jonathan L. Burstein, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the medical and operational management of blast and explosive incidents affecting civilian populations. It incorporates global lessons learned from first responders, emergency medicine providers, surgeons, intensivists, and military specialists with deep experience in handling blast injuries from point of injury through rehabilitation. The book begins with background and introductory information on blast physics, explosion types, frequency, and perspectives from the military. This is followed by a section on prehospital management focusing on medical and trauma responses, triage, psychological consequences, and operational considerations. It then examines the roles of the emergency department and ICU with chapters on planning and training, surge capacity, resilience, management of common injury types, contamination, and ventilator strategies. The next section covers surgical treatment of a variety of blast injuries such as thoracoabdominal, extremity and vascular, and orthopedic injuries. The book then discusses medical treatment of various injury patterns including lung, abdominal, extremity, and traumatic brain injury. The final section of the book covers post-hospital considerations such as rehabilitation, mental health, and community resilience. Throughout, case studies of recent incidents provide real-life examples of operational and medical management. Operational and Medical Management of Explosive and Blast Incidents is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, nurses, and medical students in emergency medicine, traumatic surgery, intensive care medicine, and public health as well as civilian and military EMS providers.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction
    Chapter 1. Scope and Scale of the Problem
    Chapter 2. Blast Physics and Biophysics
    Chapter 3. State of the Science
    Blast Injury Pathophysiology
    Chapter 4. Operational Considerations: Review of Contemporary Data
    Chapter 5. Civilian Hospital and Healthcare System Preparedness (Location, Preparedness, Epidemiology Review of Data)
    Chapter 6. Military Trauma System Response to Blast MCI
    Chapter 7. The Modern Explosive Threat: Improvised Explosive Devices
    Chapter 8. Interagency Collaboration and Maturation
    The United Kingdom Experience
    Chapter 9. Case Study: The Madrid Train Bombing of March 11, 2004 Part II. Prehospital Management
    Chapter 10. Scope of the Problem and Operational Considerations
    Chapter 11. Lessons in Prehospital Trauma Management During Combat
    Chapter 12. First Responders: Clinical Care of Blast Trauma in the Prehospital Setting
    Chapter 13. The Explosive Mass Casualty: Prehospital Incident Management and Triage
    Chapter 14. Transporting Blast-Injured Patients
    Chapter 15. Risk-Related Zones of Prehospital Operations
    Chapter 16. Tactical Emergency Medical Support (TEMS)
    Chapter 17. Case Study: Ptimary Blast Injury in a Field Setting
    Chapter 18. Case Study: 2013 Boston Marathon
    Part III. Emergency Department
    Chapter 19. Emergency Department Response to Explosive Incidents: Scope of the Problem and Operational Considerations
    Chapter 20. Emergency Medicine: Combat Lessons Learned
    Chapter 21. First Receivers: Managing Blast Injuries upon Hospital Arrival
    Chapter 22. The Role of Blood Products in Damage Control Resuscitation in Explosion-Related Trauma
    Chapter 23. Pediatric Considerations
    Chapter 24. Organization, Operations, Management, and Their Role in Surge Capacity and Mass Casualty Incidents
    Chapter 25. Case Study: Emergency Department Response to the Boston Marathon Bombing
    Chapter 26. Case Study: Management of Blast Incidents in Israel
    Part IV. Surgical Management
    Chapter 27. Scope of the Problem and Operational Considerations: Logistics, Surge Capacity, Organizing a Response, Sustainment Issues, Resource Utilization
    Chapter 28. Combat Lessons Learned
    Chapter 29. Damage Control Surgery
    Chapter 30. Anesthesia Care in Blast Injury
    Chapter 31. Vascular Injuries
    Chapter 32. Management of Thoracoabdominal Blast Injuries
    Chapter 33. Genitourinary Injuries
    Chapter 34. Management of Orthopaedic Blast Injuries
    Chapter 35. Reconstructive Plastic Surgery in Blast and Burn Injuries
    Chapter 36. Pediatric Blast Injuries
    Chapter 37. Case Study: Boston Bombings, a Surgeons View
    Part V. ICU Management
    Chapter 38. ICU Management of Blast Victims: Scope of the Problem and Operational Considerations
    Chapter 39. Ventilator Strategies
    Chapter 40. ICU Management: Extended Resuscitation Considerations
    Chapter 41. Case Study from Afghanistan: Dismounted Complex Blast Injury
    Part VI. Special Considerations
    Chapter 42. Chemical, Biological, Radiological, or Nuclear Event (CBRNE): Prehospital and Hospital Management
    Chapter 43. Burn Management
    Chapter 44. Wound Management
    Chapter 45. Psychological Consequences: Responders and Community.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Fridun Kerschbaumer, Kuno Weise, Carl Joachim Wirth, Alexander R. Vaccaro.
    Contents:
    Cervical spine and cervicothoracic junction
    Thoracic spine
    Thoracolumbar junction
    Lumbar spine and lumbosacral junction
    Cervical spine
    Thoracic and lumbar spine
    Pelvis : pelvic ring
    Pelvis : acetabulum
    Hip joint
    Femur
    Knee
    Lower leg
    Foot
    Scapula and clavicle
    Shoulder
    Humerus
    Elbow
    Forearm
    Wrist
    Hand.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2015
  • Digital
    Vipul R. Patel, Manickam Ramalingam, editors.
    Summary: This second edition title is the ideal reference book for residents and fellows, with step-by-step pictures and only the essential prose. The major part of Operative Atlas of Laparoscopic and Robotic Reconstructive Urology, 2 edition is illustrated with magnificent photographs and diagrams depicting every step of a particular procedure. Instruments are clearly shown and have been photographed from both outside and inside the body. Chapters demonstrate accepted laparoscopic techniques that are the new gold standard in urology. Outcome analyses show that with laparoscopy, one can achieve the same oncologic success as with open surgery but will less morbidity.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Alexander Y. Shin, Nicholas Pulos, editors.
    Summary: Fully illustrated and enhanced with accompanying video clips, this comprehensive text presents the clinical evaluation and management of brachial plexus injuries and reconstruction, both for adult patients and birth injuries. Divided into two main sections, part one covers adult brachial plexus injuries, discussing the relevant anatomy and biology, epidemiology, and associated injuries. The main focus, however, is on diagnosis the clinical exam as well as neurodiagnostic and radiographic evaluation and surgical management approaches and techniques, including nerve grafting and transfers, tendon and muscle transfers, and joint fusion. Related topics are presented in chapters on sensory reinnervation, neuropathic pain management, the role of amputation and prosthetics, and pre- and post-surgical therapy protocols. Brachial plexus birth injury is described in part two, also focusing mainly on diagnosis and management but with an emphasis on the fact that babies are not small adults and special considerations are warranted. This section concludes with chapters on the management of late complications and long-term sequelae. A comprehensive surgical text on brachial plexus injuries has not been previously attempted. Filling a large gap in the literature, Operative Brachial Plexus Surgery is the go-to resource for adult and birth related brachial plexus reconstruction for orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeons, plastics surgeons, and their trainees.

    Contents:
    Adult Brachial Plexus Injuries: A Historical Perspective
    Part 1 SURGICAL ANATOMY
    Surgical Anatomy of the Brachial Plexus
    Mechanisms of Injury
    Biology of Nerve Injury
    Epidemiology of Adult Traumatic Brachial Plexus Injuries
    Associated Concomitant Injuries
    EVALUATION
    Examination of the Adult Brachial Plexus Patient
    Neurodiagnostic Evalution: EMG and NCS
    Neurodiagnostic Evalution: Intraoperative Monitoring
    Adult Brachial Plexus Injuries: Evaluation radiologic Evaluation
    ADULT BRACHIAL PLEXUS INJURIES: DETERMINANTS OF TREATMENT (TIMING, INJURY TYPE, INJURY PATTERN)
    Priorities of Treatment and Rationale in Adult BPI
    TREATMENT OPTIONS IN ADULTS Root Grafting in Adult Brachial Plexus Injuries
    Nerve Transfers to Shoulder and Elbow
    Free-Functioning Muscle Transfer
    Tendon Transfers of the Shoulder, Elbow, Wrist and Hand
    Glenohumeral arthrodesis in brachial plexus palsy
    Reconstructive Options for the Thumb Axis in a Brachial Plexus Injury
    Wrist arthrodesis in the adult brachial plexus patient
    SURGICAL APPROACHES
    Supraclavicular Exposure of the Brachial Plexus
    Infraclavicular Exposure of the Brachial Plexus
    Posterior Approach for Spinal Accessory to Suprascapular Nerve
    Surgical Approach: Axillary Posterior
    Anterior Approach for Axillary Nerve Reconstruction
    Upper brachium approach: the lnar-Biceps Median-Brachialis double nerve transfer
    Intercostal nerve harvest in brachial plexus injuries
    Sural Nerve Harvest
    Contralateral C7 nerve transfer in the Treatment of Adult Brachial plexus Injuries and Spastic Hemiplegia
    The harvest of a free innervated functional gracilis muscle and its use in brachial plexus injuries
    MANAGEMENT OF SPECIFIC INJURY PATTERNS
    Management of C5-6 Injuries
    Management of C5-7 Injuries.-Strategies for Pan Brachial Plexus Reconstruction: The Mayo Clinic Brachial Plexus Team Approach
    Lower type injuries of the brachial plexus (C6-T1, C7-T1 and C8-T1 root involvement)
    RESTORATION OF HAND FUNCTION IN PAN PLEXUS INJURY
    Restoration of Hand Function in Pan Plexus Injury - Double Free Functioning Muscle Transfer.-Restoration of hand function in total brachial plexus avulsion injury
    Intercostal nerve transfer for sensory reconstruction of the hand following complete avulsion of the brachial plexus
    Management of Neuropathic Pain Role of Amputation and Prosthetic Fitting
    The Role of Therapy: Pre and Post-Surgery Protocols
    PEDIATRIC BRACHIAL PLEXUS INJURY
    Historical Perspectives
    Mechanism of Injury
    The Biology of Brachial Plexus Birth Injuries
    Epidemiology of Obstetrical Brachial Plexus Injuries
    Associated Concomitant Injuries
    Clinical Examination of the Child with Brachial Plexus Birth Injury
    Operative Brachial Plexus Surgery: Brachial Plexus Birth Injury - Neurodiagnostic Evaluation
    Pediatric Brachial Plexus Injuries: Evaluation radiologic Evaluation
    Priorities of Treatment and Rationale (Babies Are Not Small Adults)
    Treatment Options in Babies
    Surgical Approaches
    Management of Specific Patterns of Injury-Erbs and Extended Erbs Palsy
    Management of Specific Patterns of Injury-Pan Plexus
    Expected Outcomes
    Late Complications and Treatmen.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Filippo Gagliardi, Cristian Gragnaniello, Pietro Mortini, Anthony J. Caputy.
  • Digital
    Jamal J. Hoballah, Carol E.H. Scott-Conner, Hui Sen Chong, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Eric D. Rosenberg, Alanna S. Nattis, Richard J. Nattis, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Eric D. Rosenberg, Alanna S. Nattis, Richard J. Nattis, editors.
    Summary: This timely second edition expands upon the first edition, working to provide physicians with a comprehensive review of surgical cases within the field of ophthalmology. Extensive updates have been made to existing chapters, along with new chapters on hot topics in ophthalmology inserted throughout the existing text. Featuring important steps within each surgical case, indications for the procedure, possible complications, and a sample dictation the review serves as both a preparation and debriefing for each surgeon, or surgeon in training, by improving comprehension time, cultivating surgical forethought, and refining post-operative dictations.

    Contents:
    Part I Conjunctiva
    1. Pterygium Excision with Conjunctival Autograft
    2. Pterygium Excision with Conjunctival Pedicle Graft
    3. Pterygium Excision with Amniotic Membrane Graft
    4. Sealing the Gap with Amniotic Membrane Transplantation for Primary and Recurrent Pterygium
    5. Repair of Conjunctivochalasis
    6. Restoration of Fornix Tear Reservoir by Amniotic Membrane Transplantation in Conjunctivochalasis
    7. Amniotic Membrane Transplantation in StevensJohnson Syndrome
    8. Gundersens Conjunctival Flap
    Part II Cornea
    9. EDTA Chelation for Calcific Band Keratopathy
    10. Removal of Salzmanns Nodule and Amniotic Membrane Placement
    11. Corneal Cross-Linking
    12. Insertion of Intrastromal Corneal Ring Segments (ICRS), Femtosecond Laser Assisted
    13. Manual Deep Anterior Lamellar Keratoplasty (Manual DALK)
    14. Femtosecond Laser-Assisted Deep Anterior Lamellar Keratoplasty (FSDALK)
    15. Descemets Stripping Automated Endothelial Keratoplasty (DSAEK)
    16. Descemets Membrane Endothelial Keratoplasty (DMEK)
    17. Rebubbling of DMEK Grafts
    18. Penetrating Keratoplasty (PKP)
    19. Keratoprosthesis
    20. Simple Limbal Epithelial Transplant (SLET)
    21. Orbit: Neurotrophic Keratopathy (Direct Corneal Neurotization)
    Part III Refractive
    22. Astigmatic Keratotomy
    23. Limbal Relaxing Incision
    Part IV Iris
    24. Iris Repair (Iridoplasty) Using the Siepser Sliding Knot
    25. Iridodialysis Repair: Transcleral Suturing Technique
    26. Iridodialysis Repair Using the Sewing Machine Technique
    27. Iris Cerclage for Traumatic Mydriasis
    Part V Cataract and Advanced Lens Procedures
    28. Cataract Extraction, with Intraocular Lens Implant
    29. Cataract Extraction, Femtosecond Laser Assisted
    30. Cataract Extraction, the Use of Iris Hooks for Intraoperative Floppy Iris Syndrome (IFIS)
    31. Cataract Extraction, Malyugin Ring
    32. Cataract Extraction, Extracapsular (ECCE)
    33. Cataract Extraction Requiring Vitrectomy due to Violation of the Posterior Capsule with Lens Implantation (Optic Capture, in the Bag, Sulcus, and ACIOL)
    34. Iris-Enclavated Intraocular Lens Implantation
    35. IOL Explantation with Iris-Enclavated Intraocular Lens Implantation
    36. Repair and Centration of Dislocated IOL Using McCannel Suture Technique
    37. Intraocular Lens Exchange
    38. Phakic IOL Removal and Cataract Extraction
    39. Glued Intrascleral Haptic Fixation of an Intraocular Lens
    40. Intrascleral Haptic-Fixated IOL Implantation
    41. Scleral Suturing and Fixation of a Dislocated Intraocular Lens
    Part VI Combined Cataract and Glaucoma Procedures
    42. Cataract Extraction, Endocyclophotocoagulation, and Goniosynechialysis
    43. Target Placement of iStent inject Combined with Phacoemulsification
    44. iStent Inject in Combination with Cataract Surgery
    45. Cataract Extraction and iStent Inject Trabecular Bypass Device
    46. Xen Gel Stent and Cataract Extraction
    47. Cataract Extraction and Hydrus Microstent Implantation
    48. PreserFlo Microshunt and Cataract Extraction
    49. Canaloplasty and Cataract Extraction
    50. Cataract Extraction and Gonioscopy-assisted Transluminal Trabeculotomy
    51. Baerveldt Drainage Shunt with Scleral Patch Graft and Cataract Extraction
    52. Ahmed Glaucoma Valve with Scleral Patch Graft and Cataract Extraction
    53. Molteno Tube Shunt with Pericardial Patch Graft
    54. Cataract Extraction with Gold Metal Shunt (GMS) Implant
    Part VII Filtering and Glaucoma
    55. Laser Table
    56. Laser Peripheral Iridotomy
    57. Laser Peripheral Iridoplasty
    58. Transswcleral Diode Laser Cyclophotocoagulation (CPC)
    59. Micropulse Trans-scleral Cyclophotocoagulation (mTSCPC)
    60. Laser Trabeculoplasty
    61. Cyclocryotherapy
    62. Goniosynechialysis
    63. Trabectome (Trabeculectomy Ab Interno)
    64. Goniotomy and Exam Under Anesthesia (EUA)
    65. Trabeculotomy and Exam Under Anesthesia (EUA)
    66. Trabeculectomy
    67. Gonioscopy-assisted Transluminal Trabeculotomy
    68. Target Placement of Multiple iStents
    69. PreserFlo Microshunt
    70. XEN Gel Stent
    71. ExPress Shunt Filtration Procedure
    72. Baerveldt Drainage Shunt with Scleral Patch Graft
    73. Glaucoma Drainage Device (Ahmed Valve FP-7)
    74. Viscocanalostomy
    75. Canaloplasty
    76. Deep Sclerectomy with Collagen Implant
    77. Gold Metal Shunt (GMS) Implant
    Part VIII Pediatrics and Strabismus
    78. Nasolacrimal Duct Probing
    79. Lacrimal Intubation
    80. Bilateral Lateral Rectus Recession (BLR)
    81. Recession and Resection (R&R)
    82. Bilateral Medial Rectus Recession (BMR)
    83. Bilateral Inferior Oblique and Lateral Rectus Recession
    84. Vertical and Horizontal Muscle Recessions With and Without Adjustable Suture
    85. Hummelsheim Transposition for Complete Paralytic Sixth Nerve Palsy
    86. Inferior Oblique Anteriorization
    87. Inferior Oblique Myotomy
    88. Superior Oblique Tuck
    89. Adjustable Suture Modifier
    90. Harada-Ito
    91. Partial Tendon Recession for Small-angle Vertical Strabismus
    92. Lateral Transposition of the Superior and Inferior Rectus Muscles for 6th Nerve Palsy with/without Foster Augmentation
    93. Jensens Procedure
    94. Vertical Transposition of the Horizontal Recti (Knapp Procedure)
    95. Surgical Optical Iridectomy
    96. Surgical Posterior Capsulotomy with Anterior Vitrectomy
    97. Secondary Intraocular Lens Implant with Soemmering Ring Debulking
    Part IX Retina and Vitreous
    98. Panretinal Photocoagulation (PRP)
    99. Focal Macular Laser
    100. Laser Retinopexy
    101. Intravitreal Injection
    102. Pneumatic Retinopexy 1
    103. Pneumatic Retinopexy 2
    104. Pars Plana Vitrectomy
    105. Evacuation of Vitreous Hemorrhage via Pars Plana Vitrectomy
    106. Pars Plana Vitrectomy for Infectious Endophthalmitis
    107. Pars Plana Vitrectomy and Pars Plana Lensectomy for Retained Lens Fragments
    108. IOL Exchange with Gore-Tex Scleral Fixation of an Akreos Adapt AO
    109. Secondary Scleral Fixation of 3-piece Intraocular Lens Using 27-gauge Vitrectomy Trocars
    110. Repair of Macular Hole
    111. Internal Limiting Membrane Peel
    112. Removal of Epiretinal Membrane (ERM Peel)
    113. Repair of Retinal Detachment via Pars Plana Vitrectomy (C3F8/SF6/Oil)
    114. Repair of Tractional Retinal Detachment
    115. Repair of Retinal Detachment with Giant Retinal Tear
    116. Scleral Buckling for Primary Retinal Detachment 1
    117. Scleral Buckling for Primary Retinal Detachment 2
    118. Scleral Buckling for Rhegmatogenous Retinal Detachment
    119. Scleral Buckle with Vitrectomy
    120. Removal of Silicone Oil Following PPV and Retinal Detachment Repair
    121. Drainage of Suprachoroidal Hemorrhage
    Part X Occuloplastics and Orbit
    122. Orbit: One-Wal (Medial) Decompression
    123. Orbit: Two-Wall (Medial and Floor) Decompression
    124. Orbit: Three-Wall (Medial, Floor, and Lateral) Decompression
    125. Orbit: Canthal Advancement and Balanced Orbital Decompression
    126. Orbit: Dermis Fat Graft (DFG) for Orbital Volume Augmentation
    127. Orbit: Lacrimal Gland Biopsy
    128. Orbit: Lacrimal Gland Resuspension
    129. Orbit: Percutaneous Sclerotherapy
    130. Orbit: Eye Socket Reconstruction with Mucous Membrane Graft
    131. Orbit: Enucleation
    132. Orbit: Evisceration
    133. Orbit: Orbital Exenteration with Split-Thickness Skin Graft
    134. Orbit: Orbital Exenteration (Subtotal/Total/Extended)
    135. Eyelid: Blepharoplasty, Upper Lid
    136. Eyelid: Levator Resection
    137. Eyelid: External Levator Resection
    138. Eyelid: Levator Advancement
    139. Eyelid: Conjunctival Mullerectomy
    140. Eyelid: Conjunctival Mullers Muscle Resection (CMMR)
    141. Eyelid: Frontalis Suspension
    142. Eyelid: Transverse Everting Sutures (Quickert-Rathbun Sutures, Three-Suture Technique)
    143. Eyelid: Entropion Repair (Internal)
    144. Eyelid: Entropion Repair (External)
    145. Eyelid: Ectropion Repair FTSG (Cicatricial)
    146. Eyelid: Ectropion Repair, Tarsal Strip (Involutional)
    147. Eyelid: Medial Ectropion Repair
    148. Eyelid: Lateral Tarsal Strip with Medial Spindle for Ectropion Repair with Punctal Eversion
    149. Eyelid: Lateral Canthotomy
    150. Eyelid: Lateral Canthopexy
    151. Eyelid: Floppy Eyelid Syndrome Repair (Wedge Resection)
    152. Eyelid: Chalazion Incision and Drainage (I&D)
    153. Eyelid: Wedge Resection for Eyelid Lesion
    154. Eyelid: Temporary Tarsorrhaphy
    155. Eyelid: Gold Weight Implantation
    156. Levator Recession
    157. Hard Palate Graft for Lower Eyelid Retraction Repair
    158. Browpexy
    159. Direct Brow Lift
    160. Coronal Brow Lift
    161. Internal Lateral Browpexy
    162. Temporal Artery Biopsy
    163. Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Benign Essential Blepharospasm (BEB) and Hemifacial Spasm
    164. Optic Nerve Sheath Fenestration
    165. Hughes Tarsoconjunctival Flap 1
    166. Hughes Tarsoconjunctival Flap 2
    167. Free Tarsal Graft
    168. Anterior Lamellar Repositioning
    169. Tenzel Semicircular Flap
    170. O-to Z Plasty
    171. Glabellar Flap
    172. Punctoplasty
    173. Probing of the Nasolacrimal Duct
    174. Lacrimal System Intubation (Bicanalicular)
    175. Lacrimal System Intubation (Monocanalicular)
    176. Balloon Dacryocystoplasty
    177. Conjunctivodacryocystorhinostomy (CDCR)
    178. External Dacryocystorhinostomy 1 (DCR)
    179. External Dacryocystorhinostomy 2 (DCR)
    180. Endoscopic Dacryocystorhinostomy (DCR)
    Part XI Cosmetic Surgery
    181. Facelift: Deep Plane
    182. Facelift, Plication
    183. Endoscopic Brow Lift
    184. Ablative Laser Resurfacing (CO2)
    185. Cosmetic Botulinum Toxin Treatment
    186. Cosmetic Tissue Filler Treatment
    187. Dermis Fat Graft (DFG) for Superior Sulcus Volumetric Rejuvenation
    Part XII Trauma
    188. Eyelid Laceration Repair, Superficial and Deep
    189. Repair of Marginal Laceration
    190. Repair of Canali.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Dominic J. Papandria, Gail E. Besner, R. Lawrence Moss, Karen A. Diefenbach, editors.
    Summary: This book provides pediatric surgeons with a comprehensive, up-to-date compilation of surgical and endoscopic procedures in the form of operative templates and explanatory text to orient learners to the pertinent details and technical variations of the operation. Each chapter includes procedure-specific indications and risks that are relevant to the consent process. Chapters are written by experts in their fields that represent eight distinct surgical subspecialties. Appropriate emphasis is placed on minimally-invasive approaches to portray contemporary practice whenever possible. The result reflects the authors' experiences while still addressing common technical variations to ensure that each chapter is broadly reflective of clinical practice. Operative Dictations in Pediatric Surgery is designed as a concise guide to the pediatric surgical trainee and practicing surgeon alike who care for children across the surgical spectrum. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Rigid and Flexible Esophagoscopy for Foreign Body Removal
    Flexible Esophagoscopy and Fluoroscopically-Guided Dilation
    Repair of Esophageal Atresia with Tracheo-Esophageal Fistula (open and MIS approaches)
    Esophageal Replacement
    Esophagomyotomy (open and MIS approaches)
    Esophagogastric Fundoplication (open and MIS approaches)
    Hiatal and Paraesophageal Hernia (open and MIS approaches)
    Esophagogastroduodenoscopy and Percutaneous Endoscopic Gastrostomy
    Gastrostomy Placement (open and laparoscopic approach)
    Pyloromyotomy (open and laparoscopic approach)
    Exploratory Laparotomy for Complications of Peptic Ulcer Disease
    Placement of Gastric Electrical Stimulator
    Removal of Bezoars and Other Ingested Foreign Bodies (open and MIS approaches)
    Sugiura Procedure (esophagogastric devascularization)
    Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy
    Laparoscopic Roux-En-Y Gastric Bypass
    Jejunostomy Placement, Open and MIS approaches Laparotomy for Midgut Volvulus
    Ladd's Procedure
    Repair of Duodenal Atresia (open and MIS approaches)
    Open Repair of Jejunoileal Atresia
    Resection of Meckel's Diverticulum
    Resection of Omphalomesenteric Duct Remnant
    Reduction of Intussusception
    Resection of Enteric Duplication or Mesenteric Cyst
    Serial Transverse Enteroplasty (STEP)
    Stricturoplasty and Small Bowel Stricture Bypass (open and MIS approaches)
    Ileostomy Creation (open and MIS approaches)
    Appendectomy
    Cecal Volvulus
    Percutaneous Peritoneal Drain Placement for Necrotizing Enterocolitis
    Laparotomy for Necrotizing Enterocolitis
    Malone Continent Appendicostomy
    Total Abdominal Colectomy with End-Ileostomy
    Completion Proctectomy and Ileal Pouch Anal Anastomosis, diverting loop ileostomy
    Swenson-like Transanal Pull Through
    Duhamel Procedure
    Soave-like Transanal Endorectal Pull Through
    Laparoscopic Colonic Mapping Laparoscopic Leveling Colostomy for Colonic Aganglionosis
    Posterior Sagittal Anorectoplasty
    Male
    Posterior Sagittal Anorectoplasty
    Female
    Cloacal Reconstruction with Total Urogenital Mobilization
    Anal Stricturoplasty
    Vaginoplasty and Vaginal Replacement
    Augmentation Enterocystoplasty
    Urinary Conduit
    Appendicovesicostomy/Mitrofanoff
    Circumcision
    Orchiopexy (open and MIS approaches)
    Fowler-Stephens Procedure
    Radical/Simple Orchiectomy
    Incision and Drainage of Bartholin Gland Duct Cyst or Abscess with Word Catheter Placement; Marsupialization of Bartholin Gland Duct Cyst or Abscess
    Management of Ovarian, Isolated Fallopian Tube, or Adnexal Torsion (open and MIS approaches)
    Staging Laparotomy and Oophorectomy for Malignancy
    Ovarian Cystectomy for Benign Ovarian Masses (open and MIS approaches)
    Hymenectomy
    Drainage of Tubo-Ovarian Abscess Surgical Management of an Ectopic Pregnancy Via Laparoscopic Salpingectomy or Laparoscopic Salpingostomy
    Nephrectomy
    Cholecystectomy
    Kasai Portoenterostomy (open and MIS approaches)
    Resection of Choledochal Cyst
    Hepatic Resection (right/left hepatectomy; extended right/left hepatectomy; wedge resection)
    Inguinal Hernia Repair
    Ventral / Incisional Hernia Repair (open and MIS approaches)
    Umbilical Hernia Repair
    Silo Placement for Gastroschisis
    Operative Repair of Gastroschisis
    Sutureless Repair of Gastroschisis
    Repair of Omphalocele
    Interval Laparotomy with Placement of Temporary Closure
    Flexible Bronchoscopy
    Rigid Bronchoscopy and Foreign Body Removal
    Tube Thoracostomy
    Pulmonary Bleb Resection and Pleurodesis (open and MIS approaches)
    Pectus Excavatum Repair (open and MIS approaches)
    Ravitch Procedure (open approach for chest wall deformities)
    Repair of Pectus Carinatum Transabdominal Repair of Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia (open and MIS approaches)
    Thoracic Repair of Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia (open and MIS approaches)
    Lobar Resection of Congenital Pulmonary Malformations (open and MIS approaches)
    Extralobar Resection of Congenital Pulmonary Malformations (open and MIS approaches)
    Thymectomy, Aortopexy
    Ligation of Patent Ductus Arteriosus
    Thymectomy (open and MIS approaches)
    Pulmonary Decortication (open and MIS approaches)
    Exploratory Laparotomy, Right/Left Nephrectomy, Para-Aortic/Paracaval Lymph Node Dissection
    Abdominal Resection of Neuroblastoma
    Right/Left Thoracotomy/Thoracoscopy, Resection of Paraspinal Thoracic Neuroblastoma
    Right/Left Thoracoscopy/Thoracotomy, Resection of Pulmonary Nodule(s)
    Adrenalectomy (open and MIS approaches)
    Wide Local Excision of Malignant Melanoma with or without Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy
    Right/Left Thyroid Lobectomy/ Total Open and Percutaneous Dilation Tracheostomy
    Cervical Lymph Node Biopsy
    Excision of Thyroglossal Duct Cyst
    Excision of Branchial Cleft Cyst / Sinus
    Parathyroidectomy
    Excision of Benign Soft Tissue Lesions
    Incision and Drainage
    Excisional Biopsy of Benign Breast Mass
    Aspiration/Drainage of Breast Abscess
    Excisional Lymph Node Biopsy
    Torticollis
    Resection of Postaxial Supernumerary Digits
    Two-Incision Four Compartment Lower Extremity Fasciotomy
    Splenectomy (open and MIS approach)
    Splenorrhaphy
    Subtotal Splenectomy or Splenic Cyst Excision
    Placement of Central Venous Catheter
    Placement of Catheters for Hemodialysis/Pheresis (HD) Utilizing Ultrasound (US) and Fluoroscopy
    Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation (Venovenous) Cannulation
    Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation (Arteriovenous) Cannulation
    Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation Decannulation
    Creation of Distal Splenorenal Shunt
    Temporal Artery Biopsy Supraclavicular Right/Left First Rib Resection
    Debridement of Burn Wounds
    Thoracic and Abdominal Escharotomy
    Upper Extremity Escharotomy and Fasciotomy
    Lower Extremity Escharotomy and Fasciotomy
    Excision and Autografting of Burn Wound
    Burn Contracture Release
    Placement of Peritoneal Dialysis Catheters.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Tuan Anh Tran, Zubin J. Panthaki, Jamal J. Hoballah, Seth R. Thaller, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Tomoaki Taguchi, Tadashi Iwanaka, Takao Okamatsu, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Basic Procedure
    1. Vascular Access
    2. Thoracotomy and Laparotomy
    3. Laparoscopy and Thoracoscopy
    4. Foreign Body Extraction
    5. Tracheostomy
    6. Tube Gastrostomy and Enterostomy
    7. Colostomy : Formation and Closure
    8. Gastrointestinal Anastomosis
    9. Repair and anastomosis of blood vessel
    10. Biopsy of Tumor
    11. Rectal Biopsy
    Part II. Head and Neck
    12. Head and Neck Sinus and Mass
    13. Pyriform sinus malformation
    14. Accessory ear
    Part III. Thoracic
    15. Standard Operation for Esophageal Atresia
    16. Esophageal Atresia with Long Gap
    17. Thoracoscopic Operation for Esophageal Atresia
    18. Lung Surgery
    19. Thoracic Empyema
    20. Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia and Diaphragmatic Eventration
    Part IV. Abdominal Wall
    21. Inguinal Hernia; Standard Procedure
    22. Inguinal Hernia; Laparoscopic Repair
    23. Direct Inguinal Hernia and Femoral Hernia
    24. Hydrocele, Nuck Hydrocele; Standard Procedure
    25. Umbilical hernia, Umbilical plasty, and Linea alba hernia
    26. Vitellointestinal fistula and Urachal remnant
    27. Gastroschisis and Omphalocele
    Part V. Abdominal
    28. Laparoscopic Nissen's Fundoplication
    29. Pyloromyotomy
    30. Duodenal Atresia and Stenosis
    31. Intestinal Atresia and Stenosis
    32. Intestinal Malrotation
    33. Meckel's Diverticulum
    34. Internal Hernia
    35. Intussusception
    36. Appendectomy
    37. Gastrointestinal Perforation
    38. Hirschsprung's Disease
    39. Imperforate Anus : Low type
    40. Imperforate Anus: Intermediate and High Type
    41. Rectovestibular fistula without imperforate anus (Perineal canal)
    42. Anal Fistula
    43. Anorectal Prolapse
    44. Biliary Atresia
    45. Choledochal cyst
    46. Splenectomy
    47. Portal vein hypoplasia and patent ductus venosus
    Part VI. Urology
    48. Pelviureteric Junction Obstruction
    49. Vesicoureteric Reflux
    50. Ureterocele
    51. Suprapubic Cystostomy and Vesicocutaneostomy
    52 Bladder Augmentation
    53 Posterior-sagittal anorecto-urethro-vaginoplasty
    54 Hypospadias
    55 Posterior urethral valve
    56 Phimosis
    57 Cryptoorchidism and retractile testis
    58 Testicular Torsion
    Part VII. Tumors
    59 Lymphatic Malformations
    60 Neuroblastoma
    61 Wilms' Tumor
    62 Hepatoblastoma
    63 Sacrococcygeal Teratoma
    Part VIII. Abdominal Organ Transplantation
    64.Donor Operation in Living Donor Liver Transplantation
    65. Recipient Operation in Living Donor Liver Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Arin K. Greene, MD, MMSc, Department of Plastic and Oral Surgery, Lymphedema Program, Boston Children's Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts.
    Summary: Vascular anomalies are common lesions affecting at least 5% of the population. Patients often require multi-disciplinary care. This is a ""how-to"" text that illustrates the principles and techniques for the surgical management of vascular anomalies. The book covers the entire field of vascular anomalies. In addition, the text describes the operative management of these lesions in different anatomical locations. The book was designed so that it can be easily referenced, and contains classification, operative principles, figures, and video provided by experts in the field.
  • Digital
    A. Cuschieri, G. Buess, J. Périssat (eds.).
    Summary: This guide is dedicated to a rapidly developing and continuously expanding area of surgery. All indications and conditions where this state-of-the-art method can be used are treated systematically in this comprehensive work. All of the authors and editors are pioneers of worldwide repute in their respective techniques. Special emphasis has been placed on highly informative diagrams which form an instructive complement to the numerous "real-time" figures taken directly during operative procedures through the endoscope. The clear text and the impressive high-quality illustrations make the book an essential and unique companion for every surgeon who wishes to become familiar with the new tecniques which today's patients expect from a first-class surgeon

    Contents:
    Introduction and Historical Aspects / A. Cuschieri and G. Buess
    1. Nature and Scope of Endoscopic Surgery / A. Cuschieri and G. Buess
    2. Instruments for Endoscopic Surgery / A. Melzer, G. Buess and A. Cuschieri
    3. Video Imaging and Photodocumentation / M. Paz-Partlow
    4. Ancillary Technology: Electrocautery, Thermocoagulation and Laser / H.-D. Reidenbach, J. Keckstein and G. Buess
    5. Requirements for an Endoscopic Surgery Unit / G. Buess and A. Cuschieri
    6. Training in Endoscopic Surgery / G. Buess and A. Cuschieri
    7. Basic Surgical Procedures / A. Cuschieri, L.K. Nathanson and G. Buess
    8. General Principles of Thoracoscopic Surgery / A. Cuschieri
    9. Thoracoscopic Sympathectomy and Vagotomy / R. Wittmoser
    10. Thoracoscopic Ligation of Pleural Bullae and Parietal Pleurectomy for Recurrent Spontaneous Pneumothorax. Treatment of Empyema and Pericardiectomy / A. Cuschieri and L.K. Nathanson
    11. Thoracoscopic Oesophageal Myotomy for Motility Disorders / A. Cuschieri, L.K. Nathanson and S.M. Shimi
    12. Perivisceral Endoscopic Oesophagectomy / G. Buess, H.D. Becker and G. Lenz
    13. General Principles of Laparoscopic Surgery / A. Cuschieri
    14. Diagnostic Laparoscopy and Laparoscopic Adhesiolysis / A. Cuschieri
    15. Laparoscopic Appendicectomy / A. Pier and F. Gotz
    16. Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy / J. Perissat
    17.
    Digital Access Springer 1992
  • Digital
    Narain Moorjani, Bushra S. Rana, Francis C. Wells.
    Summary: This book reviews the surgical management of the mitral and tricuspid valves. It provides a detailed examination of the recent exponential improvements in the understanding of the pathophysiology of the disease processes affecting these valves, which has resulted in significant changes in the strategies that can be applied. Chapters include analysis of the basic sciences related to the anatomy and physiology of the mitral and tricuspid valves, pre-operative imaging of these valves, illustrating the variety of pathologies encountered, and critically a comprehensive step-by-step approach to the peri-operative management and surgical techniques pertaining to each pathological process. Operative Mitral and Tricuspid Valve Surgery systematically covers all major topics involved in the current practice of an adult cardiac surgeon who performs operations on the mitral and tricuspid valves. It is therefore suitable for the cardiac intensive care unit specialist interested in improving their knowledge of cardiac patient management. It is an essential resource for all adult cardiac surgeons and cardiac intervention specialists at any stage of their career.

    Contents:
    Introduction.- Anatomy.- Physiology.- Indications for surgery
    functional classification / pathophysiology.- Imaging of the mitral and tricuspid valves.- Operative set-up
    exposure and analysis.- Annular dilatation
    ring annuloplasty (suture annuloplasty).- Leaflet perforation.- Posterior mitral valve prolapse
    neo-chordae.- Posterior mitral valve prolapse
    triangular resection.- Posterior mitral valve prolapse
    quadrangular resection.- Posterior mitral valve prolapse
    sliding annuloplasty.- Anterior mitral valve prolapse
    neo-chordae.- Anterior mitral valve prolapse
    chordal transfer.- Anterior mitral valve prolapse
    chordal shortening.- Bi-leaflet prolapse
    Barlow's disease.- Bi-leaflet prolapse
    fibro-elastic disease.- Commissural prolaspe.- Alfieri stitch (edge-to-edge).- Annular calcification.- Ischaemic mitral regurgitation
    down-sizing annuloplasty.- Ischaemic mitral regurgitation -IMR ring.- Ischaemic mitral regurgitation
    papillary muscle apposition (Hvass sling).- Infective endocarditis (MV)
    including peri-annular abscess.- Rheumatic MV repair.- Open mitral commissurotomy.- Mitral valve replacement with SVA preservation.- HOCM
    SAM.- Chordal SAM.- Tricuspid valve repair
    ring annuloplasty.- Tricuspid valve repair
    reduction annuloplasty (de Vega).- Tricuspid valve repair
    bicuspidisation (Kay annuloplasty).- Tricuspid valve repair
    anterior leaflet augmentation (pericardial patch).- Tricuspid valve repair
    Ebstein's anomaly.- Tricuspid valve replacement.- AF ablation surgery.- Minimally invasive mitral valve surgery.- Future techniques
    percutaneous chordae, mitra-clip, CS devices etc.- Appendix.- Index. ​.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Eugene N. Myers, Carl H. Synderman ; section editors, Elizabeth A. Blair [and twenty-one others].
    Summary: "Emergent operative technologies and surgical approaches have transformed today's otolaryngology-head and neck surgery, and the 3rd Edition of Operative Otolaryngology brings you up to date with all that's new in the field. You'll find detailed, superbly illustrated guidance on all of the endoscopic, microscopic, laser, surgically-implantable, radio-surgical, neurophysiological monitoring, and MR- and CT-imaging technological advances that now define contemporary operative OHNS - all in one comprehensive, two-volume reference. Covers everything from why a procedure should be performed to the latest surgical techniques to post-operative management and outcomes - from experts in otolaryngology, plastic surgery, oral and maxillofacial surgery, neurological surgery, and ophthalmology"--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Moritz M. Ziegler, Richard G. Azizkhan, Daniel von Allmen, Thomas R. Weber.
    Contents:
    Part I: General Principles
    Part II: The Head and Neck
    Part III: Chest Wall and Thoracic Disease Part IV: Abdominal Disease Part V: Urology for the Pediatric Surgeon
    Part VI: Vascular System Anomalies
    Part VII: Neurosurgery for the Pediatric Surgeon
    Part VIII: Trauma
    Part IX: Surgical Endocrinology
    Part X: Oncology
    Part XI: Solid Organ Transplantation.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPediatrics
    AccessSurgery
  • Digital
    edited by Ari S. Hoschander, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Miami, FL, Christopher J. Salgado, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Miami, FL, Wrood Kassira, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Miami, FL, Seth R. Thaller, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Miami, FL.
    Contents:
    Part 1. General reconstruction
    part 2. Breast reconstruction
    part 3. Maxillofacial
    part 4. Comestic
    part 5. Hand.
  • Print
    under the general editorship of Charles Rob and Rodney Smith, associate editor, Hugh Dudley.
    Contents:
    v.[1], Abdomen, edited by Hugh Dudley [et al.] ; v.[3], Cardiothoracic surgery, edited by John W. Jackson ; v.[6], Eyes, edited by Stephen J. H. Miller ; v.[7], General principles, breast and hernia, edited by Hugh Dudley [et al.] ; v.[11], Neurosurgery, edited by Lindsay Symon ; v.[13],Orthopaedics, edited by George Bentley ; v.[14], Paediatric surgery, edited by H. Homewood Nixon ;
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD32 .O6
    8
  • Digital
    Paolo Aseni, Luciano De Carlis, Alessandro Mazzola, Antonino M. Grande, editors.
    Summary: The aim of this book is to identify and shed new light on the main surgical practices involved in acute care and trauma surgery. Adopting an evidence-based approach, a multidisciplinary team of surgeons and intensivists illustrate basic and advanced operative techniques, accompanied by a comprehensive and updated reference collection. Emerging surgical procedures in Acute Care Surgery are also explored step by step with the help of ample illustrations. Further, the book offers an overview of treatment options for acute organ failure, with a focus on peculiar clinical situations that call for special treatment, including: extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO), circulatory support and urgent liver transplantation. In order to identify the key determinants in decision-making and therapeutic support that can help avoid critical errors, authors not only define and discuss specific surgical techniques, but also present major issues and controversies related to it. In essence, the book can be considered a “What to do guide” that offers easy access to both basic and advanced lifesaving surgical procedures, due in part to text boxes highlighting “Tips, Tricks and Pitfalls” as well as advice on “Complications Management”. Many chapters are enriched by providing clinical case scenarios, an important educational resource including self–assessment questionnaires.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Michael S. Sabel, MD, editor ; Michael W. Mulholland, MD, PhD, editor-in-chief, illustrations by BodyScientific International, LLC.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD32 .O638 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Alexander Albert, Alexander Assmann, Anna Kathrin Assmann, Hug Aubin, Artur Lichtenberg, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an invaluable practically applicable and comprehensive manual to coronary artery bypass grafting (CABG) surgery. Critical concepts and techniques are discussed in an easy-to-follow and understand step-by-step guide, featuring a wealth of intraoperative photos and illustrations with concise and instructive descriptions. Topics covered include classical sternotomy, variants of arterial revascularization, off-pump and minimally invasive techniques (MICS-CABG). Operative Techniques in Coronary Artery Bypass Surgery provides invaluable assistance to residents, fellows and trainee surgeons by explaining theoretical and technical aspects of the latest advances in procedural techniques and therapy personalization to optimize CABG surgical outcome. Considering that any heart team depends entirely on the participants' knowledge and their willingness to cooperate, this work allows cardiologists and the other participants of a heart team to better understand the strengths and limitations of state-of-the-art surgical coronary revascularization. The concepts synthesized within the checklists and decision algorithms provided also enable the reader to develop their knowledge of which technique is the most appropriate for a particular patient. .

    Contents:
    Strategical considerations and key concepts
    Operative techniques 26
    Prototype patients 50
    Perspective MICS-CABG. 72.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    John P. Girvin.
    Summary: This book describes the specific surgical techniques currently employed in patients with intractable epilepsy; it also covers the relevant technical aspects of general neurosurgery. All of the approaches associated with the various foci of epilepsy within the cerebral hemispheres are considered, including temporal and frontal lobectomies and corticectomies, parietal and occipital lobe resections, corpus callosotomy, hemispherectomy, and multiple subpial incisions. In addition, an individual chapter is devoted to electrocortical stimulation and functional localization of the so-called eloquent cortex. The more general topics on which guidance is provided include bipolar coagulation (with coverage of the physical principles, strength of the coagulating current, use of coagulation forceps, the advantages of correct irrigation, and use of cottonoid patties) and all of the measures required during the performance of operations under local anesthesia. The book is designed to meet the need for a practically oriented source of precise information on the operative procedures employed in epilepsy patients and will be of special value for neurosurgical residents and fellows.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Gordon H. Baltuch, Arthur Cukiert.
    Summary: "Epilepsy is a common neurological disorder affecting an estimated 1% of the population, about 20 to 30% of which experience seizures inadequately controlled by medical therapy alone. Advances in anatomic and functional imaging modalities, stereotaxy, and the integration of neuronavigation during surgery have led to cutting-edge treatment options for patients with medically refractory epilepsy. Operative Techniques in Epilepsy Surgery, Second Edition, by Gordon H. Baltuch, Arthur Cukiert, and an impressive international group of contributors has been updated and expanded, reflecting the newest treatments for pediatric and adult epilepsy. Seven sections with 30 chapters encompass surgical planning, invasive EEG studies, cortical resection, intraoperative mapping, disconnection, neuromodulation, and further topics. Twelve cortical resection chapters cover surgical approaches such as amygdalohippocampectomy; hippocampal transection; frontal lobe, central region, and posterior quadrant resections; and microsurgery versus endoscopy for hypothalamic hamartomas. Disconnection procedures discussed in Section 5 include corpus callosotomy, hemispherectomy, and endoscopic-assisted approaches. Well-established procedures such as vagus nerve and deep brain stimulation are covered in the neuromodulation section, while the last section discusses radiosurgery for medically intractable cases. Key Highlights Chapters new to this edition include endoscopic callosotomy, laser-induced thermal therapy (LITT), and focused ultrasound High-quality illustrations, excellent operative and cadaver photographs, radiologic images, and tables enhance the understanding of impacted anatomy and specific techniques The addition of videos provides insightful step-by-step procedural guidance This is an essential reference for fellows and residents interested in epilepsy and functional neurosurgery, and an ideal overview for neurosurgeons, neurologists, and neuroradiologists in early stages of their career who wish to pursue this subspecialty"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    editors, Charles H. Thorne, Sammy Sinno ; editor-in-chief, Kevin C. Chung.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Mark E. Easley, MD; Sam W. Wiesel, MD.
    Summary: "Operative Techniques in Foot and Ankle Surgery provides full-color, step-by-step explanations of all operative procedures in podiatry. It contains the chapters on the foot and ankle from Sam W. Wiesel's Operative Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery. Written by experts from leading institutions around the world, this superbly illustrated volume focuses on mastery of operative techniques and also provides a thorough understanding of how to select the best procedure how to avoid complications and what outcomes to expect"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section I. Forefoot
    section II. Midfoot
    section III. Hindfoot
    section IV. Ankle
    section V. Sports-related procedures for ankle and hindfoot.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Mark Easley, MD ; editors-in-chief, Sam W. Wiesel, MD, Todd J. Albert, MD.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kenneth D. Hatch.
    Summary: "The Operative Techniques in Gynecologic Surgery series will put step-by-step surgical techniques at the fingertips of the gynecologic surgeon"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    I: Vulva
    Superficial vulvectomy
    Radical vulvectomy
    Groin dissection
    Sentinel nodes for vulva cancer
    Reconstructive flaps for the vulva
    II: Vagina
    Vaginectomy: partial and complete
    Laser of the vagina and vulva
    Reconstruction with VRAM flap and STSG
    III: Uterine cancer and sarcomas
    Open surgery for apparent early-stage endometrial cancer
    Vaginal hysterectomy for endometrial cancer
    Laparoscopic hysterectomy with pelvic and paraaortic node dissection
    Robotic extrafascial hysterectomy
    Robotic sentinel lymph node dissection
    Robotic pelvic, paraaortic, and infrarenal lymphadenectomies
    IV: Cervical cancer
    Colposcopy of preinvasive and invasive cervical cancers
    Radical trachelectomy
    Radical hysterectomy techniques: type B2 and type C2
    Nerve-sparing radical hysterectomy
    Sentinel lymphadenectomy in patients diagnosed with cervical cancer
    Complete pelvic node dissection
    Laparoscopic paraaortic node dissection for cervical cancer
    Robotic nerve-sparing radical hysterectomy
    Pelvic exenteration
    Urinary diversion
    Low rectal anastomosis
    V: Ovarian operations cancer and benign
    Ovarian cancer resection and debulking in the upper abdomen
    Ovarian cancer resection and debulking in the lower abdomen
    Early-stage ovarian cancer
    VI: Intestinal operations
    Bowel obstruction
    Bowel fistula
    VII: Urinary operations
    Bladder operations
    Ureteral operations
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Tommaso Falcone, MD, FRCS(C), FACOG, Professor of Surgery, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University, Chairman of Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology & Women's Health Institute, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio, M. Jean Uy-Kroh, MD, FACOG, Assistant Professor of Surgery, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology & Women's Health Institute, Director, Chronic Pelvic Pain Program, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio, Linda D. Bradley, MD, FACOG, Professor of Surgery, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University, Vice Chairman of Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology & Women's Health Institute, Director, Center for Fibroid and Menstrual Disorders, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    [edited by] Steven T. Nakajima, Travis W. McCoy, Miriam Sigrun Krause.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    series editor, Jonathan S. Berek ; [edited by] Christopher M. Tarnay.
    Summary: "Operative Techniques in Gynecologic Surgery is presented in four volumes--Gynecology, Reproductive Endocrinology and Infertility, Urogynecology, and Gynecologic Oncology. Their purpose is to provide clear and concise illustrations of essential operations representing the fundamental procedures for each of these subspecialties"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Anterior vaginal wall repair
    Apical prolapse repair: vaginal approach
    Posterior vaginal wall repair
    Apical prolapse repair: abdominal approach
    Urinary incontinence procedures
    Genitourinary fistula
    Rectovaginal fistula and perineal lacerations
    Approach to removal of vaginal mesh
    Urethral diverticulum and anterior vaginal wall cysts
    Cystoscopy.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Thomas R. Hunt III, Jerry I. Huang ; editor-in-chief, Sam W. Wiesel, Todd J. Albert.
    Summary: "Derived from Sam W. Wiesel and Todd Albert's four-volume Operative Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery, this single-volume resource contains the user-friendly, step-by-step information you need to confidently perform the full range of operative techniques from the hand to the elbow. In one convenient place, you'll find the entire Hand, Wrist, and Elbow section, as well as relevant chapters from the Pediatrics; Shoulder and Elbow; and Sports Medicine sections of Operative Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery. Superb full-color illustrations and step-by-step explanations help you master surgical techniques, select the best procedure, avoid complications, and anticipate outcomes. Written by global experts from leading institutions, Operative Techniques in Hand, Wrist, and Elbow Surgery, Third Edition, provides authoritative, easy-to-follow guidance to both the novice trainee or experienced surgeon"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Conor P. Delaney, Justin K. Lawrence, Deborah S. Keller, Bradley J. Champagne, Anthony J. Senagore.
    Summary: "The Second Edition of Operative Techniques in Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery is designed to give surgeons the learning tools they need to understand and successfully incorporate laparoscopic colorectal surgery into their practice. Because of the steep learning curve for this technique, this edition goes to great lengths to cover every aspect of each procedure in great detail -- even including the pitfalls to avoid. To help the reader with pattern-recognition, detailed, four-color photographs of important landmarks have been incorporated for them to review. Plus, an edited video is included to provide clear, step-by-step instruction of each procedure. Surgeons need appropriate training before incorporating laparoscopic colorectal surgery into their practice. This book will be a useful resource for residents, fellows in training, and surgeons who are either attending courses in laparoscopic colorectal surgery or are at an early stage of integrating this technique into their practice. FEATURES: Chapters contain a detailed textual description of procedural steps and common pitfalls Includes sections on management of intraoperative complications and other useful tips All new major operative videos Includes an expanded list of colorectal procedures New chapters include Mobilization of the Mesorectum, Handsewn Coloanal Anastomosis, Robotic Single-port Right Colonectomy, Single Port Total Colectomy with End Ileostomy, Robotic Low Anterior Resection"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    Lunan Yan, editor.
    Contents:
    Liver Anatomy and the History of Hepatectomy
    Anatomy in Liver Resection
    Assessment of the Patient before Liver Resection
    The Application of CT and MRI in Hepatectomy
    Liver Fibrosis and Its Assessment
    Ultrasound Elastography in the Assessment of Liver Fibrosis
    Techniques of Vascular Inflow Occlusion and Liver Parenchymal Transaction
    Hepatic Parechyma Transection Using Modern Instruction
    The Key Points of Postoperative Monitoring and Nursing Care
    Short-term Outcomes of Liver Resection
    Long-term Outcomes of Liver Resection
    Glisson?s Pedicle Approach and Liver Round Ligament Approach in Anatomical Hepatectomy
    Anatomical Liver Resection
    Mesohepatectomy
    Liver resection for Primary Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Surgical Treatment of Hepatocellular Carcinoma Accompanied With Portal Vein Tumor Thrombus
    Liver ResectioLiver Resection of Secondary Liver Cancer
    HepatectomyHepatectomy for Hepatic Hemangioma
    Liver ResectioLiver Resection of Hepatic Hydatid Disease
    HepatolithiasiHepatolithiasis Hepatectomy
    Liver ResectioLiver Resection for Hilar Cholangiocarcinoma
    HepatectomyHepatectomy for gallbladder carcinoma
    Liver ResectioLiver Resection in Pediatric Patients
    Laparoscopic Laparoscopic Liver Resection
    Application ofApplication of PVE in Hepatic Surgery
    Associating LiAssociating Liver Partition and Portal Vein Ligation for Staged Hepatectomy
    Pediatric LivinPediatric Living Donor Liver Transplantation
    Right HepatecRight Hepatectomy with Middle hepatic vein in Living Donor
    Resection andResection and Procurement of the Right Hemi-liver in Adult-to-adult Living Donor Liver Transplantationnsplantation
    Right PosterioRight Posterior Sector Graft for Living Donor Liver Transplantation
    Procurement Procurement of Liver Graft
    Laparoscopic Laparoscopic Donor Liver Resection
    Native Liver RNative Liver Resection in Liver Transplantation
    Split Liver TraSplit Liver Transplantation and Reduced-size Liver Transplantation
    Ex vivo Liver REx vivo Liver Resection and Autotransplantation
    Vessel ExposuVessel Exposure and Reconstruction in Liver Transplantation
    Look Forward to the Future.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Gordon K. Lee, editor ; Kevin C. Chung, editor-in-chief.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael A. Belfort, Alireza A. Shamshirsaz, Steven L. Clark, Karin A. Fox.
    Summary: "The fifth volume in Dr. Jonathan Berek's bestselling series, Operative Techniques in Obstetric Surgery provides superbly illustrated, authoritative guidance on operative techniques along with a thorough understanding of how to select the best procedure, how to avoid complications, and what outcomes to expect. Easy to follow, up to date, and highly visual, this step-by-step reference covers the most common operations in obstetrics and is ideal for residents and physicians in daily practice"--Publisher

    Contents:
    Section I: general considerations. A brief overview of needles, sutures, and knots ; Surgical instruments ; Pelvic anatomy ; Incision and closure ; Fetal operative imaging ; Clinical simulation ; Management of critical surgical pregnant patients
    Section II: Preconception considerations. Operative concerns in patients with congenital anomalies of the reproductive tract and external genitalia for the obstetrician ; Scar defects (niche and isthmocele) ; Uterus transplantation ; Abdominal cerclage
    Section III: Antepartum. Cesarean scar pregnancy: diagnosis and management ; First- and second-trimester termination of pregnancy ; Gestational trophoblastic disease ; Invasive prenatal diagnostic procedures ; Surgical management of adnexal mass in pregnancy ; Diagnostic and operative laparoscopy ; Cerclage ; Trauma in pregnancy ; Obstetric anesthesiology ; Surgical principles of fetal interventions ; Uterine defect repair in an ongoing pregnancy
    Section IV: Intrapartum. Episiotomy and episiotomy repair ; Vaginal breech delivery ; Delivery of multiple gestations ; Operative vaginal delivery ; Shoulder dystocia ; Cesarean delivery ; Peripartum hysterectomy ; Placenta previa ; Placenta accreta spectrum ; Gastrointestinal injuries during delivery ; Urologic injuries during delivery
    Section V: Postpartum. Management of postpartum hemorrhage ; Lower genital tract lacerations and hematomas ; Uterine inversion ; Postcesarean complications ; Postpartum sterilization
    Section VI: Other procedures. Low-resource operative obstetrics ; Vaginal fistula repair ; Disseminated intravascular coagulation in pregnancy ; Massive transfusion ; Delivery management in morbid obesity ; Management and delivery of conjoined twins ; Endovascular aortic balloon occlusion in obstetrics.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2023
  • Digital
    Sam W. Wiesel, editor-in-chief ; editors, Javad Parvizi [and three others].
    Contents:
    v. 1. Sports medicine, pelvis and lower extremity trauma, adult reconstruction
    v. 2. Pediatrics, oncology
    v. 3. Hand, wrist and forearm, shoulder and elbow
    v. 4. Foot and ankle, spine.
  • Digital
    editors in-chief, Sam W. Wiesel, Todd J. Albert.
    Summary: "Lavishly illustrated, comprehensive in scope, and easy to use, the third edition of Operative Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery guides you to mastery of every surgical procedure you're likely to perform - while also providing a thorough understanding of how to select the best procedure, how to avoid complications, and what outcomes to expect. More than 800 global experts take you step by step through each procedure, and 13,000 full-color intraoperative photographs and drawings clearly demonstrate how to perform the techniques. Extensive use of bulleted points and a highly templated format allow for quick and easy reference across each of the four volumes"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2021
  • Digital
    Paul Tornetta III, MD ; Sam W. Wiesel, MD ; with select chapters from: Shoulder and elbow edited by Gerald R. Williams, Jr., MD, Matthew L. Ramsey, MD, Brent B. Wiesel, MD ; Hand wrist and forearm edited by Thomas R. Hunt, III, MD, DSc ; Foot and ankle edited by Mark E. Easley, MD.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Paul Tornetta, III ; Sam W. Wiesel and Todd J. Albert, editors-in-chief.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] John M. (Jack) Flynn, MD, Wudbhav N. Sankar, MD.
    Summary: "Offering a comprehensive, authoritative review of today's orthopaedic surgery procedures, Operative Techniques in Orthopaedic Surgery, Third Edition, provides lavishly illustrated, expert guidance for virtually any orthopaedic procedure you're likely to perform. This highly acclaimed reference focuses on mastery of operative techniques while also providing a thorough understanding of how to select the best procedure, how to avoid complications, and what outcomes to expect. More than 1,000 global experts take you step by step through each procedure, and 13,000 full-color intraoperative photographs and drawings clearly demonstrate how to perform the techniques, making this an essential daily resource for residents, fellows, and practitioners"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    Daniel P. Geisler, Deborah S. Keller, Eric M. Haas, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] John M. Rhee, MD ; Scott D. Boden, MD ; Sam W. Wiesel, MD.
    Contents:
    Section I. Cervical
    Section II. Thoracolumbar
    Section III. Oncology
    Section IV. Deformity
    Section V. Complications
    Section VI. Intradural surgery
    Section VII. Pediatric spine
    Section VIII. Surgical approaches ot the spine.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    editors, John M. Rhee, Scott D. Boden ; editors-in-chief, Sam W. Wiesel, Todd J. Albert.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mark D. Miller, MD, S. Ward Cascells Professor, Head, Division of Sports Medicine, Department of of Orthopaedic Surgery, University of Virginia, Director, Miller Review Course, Charlottesville, Virginia, Team Physician, James Madison University, Harrisonburg, Virginia ; Sam W. Wiesel, MD, editor-in-chief, Chairman and Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Georgetown University Medical School, Washington, DC.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Mark D. Miller ; editors-in-chief, Sam W. Wiesel, MD, Todd J. Albert, MD.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Michael W. Mulholland, MD, PhD, editor-in-chief ; editors, Daniel Albo, MD, PhD, Ronald L. Dalman, MD, Mary T. Hawn, MD, MPH, Steven J. Hughes, MD, Michael S. Sabel, MD ; illustrations by: BodyScientific International, LLC.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD32 .O65 2015
    2
  • Digital
    Mary T. Hawn, editor-in-chief; editors, Aurora D. Pryor, Steven J. Hughes, Daniel Albo, Michael S. Sabel, Kellie R. Brown, Amy J. Goldberg.
    Summary: "With an emphasis on the "how and why" of contemporary surgery, Operative Techniques in Surgery, Second Edition, features concise, bulleted text, full-color illustrations, and intraoperative photographs to clarify exactly what to look for and how to proceed. Meticulously edited by Drs. Mary T. Hawn, Aurora D. Pryor, Steven J. Hughes, Michael S. Sabel, Kellie R. Brown and Amy J. Goldberg, this comprehensive, two-volume surgical atlas focuses on the steps of each technique, rapidly directing you to the information you need to choose the right approach for each patient, perform it successfully, and achieve the best possible results. Coverage includes open as well as laparoscopic, robotic, endoscopic, and endovascular procedures in gastrointestinal, thoracic, esophageal, colorectal, hepatobiliary, breast, endocrine, dermatologic, vascular, and trauma surgery. New, comprehensive section on trauma surgery, helmed by trauma expert Dr. Amy J. Goldberg. New section editors for esophageal and foregut surgery and vascular surgery, Dr. Aurora D. Pryor minimally invasive surgery leader and Kellie R. Brown, expert in vascular surgery. New videos, personally selected by contributing authors and editors, accompany numerous chapters throughout the book. Extensive updates throughout, including new coverage of the American Board of Surgery's SCORE Curricula for General Surgery and for Complex General Surgical Oncology. Each procedure follows the same format: differential diagnosis, patient history and physical findings, imaging and other diagnostic studies, surgical management, techniques, pearls and pitfalls, postoperative care, outcomes, and complications"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2023
  • Digital
    Michael J. Englesbe, editor: Michael W. Mulholland, Editor-in Chief.
    Contents:
    Deceased donor kidney procurement
    Living donor kidney procurement
    Kidney transplantation surgical procedures
    Deceased donor liver procurement
    Living donor liver procurement
    Whole graft liver transplantation
    Liver transplantation: venous outflow
    Liver transplantation: portal vein reconstruction
    Liver transplantation: arterial reconstruction
    Liver transplantation: biliary reconstruction
    Partial graft liver transplantation
    Pancreas transplantation surgical procedures
    Lung transplantation surgical procedures
    Portal hypertension surgical procedures.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital/Print
    editor, Ronald L. Dalman, Editor, Chidester Professor of Surgery, Division Chief of Vascular Surgery, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California, editor-in-chief, Michael W. Mulholland, Professor of Surgery and Chair, Department of Surgery, University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbpr, Michigan.
    Summary: This book covers the full range of procedures relating to vascular surgery, including cerebrovascular arterial surgery and intervention, thoracic outlet syndrome management, surgery of the thoracoabdominal aorta, and revascularization procedures.

    Contents:
    Section I. Cerebrovascular arterial surgery/intervention
    section II. Management of the thoracic outlet
    section III. Upper extremity reconstruction/revascularization
    section IV. Thoracic aorta distal to the pericardium
    section V. Hybrid, open and endovascular approaches to the suprarenal abdominal aorta
    section VI. Celiac, mesenteric, splenic, hepatic and renal artery disease management
    section VII. The abdominal aorta and iliac arterial system
    section VIII. Infrainguinal arterial disease management/limb salvage strategies
    section IX. Surgical management of venous disease.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Abdhish R. Bhavsar.
    Summary: "Master new procedures and improve outcomes with Operative Techniques in Vitreoretinal Surgery. This easy-to-read, "how-to" surgical atlas offers expert, step-by-step guidance on how to successfully perform basic retina and vitreous surgery as well as more involved complex and advanced procedures. Edited by Abdhish R. Bhavsar, MD, this unique resource focuses on the essentials of operative technique, helping both the novice and advanced retina surgeon make the most of the latest, most effective procedures in this fast-moving field"-- publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Front matter
    Copyright
    Dedication
    List of contributors
    Preface
    Contents
    Video contents
    Scleral buckle surgery
    Vitrectomy surgery
    23-gauge vitrectomy surgery
    25-gauge vitrectomy surgery
    27-gauge vitrectomy
    Epiretinal membrane surgery
    Intravitreous injections
    Pneumatic retinopexy
    Air-fluid exchange
    Drainage of choroidal hemorrhage, detachment, or effusions
    Surgical vitreous implants
    Vitreous biopsy for endophthalmitis, uveitis, or cytology
    Artificial retina/retinal prosthesis surgery
    Macular hole surgery
    Surgery for recurrent, persistent, or large macular holes
    Proliferative diabetic retinopathy and vitreous hemorrhage
    Surgical management of open-globe injuries
    Surgery for proliferative vitreoretinopathy
    Surgery for submacular hemorrhage
    Laser surgery for retinopathy of prematurity
    Scleral buckle surgery for retinal detachment associated with neonatal retinopathy of prematurity
    Vitrectomy surgery for retinopathy of prematurity
    Surgical biopsy techniques for intraocular tumors
    Management of dislocated intraocular lenses or aphakia by scleral or iris fixation techniques
    Surgery for intraocular tumors
    Vitrectomy technology and techniques
    Vitrectomy instrumentation: Scissors, forceps, picks
    Vitrectomy visualization systems and techniques
    Robotic surgery
    Subretinal gene therapy delivery
    AU-011 for choroidal melanoma
    The intersection of retina and glaucoma.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    [edited by] Harold A. Stein, Raymond M. Stein, Melvin I. Freeman.
    Summary: Now in its tenth edition, the best-selling The Ophthalmic Assistant, by Drs. Harold A. Stein, Raymond M. Stein, and Melvin I. Freeman, is your go-to resource for practical, up-to-date guidance on ocular diseases, surgical procedures, medications, and equipment, as well as paramedical procedures and office management in the ophthalmology, optometry, opticianry or eye care settings. Thoroughly updated content and more than 1,000 full-color illustrations cover all the knowledge and skills you need for your day-to-day duties as well as success on certification and recertification exams. This comprehensive text provides essential learning and practical guidance for ophthalmic assistants, technicians, medical technologists, physician assistants, and all others involved in ocular care, helping each become a valuable asset to the eye care team. -- Publisher.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Harold A. Stein, Raymond M. Stein, Melvin I. Freeman.
    Summary: "Covering all the knowledge and skills needed for everyday duties as well as success on certification and recertification exams, The Ophthalmic Assistant, 11th Edition, is an essential resource for allied health personnel working in ophthalmology, optometry, opticianry, and other eye care settings. Drs. Harold A. Stein, Raymond M. Stein, and Melvin I. Freeman are joined by new editor Dr. Rebecca Stein and several new contributing authors who provide practical, up-to-date guidance on ocular diseases, surgical procedures, medications, and equipment, as well as paramedical procedures and office management for today's practice. This outstanding reference and review tool provides essential knowledge and guidance for ophthalmic assistants, technicians, and technologists as critical members of the eye care team"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the eye
    Physiology of the eye
    Optics
    Pharmacology
    Microbiology
    Office efficiency and public relations
    History taking
    Preliminary examination
    Visual function and impairment
    Understanding ophthalmic equipment
    Maintenance of ophthalmic equipment and instruments
    Refractive errors and how to correct them
    Facts about glasses
    Rigid contact lenses: basics
    Soft contact lenses
    Advanced techniques in soft and rigid contact lens fitting
    Managing a contact lens practice
    Visual fields
    Automated visual field testing
    Computers in ophthalmic practice
    Ocular injuries
    The urgent case
    Common eye disorders
    Common retinal disorders
    Glaucoma
    Uveitis
    Dry eye disease
    Examination of the newborn, infant, and small child
    Ocular motility, binocular vision, and strabismus
    Aseptic technique and minor office surgery
    The operative patient
    Highlights of ocular surgery
    Assisting the surgeon
    Ambulatory surgery
    Lasers in ophthalmology
    Refractive surgery: today and the future
    Corneal collagen crosslinking in the management of ectatic diseases
    Wavefront aberrations and custom ablation
    Ophthalmic photography
    Optical coherence tomography
    Computerized corneal topography
    Specular microscopy
    Diagnostic ultrasound
    Blind persons in the modern world
    Cardiopulmonary resuscitation
    History of spectacles
    Art and the eye
    Allied health personnel in ophthalmology
    Ophthalmology ethics
    Allied ophthalmic health personnel: scope of practice
    Testing and certification of ophthalmic skills
    The development of allied ophthalmic personnel in North America and worldwide
    Ophthalmic assisting in the international community and in the prevention of blindness
    Eye banking
    Atlas of common eye diseases and disorders
    Appendices. Ocular emergencies
    Following universal precautions
    Principles of informed consent
    Abbreviations and symbols in clinical use
    Optical constants of the eye
    Metric conversion (united states)
    Skill checklists
    Translations of commonly asked questions and commands
    Office supplies in common use
    Estimating visual loss
    Vision and driving
    Diopters to millimeters of radius conversion tables
    Vertex conversion table
    Diopters of corneal refracting power to millimeters of radius of curvature
    Compensation for effect of vertex distances when plus lens is moved away from the eye
    Compensation for effect of vertex distances when plus lens is moved toward the eye
    Dioptric curves for extended range of keratometer.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Parul Ichhpujani, Manpreet Singh, editors.
    Summary: The goal of this book is to offer readers essential information on the morphological features of ophthalmic surgical instruments, their possible uses, and intraoperative handling of the standard and latest instrumentation across ophthalmology subspecialties. Detailed content on basic and advanced instruments for both anterior and posterior segment surgeries is also provided, helping readers use them in the most effective and efficient manner. This handy manual also provides valuable insights into proper sterilization techniques, suture materials, and common OR equipment and machines. The text is richly illustrated throughout. As part of the series "Current Practices in Ophthalmology", this volume is intended for residents, fellows-in-training, generalist ophthalmologists, and specialists alike.

    Contents:
    Sterilization and care of Ophthalmic Instruments
    Ophthalmic surgical sutures and needles
    Basics of surgical instruments
    Anterior segment surgery instruments
    Posterior segment surgery instruments
    Ophthalmic plastic and orbital surgery instruments
    Refractive surgery instruments
    Ophthalmic operating room machines.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Lars Freisberg, M.D.; Nate Lighthizer O.D., F.A.A.O.; Leonid Skorin Jr. D.O., O.D., M.S., F.A.A.O., F.A.O.C.O.; Karl Stonecipher M.D., F.A.A.O.; Aaron B. Zimmerman O.D., M.S., F.A.A.O.
    Summary: "As new laser technology continues to emerge in the eye care field, there is a need for an up-to-date, comprehensive resource for eye care providers who are learning or currently performing these laser procedures. Edited by Lars Freisberg, Nate Lighthizer, Leonid Skorin, Jr., Karl Stonecipher, and Aaron Zimmerman, The Ophthalmic Laser Handbook is a practical, clinical guide that covers everything from indications and procedural techniques to contraindications and potential adverse events. This all-in-one reference, including over 45 videos of laser procedures in the e-version, is designed for all eye care providers-from those performing the procedures to those co-managing pre- and post-operative visits. , Reviews all current lasers used across all regions of the eye. Features complete coverage of each procedure, including background, indications, contraindications, informed consent, pre- and post-operative considerations, complications, efficacy, billing/coding, and more. Presents bulleted lists of key information in every chapter for quick reference. Includes videos of all major laser procedures being performed by the author team of renowned ophthalmologists and optometrists. Provides a portable, easy-to-use resource for everyday clinical use and for the professional development of students, residents, and practitioners. Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech." -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    Suzanne K. Freitag, MD, N. Grace Lee, MD, Daniel R. Lefebvre, MD, FACS, Michael K. Yoon, MD.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michael A. Burnstine, Steven C. Dresner, David B. Samimi, Helen A. Merritt.
    Summary: "Management of the upper face can be challenging. The idea for this text came as a response to teaching the finer points of eyelid ptosis management and upper facial rejuvenation to our residents and fellows of ophthalmology, facial plastic surgery, plastic surgery, and oral maxillofacial surgery. In the course of our clinical practice, we find that surgeons performing blepharoplasty and browelevating procedures frequently miss upper eyelid ptosis and/or brow malposition. We have recruited world-class expert oculofacial plastic surgeons to break down the steps in comprehensive evaluation and management of upper facial changes: eyelid ptosis, dermatochalasis, and eyebrow ptosis. In the ensuing chapters, we examine the clinical assessment of patients who present with upper eyelid and eyebrow concerns and provide a useful treatment protocol to address these issues. The surgical management chapters provide a step-by-step approach for the beginning surgeon with finer tips embedded for the more nuanced and advanced surgeon. We designed this text to enable providers to offer optimal treatment to all patients who present with upper facial concerns. Videos: A selection of videos is available on MedOne illustrating the concepts and procedures covered in this book"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Rasha Abbas.
    Summary: This book provides a visual overview of how to master ultrasonography and ultrasound biomicroscopy techniques. Updated ultrasonic information is included in a simple brief way, featuring didactic points, with a variety of documented scans and illustrated lines underneath for more clarification. Each pathology is accompanied with several scans of different findings to give more information of distinct detections. Ophthalmic Ultrasonography and Ultrasound Biomicroscopy: A Clinical Guide examines many clinical complexities with possible solutions when performing and interpreting ultrasound while also breaking down information for easier intake. The clinical cases are from a specialist eye hospital where many complicated cases are treated, giving a unique insight for the reader to understand treatment for a variety of cases. The book also emphasises the importance of everyday cases with further explanation whilst utilising a diversity of pictures and labels.

    Contents:
    Introduction and ultrasound examination
    UBM Examination
    Vitreoretinal Diseases
    Ocular Trauma
    Pediatric Ophthalmology
    Ocular Tumors
    Uveitis
    Glaucoma
    Optic Nerve Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gerhard K. Lang.
    Contents:
    The ophthalmic examination / Gabriele E. Lang and Gerhard K. Lang
    Eyelids (palpebrae) / Peter Wagner and Gerhard K. Lang
    Lacrimal system / Peter Wagner and Gerhard K. Lang
    Conjunctiva / Gerhard K. Lang and Gabriele E. Lang
    Cornea / Gerhard K. Lang
    Sclera / Gerhard K. Lang
    Lens / Gerhard K. Lang
    Uveal tract (vascular layer) / Gabriele E. Lang and Gerhard K. Lang
    Pupil / Oskar Gareis and Gerhard K. Lang
    Glaucoma / Gerhard K. Lang
    Vitreous body / Christoph W. Spraul and Gerhard K. Lang
    Retina / Gabriele E. Lang and Gerhard K. Lang
    Optic nerve / Oskar Gareis and Gerhard K. Lang
    Visual pathway / Oskar Gareis and Gerhard K. Lang
    Orbital cavity / Christoph W. Spraul and Gerhard K. Lang
    Optics and refractive errors / Christoph W. Spraul and Gerhard K. Lang
    Ocular motility and strabismus / Joachim Esser, Doris Recker, and Gerhard K. Lang
    Ocular trauma / Gerhard K. Lang
    Cardinal symptoms / Stefan Lang, Gerhard K. Lang.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Education
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
  • Digital
    lead editors, Myron Yanoff, Jay S. Duker ; section editors, James J. Augsburger and [11 others].
    Contents:
    Genetics
    Optics and refraction
    Refractive surgery
    Cornea and ocular surface diseases
    The lens
    Retina and vitreous
    Uveitis and other intraocular inflammations
    Intraocular tumors
    Neuro-ophthalmology
    Glaucoma
    Pediatric and adult strabismus
    Orbit and oculoplastics.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Prem S. Subramanian, editor.
    Summary: Aiming to stimulate future research in ocular disorders that occur in specific environments presenting unique hazards to the eye, systemic health, or both, this book assists in identification and effective treatment for these cases. Ophthalmology in Extreme Environments identifies common approaches to the care of disease and injury in these conditions, recognizing gaps in knowledge and working toward better informing the reader. Topics covered include high altitude and vision changes, night vision and military operations, undersea environmental medicine, and modern eye trauma surgery and outcomes.

    Contents:
    1. Neuro-Ophthalmolmic Sequelae of Sustained Microgravity
    2. The Effects of Extreme Altitude on the Eye and Vision
    3. Refractive Surgery in Aviators
    4. Night Vision and Military Operations
    5. Deep-Sea Environments and the Eye
    6. Lessons from Animals in Extreme Environments
    7. Industrial and Military Eye Injuries and Eye Protection Challenges.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Christopher J. Calvano, Robert W. Enzenauer, Anthony J. Johnson, editors.
    Summary: Trauma to the eye and associated structures account for a significant number of combat-related injuries, and combat ocular trauma has steadily risen in frequency over the last century. Ophthalmology in Military and Civilian Casualty Care comprehensively examines the accommodations and modifications that must be made in order to treat such ocular traumas in a military setting. Created by ophthalmology experts actively serving in the military at various levels, this book is designed to improve ophthalmic casualty outcomes across military settings. A history of military ophthalmology serves as the opening chapter, setting the stage for subsequent chapters examining the intricacies and advancements of damage control ophthalmology, prehospital care of combat eye injuries, neuro-ophthalmic manifestations of trauma, and further severe ocular conditions. Later chapters explore the preventative and proactive efforts to reduce and treat combat-related ocular trauma by developing "eye armor" for the American infantry and military-affiliated ophthalmic surgical missions. Complete with high-quality color illustrations and figures, this unique book will serve as an invaluable, practical reference for military physicians, military ophthalmologists, ophthalmology professors, residents, and fellows interested in combat medicine and eye trauma.

    Contents:
    History of Military Ophthalmology
    Damage Control Ophthalmology
    Damage Control Ophthalmology
    Emergency Department Considerations
    Damage Control Ophthalmology
    Anesthesia Considerations
    Diagnostic Imaging Considerations in Damage Control Ophthalmology
    Damage Control Surgery: Blast
    Anterior Segment Trauma
    Posterior Segment
    Traumatic Glaucoma
    Periocular and Orbital Trauma
    Neuro-Ophthalmic Manifestations of Trauma
    Pediatric Ophthalmology Chapter for Ophthalmology in Military and Civilian Casualty Care
    Uveitis
    Prehospital Care of Combat Eye Injuries
    Toxicology in Military and Civilian Disaster Environments.-Winning the Hearts and Minds
    OPHTHALMOLOGY.-Eye Armor.-Missions
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Damien Matthisen Luviano.
    Contents:
    I. Ophthalmic signs
    Case 1.1. The red eye
    Case 1.2. Blood on Iris
    Case 1.3. Dark fundus lesion
    II. External segment of the eye (Conjunctiva, sclera, eyelid)
    Case 2.1. Sticky red eye
    Case 2.2. Dark spots
    Case 2.3. Ptosis
    Case 2.4. Red lid
    Case 2.5. Inturned eyelid
    Case 2.6. Swollen eye
    Case 2.7. Second opinion chalazion
    Case 2.8. Lid lesion
    Case 2.9. College red eyes
    Case 2.10. Stumbling red eye
    III. Anterior segment of the eye (Cornea, anterior chamber, iris cataract)
    Case 3.1. White pupil
    Case 3.2. Miscarriages
    Case 3.3. Blurry vision post laser
    Case 3.4. Hit in the eye by a rock
    Case 3.5. Red eye
    Case 3.6. Pediatric lens dislocation
    Case 3.7. Psychotic patient
    Case 3.8. Blurry eye
    Case 3.9. Eye scratch
    IV. Orbit
    Case 4.1. Swollen eye
    Case 4.2. Bulging eyes
    Case 4.3. Intraorbital foreign body
    V. Neuro-ophthalmology
    Case 5.1. Nonhealing third palsy
    Case 5.2. Double trouble reading
    Case 5.3. Blurry vision with bending
    Case 5.4. Gradual blindness
    Case 5.5. Different eye colors
    Case 5.6. Painful blindness
    VI. Glaucoma
    Case 6.1. Left visual field loss
    Case 6.2. Postoperative glaucoma
    Case 6.3. Brown eye, blue eye
    Case 6.4. Unilateral glaucoma
    Case 6.5. Painful eye
    VII. Retina, vitreous, and uveitis
    Case 7.1. Cotton-wool spots
    Case 7.2. Off-center spot
    Case 7.3. Post cataract surgery pain
    Case 7.4. Dark retinal lesion
    Case 7.5. Weird pupil
    Case 7.6. Intravenous drug user (IVDU) floaters
    Case 7.7. Uncontrolled hypertension
    Case 7.8. Wavy vision
    Case 7.9. Retinal hemorrhage
    Case 7.10. Retinal neovascularization
    VIII. Pediatric ophthalmology
    Case 8.1. White eyes
    Case 8.2. Large pupils
    Case 8.3. Purulent eye
    Case 8.4. Birthmark
    IX. Strabismus
    Case 9.1. Lazy eye
    Case 9.2. Crossed eyes
    Case 9.3. Cross-eyed newborn
    X. Optics
    Case 10.1. Crossing guard
    Case 10.2. Circle of confusion
    Case 10.3. Wrong prescription
    Case 10.4. Teen trouble
    Case 10.5. Red-green
    Case 10.6. Night blindness
    XI. Trauma
    Case 11.1. Steering wheel
    Case 11.2. Gunshot victim
    Case 11.3. White retina
    Case 11.4. Tennis vision
    Case 11.5. Swing and a miss
    Case 11.6. Sharpening knives
    XII. Sample oral exam I
    XIII. Sample oral exam II
    Appendix A: Frequently asked questions
    Appendix B: Figure legends and credit lines.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Lora R. Dagi Glass.
    Summary: "Looking for an efficient and thorough question-based ophthalmology review for residency exams, board review and beyond? Look no further! Ophthalmology Q&A Board Review features a compilation of board review questions curated by expert subspecialists and edited by Harvard- and Columbia University-trained ophthalmologist Lora R. Dagi Glass. The text mirrors the multiple-choice format of the Written Qualifying Examination (WQE) portion of the American Board of Ophthalmology (ABO). The Q&A board prep review encompasses a thorough ophthalmology curriculum, with more than 1,000 questions classified as easy, medium, or hard. Clear and detailed explanations make difficult topics, such as optics, easier to understand. Key Highlights Written and online formats provide multimodal and on-the-go review Each question includes a detailed answer explaining correct and incorrect choices, enhancing learning and knowledge retention A wealth of high-quality images augments the text This book is a great resource for ophthalmology residents preparing for Ophthalmic Knowledge Assessment Program and candidates studying for the ABO. Lora R. Dagi Glass, MD, is an Ophthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive Surgeon at Columbia University Irving Medical Center, New York, New York. An award-winning international medical and scientific publisher, Thieme has demonstrated its commitment to the highest standard of quality in the state-of-the-art content and presentation of all its products. Founded in 1886, the Thieme name has become synonymous with high quality and excellence in online and print publishing"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cornea, External Disease, and Anterior Segment / Danielle Trief
    Glaucoma / Veena Rao
    Lens and Cataract / Lisa Park
    Neuro-Ophthalmology / Alverto Distefano
    Oculofacial, Plastics, and Orbit / Lora Glass
    Pediatric Ophthalmology and Strabismus / Euna Koo, Sylvia H. Yoo, Allison R. Loh, Catherine Choi, Mimi Trager Cabrera, and Maanasa Indaram
    Refractive Management and Optics / Craig See
    Retina, Vitreous, and Intraocular Tumors / Tongalp Tezel
    Uveitis / Stephanie Llop
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kuldev Singh, MD, MPH, William E. Smiddy, MD, Andrew G. Lee, MD.
    Contents:
    Part I: Cornea and external disease
    Part II: Lens
    Part III: Glaucoma
    Part IV: Retina
    Part V: Uveitis
    Part VII: Posterior segment complications
    Part VIII: Trauma
    Part IX: Neuro-ophtalmology
    Part X: Pediatrics
    Part XI: Orbit/oculoplastics.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
  • Digital
    [edited by] Deepak L. Bhatt.
    Contents:
    Drugs for ischemic heart disease
    Antihypertensive therapies
    Heart failure
    Drugs for diabetes
    Drugs for obesity
    Lipid-modifying drugs
    Drugs targeting inflammation
    Antithrombotic drugs
    Antiarrhythmic drugs
    Vascular medicine drugs
    Drugs for pulmonary hypertension.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Heath B. McAnally.
    Summary: This unique and timely title offers a comprehensive assessment of the previously underappreciated risks and potentially overstated benefits of chronic opioid therapy. It does so by approaching the rampant problem of opioid abuse and addiction - currently labeled an epidemic in the United States -- from a public health/epidemiologic perspective. That is, following a thorough overview in Part 1 that compares (and contrasts) classic infectious disease epidemiology concepts with the epidemic, the book categorizes our current understanding of basic science and best clinical practices in opioid therapy in terms of Agent (opioid), Vector (prescriber) and Host (patient) factors. The majority of the book, which includes a plethora of instructional case studies, is organized according to these three arenas. Opioid Dependence: A Clinical and Epidemiologic Approach is designed to update all clinicians on opioid basic science, current areas of drug improvement research and development, alternatives to opioid therapy, evidence-based indications for opioid therapy, and clinical strategies for preventing and overcoming opioid dependence. Importantly, an overview of clinical practice guidelines from the American Society of Addiction Medicine, with its biopsychosocial-spiritual "multidimensional assessment" focus is provided, along with a discussion of medication-assisted treatment, organized by the three currently FDA-approved pharmacotherapeutics (methadone, buprenorphine and naltrexone). Developed for practitioners at every level, this ground-breaking title offers a fresh and novel approach to improving the care and outcomes of patients receiving opioid therapy.

    Contents:
    An epidemiologic perspective
    Understanding the agent, part I : opioid biology and basic pharmacology
    Understanding the agent, part II : adverse effects
    Understanding the agent, part III : specific drugs
    Attenuating the agent : reducing opioid "virulence"
    Best practices education, part I : pain physiology, psychology, and alternatives to opioids
    Best practices education, part II : evidence for and against opioid therapy
    Best practices education, part III : regulatory and advisory issues related to opioid therapy for pain
    Focusing on the host
    Addressing host factors : overview of dependence and addiction
    Opioid dependence risk factors and risk assessment
    Addressing host factors : primary, secondary, and tertiary prevention of opioid dependence.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Santi M. Spampinato.
    Contents:
    Overview of genetic analysis of human opioid receptors / Santi M. Spampinato
    Computational structural biology of opioid receptors / Davide Provasi
    Analysis of epigenetic mechanisms regulating opioid receptor gene transcription / Cheol Kyu Hwang [and three others]
    Renilla luciferase reporter assay to study 3'UTR-Driven posttranscriptional regulations of OPRM1 / Gabriele Vincelli and Andrea Bedini
    High-throughput gene expression profiling of opioid-induced alterations in discrete brain areas / Michal Korostynski [and three others]
    Real-time imaging of mu opioid receptors by total internal reflection fluorescence microscopy / Cristina Roman-Vendrell and Guillermo Ariel Yudowski
    In vivo techniques to investigate the internalization profile of opioid receptors / Amynah A. Pradhan [and three others]
    Monitoring opioid receptor dimerization in living cells by bioluminescence resonance energy transfer (BRET) / Monica Baiula
    Analysis of potassium and calcium imaging to assay the function of opioid receptors / Viola Spahn, Dinah Nockemann, and Halina Machelska
    Electrophysiological patch clamp assay to monitor the action of opioid receptors / Viola Spahn, Dinah Nockemann, and Halina Machelska
    Skin-nerve preparation to assay the function of opioid receptors in peripheral endings of sensory neurons / Rabih Moshourab, Yvonne Schmidt, and Halina Machelska
    Mechanical nociception measurement in mice and rats with automated Von Frey equipment / Gabriele Campana and Roberto Rimondini
    Detecting zinc release induced by mu-opioid receptor agonists in brain slices / María Rodríguez-Muñoz [and three others]
    Opioid receptors : methods for detection and their modes of actions in the eye / Shahid Husain
    Evaluation of murine macrophage cytokine production after in vivo morphine treatment / Silvia Franchi [and four others]
    Measurement of macrophage toll-like receptor 4 expression after morphine treatment / Mara Castelli [and three others]
    The role of opioid receptors in migration and wound recovery in vitro in cultured human keratinocytes and fibroblasts / Mei Bigliardi-Qi and Paul L. Bigliardi
    Role of opioid receptors in the reinstatement of opioid- seeking behavior : an overview / Liana Fattore [and three others]
    Analysis of opioid-seeking reinstatement in the rat / Liana Fattore [and three others]
    Induction of a high alcohol consumption in rats and mice : role of opioid receptors / Roberto Rimondini and Gabriele Campana
    Evaluation of social and nonsocial behaviors mediated by opioids in mouse pups / Francesca R. D'Amato.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Shane O'Mara.
    Summary: "The Opioid System as the Brain's Interface between Cognition and Motivation, Volume 239, focuses on the opioid system as the interface between the brain's cognitive and motivational systems. As the opioid system is widely distributed through the brain, particularly in areas implicated in cognition (hippocampus, prefrontal cortex, claustrum, thalamus) and motivation (hypothalamus, amygdala, pontine nuclei, periaqueductal gray and medulla), this book provides chapters that address ongoing research on topics such as the brain's cognitive system, the brain's motivational system, antidepressant prescription patterns, antidepressant-like effects of opioid receptor modulators, the behavioral effects of antidepressant and anxiolytic drugs, and more"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Brain's cognitive system
    Brain's motivational system
    Antidepressant prescription patterns
    Antidepressant-like effects of opioid receptor modulators
    Behavioral effects of antidepressant and anxiolytic drugs
    Opioid system in regulating of neuroinflammation and immune function.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Ravi D. Shah, Santhanam Suresh, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: An Opioid Crisis with Pediatric Implications
    Chapter 1: Epidemiology and Public Health Implications of the Opioid Crisis
    Addiction and the Rise of the Opioid Epidemic
    The Origins of the Contemporary Opioid Crisis
    Health and Public Health Implications of the Opioid Epidemic
    History of Addiction Treatment
    Current Approach to Addiction Treatment
    Medication for Opioid Use Disorder
    Behavioral Health Treatment for Opioid Use Disorder
    Special Populations
    Pregnancy, Neonatal Abstinence Syndrome, and Breastfeeding Adolescents
    Overdose Prevention and Harm Reduction
    References
    Chapter 2: The Impact of the Opioid Crisis on Neonates, Children, and Adolescents
    Introduction
    Neonatal Abstinence Syndrome
    Epidemiology
    Clinical Implications
    Challenges of Caring for NAS Infants
    Long-Term Outcomes
    Opioid-Related Morbidity and Mortality in Children and Adolescents
    Epidemiology of Hospitalizations for Pediatric Opioid Poisonings
    Epidemiology of Fatal Pediatric Opioid Poisonings
    Circumstances Surrounding Fatal Pediatric Opioid Poisonings
    Pediatric and Adult Mortality Trends Implications of Adult and Teen Opioid Misuse on Young Children
    Need for Pediatric-Specific Interventions and Further Research
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 3: Legal Issues in Pediatric Opioid Therapy
    How Can State and Federal Government Help with Opioid Misuse in the Pediatric Population?
    Government Hierarchy
    Food and Drug Administration
    Current Initiatives
    Drug Enforcement Agency
    Centers for Disease Control
    Prescription Drug Monitoring Programs
    Prescribing Opioids, Informed Consent, and Minors
    Consent for Opioid Prescribing Adolescents and Medication-Assisted Therapy (MAT)
    Impact of Current Laws and Guidelines
    Proposed Action Plan for Clinicians
    References
    Chapter 4: The Impetus for Recognizing, Preventing, and Treating Pain in the Pediatric Population
    Introduction
    Acute Pain
    Pain in Neonates
    Procedural Pain
    Chronic Pain
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 5: Evidence-Based Guidelines for Opioid Therapy in Pediatrics
    Introduction
    Patterns of Opioid Prescribing in Children and Adolescents in the United States Problematic Opioid Use Behaviors Following a Legitimate Opioid Prescription
    Guidelines on Opioid Prescribing
    Implications of Opioid Guidelines for Pediatric Pain Management
    Efforts in State of Washington
    References
    Part II: Considerations for Safe Opioid Prescribing in Pediatrics
    Chapter 6: Neonatal and Pediatric Pharmacology
    Introduction
    Potential Opioid-Drug Interactions
    Polymorphism Impact on Opioid Analgesia and Adverse Effects
    Obesity and Opioid Dosing
    Opioid Clearance
    Safety of Opioid Prescription
    Morphine
    Hydromorphone
    Codeine
    Hydrocodone
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Tricia E. Wright, University of Hawaii.
    Summary: "Gain vital guidance and support when treating the high-risk, high-reward population of women confronting (or battling) opioid-use disorders during pregnancy. Large numbers of pregnant women are dependent on opioids and require comprehensive non-judgemental care to replace traditional approaches of incarceration and child welfare involvement that worsen outcomes for both mother and infant. Invaluable and comprehensive, this toolkit provides the key to non-judgemental care for both mother and baby, throughout labor, delivery management and postpartum care. Bridge the important treatment gap through this evidence-based, caring approach; standardizing exceptional care, for obstetricians, pediatricians, addictionists, and anyone caring for pregnant women with opioid-use disorders. Edited by a Board-certified expert in Obstetrics, Gynecology and Addiction Medicine, and a team of internationally-acclaimed leaders in Women's Health, this guide provides high-quality advice, guidelines and vital skills to tackle a currently expanding, opioid epidemic"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The opioid epidemic and pregnant women ; Screening brief intervention and referral to treatment for opioid use disorders in pregnancy / Tricia E. Wright
    Substance use assessment during pregnancy / Jacquelyn Starer and Carl Christensen
    Co-occurring mental health conditions in pregnant women with opioid use disorders / Alexis S. Hammond and Margaret S. Chisolm
    Trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder in women with opioid-use disorder in pregnancy / Soraya Asadi
    Intimate partner violence, pregnancy and substance use disorder / Richard G. Soper and Hendrée E. Jones
    Medical comorbidities in women with opioid use disorders in pregnancy / Kaylin A. Klie
    Harm reduction principles in women with opioid use disorder in pregnancy / Lauren Owens and Mishka Terplan
    Prenatal care in substance-using pregnant women / Charles S. Schauberger
    Treatment approaches in women with substance use disorders who become pregnant / Hendrée E. Jones
    Medication assisted treatment for opioid use disorder during pregnancy / Lawrence Leeman and Jacquelyn Starer
    Labor and delivery management in women with substance use disorder / Marjorie Meyer and Tricia E. Wright
    Postpartum care for women with substance use disorders / Elizabeth E. Krans, Sebastian T. Tong and Mishka Terplan
    Neonatal abstinence syndrome / Karol Kaltenbach and Loretta Finnegan
    Breastfeeding and the substance-exposed dyad / Lauren M. Jansson and Stephen W. Patrick.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Jose L. Pascual, Timothy G. Gaulton, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a concise yet comprehensive overview on the use of opioids in the ICU, offering practical, real-world recommendations on opioid utilization and alternative therapies. The text explains the physiology and assessment of pain and the need for analgesia in the ICU, details the pharmacology of opioids and their use in providing analgesia, sedation, and comfort for patients during critical illness, and summarizes advanced pharmaceutical and surgical approaches to pain management and procedural applications that can supplement, minimize, or replace opioids for the ICU patient. The book also includes algorithms and step-by-step approaches on navigating the delicate balance between the relief of suffering and the adverse effects of opioids, as well as a dedicated section on the management of critically ill patients with preexisting opioid tolerance. Written by experts in the field, Opioid Use in Critical Care: A Practical Guide is a valuable resource for ICU providers who treat and manage critically ill patients with opioids.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology of Opioid Use
    Assessment of Pain in the ICU
    Pharmacology and Pharmacokinetics of Opioids in the ICU
    Opioid Analgesics Interactions with other Drugs
    Side Effects of Opioid Analgesic Therapy
    Rational Selection and Utilization of Opioid Analgesics in Critical/Acute Care
    Monitoring of Opioid Analgesic Use and its Effects in Acute Care
    Opioid Tolerance and Hyperalgesia in the ICU
    Strategies to Prevent and Treat Opioid Tolerance and Hyperalgesia in the ICU, I
    Strategies to Prevent and Treat Opioid Tolerance and Hyperalgesia in the ICU, II
    Interaction of Opioids with Sedative Practices in the ICU
    Acute Pain Management in Patients with Opioid Dependence
    Management of Opioid Overdose
    Use of Opioid Analgesics in Post-Surgical and Trauma Patients
    Post intensive Care Syndrome and the Potential Long-Term Effects of Pain and Opioid Therapy in the ICU
    Special ICU Populations: Opioids in Neurocritical Care
    Special ICU Populations: Opioids in Geriatrics
    Special ICU Populations: Opioids in Obstetrics, Labor & Delivery.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Atsushi Okawa, Morio Matsumoto, Motoki Iwasaki, Yoshiharu Kawaguchi, editors.
    Summary: This book brings together information on all aspects of ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament (OPLL), a hyperostotic condition of the spine that can cause severe neurological deficits. Since the second edition of this book was published in 2006, there have been tremendous advances in the field, and this third edition provides updated information on the disease's epidemiology, diagnosis and treatment, while also addressing ossification of the ligamentum flavum (OLF) and diffuse idiopathic spinal hyperostosis. As such, it offers a valuable resource for all those who want to gain a deeper understanding of OPLL/OLF and those involved in making decisions about its treatment.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Introduction
    1 History of research
    Part 2 Epidemiology
    2 An Overview of Epidemiology and Genetics
    3 OPLL: Disease entity, prevalence, literature research, and growth
    4 Natural History of Ossification of the Posterior Longitudinal Ligament (OPLL)
    Part 3 Pathology & Pathogenesis
    5 Overview of Recent Basic Researches on OPLL and OLF
    6 Histopathological Features of Ossification of the Posterior Longitudinal Ligament
    7 Ectopic Ossification of Human Spinal Ligaments Caused by Mesenchymal Stem Cell Abnormalities
    8 A Short History of Genetic Study of OPLL
    9 Overview of possible roles of OPLL-associated genes in OPLL development
    10 Application of iPS cell technology for OPLL
    11 Mechanisms underlying OPLL development in Tiptoe Walking (ttw) Mice
    12 In vivo tracing of neural tracts in tip-toe walking Yoshimura mice by diffusion tensor tractography
    13 Metabolomics analysis in OPLL patients
    Part 4 Diagnosis
    14 Diagnosis of OPLL and OLF: overview
    15 Clinical manifestation of cervical OPLL
    16 Three-dimensional imaging of cervical ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament
    17 Clinical manifestations of thoracic ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament (OPLL) and ossification of the ligament flavum (OLF)
    18 Evaluation of distribution patterns of spinal ligament ossification using whole-spine computed tomography in patients with cervical ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament
    19 Diagnostic imaging of thoracic OPLL and OLF
    20 Biomechanics of the spinal cord compression due to cervical ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament
    Part 5 Treatment
    21 Surgical Indications and Choice of Surgical Procedure for Cervical Ossification of the Longitudinal Ligament
    22 Overview of Laminoplasty
    23 Open-door Laminoplasty for Cervical OPLL: Technique, Long-term Results, and Complications
    24 Double-door Laminoplasty for Cervical OPLL : Technique, Complications and Long-term Results
    25 Posterior Decompression and Fusion for Cervical OPLL: Indication and Technique
    26 Anterior Cervical Decompression for Cervical OPLL: Technique, Complications and Long-term Results
    27 Surgical Indications and Choice of Surgical Procedure for Thoracic OPLL
    28 Posterior decompression and fusion for thoracic OPLL: surgical techniques, outcomes, timing and complications
    29 Anterior Decompression and Fusion for Thoracic OPLL: Transthoracic and Transsternal Approaches
    30 Circumferential Decompression Through Posterior Approach for Thoracic OPLL: Technique and Complications
    31 Surgery for ossification of the ligamentum flavum: posterior decompression with or without fusion
    32 Computer-Aided Surgery for Ossification of the Spinal Ligaments
    33 Surgical Treatment of Thoracic Ossification of the Posterior Longitudinal Ligament: Intraoperative Spinal Cord Monitoring
    34 Intraoperative ultrasonography for patients with ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Walter Matthys and John E. Lochman.
    Contents:
    Behaviours and disorders
    Developmental perspectives
    Basic issues on aetiology
    Individual characteristics
    Environmental characteristics
    Clinical assessment
    Intervention and intervention development
    Behavioural parent training
    Cognitive behavioral therapy
    Pharmacotherapy
    Multicomponent intervention
    Factors which influence intervention delivery and outcomes.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    edited by Yubin Zhou and Kai Zhang.
    Summary: "Optogenetics represents a breakthrough technology capable of dynamically modulating molecular and cellular activity in live cells with high precision. This transformative technology made it possible to reversibly interrogate protein actions, cellular events, and animal behaviors with a simple flash of light. Manipulating light's temporal and spatial profile enabled precise control of membrane potentials. This feature has inspired non-opsinbased optogenetics, which inherits the precise spatiotemporal resolution but expands the targets into a diverse pool of biomolecules such as membrane receptors, ion channels,kinases, GTPases, and transcription factors. This book is unique because it emphasizes the design and applications of opsin-free optogenetic tools."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Optogenetic dissection of a two-component calcium influx pathway / Xiaoxuan Liu, Yingshan Wang, Yubin Zhou, and Guolin Ma
    High-throughput engineering of a light-activatable Ca2 channel / Lian He, Liuqing Wang, and Youjun Wang
    Optogenetic activation of TrkB signaling / Peiyuan Huang, Zhihao Zhao, Lei Lei, and Liting Duan
    Spatiotemporal modulation of neural repair / Huaxun Fan, Qin Wang, Kai Zhang, and Yuanquan Song
    Optogenetic control of neural stem cell differentiation / Yixun Su, Taida Huang, Kai Zhang, and Chenju Yi
    An optogenetic toolbox for remote control of programmed cell death / Ningxia Zhang and Ji Jing
    Control of protein levels in Saccharomyces cerevisiae by optogenetic modules that act on protein synthesis and stability / Sophia Hasenjäger, Jonathan Trauth, and Christof Taxis
    Optogenetics as a tool to study neurodegeneration and signal transduction / Prabhat Tiwari and Nicholas S. Tolwinski
    Opsin-free optogenetics : brain and beyond / Jongryul Hong, Yeonji Jeong, and Won Do Heo
    Constructing a far-red light-induced split-Cre recombinase system for controllable genome
    Engineering / Meiyan Wang, Jiali Wu, and Haifeng Ye
    Tools and Technologies for Wireless and Non-invasive Optogenetics / Guangfu Wu, Vagif Abdulla, Yiyuan Yang, Michael Schneider, and Yi Zhang.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2022
  • Digital
    Ningli Wang, Xuyang Liu, Ning Fan, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses more than one hundred patients in which visual pathway is involved, and focuses on the role of visual field examination in the diagnosis of these diseases. It also highlights the application of concepts from the new interdiscipline, integration medicine as well as molecular biology and genetics in the analysis of the diseases. In this book, the commonly (typically) noticed changes in the visual field of patients with visual pathway disorders are mainly described in the chapter one titled as “Visual Field-related Anatomy of Visual Pathway” and chapter two titled as “Interpretation of Visual Field Test”, while the majority of the cases presented with "atypical" changes in visual field. At this point, the changes in the visual field could function as either a key to understand the disease, or a question mark which confuses the diagnosis. However, the process of pushing aside a fog around the diagnosis step by step helps the readers to gradually disclose the essence of the disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Jane W. Chan.
    Summary: Optic Nerve Disorders: Diagnosis and Management, Second Edition, is a thoroughly revised and updated reference, including new information on diagnostic techniques such as genetic testing for hereditary optic neuropathies, new data on toxic/drug-related optic neuropathies, and recent data from clinical trial studies. Additional novel therapies, including stem cell therapies, the use of nanotechnology, and gene therapies are featured highlights, as is spectral domain optical coherence tomography (OCT) for imaging of the optic nerve. The way in which OCT is used in differentiating optic nerve disorders from other retinal disorders, and how OCT is used in monitoring the course of the disease, is also discussed. This practical reference focuses on common optic nerve disorders. It addresses diagnosis, pathophysiology, management, and prognosis, and is written in a clear, concise style for quick, easy reference in the clinic. With additional color photographs to better illustrate the material, the second edition will prove to be the go-to reference for ophthalmologists, neurologists, and neurosurgeons working with optic nerve disorders.

    Contents:
    Optic Neuritis
    Ischemic Optic Neuropathies
    Papilledema
    Compressive and Infiltrative Optic Neuropathies
    Traumatic Optic Neuropathies
    Nutritional and Toxic Optic Neuropathies
    Hereditary Optic Neuropathies
    Congenital Disc Anomalies
    Optic Disc Tumors
    Approach to the Diagnosis and Differentiation of Glaucomatous and Nonglaucomatous Optic Neuropathies
    Application of Optical Coherence Tomography in Neuro-Ophthalmic Disorders
    The Use of Multifocal Electroretinograms and Multifocal Visual Evoked Potentials in Optic Nerve Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Austin R. Lifferth, OD, FAAO, Staff Optometrist, The Villages, Florida VA Outpatient Clinic, The Villages, Florida.
    Contents:
    Optic disc size
    Optic disc shape
    Optic cup shape and depth
    Optic cup size in relation to the optic disc size
    Neuroretinal rim size, shape and perfusion
    Central retinal vessel trunk location
    Optic disc hemorrhages
    Parapapillary chorioretinal atrophy
    Retinal arteriole diameter
    Retinal nerve fiber layer defects.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Surinder Pandav, Parul Ichhpujani, Michael A. Coote, editors.
    Summary: The book provides a detailed description in color format of the optic nerve head changes that occur in glaucoma. It explains the normal and variant anatomy of an optic nerve head and why certain discs are more or less likely to develop glaucomatous changes. This book attempts to explain the anatomical basis of common and not so common signs seen in optic nerve head and retinal nerve fibre layer as captured by a digital fundus imaging system and optical coherence tomography. It also includes optic nerve head conditions mimicking glaucoma. The book is relevant for practicing ophthalmologists, vision science researchers, clinical optometrists, postgraduate residents in ophthalmology, sub-specialty fellows as well as general ophthalmologists, neurologists and neurosurgeons.

    Contents:
    What is the range of normal variations in the optic nerve head appearance?
    What are the characteristic changes to the optic nerve head in glaucoma and how do they evolve over time?
    How to interpret optic disc in myopes?
    What are the key clinical skills and investigative techniques for disc evaluation?
    How to reduce error in optic nerve head examination?
    What imaging errors occur when evaluating the optic nerve head?
    How to interpret difficult optic discs?
    How to accurately assess the severity in people with glaucoma or at risk for developing glaucoma
    What optic nerve head conditions mimic glaucoma?
    Getting better - Learning, new tools and risk management.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Aniz Girach, Robert C. Sergott, editors.
    Contents:
    Basics and guide to image interpretation with normal and anatomic variants
    Genetic abnormalities
    Macular degeneration
    Diabetic Retinopathy
    Retinal Vascular Disease
    Vitreo-macular adhesion/traction syndromes and the effects of vitrectomy surgery
    Toxic and Nutritional Conditions
    Uveitis
    Glaucoma and other optic neuropathies.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Jullia A. Rosdahl
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Ahmet Akman, Atilla Bayer, Kouros Nouri-Mahdavi, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the practical aspects of Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT) in glaucoma diagnostics offering important theoretical information along with many original cases. OCT is a non-invasive imaging technique that acquires high-resolution images of the ocular structures. It enables clinicians to detect glaucoma in the early stages and efficiently monitor the disease. Optical Coherence Tomography in Glaucoma features updated information on technical applications of OCT in glaucoma, reviews recently published literature and provides clinical cases based on Cirrus and Spectralis OCT platforms. In addition, newer techniques like event and trend analyses for progression, macular ganglion cell analysis, and OCT angiography are discussed. This book will serve as a reference for ophthalmologists and optometrists worldwide with a special interest in OCT imaging providing essential guidance on the application of OCT in glaucoma.

    Contents:
    Part I: Optical Coherence Tomography in Glaucoma, Basics
    Chapter 1:Optical Coherence Tomography: Introduction, History and Current Status
    Chapter 2:Optical Coherence Tomography: Basics and Technical Aspects
    Chapter 3:Role of Optical Coherence Tomography in Glaucoma
    Chapter 4:Optical Coherence Tomography: Manufacturers and Current Systems
    Part II:How to Interpret the Optical Coherence Tomography Results
    Chapter 5:Interpretation of Imaging Data From Cirrus HD-OCT
    Chapter 6:Interpretation of Imaging Data From Spectralis OCT
    Chapter 7:Examples of Optical Coherence Tomography Findings in Glaucoma Eyes with Varying Stages of Severity
    Chapter 8:Artifacts and Anatomical Variations in Optical Coherence Tomography
    Chapter 9:Optical Coherence Tomography in Non-Glaucomatous Optic Neuropathies
    Chapter 10:Utility of Optical Coherence Tomography for Detection or Monitoring of Glaucoma in Myopic Eyes
    Chapter 11:Anterior Segment Optical Coherence Tomography in Glaucoma
    Part III:Optical Coherence Tomography and Progression
    Chapter 12:Optical Coherence Tomography and Progression
    Chapter 13:Cirrus HD-OCT's Guided Progression Analysis
    Chapter 14:Spectralis OCT's Progression Analysis
    Chapter 15:Optical Coherence Tomography Progression Analysis: Sample Cases
    Part IV:Structure and Function
    Chapter 16:Combining Structure and Function in Glaucoma
    Part V:Optical Coherence Tomography Angiography in Glaucoma
    Chapter 17:Optical Coherence Tomography Angiography (OCTA).
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ludwig M. Heindl, Sebastian Siebelmann, editors.
    Summary: This book is a highly illustrated, practical guide to anterior segment optical coherence tomography (OCT) with numerous photographs and didactic information throughout. Clear and concise chapters outline the diagnostics of the anterior segment of the eye with clinical advice given to support ophthalmic surgeons with pre and intraoperative surgery planning as well as postoperative follow-up care. Optical Coherence Tomography of the Anterior Segment will be a useful resource for everyday practice to allow clinicians to grow their expertise in this patient-friendly and common diagnostic procedure. As the procedure continues to gain popularity, this book will be an indispensable resource for all levels of ophthalmologist who wish to improve their knowledge and techniques of anterior segment OCT. .

    Contents:
    History and future of anterior segment OCT
    Physical principles of anterior segment OCT
    Anatomy and traumatology of the anterior segment of the eye
    Conjunctiva and eyelids
    Degenerative diseases and deposits of the cornea
    Inflammatory corneal diseases
    Corneal Dystrophies
    Refractive and therapeutic corneal surgery
    Corneal Transplantations
    Anterior eye camber and chamber angle
    Iris
    Refractive lens surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Xunbin Wei, Bobo Gu, editors.
    Summary: The book introduces readers to the basic principle of optical imaging technologies. Focusing on human disease diagnostics using optical imaging methods, it provides essential information for researchers in various fields and discusses the latest trends in optical imaging. In recent decades, there has been a huge increase in imaging technologies and their applications in human diseases diagnostics, including magnetic resonance imaging, x-ray computed tomography, and nuclear tomographic imaging. This book promotes further developments to extend optical imaging to a wider range of disease diagnostics. It is a valuable resource for researchers and students in the field of biomedical optics, as well as for clinicians.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Fundamentals of optical imaging
    Chapter 3. Super-resolution imaging
    Chapter 4. Two-photon fluorescence imaging
    Chapter 5. Two-photon phosphorescence lifetime microscopy
    Chapter 6. Whole body fluorescence imaging
    Chapter 7. Scattering-based whole brain imaging
    Chapter 8. Long-term time-lapse multimodal intravital imaging
    Chapter 9. Photoacoustic imaging
    Chapter 10. Raman imaging
    Chapter 11. Optical coherence tomography
    Chapter 12, Optical clearing agents based imaging
    Chapter 13. Autofluorescence tissue imaging and quantification
    Chapter 14. In vivo flow cytometer
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Bruno Weber, Fritjof Helmchen.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Kamran M. Riaz, G. Vike Vicente, Daniel Wee, editors.
    Summary: This textbook serves as a comprehensive manual on Optics that includes both didactics and assessment questions in an easy-to-read format. It provides an educational and entertaining resource that reinforces the relevance of the subject matter to modern clinical and surgical ophthalmology practice. The book offers a one-stop compendium for students studying for certification exams and for practicing ophthalmologists to review and learn Optics that will have relevance to their day-to-day practice. Chapters are written in a teaching-oriented style and include hi-yield summaries, 375+ original figures, and 190+ review questions. The book is divided into three areas of focus: Written Exam Preparation Oral Exam Preparation and Clinical Practice Ophthalmic Optics for Surgical Practice Optics for the New Millennium is a must-have resource for ophthalmology residents as well as practicing ophthalmologists with clinical, surgical and testable relevance.

    Contents:
    Section I: Ophthalmic Optics For Written Exam
    Chapter 1. Geometric Optics
    Chapter 2. Prisms
    Chapter 3. Lenses
    Chapter 4. Mirrors and Combined Systems
    Chapter 5. Power of Lenses in Different Media
    Chapter 6. Lens Effectivity
    Chapter 7. Schematic Eye
    Chapter 8. Magnification and Telescopes
    Chapter 9. Accommodation and Presbyopia
    Chapter 10. Spherocylindrical Lenses
    Chapter 11. Astigmatism
    Chapter 12. Glasses for Written Exams
    Chapter 13. Contact Lenses for Written Exams
    Chapter 14. Physical Optics and Advanced Optical Principles
    Section II: Ophthalmic Optics for Oral Exams and Clinical Practice
    Chapter 15. Glasses in Clinical Practice
    Chapter 16. Construction of Glasses
    Chapter 17. Optical Instruments
    Chapter 18. Visual Activity Testing and Assessment
    Chapter 19. Low Vision and Vision Rehabilitation
    Chapter 20. Contact Lenses in Clinical Practice
    Chapter 21. Clinical Problems with Optics and Refractive Manifestations
    Chapter 22. Optics for Clinical and Surgical Management of Strabismus
    Chapter 23. Pediatric Optics
    Chapter 24. Myopia Control
    Chapter 25. Optics in Micro-Gravity and Zero-Gravity Conditions
    Section III: Ophthalmic Optics for Surgical Practice
    Chapter 26. Preoperative Optics for Cataract Surgery
    Chapter 27. What's on the Menu: An Overview of IOLs and Relevant Optics
    Chapter 28. Intraoperative Optics for Cataract Surgery
    Chapter 29. Postoperative Optics for Cataract Surgery
    Chapter 30. Optics for Refractive Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Tara Renton, editor.
    Summary: This book is a concise guide to the correct diagnosis and management of dental pain and anxiety. It covers psychology theories about pain, dentine sensitivity, hypersensitivity and cracked tooth syndrome. Chronic pain, temporomandibular disorders and local anesthesia are discussed, and optimal medical and perioperative pain management explained. The book is written by leading experts in the field and provides an up to date, pragmatic perspective on optimizing pain and anxiety management in the dental patient. It includes an overview of differential diagnoses of non-odontogenic orofacial pain. As well as meeting the needs of dentists, the book will be a "must read" for whole dental team.

    Contents:
    Intro to Pain
    The Psychology Theories of Pain
    Psychological Interventions for Persistent Pain
    An Overview of Dental Anxiety and its Non-Medical Management
    Medical Management of Anxiety
    Perioperative Pain Management of the Dental Patient
    Optimal Local Anaesthesia for Dentistry
    Temporomandibular Disorder for the General Dental Practitioner
    Chronic Pain and Overview or Differential Diagnoses of Non-Odontogenic Orofacial Pain
    Dental Pain: Dentine Sensitivity, Hypersensitivity and Cracked Tooth Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editor, Mustafa Nadi.
    Contents:
    Optimal treatment for pediatric medulloblastoma / Mustafa Nadi
    Surgery for pediatric medulloblastoma / Mustafa Nadi, Lorena Romero & James T. Rutka
    Radiation therapy for pediatric medulloblastoma / Marzanna Chojnacka & Anna Skowrońska-Gardas
    Management of postoperative cognitive/endocrine disabilities / Alice Ann Holland & Daniel C. Bowers
    Treatment approach for recurrent medulloblastoma / Fatema Malbari & Ira J. Dunkel
    Ask the expert : other issues in pediatric medulloblastoma / Mustafa Nadi
    Multiple choice questions : answers.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Gary W. Caldwell and Zhengyin Yan, CREATe Analytical Sciences, Janssen Research & Development, LLS, Spring House, PA, USA.
    Summary: Thoroughly revised and updated, Optimization in Drug Discovery: In Vitro Methods, Second Edition presents a wide spectrum of in vitro assays including formulation, plasma binding, absorption and permeability, cytochrome P450 (CYP) and UDP-glucuronosyltransferases (UGT) metabolism, CYP inhibition and induction, drug transporters, drug-drug interactions via assessment of reactive metabolites, genotoxicity, and chemical and photo-mutagenicity assays. Written for the Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology series, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Expert authors have developed and utilized these in vitro assays to achieve drug-like characteristics in addition to efficacy properties and good safety profiles of drug candidates. Comprehensive and up-to-date, Optimization in Drug Discovery: In Vitro Methods, Second Edition aims to guide researchers down the difficult path to successful drug discovery and development.

    Contents:
    Small molecule formulation screening strategies in drug discovery / Gary W. Caldwell ... [et al.]
    Assessment of drug plasma protein binding in drug discovery / Dennis Kalamaridis and Nayan Patel
    Drug partition in red blood cells / Dennis Kalamaridis and Karen DiLoreto
    Permeability assessment using 5-day cultured caco-2 cell monolayers / Gary W. Caldwell ... [et al.]
    In situ single pass perfused rat intestinal model / Maria Markowska and L. Mark Kao
    Metabolic stability assessed by liver microsomes and hepatocytes / Kevin J. Coe and Tatiana Koudriakova
    Metabolic assessment in alamethicin-activated liver microsomes : co-activating CYPs and UGTs / Gary W. Caldwell and Zhengyin Yan
    Phenotyping UDP-glucuronosyltransferases (UGTs) involved in human drug metabolism : an update / Michael H. Court
    In vitro CYP/FMO reaction phenotyping / Carlo Sensenhauser
    Human pregnane X receptor (hPXR) activation assay in stable cell lines / Judy L. Raucy
    Characterization of constitutive androstane receptor (CAR) activation / Caitlin Lynch, Haishan Li, and Hongbing Wang
    DNA binding (gel retardation assay) analysis for Identification of aryl hydrocarbon (Ah) receptor agonists and antagonists / Anatoly A. Soshilov and Michael S. Denison
    Cell-based assays for identification of aryl hydrocarbon receptor (AhR) activators / Guochun He ... [et al.]
    In vitro CYP induction using human hepatocytes / Monica Singer, Carlo Sensenhauser, and Shannon Dallas
    Assessment of CYP3A4 time-dependent inhibition in plated and suspended human hepatocytes / J. George Zhang and David M. Stresser
    Evaluation of time-dependent CYP3A4 inhibition using human hepatocytes / Yuan Chen and Adrian J. Fretland
    Rapidly distinguishing reversible and time-dependent CYP450 inhibition using human liver microsomes, co-incubation, and continuous fluorometric Kinetic analyses / Gary W. Caldwell and Zhengyin Yan
    Identification of time-dependent CYP inhibitors using human liver microsomes (HLM) / Kevin J. Coe, Judith Skaptason, and Tatiana Koudriakova
    CYP time-dependent inhibition (TDI) using an IC50 shift assay with stable isotopic labeled substrate Probes to facilitate liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry analyses / Gary W. Caldwell and Zhengyin Yan
    Screening for p-glycoprotein (Pgp) substrates and inhibitors / Qing Wang and Tina M. Sauerwald
    In vitro characterization of intestinal transporter, breast cancer resistance protein (BCRP) / Chris Bode and Li-Bin Li
    In vitro characterization of intestinal and hepatic transporters : MRP2 / Ravindra Varma Alluri ... [et al.]
    In vitro characterization of hepatic transporters OATP1B1 and OATP1B3 / Blair Miezeiewski and Allison McLaughlin
    In vitro characterization of renal transporters OAT1, OAT3, and OCT2 / Ying Wang and Nicole Behler
    General guidelines for setting up an in vitro LC/MS/MS assay / John A. Masucci and Gary W. Caldwell
    Metabolite identification in drug discovery / Wing W. Lam ... [et al.]
    Drug, lipid, and acylcarnitine profiling using dried blood spot (DBS) technology in drug discovery / Wensheng Lang, Jenson Qi, and Gary W. Caldwell
    In vitro trapping and screening of reactive metabolites using liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry / Zhengyin Yan and Gary W. Caldwell
    Quantitative assessment of reactive metabolites / Jie Chen ... [et al.]
    In vitro assessment of the reactivity of acyl glucuronides / Rongfang Fran Xu ... [et at.]
    In vitro comet assay for testing genotoxicity of chemicals / Haixia Lin, Nan Mei, and Mugimane G. Manjanatha
    Assessing DNA damage using a reporter gene system / Michael Biss and Wei Xiao
    Improved AMES test for genotoxicity assessment of drugs : preincubation assay using a low concentration of dimethyl sulfoxide / Atsushi Hakura
    Methods for using the mouse lymphoma assay to screen for chemical mutagenicity and photo-mutagenicity / Nan Mei, Xiaoqing Guo, and Martha M. Moore.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    William J. Gradishar, editor.
    Contents:
    Strategies to maintain fertility in young breast cancer patients / Elizabeth S. Constance, Molly B. Moravek and Jacqueline S. Jeruss
    Adjuvant endocrine therapy / Rena Shah and Ruth M. O'Regan
    Breast cancer screening : the debate that never ends / Sarah M. Friedewald
    Management of the axilla in early breast cancer / Monica G. Valero and Mehra Golshan
    Is DCIS overrated? / Joshua Feinberg, Rachel Wetstone, Dana Greenstein and Patrick Borgen
    Readdressing the role of surgery of the primary tumor in de Novo stage IV breast cancer / Seema Ahsan Khan and Elizabeth S. M. DesJardin
    Advancements and personalization of breast cancer treatment strategies in radiation therapy / Meena S. Moran
    Multi-gene panel testing in breast cancer management / Christos Fountzilas and Virginia G. Kaklamani
    Advances in endocrine therapy for postmenopausal metastatic breast cancer / Lisa E. Flaum and William J. Gradishar
    Immune checkpoint blockage for breast cancer / April Swoboda and Rita Nanda
    Sexual function post-breast cancer / Lauren Streicher and James A. Simon.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC280.B8 O685 2018
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Mandy S. Coles, Aisha Mays.
    Summary: Many individuals worldwide initiate sexual activity during their adolescent and young adult (AYA) years and are in need of safe and effective contraceptive services. Because of their safety profile, ease of use, and privacy many international professional organizations recommend that long-acting reversible contraception (LARC), including intrauterine devices (IUDs), be included in contraception discussions with AYAs. IUDs are particularly advantageous because these methods are safe and highly effective (>99% efficacy), are easy to keep confidential because they are often undetectable to others, and do not require daily adherence or frequent visits for refills. Despite significant evidence of their safety, acceptability, and effectiveness, among adolescents and AYAs, IUDs remain underutilized in this population. Written by experts in the field, Optimizing IUD Delivery for Adolescents and Young Adults provides a comprehensive framework that examines the history of IUDs, counseling, initiation, placement, and follow-up techniques that are unique to AYA populations. The text closes with resource chapters, including, expert clinical pearls for AYA IUD delivery, how to access IUD training, and information on IUD billing and reimbursement. In an effort to integrate the voice of youth, clinical case examples and patient stories are utilized throughout to provide both a clinical grounding for each chapter and context within which to apply the chapter material.

    Contents:
    The Intrauterine Device and Adolescents – History and Present
    Making Your Office Accessible for Adolescents and Young Adult IUD Services
    Types of IUDs and Mechanism of Action
    Addressing IUD Efficacy, Eligibility, Myths, and Satisfaction with Adolescents and Young Adults
    IUD Counseling: Whats Choice Got to Do With It?
    Just Do it: The When and How of IUD Insertion
    Consenting and Pre-Procedural Counseling for IUD Insertion: What to Expect and What to Talk About
    Integrating IUD Provision Into Your Practice: Site Preparedness, Staff Training, and Procedural Steps
    Pharmacologic Approaches to Pain Management with IUD Insertion
    Nonpharmacologic Approaches to Pain Management with IUD Insertion
    Follow Up After IUD insertions: Managing IUD Expectations, Addressing Side Effects, and Providing Post-Insertion Counseling
    Challenging IUD Procedures
    Adolescent and Young Adult IUD Delivery in Non-Traditional Health Settings.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Priya Narang, William Trattler.
    Contents:
    Overview of the causes of suboptimal outcomes following cataract surgery : role of preoperative screening and adequate counselling / Samir Narang and Priya Narang
    Tear film and corneal disorders / Laura M. Periman and Priya Narang
    Postrefractive intraocular lens power calculation : choosing the right nomogram / Aazim A. Siddiqui and Uday Devgan
    Residual refractive error / Edward E. Manche and Lisa Y. Chen
    Posterior corneal astigmatism : basics and clinical implications / Fernando Antonio Faria-Correia, José Carlos Ferreira Mendes, Jaime Aramberri, and Renato Ambrósio Jr.
    Considerations in cataract surgery following postrefractive error correction / William Trattler
    Corneal-based procedures : astigmatic keratotomy, LASIK, PRK, and SMILE / Marcony Santhiago
    Intraocular lens exchange / Thomas A. Oetting
    Piggyback intraocular lens / Johnny L. Gayton, Riley N. Sanders, and Val Nordin Sanders
    Toric intraocular lens / Eric Clayton Amesbury and Kevin M. Miller
    Premium intraocular lenses and associated problems / Elizabeth Yeu and Mario J. Rojas
    Dysphotopsias and surgical management / Samuel Masket and Nicole R. Fram
    Bullous keratopathy and endothelial keratoplasty / Jonathan K. Kam and Jacqueline Beltz
    Malpositioned intraocular lens and capsular bag : intraocular lens complex issues / Amar Agarwal
    Posterior capsular rupture and intraocular lens implantation / Priya Narang
    Miloop : micro-interventional, phaco-free, lens fragmentation / Tsontcho Ianchulev and Susan Macdonald
    Keratoconus and cataract surgery / Arthur B. Cummings and Sheraz Daya
    Bilensectomy (phakic IOL explantation with coincidental cataract surgery and IOL implantation) / Veronica Vargas Fragoso and Jorge L. Alió
    Cystoid macular edema and management / J. Fernando Arevalo, Carlos F. Fernández, and Fernando A. Arevalo
    Endophthalmitis, toxic anterior segment syndrome, and vitritis / Andrzej Grzybowski and Magdalena Turczynowska
    Intraoperative aberrometry / Kathryn M. Hatch
    Futuristic approach and advancements / Gary Wörtz
    Telescopic intraocular lenses / Isaac Lipshitz and Amar Agarwal.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Stuart MacLeod, Suzanne Hill, Gideon Koren, Anders Rane, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Armin Schubert, Sandra A. Kemmerly, editors.
    Summary: This practical, engaging book provides concise, real life-tested guidance to healthcare teams concerned with widely reported and incentivized hospital quality and safety metrics, offering both a conceptual approach and specific advice and frameworks for reviewing quality and safety numerator events, from the perspective and experience of clinicians and administrators working within the Ochsner Health System. The text opens with the rationale for closely managing widely (including publicly) reported hospital patient quality and safety measures. Attention is given to the financial implications of quality performance, with respect to both penalties and payment incentives used by payer organizations. It then reviews the major public ratings and their relevant methodologies, including CMS, AHRQ and NSHN. In addition, it addresses ratings by proprietary organizations that have a large member clientele, such as Vizient, USNews, Leapfrog, Healthgrades, CareChex and others. Each metric - for example, the AHRQ Patient Safety Indicators (PSIs), and other metrics such as readmission rate, risk adjusted complications, hospital-acquired conditions and mortality - is addressed in a stand-alone chapter. For each, the importance, approach to review, opportunity for optimization, and engagement of healthcare staff are reviewed and discussed. Overall, this book forefronts the benefits of a collaborative approach within a health system. The concurrent review process, multidisciplinary collaboration among quality improvement, clinical documentation, coding and medical staff personnel are all emphasized. Also described in detail is the approach to and specific opportunities for medical staff education and engagement. Additional key topics include Engagement of the Medical Staff and House Staff (i.e., residents and other trainees), Futile Care, Surgical Quality Improvement (NSQIP), Nursing Provider Partnership, and Translation of Data Review to Successful Performance Improvement. Specialty chapters on pediatric, neurologic and transplant quality metrics are also included.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Firas G. Madbak, Dale A. Dangleben, editors.
    Summary: This book by Madbak and Dangleben has collated lot of information that has been presented and published in many disparate arenas into a single easy to read source. In an area where there is more experience and ℓ́ℓfavorite techniquesℓ́ℓ than true evidence based answers, they provide a wealth of information along with outstanding photographic support that makes this an excellent resource for all surgeons caring for this population. Similar to many things in life, when treating patients with the open abdomen one size or methodology does not fit all and this book will assuredly contain at least one possible answer to your patientℓ́ℓs problem. One of the more unique aspects of this textbook is its detailed ℓ́ℓHow toℓ́ℓ approach for the wide variety of techniques utilized in the management of the open abdomen. While there may be no consensus as to what constitutes the optimal management of the open abdomen, this book articulates a number of options and their advantages. Most importantly, it provides high quality photographs that enhance the step by step ℓ́ℓHow toℓ́ℓ approach of the text. More recent developments including using biologic mesh, implementing complex abdominal wall reconstruction and utilizing minimally invasive endoscopic techniques are described. This book is not only appropriate for all practicing surgeons that deal with this complex issue, but is also relevant for residents and fellows who are just getting their first exposure to open abdomens.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Alexander Deiters.
    Contents:
    Optical control of protein activity and gene expression by photoactivation of caged cyclofen / Fatima Hamouri, Weiting Zhang, Isabelle Aujard, Thomas Le Saux, Bertrand Ducos, Sophie Vriz, Ludovic Jullien, and David Bensimon
    Reversible optogenetic control of protein function and localization / Daniel Z. Wu, Rachel M. Lackner, Chanat Aonbangkhen, Michael A. Lampson, and David M. Chenoweth
    Protocols for the generation of caged guideRNAs for light-triggered RNA-targeting with SNAP-ADARs / Alfred Hanswillemenke and Thorsten Stafforst
    Combinatorial control of gene function with wavelength-selective caged morpholinos / Sankha Pattanayak, Luis Angel Vázquez-Maldonado, Alexander Deiters, and James K. Chen
    Phosphodiester photo-tethers for the (multi-)cyclic conformational caging of oligonucleotides / Patricia Müller, Patrick Seyfried, Anton Frühauf, and Alexander Heckel
    Chemical modification of proteins with photocleavable groups / Karthik Nadendla, Bhagyesh Sarode, and Simon H. Friedman
    Intramolecular cross-linking of proteins with azobenzene-based cross-linkers / Nobuo Yasuike, Huixin Lu, Peng Xia, and G. Andrew Woolley
    Ruthenium-cross-linked hydrogels for rapid, visible-light protein release / Teresa L. Rapp and Ivan J. Dmochowski
    Chromatically independent, two-color uncaging of glutamate and GABA with one- or two-photon excitation / Stefan Passlick and Graham C.R. Ellis-Davies
    DIY optogenetics : building, programming, and using the Light Plate Apparatus / Karl P. Gerhardt, Sebastian M. Castillo-Hair, and Jeffrey J. Tabor
    Pulsatile illumination for photobiology and optogenetics / Julia Dietler, Robert Stabel, and Andreas Möglich
    Genetically encoding photoswitchable click amino acids for general optical control of conformation and function of proteins / Christian Hoppmann and Lei Wang
    Light-activation of Cre recombinase in zebrafish embryos through genetic code expansion / Wes Brown and Alexander Deiters.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Hiromu Yawo, Hideki Kandori, Amane Koizumi, Ryoichiro Kageyama, editors.
    Summary: This book, now in a thoroughly revised second edition, offers a comprehensive review of the rapidly growing field of optogenetics, in which light-sensing proteins are genetically engineered into cells in order to acquire information on cellular physiology in optical form or to enable control of specific network in the brain upon activation by light. Light-sensing proteins of various living organisms are now available to be exogenously expressed in neurons and other target cells both in vivo and in vitro. Cellular functions can thus be manipulated or probed by light. The new edition documents fully the extensive progress since publication of the first edition to provide an up-to-date overview of the physical, chemical, and biological properties of light-sensing proteins and their application in biological systems, particularly in neuroscience but also in medicine and the optical sciences. Underlying principles are explained and detailed information provided on a wide range of optogenetic tools for the observation and control of cellular signaling and physiology, gene targeting technologies, and optical methods for biological applications. In presenting the current status of optogenetics and emerging directions, this milestone publication will be a "must read" for all involved in research in any way related to optogenetics.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Light-sensitive channels and transporters
    1. History and Perspectives of Light-Sensing Proteins
    2. Phototactic behavior of Chlamydomonas
    3. Structure-Functional Analysis of rhodopsin light sensors
    4. Molecular Dynamics of Channelrhodopsin
    5. Photochemistry of Halorhodopsin
    6. Spectroscopic Dynamics of Microbial Rhodopsins
    7. Molecular Engineering of Retinylidene Proteins
    8. A new optogenetic tools from deep ocean
    Part 2. Light-sensitive signaling molecules
    9. Biology of Light-Sensing Proteins in Plants and Microorganisms
    10. Optogenetic Potentials of Diverse Animal Opsins
    11. Enzyme rhodopsins
    12.Optogenetic photoswitches
    13.Genetic, biochemical and biophysical studies on flavoprotein photoreceptors
    Part 3. Optogenetics in Biological System
    14. General Description: Future Prospects of Optogenetics
    15. Optogenetic Manipulation and Probing
    16. Visualization and Manipulation Signaling Molecules In Vivo
    17. Optical Manipulation of Gene Expression
    18. Optical Manipulation of Intracellular Signaling
    19. Single Molecule Optogenetics
    20. Bioluminescence Imaging
    21. Luminescence Optogenetics
    22. Optogenetic Imaging of Protein Activity in the Synapse Using 2-Photon Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging Microscopy
    23. Optogenetics in Drosophila
    24. Optogenetics in Caenorhabditis elegans
    25. Optogenetics in zebrafish
    26. Optogenetics Research Using the Mouse as a Model System
    27. Optogenetics Research Using Rat
    28. Optogenetics Research Using Primates
    29. Organelle Optogenetics
    Part 4. Optogenetics in Neuroscience
    30. Neuroscientific Frontline of Optogenetics
    31. Elucidation of Neuronal Circuitry Involved in the Regulation of Sleep/Wakefulness Using Optogenetics
    32. Multiscale neural activity in the behaving brain
    33. Optogenetic Analysis of Striatal Connections to Determine Functional Connectomes
    34. Optogenetics for the Behavior Manipulation of Non-human Primates
    35. Activity Regulation in the Study of Neural Plasticity
    36. Optogenetic Control of Synaptic Plasticity
    37. Casting Light on the Role of Glial Cells in Brain Function
    38. Optogenetic manipulation of Respiratory Rhythm
    39. Optogenetic mapping of brain circuitry
    40. In vivo imaging of Arc transcription
    41. Neural Circuits for the Formation and Retrieval of Episodic Memories
    Part 5. Medical Optogenetics
    42. Medical Optogenetics, Overview
    43. Towards Understanding the Neural Mechanism of Behavioral Phenotypes Seen in Psychiatric Disorders
    44. Gene Therapy Using Channelrhodopsins to Treat Blindness
    45. Optogenetic Approaches to Restoring Intrinsic Visual Processing Features in Retinal Ganglion Cells
    46. Application of optogenetics to epilepsy research
    Part 6. Opto-electro-nano Technologies for Optogenetics
    47. CMOS-Based Neural Interface Device for Optogenetics
    48. OLED System for Optogenetics
    49. Micro-imaging probes, Opto-electrodes, and Virtual Reality Systems for Optogenetics
    50. Upconversion
    51. Optical probes for in vivo optogenetics.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] R. Bryan Bell, Rui P. Fernandes, Peter E. Andersen.
    Summary: Oral, Head and Neck Oncology and Reconstructive Surgery is the first oral and maxillofacial surgery (OMS) text to provide you with a system for managing adult oral, head and neck cancers and reconstructive cranio-maxillofacial surgery. Using an evidence-based approach to the management and treatment of a wide variety of clinical conditions, the extensive experience of the author and contributors in head and neck/cranio-maxillofacial surgery and oncology are highlighted throughout the text. This includes computer aided surgical simulation, intraoperative navigation, robotic surgery, endoscopic surgery, microvascular surgery, molecular science, and tumor immunology. In addition, high quality photos and illustrations are accompanied by videos of surgical procedures that are easily accessible on mobile devices.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Brad W. Neville, Douglas D. Damm, Carl M. Allen, Angela C. Chi.
    Summary: Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology, 4th Edition provides state-of-the-art information on the wide variety of diseases that may affect the oral and maxillofacial region. Over 1,400 radiographs and full-color clinical photos - that's more than any other reference - bring pathologies and conditions to life. New to this edition is coverage of the latest advances in diagnosis and disease management, plus topics such as hereditary dental anomalies and oral lesions associated with cosmetic fillers.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Raymond. J. Fonseca.
    Contents:
    V. 1. Profession and practice of oral and maxillofacial surgery, anesthesia and pain control, dentoalveolar surgery, implant surgery / volume editor, Raymond J. Fonseca ; section editors, Michael P. Powers, David E. Frost, Bach Le
    v. 2. Trauma, surgical pathology, temporomandibular disorders / volume editor, Raymond J. Fonseca ; section editors, Eric R. Carlson, Raymond J. Fonseca, Gregory M. Ness
    v. 3. Orthognathic surgery, esthetic surgery, cleft and craniofacial surgery / volume editor, Raymond J. Fonseca ; section editors, Timothy A. Turvey, Bernard J. Costello, Ramon L. Ruiz.
  • Digital
    Krishnamurthy Bonanthaya, Elavenil Panneerselvam, Suvy Manuel, Vinay V. Kumar, Anshul Rai, editors.
    Summary: This book is an open access book with CC BY 4.0 license. This comprehensive open access textbook provides a comprehensive coverage of principles and practice of oral and maxillofacial surgery. With a range of topics starting from routine dentoalveolar surgery to advanced and complex surgical procedures, this volume is a meaningful combination of text and illustrations including clinical photos, radiographs, and videos. It provides guidance on evidence-based practices in context to existing protocols, guidelines and recommendations to help readers deal with most clinical scenarios in their daily surgical work. This multidisciplinary textbook is meant for postgraduate trainees, young practicing oral surgeons and experienced clinicians, as well as those preparing for university and board certification exams. It also aids in decision-making, the implementation of treatment plans and the management of complications that may arise. This book is an initiative of Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons of India (AOMSI) to its commitment to academic medicine. As part of this commitment, this textbook is in open access to help ensure widest possible dissemination to readers across the world.

    Contents:
    Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery in India. How did we get here and where are we going?
    Pre-Operative Evaluation & Investigations
    Management of Medically Compromised Patients
    Management of Medical Emergencies
    Local Anaesthesia
    Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
    Ambulatory Anesthesia Model and Training
    Anesthesia for OMFS
    Radiology for the Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeon: The Essentials
    Sterilisation and Operating Room Protocols
    Pharmacotherapy in OMFS
    Wound closure and Suturing Methods
    Management of the Post operative OMFS Patient
    Principles and Techniques of Exodontia
    Management of the Impacted tooth: A : Third Moalr impactions
    Canine Impactions
    Endodontic surgery
    Pre prosthetic Surgery
    Basic Implantology
    Bone Augmentation Procedures in Implantology
    Odontogenic Infections - General Principles
    Space Infections
    Osteomyelitis /ORN/ MRONJ
    Maxillary Sinusitis
    Management of Oro Antral Communications & Fistulae
    Trigeminal Nerve Injuries
    Trigeminal Neuralgia
    Cysts of the OMF region
    Odontogenic Tumours
    Reactive Lesions of the Oro Maxillofacial Region
    Fibro Osseous Lesions
    Vascular Anomalies of the Oro Maxillofacial Region
    Non-Surgical Modalities of Facial Rejuvenation & Aesthetics
    Botox & Fillers
    Hair Transplant
    Ear Reconstruction
    Management of Scars
    Face Lifts
    Rhinoplasty
    Lasers in OMFS
    Peizo Surgery in OMFS
    Role of Computer-assisted Navigation Surgery in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
    Human Factors and Reducing Medical Error.-Setting up an OMFS Facility
    Legal Issues in OMFS
    Research & Publication
    Salivary Gland Disorders
    Salivary Gland Tumours
    Obstructive Salivary Gland disease and Sialendoscopy
    Primary Assessment & Care of the Maxillofacial Trauma Patient
    Soft Tissue Injuries
    Dento Alveolar Fractures & Wiring techniques
    Plating Systems & Principles of ORIF
    Mandibular Fractures
    Condylar Fractures of the Mandible
    Intraoral Endoscopic Approach for Condylar Fractures
    Maxillary Fractures
    Zygomatic Complex Fractures
    Orbital Fractures
    Frontal & NOE Fractures
    Gunshot Injuries
    Panfacial Trauma
    Residual Deformities
    MPDS
    Internal Derangements of TMJ
    TMJ Ankylosis
    Dislocation/ Subluxation
    Alloplastic Reconstruction
    Diagnosis & Planning
    Facial Asymmetry
    Mandibular Procedures
    Maxillary Procedures
    SFOA
    OSAS
    Complications in Orthognathic Surgery
    Cleft Lip
    Cleft Palate
    Alveolar Bone Grafting
    Cleft Maxillary Hypolplasia
    Cleft Rhinoplasty
    Transport Distraction Osteogenesis
    Distraction Osteogenesis: Craniofacial , Pediatric
    Rare Facial Clefts
    Hemifacial Microsomia / Treacher Collins
    Craniosynostosis
    Pre malignant Lesions and Conditions
    Carcinoma Diagnosis & Treatment Planning
    Principles of Surgical Management of Oral Cancer
    Sarcoma
    Adjunctive Therapy
    Access Surgeries/Osteotomies
    Soft Tissue Reconstruction
    Hard Tissue Reconstruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Daniel J. Meara, Rajesh Gutta, editors.
    Summary: This book is a detailed guide to the identification and appropriate management of patients who represent a high risk when performing oral and maxillofacial surgery or the complex procedures that are increasingly attempted by general dental practitioners. Emphasis is also placed on evaluation of the medically compromised patient for outpatient anesthesia. The book is systematically divided into a series of chapters focusing on the medical conditions most commonly encountered in practice and on current treatment standards. Each chapter outlines evidence-based guidelines for evaluation of patients to establish whether they are suitable candidates for oral surgery. In addition, commonly encountered clinical management dilemmas are thoroughly explored. Lastly, this book will enable the provider to understand whether there is a need to seek medical clearance before proceeding. It will be an invaluable guide for both oral and maxillofacial surgeons and general dentists.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery for the Cardiovacsular Patient
    Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery in Patients with Respiratory Disease
    Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery and Liver Diseases
    Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery for the Renally Compromised Patient
    Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery for the Immune Compromised Patient
    Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery and Metabolic Disorders
    Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery and Psychiatric and Behavioral Disorders
    Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery for the Substance Abuse Patient
    Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery and Hematologic Diseases
    Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery and Neurological Diseases
    Management Dilemmas in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kathryn Kiser, editor.
    Summary: Given the amount and complexity of information surrounding the the target specific oral anticoagulants a lengthy didactic educational format has the potential to be overwhelming to the reader and difficult to translate and apply to direct patient care. The proposed book will educate clinicians utilizing a series of clinical cases to simultaneously develop the readers' knowledge base, problem-solving skills, and practically apply their new knowledge to a variety of clinical situations. These will be short focused case presentations that provide critical information and pose questions to the reader at key points in the decision making process. The cases will be relevant to what clinicians will encounter not only on a daily basis, but also reflective of scenarios that clinicians will not encounter regularly, but that they will have to act upon (e.g. a bleeding patient, patient scheduled for elective or emergent procedure, patient with changing renal function, patient on drugs that have a plausible yet unstudied drug interaction with a target specific oral anticoagulant etc). Included in the case studies will be evidence-based discussions (with appropriate references) that provide immediate feedback on the different treatment alternatives that were offered. The case studies will be designed to instruct the reader how to select and effectively utilize the most appropriate agent for a given clinical scenario. They will focus on key features of the target specific oral anticoagulants, what they have in common, how they are unique from each other, as well as illustrating the clinical decision process one should take when selecting an agent or managing a patient already receiving one of the target specific oral agents.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Ayman F. El-Kattan.
    Contents:
    Drug pharmacokinetics and toxicokinetics
    GIT anatomy and physiology and drug oral bioavailability : impact of species differences
    Drug routes of excretion
    Physicochemical and biopharmaceutical properties that affect drug absorption of compounds absorbed by passive diffusion
    Physicochemical and biopharmaceutical factors affecting hepatic/intestinal first pass effect
    Impact of intestinal efflux transporters on oral absorption
    Impact of influx transporters on drug
    Extended Clearance Classification System (ECCS) and its utility in predicting clearance rate determining step in drug discovery
    In vitro and in situ approaches to measure intestinal permeability and efflux transporters
    In silico approaches to predict intestinal permeability
    In vivo preclinical approaches to deconvolute the contribution of first pass effect from oral absorption
    In vitro approaches to assess haptic metabolism and first pass effect
    The utility of ECCS as a roadmap to improve oral bioavailability of new molecular entities : industrial perspective.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    volume editor, Sigrun Eick.
    Summary: "Biofilms are the most obvious and essential etiologic factors for all oral diseases with the exception of trauma and malignancies. This volume on "biofilms" looks at this structure from various angles. It provides analysis on various cariologic, endodontologic, periodontal, and peri-implant aspects, as well as those of dental unit water lines. The book is recommended for all dental students, graduate students, and biologically oriented dental clinicians"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Biofilms / Eick, S.
    Biofilms in Dental Unit Water Lines / Dahlen, G.
    The Impact of the pH Value on Biofilm Formation / Schultze, L.B., Maldonado, A., Lussi, A., Sculean, A., Eick, S.
    Biofilm Models to Study the Etiology and Pathogenesis of Oral Diseases / Thurnheer, T., Paqué, P.N.
    Biofilm Models for the Evaluation of Dental Treatment / Eick, S.
    Cariogenic Biofilms and Caries from Birth to Old Age / Astasov-Frauenhoffer, M., Kulik, E.
    Supragingival Biofilm : Toothpaste and Toothbrushes / Cvikl, B., Lussi, A.
    Actual Concepts for Individual Interdental Biofilm Removal / Jentsch, H.F.R.
    Arginine : A Weapon against Cariogenic Biofilm? / Eick, S., Lussi, A.
    Oral Mouth Rinses against Supragingival Biofilm and Gingival Inflammation / Arweiler, N.B.
    Peri-Implant Diseases : Characteristics of the Microbiota and of the Host Response in Humans
    A Narrative Review / Schmid, E., Eick, S., Sculean, A., Salvi, G.E.
    Mechanical Removal of the Biofilm : Is the Curette Still the Gold Standard? / Bastendorf, K.-D., Strafela-Bastendorf, N., Lussi, A.
    Antibiotics against Periodontal Biofilms / Guentsch, A.
    Effectiveness of Photodynamic Therapy in the Treatment of Periodontal and Peri-Implant Diseases / Sculean, A., Deppe, H., Miron, R., Schwarz, F., Romanos, G., Cosgarea, R.
    New Bacterial Combinations in Secondary Endodontic Infections of Patients with a Recent Systematic Antibiotic Therapy / Al-Ahmad, A., Elamin, F., Gärttner, R., Anderson, A., Wittmer, A., Mirghani, Y., Hellwig, E.
    Biofilms on Restorative Materials / Schmalz, G., Cieplik, F.
    Halitosis / Ortiz, V., Filippi, A.
    Biofilm and Orthodontic Therapy / Müller, L.K., Jungbauer, G., Jungbauer, R., Wolf, M., Deschner, J.
    In vitro Activity of Oral Health Care Products on Candida Biofilm Formation / Katagiri, H., Stuck, N.-J., Arakawa, I., Nietzsche, S., Eick, S.
    Digital Access Karger 2021
  • Digital
    Andrei Cristian Ionescu, Sebastian Hahnel, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to-date perspective on oral biofilms and dental materials, equipping readers with a sound understanding of their mutual interactions. Experts from across the world comprehensively describe the main strategies that can be followed when designing modern bioactive and biomimetic dental materials, bearing in mind the goal of reducing the occurrence of pathological conditions such as secondary caries and peri-implantitis. The background to the book is the rapid expansion in the use of nanotechnologies and modern techniques to achieve levels of performance of dental materials that were unthinkable even a few years ago. Whereas conventionally dental materials have been regarded as inert, an important paradigm shift is underway: now, these materials are being conceived as bioactive and biomimetic. Modern dental materials can produce a response by interacting positively both with the host and with the biofilm permanently colonizing hard and soft tissues of the oral cavity. These materials increasingly mimic the behavior of the tissues that they are replacing. In documenting the latest knowledge in the field, this book will be of value for both scientists in the fields of nanotechnology, biofilms and dental materials and interested clinicians.

    Contents:
    Introduction - A Paradigm Shift Towards Bioactivity
    Oral Biofilms - What are They?
    The Importance of the Salivary Pellicle
    Oral Biofilms and Secondary Caries Formation
    Bioreactors: How to Study Biofilms in vitro
    Surface Properties of Dental Materials and Biofilm Formation
    Complex Polymeric Materials and Their Interaction with Microorganisms
    Effect of Oral Biofilms on Dental Materials: Biocorrosion and Biodeterioration
    Considerations for Designing Next Generation Composite Dental Materials
    Multifunctional Restorative Dental Materials: Remineralization and Antibacterial Effect
    Dental Resin-based Materials with Antimicrobial Properties: Contact Inhibition and Controlled Release
    Conclusion - Future Trends in Dental Materials.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Robert Reti, Damian Findlay, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Section 1
    Dentoalveolar, TMJ, Maxillofacial Infections, and Implantology
    Chapter 1. Dentoalveolar
    Chapter 2. Temporomandibular Joint Syndrome
    Chapter 3. Management of Maxillofacial Infections
    Chapter 4. Dental Implantology
    Section 2
    Orthognathic, OSA, Cosmetics, and Trauma
    Chapter 5. Orthognathic and Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    Chapter 6. Cosmetic Surgery
    Chapter 7. Maxillofacial Trauma
    Section 3
    Pathology and Reconstruction
    Chapter 8. Oral Pathology
    Chapter 9. Reconstruction
    Chapter 10. Cleft Lip and Palate
    Section 4
    Anesthesia and Medicine
    Chapter 11. Outpatient Anesthesia
    Chapter 12. Liver Disease
    Chapter 13. Cardiovascular Disease
    Chapter 14. Pulmonary Diseases
    Chapter 15. Renal Disease
    Chapter 16. Hematological Disease
    Chapter 17. Connective Tissue Disorder
    Chapter 18. Endocrine Disease
    Chapter 19. Neurological Disorders
    Chapter 20. Electrolyte and Acid-Base Disturbances
    Chapter 21. Psychiatric Disease
    Chapter 22. Pregnancy
    Chapter 23
    Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) and Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS)
    Chapter 24. Substance Abuse
    Chapter 25. Medical Emergencies
    Chapter 26. Medicine Case 1
    Chapter 27. Medicine Case 2.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Tadaaki Kirita, Ken Omura, editors.
    Summary: Oral cancer is frequently diagnosed late, when the disease has advanced with lesions that are large and deeply invasive and with metastasis to regional lymph nodes, leading to increased mortality. Moreover, late diagnosis and treatment often result in considerable morbidity of oral and maxillofacial structures and poor appearance and function following therapy. This book provides head and neck oncologists, oral oncologists, oral and maxillofacial surgeons, medical oncologists, dentists and other members of dental teams furnishing supportive care with a systematic review of recent diagnostic and therapeutic advances in oral cancer. The various authoritative chapters are prepared by specialists who are active leaders in each basic and clinical field. All chapters address individual and collective issues that arise in managing oral cancer patients with difficult treatment problems and provide insight into the multiple valid management approaches available. The authors offer an extensive source of information about oral cancers and encourage the clinician to be flexible and innovative, giving physicians and medical personnel the background information to make the best, educated, responsible decisions for individual patients.

    Contents:
    1. Epidemiology of the Oral Cancer
    2.Surgical Pathology of Oral Cancer
    3. Molecular Biology of the Oral Cancer
    4. Oral Potentially Malignant Disorders
    5. Imaging and Classification of Staging
    6. Clinical Evaluation and Differential Diagnosis
    7. Surgical Approaches to the Oral Cavity
    8. Management of the Neck
    9. Oral and Maxillofacial Reconstruction
    10. Prosthetic Reconstruction for the Oral Cancer Patients Using Dental Implants
    11. Radiotherapy
    12. Systemic Chemotherapy
    13. Chemoradiotherapy Using Retrograde Superselective Intra-Arterial Infusion for Advanced Oral Cancer
    14. Oral and dental healthcare for oral cancer patients: planning, management, and dental treatment
    15. Management of Speech Disorders Following Treatment for Oral Cancer
    16. Management of Dysphagia Following Treatment for Oral Cancer
    17. QOL Management in Oral Cancer Patients
    18. Palliative Care for Oral Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Carole Fakhry, Karen T. Pitman, Ana P. Kiess, David W. Eisele.
    Summary: "Oral Cancer: Evaluation, Therapy, and Rehabilitation edited by prominent Johns Hopkins clinicians and educators Carole Fakhry, Karen Pitman, Ana Kiess, and David Eisele provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art review on the diagnosis and management of oral cancer. This unique resource fills a void in the literature by exploring surgical and reconstructive issues specific to each subsite of the oral cavity. Important pre- and post-treatment evaluations by dental, speech-language pathology, and the oncologic care team are reviewed"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Marco Kesting.
    Summary: "Preface-- Operative treatment for oral cancer is one of the most challenging fields in whole surgery. The perioral region is the only area of the body containing all types of tissue: muscle, bone, cartilage, skin and mucosa. Because of this unique anatomy, ablative tumor surgery and reconstructive surgery remain very complex. On the one hand, the surgeon has to possess elaborate skills in handling the soft tissue, dealing with microvascular techniques and managing bone treatment including osteosynthesis. On the other hand, he has to prepare defined strategies to anticipate any upcoming surgical problem. As there is an overwhelming repertoire of ablative and reconstructive procedures, it is hard for students, residents and young surgeons to find the right way to "survive in the operative jungle." This book concentrates on key procedures that offer young surgeons the possibility to solve almost any case of oral cancer. Basic principles are didactically edited in series of pictures and/or diagrams. Traditional approaches are combined with innovative techniques. Anatomical introductions connect previous knowledge with the surgical procedures. Additionally, historic landmarks and recommendations regarding to the techniques are given in an informational, sometimes anecdotic style. The compact and concise character of the book should enable the resident to study, prepare and recapitulate all issues regarding oral cancer surgery in a short time. Marco Kesting 2014 "--Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Petra Wilder-Smith, Janet Ajdaharian, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Marco A. Peres, Jose Leopoldo Ferreira Antunes, Richard G. Watt, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Elizabeth Kwong.
    Contents:
    Lead identification/optimization / Dr. Mei Wong And Dr. Mark Mcallister
    Oral drug formulation development in pharmaceutical lead selection stage / Shayne Cox Gad
    Bridging end of discovery to regulatory filing : formulations for IND- and registration-enabling nonclinical studies / Evan A. Thackaberry
    Planning the first clinical trials with clinical manufacturing organization (CMO) / Elizabeth Kwong and Caroline McGregor
    Formulation strategies for high dose toxicology studies : case studies / Dennis H. Leung, Pierre Daublain, Mengwei Hu, Kung-I Feng
    Formulation, analytical and regulatory strategies for first in human clinical trials / Lorenzo Capretto, Gerard Byrne, Sarah Trenfield, Lee Dowden, and Steven Booth.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Christie-Michele Hogue, Jorge G. Ruiz, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the assessment and management of older peoples oral health care needs. Discussing recent initiatives to emphasize oral health promotion and prevention, the book describes improvements in pharmacological and non-pharmacological approaches for special populations in geriatrics and illuminates the role of barriers to oral health care for older people. Divided into three sections, the book first explores aging and oral health, including age-related changes, epidemiology, nutrition, dysphagia, aspiration pneumonia, xerostomia and hyposalivation, management of periodontal disease and caries, systemic diseases that influence oral health, and considerations for chronic orofacial pain. The second section illuminates the ways in which frailty and other geriatric syndromes influence oral health care in older adults with a special focus on frailty, dementia, delirium and depression, and the delivery of oral health care to vulnerable geriatric populations in long-term care, home care, palliative care, and hospice. Lastly, the book addresses inequalities in the oral health of older minority populations, the disproportionate burden of oral disease and tooth loss, the contribution of these issues to further complications in comorbidities, the association of extended health literacy and periodontal disease, and the social and cultural conditions that might be altered or improved by healthcare programs and health policies. Oral Health and Aging is a useful book written by an international group of experts and designed to educate geriatricians, primary care physicians, nurses, dentists, dental hygienists, speech and language pathologists, dietitians, and health policy advocates.

    Contents:
    Age-Related Changes in Oral Health
    Epidemiology of Oral Conditions in Older Populations
    Nutrition and Oral Health in Older Adults
    Swallowing, Dysphagia, and Aspiration Pneumonia
    Xerostomia and Hyposalivation in Older Adults
    Management of Periodontal Disease in Older Adults
    Caries Management and Restorative Dentistry in Older Adults
    Systemic Disease that Influences Oral Health
    Oral Health and the 3 Ds: Dementia, Delirium and Depression
    Oral Care in Long Term Care Settings
    Oral Health Care for Patients Receiving Palliative Care or Hospice
    Ethical Considerations in Geriatric Dentistry
    Health Disparities and Older Adults
    Physical Frailty and Oral Health
    The Role of Oral Health Literacy in Shared Decision Making
    Barriers to Accessing Dental Care for Older Adults.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mili Doshi, Andrew Geddis-Regan, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to provide the dental team with an improved understanding of management of the oral health needs of the ageing population, in whom increasing cognitive, medical and physical disabilities impact significantly on oral health and dental care needs. All significant aspects of caring for older people are covered. The nature and implications of changing demographics are explained and information provided on common medical co-morbidities and the impact of cognitive conditions, including dementia, on dental treatment. The changing pattern of dental disease in older people is clearly described, with explanation of the consequences of these changes for periodontics, endodontics, prosthodontics, and implantology. Advice is given on considerations to be borne in mind during treatment planning, including the importance of prevention and utilization of dental care professionals. Provision of care for older people under general anaesthesia or sedation and domiciliary care are also covered. The book is written by specialist practicing clinicians and delivers information in an accessible way with a person-centered approach.

    Contents:
    Introduction Why are the Needs of the Older Patient Different?
    Changing Demographics of Ageing and the Implications - Relationship to General Health and Well-Being
    Lived Experiences of Ageing and Quality of Life
    Medical Complications in the Older Population
    Cognitive Impairment and Dementia in the Older Population
    Dental Changes with Increasing Age
    Dental Treatment of Older People
    Surgical Management in Older People Including Those on Bisphosphonates/Anticoagulants
    Treatment Planning in Palliative Care
    Providing Care under Local Anaesthesia, Sedation and General Anaesthesia
    Dental Care in a Domiciliary Setting
    Oral Care and Prevention
    Research in Older People.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Khalid Rehman Hakeem, Waseem Mohammed Abdul, Mohd Muzzammil Hussain, Syed Shoeb Iqbal Razvi.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Tiril Willumsen, Jostein Paul Årøen Lein, Ronald C. Gorter, Lena Myran, editors.
    Summary: This textbook is exceptional in its coverage of modern theories on the patient-centered approach to communication, preventive dentistry, and dental anxiety. It provides the knowledge and tools required in order to implement a trauma-sensitive approach that will enhance the treatment experience for both the patient and the dental practitioner. General psychological aspects of dentistry and behavior management in patients who experience dental fear, anxiety, and pain are considered in detail. Extensive attention is devoted to the effective delivery of preventive care and dental treatment in a wide range of specific patient groups, including fearful and abused children and patients suffering from depression, personality disorders, psychosis, substance abuse disorders, and eating disorders. The importance of interdisciplinary cooperation and self-care in the dental clinic is also discussed. The book is an international collaborative effort between dentists and psychologists who draw on scientific research as well as their personal experiences in clinical practice. It is an excellent educational resource and will help readers to solve challenges in their own clinical settings. .

    Contents:
    Part I Basic oral health psychology
    Ch 1: Basic oral health related psychology
    Ch 2: The importance of trauma-sensitive care
    Ch 3: Pain
    Ch 4: The importance of a safe relationship with dental patients
    Ch 5: Oral health literacy
    Ch 6: Communication in dentistry - The Four Habits Model
    Ch 7: Behavioural change
    Ch 8: Self-determination theory (SDT)
    Part II Children
    Ch 9: Positive encounters for children to prevent dental anxiety; theory and practice
    Ch 10: Family violence and child maltreatment
    Part Back matter: Voice of Children
    Part III Dental anxiety
    Ch 11: Understanding development and persistence of dental anxiety
    Ch 12: Psychological prevention and management of dental anxiety
    Ch 13: Dentist-administered CBT-treatment for dental anxiety
    Ch 14: Blood-, Injury- and Injection phobia
    Part Back matter: Voice of dental anxiety patients
    Part IV Patients with complex reactions and co- morbidity
    Ch 15: People with mental disorders in the dental clinic
    Ch 16: How to deal with gagging
    Ch 17: Child sexual abuse and oral health challenges
    Ch 18: Providing dental care to torture survivors
    Ch 19: The psychosocial impacts of orofacial features - with examples from orthognathic surgery
    Part Back matter: Voice of CSA survivors
    Part V Professionalism
    Ch 20: Dental professionalism and professional behaviour in practice and education
    Ch 21: Living in a golden cage? Work stress, burnout risk, and engagement in dental practice; background and prevention
    Ch 22: Working in partnership for better oral health care.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Michael A.O. Lewis, Philip-John Lamey.
    Summary: This book is an up-to-date guide to the diagnosis and management of the oral and orofacial conditions that may be encountered by dentists in primary care. Now in its fourth edition, the book has been completely restructured to provide a clinical signs and symptoms approach to disease that will enhance the ability of clinicians to establish the correct diagnosis. This is achieved by the lavish use of high-quality color clinical illustrations that cover the full spectrum of conditions seen most frequently in the dental surgery. In addition, contemporary information on patient management is presented in a clear and reader-friendly style. The book provides the clinician with an extremely useful tool for clinical diagnosis and delivery of the highest quality patient care. The contents are of direct relevance to all members of the dental team, not only in general practice but also in specialist settings.

    Contents:
    Diagnosis and Special Investigations in Oral Medicine
    Oral Ulceration
    Erythematous Conditions in Oral Medicine
    White Patches in the Oral Mucosa
    Orofacial Blistering Disease
    Localised Mucosal Lesions
    Pigmented Lesions in the Oral Mucosa
    Orofacial Pain
    Salivary Gland Disease
    Medically Compromised Patients and Oral Diseases
    Prescribing in Oral Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Georgios N. Belibasakis, George Hajishengallis, Nagihan Bostanci, Michael A. Curtis, editors.
    Summary: The first International Conference on Oral Mucosal Immunity and Microbiome (OMIM) aimed to highlight cutting-edge basic and translational research from an oral immunological and microbiological perspective. Oral diseases with a microbial etiology are the most prevalent chronic diseases of humans. Whilst not life-threatening, they can significantly compromise quality of life, are associated with increased risk for certain systemic diseases, and pose heavy financial burdens to national health systems. Hence, periodontal and peri-implant diseases, dental caries, root canal infections and mucosal infections are significant global public health problems. In this book global experts summarize and discuss the latest progress made in oral mucosal immunity and the oral microbiome. Target audience is basic and/or translational researchers with expertise in host immunity and microbiome research, and interest in oral health and disease. This volume provides a much needed quantum leap in the field, by joining forces to address gaps at the oral mucosal immunity-microbiome cross-talk.

    Contents:
    1. Advances in oral mucosal immunity and the microbiome
    2. Trained innate immunity and its implications for mucosal immunity and inflammation
    3. Signaling systems in oral bacteria
    4. Origin of Th17 cells in Type 2 Diabetes-Potentiated Periodontal Disease
    5. Gingival epithelial cell recognition of lipopolysaccharide
    6. The relationship of Candida albicans with the oral bacterial microbiome in health and disease
    7. A potential role of Phospholipase 2 group IIA (PLA2-IIA) in P. gingivalis-induced oral dysbiosis
    8. Helicobacter spp. in experimental models of colitis
    9. T Helper 17 cells as pathogenic drivers of periodontitis
    10. Candida-bacterial biofilms and host-microbe interactions in oral diseases
    11. Comparative analysis of gene expression patterns for oral epithelium-related functions with aging
    12. Neutrophil interaction with emerging oral pathogens: a novel view of the disease paradigm
    13. Biologically-defined or biologically-informed traits are more heritable than clinically-defined ones: the case of oral and dental phenotypes
    .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sook-Bin Woo, MMSc, Associate Professor, Department of Oral Medicine, Infection and Immunity, Harvard School of Dental Medicine, Boston, Massachusetts, Consultant Pathologist, Department of Pathology, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, Co-Director, Center for Oral Pathology, StrataDX, Lexington, Massachusetts.
    Contents:
    Developmental and congenital conditions
    Noninfectious papillary lesions
    Bacterial, viral, fungal, and other infectious conditions
    Fibrous, gingival, lipocytic, and miscellaneous tumors
    Vascular, neural, muscle, and myofibroblastic tumors
    Ulcerative and inflammatory conditions
    Granulomatous, immune-mediated, and autoimmune conditions
    Pigmented lesions
    Reactive keratotic lesions (nonleukoplakias)
    Leukoplakia, erythroplakia, oral dysplasia, and squamous cell
    Carcinoma
    Inflammatory salivary gland disorders
    Salivary gland neoplasms
    Odontogenic cysts
    Odontogenic tumors
    Nonodontogenic cysts, cystlike lesions, and miscellaneous entities
    Nonodontogenic intraosseous cysts and tumors
    Hematolymphoid tumors of the oral cavity / Olga K. Weinberg and Elizabeth A. Morgan.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Joseph A. Regezi, James J. Sciubba, Richard C.K. Jordan.
    Contents:
    Clinical overview
    Vesiculobullous diseases
    Ulcerative conditions
    White lesions
    Red-blue lesions
    Pigmented lesions
    Verrucal-papillary lesions
    Connective tissue lesions
    Salivary gland diseases
    Lymphoid lesions
    Cysts of the jaws and neck
    Odontogenic tumors
    Benign nonodontogenic tumors
    Inflammatory jaw lesions
    Malignancies of the jaws
    Metabolic and genetic diseases
    Abnormalities of teeth.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Stuart C. White, Michael J. Pharoah.
    Summary: "With more than 1,000 high-quality radiographs and illustrations, this bestselling book visually demonstrates the basic principles of oral and maxillofacial radiology as well as effective clinical application. You'll be able to diagnose and treat patients effectively with the coverage of imaging techniques, including specialized techniques such as MRI and CT, and the comprehensive discussion of the radiographic interpretation of pathology. The book also covers radiation physics, radiation biology, and radiation safety and protection -- helping you provide state-of-the-art care! A consistent format makes it easy to follow and comprehend clinical material on each pathologic condition, including a definition, synonyms, clinical features, radiographic features, differential diagnosis, and management/treatment. Updated photos show new equipment and radiographs in the areas of intraoral radiographs, normal radiographic anatomy, panoramic imaging, and advanced imaging. Updated Digital Imaging chapter expands coverage of PSP plates and its use in cephalometric and panoramic imaging, examining the larger latitudes of photostimulable phosphor receptors and their linear response to the five orders of magnitude of x-ray exposure. Updated Guidelines for Prescribing Dental Radiographs chapter includes the latest ADA guidelines, and also discusses the European Guidelines. Updated information on radiographic manifestations of diseases in the orofacial region includes the latest data on etiology and diagnosis, with an emphasis on advanced imaging. Expert contributors include many authors with worldwide reputations. Cone Beam Computed Tomography chapter covers machines, the imaging process, and typical clinical applications of cone-beam imaging, with examples of examinations made from scans. Evolve website adds more coverage of cases, with more examples of specific issues"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I: Foundations. Physics ; Biology ; Safety and Protection
    Part II. Imaging. Digital Imaging ; Film Imaging ; Projection Geometry ; Intraoral Projections ; Intraoral Anatomy ; Extraoral Projections and Anatomy ; Panoramic Imaging ; Cone-Beam Computed Tomography: Volume Acquisition ; Cone-Beam Computed Tomography: Volume Preparation ; Cone-Beam Computed Tomography: Anatomy ; Other Imaging Modalities ; Quality Assurance and Infection Control ; Prescribing Diagnostic Imaging
    Part III. Interpretation. Principles of Radiographic Interpretation ; Dental Caries ; Periodontal Diseases ; Inflammatory Disease ; Cysts ; Benign Tumors ; Other Bone Diseases ; Malignant Diseases ; Systemic Diseases ; Paranasal Sinus Diseases ; Temporomandibular Joint Abnormalities ; Soft Tissue Calcifications and Ossifications ; Salivary Gland Diseases ; Trauma ; Dental Anomalies ; Craniofacial Anomalies
    Part IV. Other Applications. Implants ; Forensics.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Nasim Fazel, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of oral signs of a broad spectrum of systemic diseases including gastrointestinal, hematologic, and endocrine, in addition to infectious, nutritional, autoimmune, genetic and connective tissue diseases. An overview of associated key signs and salient features to look for on oral exam is provided as well as other clinical manifestations, differential diagnoses, and treatment recommendations. The mouth is an important anatomical location with a role in many critical physiologic processes that are frequently involved in conditions that affect the skin or other organ systems. In many instances, oral manifestations of a disease precede the appearance of other stigmata. Therefore, early recognition of oral signs and symptoms associated with underlying systemic diseases can be invaluable to the clinician in establishing a diagnosis and prompt initiation of therapy. This book, written for dermatologists, dentists, otolaryngologists, and oral medicine specialists, offers a structured approach to the therapy and management of diseases affecting the oral mucosa.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Oral signs of gastrointestinal disease
    Oral signs of hematologic disease
    Oral signs of endocrine and metabolic diseases
    Oral signs of nutritional disease
    Oral signs of connective tissue disease
    Oral signs of vesiculobullous and autoimmune diesase
    Oral signs of viral disease
    Oral signs of bacterial disease
    Oral signs of tropical, fungal, and parasitic disease
    Oral signs of genetic disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford.
    Contents:
    Infection control / Joseph E. Cillo, Jr., Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford
    Time out policy : correct patient, correct procedure, correct site / Deepak G. Krishnan, Riddhi Patel, Jeffrey A. Elo
    Anatomy of local anesthesia in dentistry / Eric W. Baker
    Common oral lesions / Elizabeth A. Andrews
    Essentials of dental radiographic analysis and interpretation / Setareh Lavasani
    Odontogenic infections / Chan M. Park, Benjamin R. Shimel, Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford
    Dentoalveolar surgery / Christopher F. Viozzi, Jeffrey A. Elo
    Antibiotics / Rawle F. Philbert, Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford, Ho-Hyun Sun, Christopher Yi
    Pharmacology for the dental practitioner / Steven Fletcher, Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford, Ho-Hyun Sun, Christopher Yi
    Management of patients on anticoagulants and antiplatelet medications / David R. Cummings, Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford, Ho-Hyun Sun, Christopher Yi
    Hypertension guidelines / Ronald Caloss, Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford
    Management of medical emergencies / Brett J. King, Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford
    Management of the pregnant patient / Vincent Carrao, Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford
    Prescription writing / Edward T. Lahey, Jeffrey A. Elo, Alan S. Herford.
  • Digital
    Adit Gupta, Prerana Tahiliani, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the advances in the field of ophthalmic plastic and orbital surgery. This booklet aims at educating the general and specialist ophthalmologists and residents about the various facets that this niche subspecialty has to offer in the future. The chapters cover the latest evidence-based approach in the diagnosis and management of various oculoplastic disorders. The chapters will be supplemented with ample illustrations and well labelled diagrams wherever necessary. Chapters include key topics such as imaging, orbital decompression, lacrimal surgery, and orbital trauma. Chapters on navigation-guided orbital surgery, oculo-facial aesthetics, socket surgery, and targeted therapies on peri-ocular and orbital malignancies complete the coverage. A special chapter on photographic documentation in Oculoplastics guides readers on how to capture the images for future reference and work. As part of the series "Current Practices in Ophthalmology" this volume is meant for residents, fellows-in-training, generalist ophthalmologists and specialists alike.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: The Role of Photography in Oculofacial Aesthetics
    Chapter 2: Orbital Vascular Malformations: Current Concepts
    Chapter 3: Surgical Management of Thyroid Eye Disease: Recent Updates
    Chapter 4: Dacryology: Present and the Future
    Chapter 5: Principles for Management of Orbital Trauma
    Chapter 6: Periocular Rejuvenation: A Brief Overview
    Chapter 7: Emerging Trends in Socket Reconstruction
    Chapter 8: Targeted and Immune Therapy for Periocular and Orbital Malignancies.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Vadim P. Nikolaenko, Yury S. Astakhov, editors.
    Summary: This book thoroughly reviews the diagnosis and treatment of injuries of the orbital walls and apex, including orbital floor, medial orbital wall, naso-orbito-ethmoid, orbitozygomatic, maxillary, and frontobasilar fractures. For each form of injury, signs and symptoms are identified and clear guidance is provided on the interpretation of clinical and radiological findings and on current surgical treatment methods. In addition, the role of orbital imaging techniques, including CT and MRI, in depicting anatomic relations is explained with the aid of a wealth of radiological images and photograph.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    F. Allan Midyett, Suresh K. Mukherji.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Hakan Demirci, editor ; Arun D. Singh, series editor.
    Contents:
    Orbital infection: Bacterial Orbital Cellulitis
    Fungal Orbital Cellulitis
    Mycobacterial Orbital Cellulitis
    Viral Orbital Cellulitis
    Parasitic Orbital Cellulitis. Idiopathic Orbital
    Inflammation and IgG4 variant
    Sarcoidosis
    Wegener?s Granulomatosis
    Churg-Strauss Syndrome
    Sjogren Syndrome
    Langerhans? cell histiocytosis
    Adult xanthogranulomatous Disorders
    Kimura Disease
    Inflammation associated with intraocular and orbital tumors
    Graves? Eye Disease
    Orbital lymphoproliferative disorder. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jack Rootman ; illustrations by Bruce Stewart.
    Summary: This 2nd edition of Orbital Surgery is actually three books in one. It's an overview on orbital diseases, an anatomical atlas, and a surgical atlas. Using a conceptual model, along with more than 800 photographic and hand-drawn illustrations this book provides the reader with a clear description of the factors to consider when deciding on the proper approach to lesions anywhere in and surrounding the orbit. In addition to a beautifully illustrated text, there's also an online site with more than 30 case examples covering all of the categories of surgical approaches. 30 narrated videos of orbital surgery illustrating principles and specifics of techniques and approaches can also be found on this site. Plus, illustrated lectures on approach to orbital diagnosis, analysis of imaging, pearls and pitfalls in surgery, surgical technology, and decompression and management of thyroid orbitopathy. Offers a philosophy of approach to the surgical management of diseases of the orbit Over 800 illustrations, 600 of which are in full-color On-line component includes case examples and surgical videos Takes a decision-making approach to approaching orbital lesions--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
  • Digital
    Zeynel A. Karcioglu.
    Summary: Orbital Tumors, 2nd edition discusses advances in orbital disease and their treatment, offering readers an up-to-date, single volume reference for orbital tumors. Divided into two parts, this book covers everything from advances in oncogenesis and its relationship to orbital tumors, to medical genetics and the role of imaging in diagnosis of orbital tumors. Additionally, new information on incidence and behavior of tumors resulting from environmental and social trends is included. Written and edited by leaders in the fields of ophthalmology and oncology, Orbital Tumors, 2nd edition builds upon the first edition, proving to be a useful reference for orbital specialists and of significant interest to everyone dealing with orbital pathology from a clinical and scientific point of view.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Shaik Mahammad Khasim, Sadanand Nagesh Hegde, María Teresa González-Arnao, Kanchit Thammasiri, editors.
    Summary: This book on "Orchid Biology: Recent Trends & Challenges" reviews the latest strategies for the preservation and conservation of orchid diversity and orchid germplasm. It is an outcome of the Proceedings of the International Symposium on "Biodiversity of Medicinal Plants & Orchids: Emerging Trends and Challenges" held on 9-11 February 2018 at Acharya Nagarjuna University, India. In addition, eminent orchid experts from around the globe were invited to contribute to this book. All chapters were peer-reviewed by international experts. The Orchidaceae are one of the largest families of flowering plants, comprising over 700 genera and 22,500 species and contributing roughly 40 percent of monocotyledons. They also represent the second-largest flowering plant family in India, with 1,141 species in 166 genera, and contribute roughly 10% of Indian flora. Orchids comprise a unique group of plants and their flowers are among the most enchanting and exquisite creations of nature. Phylogenetically and taxonomically, the Orchidaceae are considered to be a highly evolved family among angiosperms. They show incredible diversity in terms of the shape, size and colour of their flowers, and are of great commercial importance in floriculture markets around the globe. Millions of cut flowers of Cymbidium, Dendrobium, Cattleya, Paphiopedilum, Phalaenopsis, Vanda etc., besides potted orchid plants, are sold in Western Countries and thus, the orchid cut flower industry has now become a multimillion-dollar business in Europe, the USA and South East Asia. Besides their ornamental value, orchids hold tremendous pharmaceutical potential. Root tubers of Habenaria edgeworthii form an important component of the 'Astavarga' group of drugs in Ayurvedic medicine. It is an established fact that tubers of some terrestrial orchids have been used to treat diarrhoea, dysentery, intestinal disorders, cough, cold and tuberculosis. Some orchids, particularly those belonging to the genera Aerides, Arachnis, Cattleya, Cymbidium, Dendrobium, Epidendrum, Oncidium, Paphiopedilum, Phalaenopsis, Renanthera, Vanda etc. have been extensively used to produce internationally acclaimed hybrids. Yet paradoxically, Indian orchids are victims of their own beauty and popularity. As a result, their natural populations have been declining rapidly because of unbridled commercial exploitation in India and abroad. In fact, some orchids are now at the verge of extinction, e.g. Renanthera imschootiana, Diplomeris hirsuta, Paphiopedilum fairrieanum, Cypripedium elegans, Taeniophylum andamanicum etc. Given the global importance of orchids in terms of securing human health and wealth, this comprehensive compilation, prepared by international experts, is highly topical. Its content is divided into five main sections: (I) Cryopreservation & Biotechnology, (II) Orchid Biodiversity & Conservation, (III) Anatomy & Physiology, (IV) Pollination Biology and (V) Orchid Chemicals & Bioactive Compounds. All contributions were written by eminent orchid experts/professors from around the world, making the book a valuable reference guide for all researchers, teachers, orchid enthusiasts, orchid growers and students of biotechnology, botany, pharmaceutical sciences and ethnomedicine. It will be equally valuable for readers from the horticultural industry, especially the orchid industry, agricultural scientists and policymakers.

    Contents:
    [I]. Cryopreservation and biotechnology: Cryopreservation development of some endangered Thai orchid species / Kanchit Thammasiri
    Status of orchid industry in India / Sadanand N. Hegde
    Cryobiotechnological studies in Vanilla : the orchid of multi-industrial uses / María Teresa González-Arnao, Fabiola Hernández-Ramírez, Natalia Raquel Dolce, Martha P. Rascón-Díaz, Carlos A. Cruz-Cruz
    In vitro propagation and germplasm conservation of wild orchids from South America / Natalia Raquel Dolce, Ricardo Daniel Medina, Graciela Terada, María Teresa González-Arnao, Eduardo Alberto Flachsland
    Postharvest technology of cut flowers of orchids / Mantana Buanong, Apiradee Uthairatanakij
    Cryobiotechnology of Korean orchid biodiversity : a case study sing Cymbidium kanran / Elena Popova, Haeng-Hoon Kim. [II]. Orchid biodiversity and conservation: Species diversity and distribution of orchids in Rudraprayag District, Uttarakhand, India / V.P. Bhatt
    Status of genetic diversity and its characterization in genus BUlbophyllum (Orchidaceae) from north-eastern India / Satyawada Rama Rao
    Orchid diversity in Darjeeling Himalaya, India : present status and conservation / Mohammed Rahamtulla, Ashis Kumar Roy, S. M. Khasim
    Orchid diversity in the eastern Ghats of Northern Andhra Pradesh, India / M. Venkaiah, J. Prakasa Rao, M. Tarakeswara Naidu, R. Prameela, P. Janaki Rao, S. B. Padal
    History and scientific potential of the orchid collection of the Stock Greenhouse of the Main Botanical Garden RAS (Moscow, Russia) / Galina L. Kolomeitseva
    Status of orchid diversity, conservation, and research and development in Arunachal Pradesh : an overview / Sadanand N. Hegde. [III]. Anatomy and physiology: Orchid mycorrhizal fungi : structure, function, and diversity / Kullaiyan Sathiyadash, Thangavelu Muthukumar, Velusamy Karthikeyan, Kuppu Rajendran
    Orchid seed ultrastructure : ecological and taxonomic implications with reference to Epidendroideae (Orchidaceae) / J. Ramudu, S.M. Khasim, G. Ramesh
    Structural adaptations of Bulbophyllum and Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) to the epiphytic habitat and their phylogenetic implications / G. Ramesh, J. Ramudu, S. M. Khasim, K. Thammasiri
    Physiological response of Dendrobium cv Earsakul to plant growth promoters and growing systems / M. Raja Naik, K. Ajith Kumar, A. V. Santhoshkumar, P. K. Sudha Devi, M. Ramakrishna
    Anatomical studies in some Indian Coelogyneae (Orchidaceae) / J. Ramudu, S.M. Khasim. [IV]. Pollination biology: Beauty of orchid flowers are not adequate to lure Indian biologists / Kamaladhasan N., Mohan Raj R., Soundararajan N., Indhar Saidanyan R., Saravanan S., Chandrasekaran S.
    Evolution of organismal female wasp mimics in sexually deceptive orchid genus Chiloglottis (Orchidaceae) / Kamaladhasan N., Mohan Raj R., Krishnankutty N., Indhar Saidanyan R., Soundararajan N., Saravanan S. et al.
    Pollination studies in the genus Habernaria Willd. (Orchidaceae) from western Ghats, India) / B.T. Dangat, R.V. Gurav. [V]. Orchid chemicals and bioactive compounds: Phytochemical analysis, antioxidant and anti-inflammatory activity of Eria tomentosa (Koen.) Hook. f. / Most. Tanzila Akter, Mohammed Kamrul Huda, Mohammed Mozammel Hoque, Minhajur Rahman
    Medicinal orchids : production of bioactive compounds and biomass / So-Young Park, Thanh-Tam Ho, Kee-Yoeup Paek
    Ethnomedicinal aspects of some orchids from Darjeeling Himalaya, India / Mohammed Rahamtulla, Udai C. Pradhan, Ashis Kumar Roy, Venkatesh Rampilla, S. M. Khasim
    Evaluation pf phytoconstituents and antibacterial activity of Vanda tessellata using in vitro model / Karabi Biswas, Sankar Narayan Sinha
    Screening of bioactive phytochemicals in some Indigenous epiphytic orchids of Bangladesh / M.M. hossain, S. Akter, S.B. Uddin
    GC-MS analysis of organic extracts of Cymbidium aloifolium (L.) Sw. (Orchiadaceae) leaves from eastern Ghats of India / Venkatesh Rampilla, S.M. Khasim
    Anticancer property in Acampe praemorsa and Aerides odorata (Orchidaceae), an in vitro approach / K. Jhansi, S.M. Khasim
    Phytochemical screening and evaluation of antimicrobial potential of Dendrobium fimbriatum Hook / Sankar Narayan Sinha, Karabi Biswas.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Fure-Chyi Chen, Shih-Wen Chin, editors.
    Summary: This book provides information on genome complexity and evolution, transcriptome analysis, miRNome, simple sequence repeats, genome relationships, molecular cytogenetics, polyploidy induction and application, flower and embryo development. Orchids account for a great part of the worldwide floriculture trade both as cut flowers and as potted plants and are assessed to comprise around 10% of global fresh cut flower trade. A better understanding of the basic botanical characteristics, flower regulation, molecular cytogenetics, karyotypes and DNA content of important orchids will aid in the efficient development of new cultivars. The book also describes the composition, expression and function of various microRNAs and simple sequence repeats. Information on their involvement in all aspects of plant growth and development will aid functional genomics studies.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The Global Orchid Market
    Chapter 2. The Breeding of Phalaenopsis Hybrids
    Chapter 3. The Tiny Twig Epiphyte Erycina Pusilla
    Chapter 4. Phalaenopsis Genome and Transcriptome Exploitation and its Application for Breeding
    Chapter 5. Chromosome Analysis of Phalaenopsis Yellow Cultivars
    Chapter 6. Regulation of Flowering in Orchids
    Chapter 7. The Roles of MADS-box Genes During Orchid Floral Development
    Chapter 8. Genomics, Transcriptomics and miRNA Family Resources for Phalaenopsis Aphrodite and the Orchid Family
    Chapter 9. Genes and Noncoding RNAs Involved in Flower Development in Orchis Italica
    Chapter 10. Phylogeny, Polymorphism, and SSR Markers of Phalaenopsis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Eng Soon Teoh.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: A presentation of 491 popular orchid species with 13 varieties and 3 natural hybrids in 51 genera with names beginning with A to E carefully detailed with beautiful photographs and concise descriptions of the plants, their distribution and habitats by a well-known author and photographer. Each genus is assigned a separate chapter. Coverage of the most commonly cultivated Asian species including their varieties and cultivars (e.g. in Bulbophyllum 82 species; Coelogyne 37 species; Dendrobium 210 species) is exhaustive. The orchids are photographed from their best perspective as individual blooms or entire inflorescences. Many species are also shown growing in their natural habitat. Representative hybrids are included to illustrate how some species have contributed to show-worthiness of various genera, their adaptation to a wider climate range, and easy cultivation. This book is a pleasure to view; simultaneously, an easy reference for the identification of orchid species and it provides a guide on how best to grow them. Nowhere else will one find so many popular species beautifully illustrated in a single volume. Volume 1 is the first of a 3 Volume series that will showcase over 900 species plus varieties in 117 genera. A must for everyone fascinated by orchids or simply with a love for nature.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: AcampeLindl
    Chapter 3: AcanthephippiumBl
    Chapter 4: AcriopsisReinw. Ex Bl
    Chapter 5: AdenoncosBl
    Chapter 6: AeridesLour
    Chapter 7: Aeridostachya(Hook.f.) Brieger
    Chapter 8: AgrostophyllumBl
    Chapter 9: AmesiellaSchltr. ex Garay
    Chapter 10: AniaBl
    Chapter 11: AnoectochilusBl
    Chapter 12: AnthogoniumLindl
    Chapter 13: ApostasiaBl
    Chapter 14: AppendiculaBl
    Chapter 15: ArachnisBl
    Chapter 16: ArundinaBl
    Chapter 17: AscidieriaSeidenf
    Chapter 18: AscocentrumSchltr
    Chapter 19: BrachypezaGaray
    Chapter 20: BromheadiaLindl
    Chapter 21: ByrobiumLindl
    Chapter 22: BulbophyllumThouars
    Chapter 23: CalantheR. Br
    Chapter 24: CallostylisBl
    Chapter 25: CephalantheraRich
    Chapter 26: CeratostylisBl
    Chapter 27: CheirostylisBl
    Chapter 28: Chelonistele(Bl.) Pfitz
    Chapter 29: ChiloschistaLindl
    Chapter 30: CleisocentronBruhl
    Chapter 31: CleisostomaBl
    Chapter 32: CoelogyneLindl
    Chapter 33: CorymborkisThouars
    Chapter 34: CrepidiumBl
    Chapter 35: CryptochilusWall
    Chapter 36: CryptostylisR. Br
    Chapter 37: CylindrolobusBl
    Chapter 38: CymbidiumSw
    Chapter 39: CypripediumL
    Chapter 40: DactylorhizaNeck ex Nevski
    Chapter 41: DendrobiumSw
    Chapter 42: DendrochilumBl
    Chapter 43: DendroliriumBl
    Chapter 44: DieniaLindl
    Chapter 45: DimorphorchisRolfe
    Chapter 46: DiploploraJ. D. Hooker
    Chapter 47: DipodiumR Br
    Chapter 48: DossiniaE. Morren
    Chapter 49: DyakiaChristen
    Chapter 50: EpigeniumGagn
    Chapter 51: EriaLindl
    Chapter 52: EulophiaR. Br. ex Lindl.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Eng Soon Teoh.
    Summary: Did you know that Vanilla was formerly served as aphrodisiac by Cassanova and Madam Pompadour, and Elizabeth I loved its flavor? This is the first book that provides a complete worldwide coverage of orchids being employed as aphrodisiacs, medicine or charms and food. Opening with an in-depth historical account of orchids (orchis Greek testicle), the author describes how the Theory of Signatures influenced ancient herbalists to regard terrestrial orchid tubers as aphrodisiacs. Doctors and apothecaries promoted it during the Renaissance. Usage of orchids in Traditional Chinese Medicine, Indian Ayurvedic Medicine; by Tibetan yogins and Amchi healers for longevity pills, tonics and aphrodisiacs; by Africans to prepare 'health promoting' chikanda or as survival food when lost in the Australian bush are some highlights of the book. Early settlers in America and the East Indies often relied on native remedies and employment of orchids for such needs is described. Also covered are the search for medicinal compounds by scientists, attempts to prove the orchid's efficacy by experiment and the worry of conservationists.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: INTRODUCTION: Orchids as Medicine: A Historical Overview
    Chapter 2: An Ancient Fantasy
    Salep as Aphrodisiac
    Chapter 3: Foremost Among Medicinal Orchids
    Chapter 4: Dwelling on Rocks (Shihu)
    Chapter 5: METAMORPHOSIS: Modern medicine finds new uses for an ancient herb
    Chapter 6: Spiritual Tibetan Medicine; popular wangle
    Chapter 7: The Story of Vanilla
    Chapter 8: Modern Treasure Hunters
    Chapter 9: Medicinal Orchids of Central America
    Chapter 10: Medicinal Orchids of South America
    Chapter 11: Usage of Medicinal Orchids
    Chapter 12: INDIA: Van Rheede, Caius, and others
    Chapter 13: Medicinal Orchids of Nepal and Bhutan
    Chapter 14: Medicinal Orchids of Thailand and Myanmar
    Chapter 15: Medicinal Orchids in the Malay Archipelago
    Chapter 16: Australian Orchids as Food and Medicine
    Chapter 17: Medicinal Orchid Usage in Rural Africa
    Chapter 18: The Challenge: Orchid Conservation.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Samuel LeBaron.
    Summary: "In Ordinary Deaths, Dr. Samuel LeBaron reminds us of our need for human connection when faced with death and loss. Based on more than thirty years of working with children and adults dying from cancer, LeBaron's memoir contains stories of longing, confusion, love, and humility--often woven together. Sharing recollections from his childhood in rural Alberta and experiences from his career, LeBaron reveals a life of vital connection and intimacy with others. His employment at a morgue during medical school, his early years as a clinical psychologist, and later careers in primary care and hospice in California, all translate into compassion and a deep understanding of death. Writing as he faces his own terminal illness--stage IV lung cancer--LeBaron hopes to help readers find solace and confidence."-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R726.8 .L43 2022
    1
  • Print
    Tracy K. Smith.
    Summary: "In Ordinary light, Pulitzer Prize-winning poet Tracy K. Smith explores her coming-of-age and the meaning of home against a complex backdrop of race, faith, and the unbreakable bond between a mother and daughter."--Page 4 of cover.

    Contents:
    Prologue: The miracle
    My book house
    Wild kingdom
    Spirits and demons
    Kin
    Leroy
    A home in the world
    MGM
    Little feats of daring
    Total adaventure
    Book a big band
    A necessary rite
    Humor
    Uninvisible
    The night stalker
    Hot and fast
    Shame
    Mother
    Epistolary
    Positive
    Kathleen
    Something better
    The woman at the well
    A strange thing to do
    I, too
    Testimony
    Another dialect of the soul
    Something powerful at her side
    A strange atfer
    Abide
    Clearances
    Epilogue: Dear God
    Acknowledgments.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PS3619.M5955 Z46 2016
    1
  • Print
    Christina Sharpe.
    Summary: A singular achievement, Ordinary Notes explores profound questions about loss and the shapes of Black life that emerge in the wake. In a series of 248 notes that gather meaning as we read them, Christina Sharpe skillfully weaves artifacts from the past—public ones alongside others that are poignantly personal—with present realities and possible futures, intricately constructing an immersive portrait of everyday Black existence. The themes and tones that echo through these pages—sometimes about language, beauty, memory; sometimes about history, art, photography, and literature—always attend, with exquisite care, to the ordinary-extraordinary dimensions of Black life. At the heart of Ordinary Notes is the indelible presence of the author’s mother, Ida Wright Sharpe. “I learned to see in my mother’s house,” writes Sharpe. “I learned how not to see in my mother’s house . . . My mother gifted me a love of beauty, a love of words.” Using these gifts and other ways of seeing, Sharpe steadily summons a chorus of voices and experiences to the page. She practices an aesthetic of "beauty as a method,” collects entries from a community of thinkers toward a “Dictionary of Untranslatable Blackness,” and rigorously examines sites of memory and memorial. And in the process, she forges a brilliant new literary form, as multivalent as the ways of Black being it traces. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access 2023
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    E185.625 .S537 2023
    1
  • Digital
    volume editors, M.A. Steiner, M. Yanagisawa, M. Clozel.
    Summary: "Discovered in 1998, the orexin system lies at the core of the sleep and wake state regulation inside our brain. This book summarizes recent research, ideas and perspectives from some of the most influential researchers in the fields of hypocretin/orexin and sleep. For example, it explains the intricate role of the orexin system in the different sleep phases and in the pathways that are related to memory and cognition. It also provides an overview of diseases which are caused by, or associated with, a dysfunctional orexin system, such as narcolepsy, insomnia, substance abuse, or Alzheimer's disease"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Twenty-three years of hypocretins : the "Rosetta stone" of sleep/arousal circuits / de Lecea, L.
    Interaction between orexin neurons and monoaminergic systems / Sakurai, T.; Saito, Y.C.; Yanagisawa, M.
    Hypocretin/orexin receptor pharmacology and sleep phases / Sun, Y.; Tisdale, R.K.; Kilduff, T.S.
    Sleep, Orexin and Cognition / Toor, B.; Ray, L.B.; Pozzobon, A.; Fogel, S.M.
    Subsecond ensemble dynamics of orexin neurons link sensation and action / Burdakov, D.
    Heterogeneity of hypocretin/orexin neurons / Sagi, D.; de Lecea, L.; Appelbaum, L.
    Sleep and metabolism: implication of lateral hypothalamic neurons / Oesch, L.T.; Adamantidis, A.R.
    Cellular signaling mechanisms of hypocretin/orexin / Kukkonen, J.P.; Turunen, P.M.
    Sleep problems in narcolepsy and the role of hypocretin/orexin deficiency / Mignot, E.; Zeitzer, J.M.; Pizza, F.; Plazzi, G.
    The insomnia-addiction positive feedback loop : Role of the orexin system / Fragale, J.; James, M.; Avila, J.; Spaeth, A.M.; Aurora, R.N.; Langleben, D.; Aston-Jones, G.
    Causes and consequences of chronic sleep deficiency and the role of orexin / Mullington, J.M.; Cunningham, T.J.; Haack, M.; Yang, H.
    Hypocretin/orexin, sleep and Alzheimer's disease / Dauvilliers, Y.
    Digital Access Karger 2021
  • Digital
    Xiaoshun He, Jiefu Huang, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a view of the current environment of organ donation and transplantation after cardiac death in China, including legal and ethical aspects of cardiac death, assessment and management of potential organ donor, quality evaluation and machine perfusion of organ, as well as immunology, imaging and pathology related to transplantation from cardiac death donors. Since 2015, voluntary donation has been announced as the only legitimate venue for organ transplant in China. As cardiac death is adopted in China, the donation mode is different from those in other countries where brain death is adopted. It offers transplant surgeons and physicians valuable information on optimal practice proposal for organ donation after cardiac death in China.

    Contents:
    1 Legal, moral, and ethical issues related to cardiac death donation
    2 Current situation of organ donation after cardiac death in china
    3 Cardiac death donor evaluation and management
    4 Organ procurement, quality evaluation and perfusion in cardiac death donation
    5 Liver transplantation from cardiac Death Donors
    6 Kidney transplantation from cardiac death donors
    7 Lung transplantation from cardiac death donors
    8 Pancreas and Islet Transplantation from Cardiac Death Donors
    9 Multiple organ transplantation from cardiac death donors
    10 Immunosuppressive strategies in transplantation using cardiac death donors
    11 Ischemia and reperfusion injury in organ transplantation from cardiac death donors
    12 Imaging related to transplantation from cardiac death donors
    13 Pathological evaluation of DCD donor organs
    14 Further Development of Organ Transplantation form Cardiac Death Donors in China.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Daniel Eberli, Sang Jin Lee, Andreas Traweger, editors.
    Summary: The notion of being able to engineer complete organs has inspired an entire generation of researchers. While recent years have brought significant progress in regenerative medicine and tissue engineering, the immense challenges encountered when trying to engineer an entire organ have to be acknowledged. Despite a good understanding of cell phenotypes, cellular niches and cell-to-biomaterial interactions, the formation of tissues composed of multiple cells remains highly challenging. Only a step-by-step approach will allow the future production of a living tissue construct ready for implantation and to augment organ function. In this book, expert authors present the current state of this approach. It offers a concise overview and serves as a great starting point for anyone interested in the application of tissue engineering or regenerative medicine for organ engineering. Each chapter contains a short overview including physiological and pathological changes as well as the current clinical need. The potential cell sources and suitable biomaterials for each organ type are discussed and possibilities to produce organ-like structures are illustrated. The ultimate goal is for the generated small tissues to unfold their full potential in vivo and to serve as a native tissue equivalent. By integrating and evolving, these implants will form functional tissue in-vivo. This book discusses the desired outcome by focusing on well-defined functional readouts. Each chapter addresses the status of clinical translations and closes with the discussion of current bottlenecks and an outlook for the coming years. A successful regenerative medicine approach could solve organ shortage by providing biological substitutes for clinical use - clearly, this merits a collaborative effort.

    Contents:
    Brain Central Neural System
    Vison system, retina, cornea
    Olfactory system
    Craniomaxillofacial bone engineering
    Ear, Nose and Throat
    Dental, tooth
    Thymus, Lymphoid
    Oesophagus, Trachea
    Lung
    Gastro Intestinal Tract (Organoids)
    Kidney
    Bladder/Urethra
    Liver (Biomaterial, Cells)
    Endocrine Organs (Pancreas)
    Salivary grand
    Breast Tissue / Fat Tissue
    Ovary
    Penis
    Great Vessels
    Cell sheets for cardiac tissue engineering
    Heart valve Bioengineering
    Ligament
    Meniskus als muskuloskelettaler Abschnitt
    Tendons
    Skeletal system and Muscle.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mitsuo Tagaya, Thomas Simmen, editors.
    Summary: "This book provides the first comprehensive coverage of the quickly evolving research field of membrane contact sites (MCS). A total of 16 chapters explain their organization and role and unveil the significance of MCS for various diseases. MCS, the intracellular structures where organellar membranes come in close contact with one another, mediate the exchange of proteins, lipids, and ions. Via these functions, MCS are critical for the survival and the growth of the cell. Owing to that central role in the functioning of cells, MCS dysfunctions lead to important defects of human physiology, influence viral and bacterial infection, and cause disease such as inflammation, type II diabetes, neurodegenerative disorders, and cancer. To approach such a multifaceted topic, this volume assembles a series of chapters dealing with the full array of research about MCS and their respective roles for diseases. Most chapters also introduce the history and the state of the art of MCS research, which will initiate discussion points for the respective types of MCS for years to come. This work will appeal to all cell biologists as well as researchers on diseases that are impacted by MCS dysfunction. Additionally, it will stimulate graduate students and postdocs who will energize, drive, and develop the research field in the near future."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Organelle communication at membrane contact sites (MCS): from curiosity to center stage in cell biology and biomedical research / Thomas Simmen, Mitsuo Tagaya
    Over six decades of discovery and characterization of the architecture at mitochondria-associated membranes (MAMS) / Maria Sol Herrera-Cruz, Thomas Simmen
    Regulation of mitochondrial dynamics and autophagy by the mitochondria-associated membrane / Mitsuo Tagaya, Kohei Arasaki
    Endoplasmic reticulum-mitochondria communication through Ca2+ signaling: the importance of mitochondria-associated membranes (MAMS) / Saverio Marchi, Mart Bittremieux, Sonia Missiroli, Claudia Morganti, Simone Patergnani [and others]
    Ceramide transport from the endoplasmic reticulum to the trans Golgi region at organelle membrane contact sites / Kentaro Hanada
    Endoplasmic reticulum-plasma membrane crosstalk mediated by the extended synaptotagmins / Yasunori Saheki
    Endoplasmic reticulum-plasma membrane contacts regulate cellular excitability / Eamonn J. Dickson
    The lipid droplet and the endoplasmic reticulum / Yuki Ohsaki, Kamil Sołtysik, Toyoshi Fujimoto
    Role of intra- and inter-mitochondrial membrane contact sites in yeast phospholipid biogenesis / Yasushi Tamura, Toshiya Endo
    Discovery and roles of ER-endolysosomal contact sites in disease / William Mike Henne
    Alzheimer disease / Estela Area-Gomez, Eric A. Schon
    Mitochondrial-associated membranes in Parkinson's disease / Nobutaka Hattori, Taku Arano, Taku Hatano, Akio Mori, Yuzuru Imai
    Role of endoplasmic reticulum-mitochondria communication in type 2 diabetes / Jennifer Rieusset
    Mitochondrial-endoplasmic reticulum contact sites mediate innate immune responses / Takuma Misawa, Michihiro Takahama, Tatsuya Saitoh
    Hepatitis C virus replication / Tetsuro Suzuki
    Hijacking of membrane contact sites by intracellular bacterial pathogens / Isabelle Derré
    Alterations in Ca2+ signalling via ER-mitochondria contact site remodelling in cancer / Martijn Kerkhofs, Carlotta Giorgi, Saverio Marchi, Bruno Seitaj, Jan B. Parys [and others].
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Lembo, Elena Mente, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses, reviews and evaluates key themes in organic aquaculture and is set out to show how these relate to the challenges and bottlenecks for a responsible organic aquaculture production in Europe. The key themes reflect the main challenges facing the organic aquaculture industry: guarantee and certification system, nutrition, reproduction, production system design and animal welfare. In addition, it assesses the impact of new and future potential development of new knowledge to update and modify the criteria and standards for organic aquaculture. Organic aquaculture is an alternative production approach driven by the growing interest in sustainable utilization of resources. It is rightly viewed as an important contributor to the economy and to the well-being and health of communities. This work will contribute to the scientific knowledge that needs to strengthen effective organic aquaculture. The collation of information on research and data will be of applied value to researchers, university students, end users and policy authorities in the EU and worldwide.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Editors and Contributors; List of Figures; List of Tables;
    Chapter 1: Organic Aquaculture: Principles, Standards and Certification; Introduction; Organic Principles Applied to Aquaculture; Principle of Health; Principle of Ecology; Principle of Fairness; Principle of Care; Organic Aquaculture Standards and Regulations Around the World; Scope and Content of Organic Aquaculture Standards; Elements of Organic Aquaculture Standards; System Design and Location; Conversion to Organic Aquaculture; Sources of Stock, Breeds and Breeding Algae and Microalgae Production Production of Molluscs; Feeding and Nutrition of Aquaculture Animals; Health and Welfare; Harvest, Transportation and Slaughter; Processing and Labelling; Guarantee Systems, Certifications, Market Access and Labelling; Certification; Other Guarantee Systems; Labelling; Import Requirements; Hints on the Control and Certification System in Europe; References;
    Chapter 2: EU Regulation on Organic Aquaculture; Introduction; Organic Aquaculture in Regulation (EC) No 834/2007; Organic Aquaculture in Regulation (EC) No 889/2008; Seaweed Production Animal Production: General Rules Origin of Aquaculture Animal; Aquaculture Husbandry Practices; Breeding; Feed for Fish, Crustacean and Echinoderm; Specific Rules for Mollusc; Disease Prevention and Veterinary Treatments; The Organic Control System; Steps and Obligation for the Organic Operators; The New Organic Control System; Labelling in the European Union; The Import Regime; System 1: Recognised Equivalent Third Countries; System 2: Control Bodies/Authorities Recognised for the Purpose of Equivalence; System 3: Control Bodies/Authorities Recognised for the Purpose of Compliance Impact of Aquaculture Breeding Programs Aquaculture Breeding Program Design; Inbreeding Management; Estimation of Breeding Values; Important Selection Traits for Organic Aquaculture; Feed Efficiency; Disease Resistance; Selection for Skewed Sex Ratio Stocks; Genotype by Environment Interaction (GxE) in Selective Breeding Programs; Novel Omics Technologies in Organic Aquaculture; Genomics; Transcriptomics; Proteomics; Metabolomics; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Early Life Stages and Weaning; Development, Feeding, and Nutritional Requirements of Marine and Freshwater Fish Larvae System 4: Import Authorisations The Organic Import System in the New Organic Regulation; References;
    Chapter 3: Organic Aquaculture: Economic, Market and Consumer Aspects; Background; Organic Aquaculture Production; The Economics of Organic Aquaculture; Consumer Awareness and Product Knowledge; Labels and Label Knowledge; Consumer Attitudes; Consumer Preferences and Willingness to Pay for Organic Seafood in Europe; Concluding Remarks; References;
    Chapter 4: Genomics Era on Breeding Aquaculture Stocks; Aquaculture Selective Breeding Background; Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Lednicer, Daniel; Mitscher, Lester A.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RS400 .O68
    3
  • Digital
    Adam Renslo, PHD, Associate Professor, Department of Pharmaceutical Chemistry, School of Pharmacy, University of California, San Francisco.
    Summary: Organic Chemistry for Pharmacy is a textbook written specifically for the students taking the required Organic/Medical Pharmacy course. Using a building- block approach, the book delivers a basic, yet thorough discussion of the mode of action, therapeutic applications, and limitations of various pharmaceutical agents.

    Contents:
    Chemical structure and bonding / Adam Renslo, Dmitry Koltun
    Non-covalent interactions / Adam Renslo
    Stereochemistry / Adam Renslo
    Conformations of small molecules / Adam Renslo
    Acid-base chemistry / Susan M. Miller
    Addition, substitution, and elimination reactions / Jie Jack Li, Adam Renslo
    Reactions of carbonyl species / Adam Renslo
    Radical chemistry / John Flygare, Adam Renslo.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2016
  • Digital
    Sarath Chandran C., Sabu Thomas, M.R. Unni, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides an overview of the fundamental concepts and recent advancements in organic farming, a form of agriculture that is increasing rapidly in popularity. Readers will discover information on the history of organic farming, environmental friendly practices and challenges, and innovations in the field. The chapter authors analyze pertinent aspects of this integrated farming system including strategies to improve seed quality, methods to improve soil fertility, and the advantages of using organic fertilizers. Particular attention is also given to weed management practices, bioenergy production and insights into the ways organic farming can adapt to global climate change and build sustainable food systems for future generations. Scientists, decision-makers, professors, and farmers who wish to work towards making agricultural systems more sustainable will find this book appealing.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Organic Farming in Protecting Water Quality; Introduction; What Are the Different Ways by Which Water Quality Deteriorates?; Organic Farming; Aims and Definitions of Organic Farming; Organic Farming: Environmental Benefits; Nutrient Leaching and Runoff; How Organic Farming Controls Nutrient Leaching and Runoff; Positive Management Practices to Minimize Nutrient Leaching and Runoff; Soil Erosion; Positive Practices That Minimize Erosion; Pathogens; Positive Practices; Pesticides; Positive Practices; Heavy Metals; Conclusion; References Current Status and Soil Biology Impacts of Organic Conservation Tillage in the US Great PlainsIntroduction; Organic Continuous-NT Systems; Conservation-Tillage Impacts on the Soil Food Web; Effect of Conservation Tillage on the Soil Microbial Community; Impact of Tillage on Nematodes; Impact of Tillage on Soil Meso- and Macrofauna; Suggestions for Future Research; References; Use of Biochar in Organic Farming; Chapter Overview; Introduction: Biochar History and Use in Agricultural Systems; Biochar Generation and Properties; Biochar Generation; Physical and Structural Properties of Biochar Macromolecular Properties of BiocharInfluence of Biochar on Soil Properties; Soil Physical Properties; Soil Biochemical Properties; Soil Microorganisms; Influence of Biochar on Crop Productivity in Organic Agriculture; Biochar in Organic Agriculture: The San Juan Experience; Background and Biochar Generation; Study Design and Results; Linking Sustainable Agroforestry to Organic Farming; References; Pest and Disease Control Strategies in Organic Fruit Production; Soil Management Practices to Reduce Pest Incidence; Field Management Practices to Reduce Pest Incidence Physical Methods to Control Flying PestsBotanicals in Pest and Disease Control; Microbial Bioagents in Pest Control; Natural Enemies for Pest Management; Ecological Engineering Approaches; Biodiversity with Flowering Plants; Intercrops to Check Pest Incidence; Trap Cropping; Physical Methods to Control Postharvest Pests and Diseases; Plant Products to Control Postharvest Pests and Diseases in Fruits; Conclusion; References; Pesticides: Classification, Detection, and Degradation; Introduction; Detection of Pesticides; Chromatographic Techniques; Supercritical Fluid Extraction Pressurized Liquid ExtractionGel Permeation Chromatography; Analysis of Pesticides; Conclusion; References; Organic Animal Husbandry; Introduction; Objectives of Organic Animal Husbandry; Role of Livestock in Organic Agriculture; Animal Welfare in Organic Agriculture; Role of Organic Agriculture on Animal Health; Reduce Incidence of Diseases; Promotes Health of Animal; Reduces Pain and Stress Through Standard Animal Welfare; Organic Livestock Production Standards; The European Union Organic (EU Organic) Standard for Livestock Production
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Alexandru Mihai Grumezescu.
    Summary: "Organic Materials as Smart Nanocarriers for Drug Delivery presents the latest developments in the area of organic frameworks used in pharmaceutical nanotechnology. An up-to-date overview of organic smart nanocarriers is explored, along with the different types of nanocarriers, including polymeric micelles, cyclodextrins, hydrogels, lipid nanoparticles and nanoemlusions. Written by a diverse range of international academics, this book is a valuable reference for researchers in biomaterials, the pharmaceutical industry, and those who want to learn more about the current applications of organic smart nanocarriers. Explores the most recent molecular- and structure-based applications of organic smart nanocarriers in drug deliveryHighlights different smart nanocarriers and assesses their intricate organic structural properties for improving drug deliveryAssesses how molecular organic frameworks lead to more effective drug delivery systems"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Metal-organic frameworkds as expanding hybrid carriers with diverse therapeutic applications
    2. Natural and semisynthetic polymers in pharmaceutical nanotechnology
    3. Current perspectives on drug release studies from polymeric nanoparticles
    4. Polymeric nanofibers for controlled drug delivery applications
    5. Polymeric hydrogels for contact lens-based ophthalmic drug delivery systems
    6. Palm-based nanoemulsions for drug delivery systems
    7. Strategies for the design and synthesis of pincer-based dendrimers: potential applications
    8. Nanohydrogels: emerging trend for drug delivery
    9. Lipid-based nanoparticles for dermal drug delivery
    10. Lipid-based nanoparticles for cancer diagnosis and therapy
    11. Lyotropic liquid crystal nanoparticles: a novel improved lipidic drug delivery system
    12. Vesicular carriers as innovative nanodrug delivery formulations
    13. Gemini surfactant-based systems for drug and gene delivery
    14. Self-assembled quaternary ammonium surfactants for pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
    15 Cyclodextrin-based nanoparticles
    16. Cyclodextrin nanosponge-based systems in drug delivery and nanotherapeutics: current progress and future prospects.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Pierre L. Roubertoux.
    Contents:
    Organism Models: Choosing the Right Model
    The Autistic Spectrum Disorders (ASD) : From the Clinics to the Molecular Analysis
    Selecting the Right Species: Practical Information on Organism Models
    Viewing Animal Models for Tuberous Sclerosis Complex in the Light of Evolution
    In Vivo Imaging in Mice
    Invertebrate Models of Synaptic Transmission in Autism Spectrum Disorders
    Epigenetic Factors in Normal and Pathological Neuronal Development
    Finding Endophenotypes for Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD): cDNA Microarrays and Brain Transcripts
    Serotonin Disturbance in Mouse Models of Autism Spectrum Disorders
    Communication and Language in Animals
    Social Relationships in Nonhuman Primates: Potential Models of Pervasive Disorders
    Zebrafish Social Behaviour Testing in Developmental Brain Disorders
    Maintaining Mice for Neurobehavioral Examination
    Deficit in Social Relationships and Reduced Field of Interest in Mice
    Modeling Autism Spectrum Disorders Motor Deficits in Mice
    Neuro-Behavioral Testing of Mouse Models of Rett Syndrome
    Mouse Models of Tuberous Sclerosis
    Use of the Zebrafish Model to Understand Behavioral Disorders Associated with Altered Oxytocin System Development: Implications for Autism and Prader-Willi Syndrome
    Epilogue: Perspectives and Caveats.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Steven D. Fleming, Alex C. Varghese, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: IVF Unit Establishment and Organization
    IVF Unit Location, Design, and Construction
    Batch IVF Program in ART: Practical Considerations
    Risk and Regulation: The Role of Regulation in Managing an IVF Unit
    Part II: Total Quality Management
    Risk and Disaster Management of the IVF Laboratory
    Staff Management
    Patient Management: A Nursing Perspective
    Low Risk Laboratory Management
    Cryobank Management
    PGD/PGS Management
    Data Management
    Implementation of a Total Quality Management System
    Optimization of Treatment Outcomes for Assisted Reproductive Technologies
    Statistical Process Control Analysis to Assess Laboratory Variation as a Means of Quality Control in ART
    Part III: IVF Units and Society
    Ethics of IVF Treatment
    Implementing and Managing Natural and Modified Natural Cycle IVF
    Public and Low-Cost IVF Units
    Private and Corporate IVF Units
    Part IV: Advertising and Marketing IVF Units
    Marketing of IVF Units and Agencies
    Websites for IVF Units
    IVF Units and Social Media.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L87 .U65 1952
    2
  • Digital
    Damon C. Scales, Gordon D. Rubenfeld, editor.
    Summary: The origin of modern intensive care units (ICUs) has frequently been attributed to the widespread provision of mechanical ventilation within dedicated hospital areas during the 1952 Copenhagen polio epidemic. However, modern ICUs have developed to treat or monitor patients who have any severe, life-threatening disease or injury. These patients receive specialized care and vital organ assistance such as mechanical ventilation, cardiovascular support, or hemodialysis. ICU patients now typically occupy approximately 10% of inpatient acute care beds, yet the structure and organization of these ICUs can be quite different across hospitals. In The Organization of Critical Care: An Evidence-Based Approach to Improving Quality, leaders provide a concise, evidence-based review of ICU organizational factors that have been associated with improved patient (or other) outcomes. The topics covered are grouped according to four broad domains: (1) the organization, structure, and staffing of an ICU; (2) organizational approaches to improving quality of care in an ICU; (3) integrating ICU care with other healthcare provided within the hospital and across the broader healthcare system; and (4) international perspectives on critical care delivery. Each chapter summarizes a different aspect of ICU organization and targets individual clinicians and healthcare decision makers. A long overdue contribution to the field, The Organization of Critical Care: An Evidence-Based Approach to Improving Quality is an indispensable guide for all clinicians and health administrators concerned with achieving state-of-the-art outcomes for intensive care.

    Contents:
    Organizational Change in Critical Care: The Next Magic Bullet?
    Origins of the Critically Ill: The Impetus for Critical Care Medicine
    Intensivist and Alternative Models of ICU Staffing
    Health Professionals in Critical Care
    Computers in Intensive Care
    Integrating Subspecialty Expertise in the Intensive Care Unit
    Quality Improvement in the Intensive Care Unit
    Facilitating Interactions Between Healthcare Providers in the ICU
    Teamwork and Leadership in the Critical Care Unit
    Caring for ICU Providers
    Rationing Without Contemplation: Why Attention to Patient Flow Is Important and How to Make It Better
    Rapid Response Systems
    The Chronically Critically Ill
    Regionalization of Critical Care
    International Perspectives on Critical Care
    Critical Care in Low-Resource Settings
    Disaster Planning for the Intensive Care Unit: A Critical Framework.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    editor, Bijan K. Ghosh.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QR77 .O73
    2
  • Digital
    Joé T. Martineau, Eric Racine, editors.
    Summary: Understanding and improving how organizations work and are managed is the object of management research and practice, and this topic is of longstanding interest in the academia and in society at large. More recently, the contribution that the study of the brain could make to, notably, our understanding of decisions, emotional reactions, and behaviors has led to the emergence of the field of "organizational neuroscience". Within the field of management, organizational neuroscience seeks to explore linkages between neuroscience research, theories, and methods and management research. Its primary goal is to incorporate findings on the cognitive processes underlying the thoughts, behaviors and attitudes of organizational actors in order to better inform management theories, and to assist in understanding, predicting and improving these behaviors in the workplace. As a result, we have seen in the last decade a flurry of research projects and publications in organizational neuroscience, as well as novel or rejuvenated innovations around neuromarketing, neuroleadership, and cognitive enhancement in the work place, to name a few. However, research and practical applications in organizational neuroscience pose profound ethical challenges about, for example, organizational responsibility in the responsible use of scientific innovation. Drawing on recent debates in the field, and in response to upcoming ethical challenges of organization neuroscience, this book introduces "organizational neuroethics" as an emerging interdisciplinary field that addresses the ethics of organizational neuroscience research and applications, as well as the neuroscience of organizational ethics. The first part focuses on the ethics of organizational neuroscience and several chapters tackle the ethics of neuromarketing or neuroleadership and discuss the ethical issues associated with neuroenhancement practice in the workplace. The second part of the book addresses cutting-edge topics in the neuroscience of organizational ethics. Written by international experts in the fields of management, neuroscience, ethics, and social science, this book will be of prime interest to practitioners, researchers and students in the various fields concerned with improving management research and practices, as well as organizational ethics.

    Contents:
    Intro; Acknowledgements; Contents; 1: Introduction; References; Part I: The Ethics of Organizational Neuroscience; 2:
    Section Introduction: The Ethics of Organizational Neuroscience; 3: On the Ethics of Neuromarketing and Sensory Marketing; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 What Is There to Worry About?; 3.2.1 Interim Summary; 3.3 Some Problematic Cases; 3.3.1 Some Outstanding Ethical Issues; 3.3.2 Multiple Uses for Commercial Neuromarketing; 3.3.3 Dealing with ``the File Drawer Problem;́́ 3.3.4 Ethical Concerns with the Use of Sensory Marketing 3.3.5 Sensory Marketing of Foods in an Obesogenic Environment3.4 Conclusion; References; 4: Neuroethics in Leadership Research and Practice; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Neuroscience of Leadership; 4.3 Ethical Issues in Neuroleadership Research; 4.3.1 Methodological Concerns; 4.3.2 Types of Ethical Dilemmas; 4.4 Ethical Issues in Neuroleadership Practice; 4.4.1 Pre-assessment: Potential Coercion; 4.4.2 Neuro-screening: Employee Selection and Placement; 4.4.3 Neurofeedback: Leadership Training; 4.5 Conclusion; References 5: `Murder They Said:́ A Content Analysis and Further Ethical Reflection on the Application of Neuroscience in Management5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Content Analysis; 5.3 Conclusion; References; 6: Consumer Neuroscience: Recent Theoretical and Methodological Developments for Research and Practice Using a Cube Model; 6.1 Introduction; 6.1.1 Understanding the Consumer; 6.1.2 Measuring Unconscious and Implicit Decision-Making Processes; 6.1.3 Consumer Neuroscience; 6.2 The Cube Model of Consumer Neuroscience; 6.2.1 Potential Benefits of Consumer Neuroscience; 6.2.2 Limitations of Consumer Neuroscience 6.2.3 Consumer Neuroscience and Ethical Issues6.3 Conclusion and Further Research; References; 7: Neuroenhancement at Work: Addressing the Ethical, Legal, and Social Implications; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Existing Neuroenhancers Relevant to the Workplace; 7.2.1 Pharmaceutical Enhancement; 7.2.1.1 Methylphenidate; 7.2.1.2 Amphetamine; 7.2.1.3 Modafinil; 7.2.2 Neurotechnological Enhancement; 7.2.2.1 Transcranial Direct-Current Stimulation; 7.2.2.2 Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation; 7.2.2.3 Electroencephalography (EEG)-Based Devices; 7.3 Regulatory Options for Neuroenhancement; 7.4 Conclusion
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Monika Schäfer-Korting, Silvya Stuchi Maria-Engler, Robert Landsiedel.
    Summary: This book provides latest findings in organotypic models in drug development and provides the scientific resonance needed in an emerging field of research in disciplines, such as molecular medicine, physiology, and pathophysiology. Today the research on human-based test systems has gained major interest and funding in the EU and the US has increased over the last years. Moreover, so-called 3R (reduce, replace, refine animal experiments) centres have been established worldwide.

    Contents:
    Human-Derived In Vitro Models Used for Skin Toxicity Testing Under REACh
    How Qualification of 3D Disease Models Cuts the Gordian Knot in Preclinical Drug Development
    Standardised Reconstructed Skin Models in Toxicology and Pharmacology: State of the Art and Future Development
    In Vitro Models of the Blood-Brain Barrier
    Neural In Vitro Models for Studying Substances Acting on the Central Nervous System
    Engineered Heart Muscle Models in Phenotypic Drug Screens
    Disease Models: Lung Models for Testing Drugs Against Inflammation and Infection
    Skin Disease Models In Vitro and Inflammatory Mechanisms: Predictability for Drug Development
    Immunocompetent Human Intestinal Models in Preclinical Drug Development
    Tissue Engineering for Musculoskeletal Regeneration and Disease Modeling
    Tumor Models and Cancer Systems Biology for the Investigation of Anticancer Drugs and Resistance Development
    The CAM Assay as an Alternative In Vivo Model for Drug Testing.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jamie A. Davies and Melanie L. Lawrence.
    Contents:
    1. Organoids and mini-organs: introduction, history, and potential
    2. Elements of organoid design
    3. Intestinal organoids: mini-guts grown in the laboratory
    4. Three-dimensional breast culture models: new culture models for analyzing breast development and function
    5. Prostate organoids: directed differentation from embyronic stem cells
    6. Kidney organoids
    7. Spontaneous self-assembly of liver organoids from differentiated human cells: human liver organoids
    8. Cerebral organoids: building brains from stem cells
    9. From organoids to mini-organs: a case study in the kidney
    10. Intestinal organoids: a model for biomedical and nutritional research
    11. A three-dimensional neurosphere system using human stem cells for nanotoxicology studies
    12. Organoids for modeling kidney disease
    13. Intestinal organoids in studying host-bacterial interactions
    14. Four challenges for organoid engineers
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Pierre Pontarotti editor.
    Summary: The book includes 19 selected contributions presented at the 21st Evolutionary Biology Meeting, which took place in Marseille in September 2017. The chapters are grouped into the following five categories: · Genome/Phenotype Evolution · Self/Nonself Evolution · Origin of Biodiversity · Origin of Life · Concepts The annual Evolutionary Biology Meetings in Marseille serve to gather leading evolutionary biologists and other scientists using evolutionary biology concepts, e.g. for medical research. The aim of these meetings is to promote the exchange of ideas to encourage interdisciplinary collaborations. Offering an up-to-date overview of recent findings in the field of evolutionary biology, this book is in invaluable source of information for scientists, teachers and advanced students.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Genome/Phenotype Evolution; Pmela and Tyrp1b Contribute to Melanophore Variation in Mexican Cavefish; 1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 2.1 Melanophore Scoring; 2.2 Quantitative Trait Locus (QTL) Association Mapping; 2.3 Gene Ontology (GO) Term Analysis; 2.4 RNA-Seq, Qualitative, and QPCR Expression Analyses; 2.5 Whole-Mount In Situ Hybridization; 2.6 Functional Validation in Zebrafish with MO Knockdowns; 3 Results. 3 Mechanisms of Thermotolerance in S. cerevisiae4 Methods for Improving Stress Tolerance; 5 Acquisition of Thermotolerance in Yeast by Adaptive Evolution; 6 Comprehensive Analysis of the Thermotolerant Yeast Strain YK60-1; 7 Genomic Analysis to Identify the Key Mutations for Improved Thermotolerance; 8 Conclusions and Perspectives; References; The Domestication Syndrome in Phaseolus Crop Plants: A Review of Two Key Domestication Traits; 1 Introduction; 2 Domestication Areas of Phaseolus Beans; 3 Phenotypic Evaluations of Two Key Domestication Traits in Phaseolus Beans; 3.1 Pod Shattering. 3.1 Cavefish × Surface Fish Hybrid Individuals Demonstrate Diversity in Melanophore Numbers in Distinct Regions Spanning the Body3.2 QTL Analysis Revealed 19 Genomic Regions Associated with Complex Melanophore Variation; 3.3 Comparative Analyses Narrowed Melanophore QTL Positions to Critical Genomic Regions in Astyanax and Danio; 3.4 Tyrp1b and Pmela Are Two Candidate Genes Associated with Numerical Melanophore Diversity; 3.5 Tyrp1b and Pmela Demonstrate Distinct Melanophore-Specific Expression Patterns Between Cave and Surface Morphotypes. 3.6 Functional Analyses of Tyrp1b and Pmela Reveal Altered Melanophore Dispersion and Structure in Morphants4 Discussion; 4.1 Tyrp1b and Pmela Contribute to Melanophore Number Variation in Cavefish; 4.2 Analysis of Complex Pigmentation Informs the Genetic Basis for Regressive Evolution in Cavefish; 4.3 Astyanax mexicanus Enables Investigation of Degenerative Pigmentation Disorders; References; Adaptive Evolution of Yeast Under Heat Stress and Genetic Reconstruction to Generate Thermotolerant Yeast; 1 Introduction; 2 Heat Stress in S. cerevisiae. 4 Seed Size5 Molecular Genetics and Genetic Architecture of Pod Shattering; 6 Genetic Architecture of Seed Weight; 7 Conclusions; References; Tracing the Evolutionary Origin of the Gut-Brain Axis; 1 Introduction-The Holobiont Imperative; 2 Developmental Symbiosis and the Evolution of New Organs; 3 Thoughts About the Evolution of the Nervous System; 4 Of Neurological Disorders and Animals as Complex Systems: Why Bacteria Matter; 5 The Gut-Brain Axis; 6 The Hydra Holobiont-A Model Organism to Study the Microbiota-Gut-Brain Axis; 7 Hydra Neurons Shape the Microbiota.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Nobuo Masataka, editor.
    Summary: This book summarizes the latest research on the origins of language, with a focus on the process of evolution and differentiation of language. It provides an update on the earlier successful book, "The Origins of Language" edited by Nobuo Masataka and published in 2008, with new content on emerging topics. Drawing on the empirical evidence in each respective chapter, the editor presents a coherent account of how language evolved, how music differentiated from language, and how humans finally became neurodivergent as a species. Chapters on nonhuman primate communication reveal that the evolution of language required the neural rewiring of circuits that controlled vocalization. Language contributed not only to the differentiation of our conceptual ability but also to the differentiation of psychic functions of concepts, emotion, and behavior. It is noteworthy that a rudimentary form of syntax (regularity of call sequences) has emerged in nonhuman primates. The following chapters explain how music differentiated from language, whereas the pre-linguistic system, or the "prosodic protolanguage," in nonhuman primates provided a precursor for both language and music. Readers will gain a new understanding of music as a rudimentary form of language that has been discarded in the course of evolution and its role in restoring the primordial synthesis in the human psyche. The discussion leads to an inspiring insight into autism and neurodiversity in humans. This thought-provoking and carefully presented book will appeal to a wide range of readers in linguistics, psychology, phonology, biology, anthropology and music. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Empirical evidence for the claim that the vocal theory of language origins and the gestural theory of language origins are not incompatible with one anoter / Nobuo Masataka
    Primate vocal anatomy and physiology : similarities and differences between humans and nonhuman primates / Takeshi Nishimura
    Integrations of multiple abilities underlying the vocal evolutions in primates / Hiroki Koda
    Conversation among primate species / Loïc Pougnault, Florence Levréro, Alban Lemasson
    Language evolution from a perspective of Broca's area / Masumi Wakita
    Social scaffolding of vocal and language development / Hirokazu Doi
    Emergence of the distinction between "verbal" and "musical" in early childhood development / Aleksey Nikolsky
    "Talking Jew's harp" and its relation to vowel harmony as a paradigm of formative influence of music on language / Aleksey Nikolsky
    Were musicians as well as artists in the Ice Age caves likely with autism spectrum disorder? A neurodiversity hypothesis / Nobua Masataka.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    João N.A.R. Ferreira, James Fricton, Nelson Rhodus, editors.
    Summary: This cutting-edge book is a quick reference guide to the evidence-based evaluation, diagnosis, and management of the broad spectrum of orofacial disorders. Each chapter is devoted to a particular disease or disorder and presents advances in understanding of the condition, the most recent evaluation and diagnostic strategies, and up-to-date treatment approaches. In addition, strategies for integration of care into routine dental practice are explained, and information provided on practice management concepts. The coverage encompasses the latest technological advances in the field, such as gene transfer techniques, new pharmaceuticals, innovations in craniofacial imaging, and intelligent digital records for orofacial disorders. Although the management of orofacial disorders is emerging as a distinct field of dentistry, many dentists and physicians are unfamiliar with recent advances in the care of patients with orofacial disorders, orofacial pain, and headache. This book, written by world class experts, is deliberately geared to the level of understanding of a clinician nonscientist. It will serve as an ideal evidence-based reference and source of specific clinical recommendations in daily practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Nalini Vadivelu, Amarender Vadivelu, Alan David Kaye, editors.
    Contents:
    1. The Neurobiology of Orofacial Pain
    2. Oral Health Related Quality of Life and Facial Pain
    3. Classification and Epidemiology of Orofacial Pain
    4. Nociceptive Chemical Mediators In Oral Inflammation
    5. Dental Sleep Medicine and the Use of Oral Devices
    6. Local Anesthesia in the Orofacial Region
    7. Analgesics and adjuvants for the management of orofacial pain across age groups
    8. Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy in Pain Management
    9. Management of Oral Ulcers and Burning Mouth Syndrome
    10. Hypnosis and Biofeedback for Orofacial Pain Management
    11. Headaches, Migraine and Cluster Headache
    12. Management of Orofacial Neuropathic Pain
    13. Preemptive Analgesia and Multimodal Pain Management for Temporomandibular Total Joint Replacement Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jean-Paul Goulet, Ana Miriam Velly, editors.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date information on all aspects of orofacial pain biomarkers. It opens by presenting background information on clinical phenotypes and the neurobiological substrates underlying chronic orofacial pain and by explaining the potential role of biomarkers in the diagnosis, prognostic evaluation, and treatment of orofacial pain. The main section of the book examines the contribution of human and animal studies to the field of biomarkers for orofacial pain and discusses biomarkers for masticatory muscle pain, temporomandibular joint pain, neuropathic face pain, and autonomic nervous system involvement in trigeminal facial pain. The potential impacts of the immune system on orofacial pain biomarkers and candidate gene phenotypes with possible links to chronic orofacial pain conditions are also addressed, and differences and similarities between saliva and serum biomarkers for pain are explained as well. The final section covers research-related issues in assessment methods and statistical analyses used in evaluating biomarkers, identifies future challenges and suggests new directions in the field.

    Contents:
    Background: Chronic Orofacial Pain Conditions
    Neurobiologic Mechanisms of Chronic Orofacial Pain
    Biomarkers
    Role for Diagnosis, Treatment and Prognosis of Orofacial Pain
    Methodology: Saliva and Serum Biomarkers
    The Search for Pain Biomarkers
    Orofacial Pain Biomarkers: Contribution of Animal Studies
    Masticatory Muscle Pain Biomarkers and Biochemical Fingerprint of Myofascial Trigger Points
    Temporomandibular Joint Pain Biomarkers
    Genetic Biomarkers and Temporomandibular Pain Disorders
    Neurophysiologic and Neuropathologic Biomarkers in Neuropathic Face Pain
    Biomarkers of Autonomic System Involvement in Trigeminal Face Pain
    Immune System and the Modulation of Cytokines Biomarkers
    New Perspectives: Future Studies, Limitation, Clinical Implication
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Raj Nair, editor.
    Summary: This easy-to-use book equips clinicians and health care professionals with all the information that they will require in order to identify and manage orofacial complications of cancer therapy. Readers will find precise information on the presenting symptoms and signs associated with local or systemic complications associated with individual drugs or modes of therapy in cancer care. Guidance is provided whenever possible on the initial examinations to be performed in each circumstance and the investigations that can deliver a definitive diagnosis. The effective management of cancer complications are explained with the help of up to date clinical practice guidelines for the management of complications secondary to cancer therapy. In addition, an introductory section outlines contemporary principles of cancer management based on precision oral oncology principles. The text is supported by numerous highly informative clinical photographs, tables and a bibliography.

    Contents:
    Management of Oral Cancer: Haematological Malignancies
    Solid Tumours and Medical Oncology
    Head and Neck Cancer
    Cancer and Radiation Oncology Orofacial Complications in Cancer Therapy: Oral Mucositis
    Oral Bacterial, Viral and Fungal Infections
    Xerostomia and Other Salivary Gland Disorders
    Soft Tissue and Hard Tissue Necrosis
    Trismus and Temporomandibular Dysfunction
    Cutaneous Manifestations
    Fibrosis and Scarring
    Dental and Oral Diseases
    Drug-Specific Complications
    Oral Assessment Tools
    Graft Versus Host Disease (GVHD). Consequences of Orofacial Complications in Cancer Therapy: Dysphagia
    Dysgeusia
    Dysphonia
    Altered Nutrition. Oral Oncology in Different Populations: Geriatric Cancer Population
    Paediatric Cancer Population. Guidelines and Other Resources for Supportive Care Relevant to Oral Oncology: Role of Oral Oncologists in Supportive Care in Cancer
    Guidelines for Orofacial Complications Management
    Guidelines for Dental Management of the Cancer Patient
    Interpretation of Investigations
    Precision Oncology and Supportive Care in Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Gauthier Desuter.
    Summary: This book is a practical guide that will assist ENT doctors in interpreting swallowing videoendoscopies correctly and in choosing complementary instrumental examinations to consolidate or exclude their provisional diagnosis. In addition, it provides speech-language pathologists with valuable hints on how to treat patients with oropharyngeal dysphagia more efficiently. The book is constructed around videoendoscopic features. The relevance of these features to diagnosis and treatment is carefully described with the aid of numerous high-quality illustrations. Beyond this, the relationship of videoendoscopy to two further instrumental examinations – videofluorography and pharyngeal manometry– and to the three treatment paths of texture adaptation, rehabilitation, and surgery is explained. The use of pictograms in this context helps to elucidate the connections, creating in the readers mind "clusters of behaviors" of benefit in clinical practice. The book also includes a short summary on swallowing anatomy and physiology, a chapter on medications inducing dysphagia, key take-home messages, and suggestions for further reading.

    Contents:
    1 Videoendoscopy
    2 Videofluoroscopy. -3 High-Resolution Manometry
    4 Transnasal Esophagoscopy
    5 Physiology and Anatomy of Swallowing in a Nutshell
    6 Dos and Donts in Deglutology
    7 Multidisciplinary Texture Management
    8 Rehabilitation.-9 Surgical Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Philip R. Reilly, MD, JD.
    Summary: "This book is about the struggle to save the lives of children who, because of a roll of the genetic dice, are born with any one of more than several thousand rare genetic disorders. It recounts the now century long effort of small groups of physicians and scientists to take on some of these genetic diseases. In many cases just a few physician-scientists have made an immense contribution to blazing a path toward new therapies"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RJ47.3 .R45 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Vincent Cottin, Jean-Francois Cordier, Luca Richeldi, editors.
    Summary: Focusing on clinical practice, this book explores the less common diseases affecting the airways, systematic disorders with lung involvement, interstitial lung diseases and many other orphan conditions of the lungs. It helps the reader to diagnose and manage these rare orphan diseases. Orphan Lung Diseases: A Clinical Guide to Rare Lung Disease is a practical, informative book written by a team of international authors with much experience in rare pulmonary diseases. Orphan Lung Diseases: A Clinical Guide to Rare Lung Disease provides synthesized and easily accessible information about the main orphan lung diseases, to aid clinicians in charge of patients with rare disease, or who consider the diagnosis of a rare disease in their patient.

    Contents:
    1. Orphan Lung Diseases: From definition to organisation of Care
    2. The Challenge of clinical research in orphan lung diseases
    3. Chronic bronchiolitis in adults
    4. Diffuse bronchiectasis of genetic origin
    5. Allergic bronchopulmonary mycosis
    6. Orphan Tracheopathies
    7. Amyloidosis and the respiratory tract
    8. Churg-Strauss syndrome: A clinical and therapeutic approach
    9. Granunomatosis with polyangiitis (Wegener?s granylomatosis)
    10. Alveolar Hemorrhage
    11. Pulmonary Involvement in Takayasu Arteritis and Behçet Disease
    12. Pulmonary vascular manifestations of hereditary hemorrhagic
    13. Hepatopulmonary syndrome
    14. Non-Langerhans cell histiocytosis -including Erdheim-Chester disease- and the lung
    15. Idiopathic eosinophilic pneumonia
    16. Multiple cystic lung disease
    17. Lymphangioleiomyomatosis
    18. Pulmonary alveolar Proteinosis
    19. Exogenous lipoid pneumonia
    20. Pulmonary alveolar microlithiasis
    21. Pulmonary Fibrosis and the many faces of UIP
    22. The syndrome of combined pulmonary fibrosis and emphysema
    23. Non-specific, Unclassifiable, and Rare Idiopathic Interstitial Pneumonia
    24. Organizing Pneumonias
    25. Interstitial lung disease in systemic sclerosis
    26. Interstitial lung disease in connective tissue diseases other than systemic sclerosis
    27. Interstitial Lung Disease in Undifferentiated Forms of Connective Tissue Disease
    28. Langerhans cell Granulomatosis and smoking-related interstitial lung diseases
    29. Rare causes and the spectrum of hypersensitivity penumonitis
    30. Chronic beryllium disease and other insterstitial lung diseases of occupational origin
    31. Lymphoproliferative lung disorders
    32. Pulmonary manifestations of hematological malignancies
    33. Pulmonary hypertension in orphan lung diseases
    34. Orphan and rare drug-induced and iatrogenic respiratory disease
    35. From cancer mimicking orphan lung disease to orphan thoracic oncology
    36. Rare Diffuse lung diseases of genetic origin.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Filardo, Bert R. Mandelbaum, George F. Muschler, Scott A. Rodeo, Norimasa Nakamura, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the evidence related to the use of injectable biologics to provide faster and better healing for musculoskeletal lesions and conditions. The authors discuss approaches, such as blood derivatives and cell concentrates, applied to lesions of muscles, ligaments, tendons, bones, meniscus and cartilage, as well as osteoarthritis. Chapters are written by some of the most influential opinion leaders in the field, with up-to-date review of the current literature, where the authors explore both the potential and the limitations of these minimally invasive and promising treatments. The first section is devoted to the formulations and rationale for the use of injectable orthobiologics, while the second section reviews current treatment methods applied to specific joints and pathologies ranging from tendinopathies through non-unions to articular degenerative processes as well as the results of these treatment approaches. The third section explores future perspectives, such as pluripotent stem cells, gene therapy, and the stimulation of intrinsic stromal cell niches. Appealing to a broad readership, this book will be of interest to both laboratory research scientists and clinicians, including orthopedists, sports physicians, physiatrists, and regenerative medicine experts.

    Contents:
    I. Injectable OrthoBiologics: Formulations and Rationale 1. Bone marrow-derived cultured stromal cells and Bone Marrow Concentrate
    2. Adipose-derived cultured stromal cells and Stromal Vascular Fraction from adipose tissue
    3. Synovial-derived cultured stromal cells
    4. Amniotic, Placenta, and Umbilical cord-derived cultured stromal cells
    5. Allogeneic cells: pros and cons
    6. Steroid hormones
    7. Cytokines, chemokines, alpha-2-macroglobulin, growth factors
    8. Platelet-rich plasma: leucocyte-rich, leukocyte-poor, autologous conditioned serum, autologous protein solution
    9. Amniotic tissue extract, placenta tissue extract
    10. Extracellular vesicles (exosomes)
    II. Injectable OrthoBiolologics: evaluation methods and results based on pathology and anatomy
    11. Rotator cuff tendinopathy: cell therapy
    12. Rotator cuff tendinopathy: biologics
    13. Tennis elbow: cell therapy
    14. Tennis elbow: cell therapy biologics
    15. Patellar tendinopathy: cell therapy
    16. Patellar tendinopathy: biologics
    17. Achilles tendinopathy: cell therapy
    18. Achilles tendinopathy: biologics
    19. Plantar Fasciitis: cell therapy
    20. Plantar Fasciitis: biologics
    21. Ligament lesions: cell therapy
    22. Ligament lesions: biologics
    23. Meniscal lesions: cell therapy
    24. Meniscal lesions: biologics
    25. Muscle lesions: cell therapy
    26. Muscle lesions: biologics
    27. Fractures (incl. Nonunions): cell therapy
    28. Fractures (incl. Nonunions): biologics
    29. Cartilage lesions and Osteoarthritis of the knee: cell therapy
    30. Cartilage lesions and Osteoarthritis of the knee: biologics
    31. Cartilage lesions and Osteoarthritis of the hip and ankle: cell therapy
    32. Cartilage lesions and Osteoarthritis of the hip and ankle: biologics
    III. Future directions 33. Pluripotent stem cells: Embryonic/Fetal stem cells and induced pluripotent stem (iPS) cells
    34. Gene therapy
    35. Stimulation of the intrinsic stromal cell niche
    36 Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Scott P. Bruder, Roy K. Aaron.
    Summary: "Developed in partnership with the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons (AAOS) and edited by internationally renowned experts Drs. Scott P. Bruder and Roy K. Aaron, Orthobiologics: Scientific and Clinical Solutions for Orthopaedic Surgeons provides authoritative, comprehensive coverage of this fast-growing field. This one-stop reference is an ideal resource, covering technology and basic science through specific clinical applications. Covers the basic science clinicians need to know to understand the mechanisms of action of orthobiologic therapies for tissue repair and regeneration, as well as technology development, regulation, and the commercialization pathway Provides thorough discussions of current standards of care and clinical applications across all subspecialty areas, including upper and lower extremity pathology, as well as spinal pathology Uses a reader-friendly approach with more than 100 illustrations and dozens of helpful tables throughout Discusses options and solutions for intervertebral disc repair, spinal fusion, rotator cuff repair, peripheral nerve regeneration in the hand, challenging bone repairs and nonunion, skeletal muscle repair, meniscal repair and replacement, articular cartilage repair, knee and ankle osteoarthritis, ligament regeneration, and more. Enrich Your eBook Reading ExperienceRead directly on your preferred device(s),such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook,powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2024
  • Digital
    Theodore Eliades, Athanasios E. Athanasiou.
    Summary: For almost 20 years, clear aligners have been used with growing popularity in addressing with success patients' demands for esthetic orthodontic treatment. Many companies all over the world have developed methods of fabricating custom-made clear aligners designed to gradually and sequentially move teeth to their desired positions. Treatment efficacy with clear aligners has been reported to be good but further investigation of the various aspects of this kind of orthodontic treatment modality is needed for scientific evidence and further clinical improvement. This chapter presents an overview of the patients' esthetic treatment demands, which led to the popularity of this modality of orthodontic therapy, as well as important aspects of the clear aligner method, the orthodontic tooth movement with clear aligners, and the material properties of clear aligners. Clear aligner material efficiency and effectiveness should continue to be studied, as a better understanding of the material properties and treatment outcomes could lead to better sequencing of tooth movement and more efficient treatment.
  • Digital
    Samuel Berkowitz.
    Summary: This book reviews different treatment options for Cleft Lip and Palate problems emphasizing the cooperation between the areas of Orthodontics and Surgery. After an introduction to variations in cleft types, different CLP treatment plans are introduced and reviewed. The book represents some of the oldest and most thorough longitudinal documentation of cleft lip palate treatment. It is comprised of objective serial records using photos, dental casts, cephalographs and measurements. The last part of the book identifies pitfalls and complications in facial palate treatment. It discusses future directions and the importance of longitudinal facial and dental cast records. This book is intended to aid in the teaching of aspiring and practicing Orthodontists and Surgeons dealing with Cleft Lip and Palate problems. (TBE).

    Contents:
    Introduction to Cleft Lip Palate: The Normal Face and Facial Palatal Problems
    Embryogenesis and Causes of Clefting
    Variations in Cleft Types
    Qualification of Cleft Team Members. Orthodontic and Surgical Treatment of Cleft Lip Palate: Presurgical Orthodontics
    Molding Geometric Relationships
    Palatal Surgery
    Lip Surgery
    Orthodontic Treatment to Reduce Anterior Openbite
    Various Possible Treatments. Pitfalls and Future Directions in Cleft Lip Palate Treatment: The value of Longitudinal Facial & Dental Cast Records
    The reasons for Success and Failure
    Result of Early Surgical Setback
    A Multicenter Retrospective
    Questions to be answered
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Su-Jung Kim, Ki Beom Kim, editors.
    Summary: This well-illustrated book is an up-to-date guide to orthodontic diagnosis, treatment planning, and treatment delivery in patients with obstructive sleep apnea (OSA). The aim is to present the latest knowledge on the important contribution that orthodontic modalities can now make in the management of a disorder that has generally been the preserve of sleep doctors. This book comprises three parts of general understanding of OSA and medical approaches, orthodontic diagnostic process, and orthodontic treatment application. In particular, the treatment parts are subdivided into six chapters depending on the patients phenotype and age groups. The readers will come to realize how many modalities are available beyond the previously well-known options, and how important orthodontic contributions are for the treatment of OSA patients. The book will be an excellent resource providing well-organized diagnostic and therapeutic protocols from orthodontic point of view and will also be of value to other practitioners with an interest in OSA.

    Contents:
    Orthodontic diagnosis & planning: Comprehensive understanding of OSA as orthodontists
    Orthodontic diagnosis: Anatomic & functional evaluation of upper airway
    Phenotype-based clinical pathway for orthodontic intervention. Orthodontic treatment modalities: Early growth modification of snoring children with mouth breathing
    Functional training for OSA patients with mouth breathing
    Treatment of OSA adults with transverse skeletal discrepancy: Nasomaxillary skeletal expansion (NMSE)
    Treatment of OSA adults with skeletal deformity I: Mandibular advancement device (MAD)
    Treatment of OSA adults with Skeletal deformity II: Maxillomandibular advancement (MMA) surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Thomas E. Southard, Steven D. Marshall, Laura L. Bonner.
    Contents:
    Foundations
    Dental deep bites
    Skeletal deep bites
    Dental anterior open bites
    Skeletal anterior open bites
    Posterior open bites.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Igor Popov ; translated by Natalia Lentsman.
    Summary: "This book reviews the convoluted history of orthogenesis with an emphasis of non-English sources, untangles relationships between various concepts of directed evolution and argues whether orthogenesis has something to offer modern biology. Darwinism claims that evolution occurs by selection from an extensive random variability. An alternative viewpoint--that the material for variability is limited and organisms are predisposed to vary in certain directions--is the essence of evolutionary concepts that can be grouped together under the name of orthogenesis. Dating back to Lamarck, orthogenesis has existed in many guises. Branded as mystical and discarded as unscientific, it keeps re-emerging in evolutionary discussions."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Introduction; References; Part I: Orthogenesis: A History;
    Chapter 2: The Sources. Formation of the Concept of Directed Evolution in the Nineteenth Century; References;
    Chapter 3: Evolutionary Biology at the Turn of the Twentieth Century. New Concepts of Directed Evolution in the 1900-1930s; References;
    Chapter 4: Declarations in Favour of Orthogenesis in the 1900-1930s; References;
    Chapter 5: Orthogenesis and the Modern Evolutionary Synthesis; References;
    Chapter 6: New Concepts of Directed Evolution in the Recent History of Evolutionary Biology; References.
    Chapter 7: Statements in Support of Orthogenesis in the 1950s and LaterReferences; Part II: Orthogenesis: Pro et Contra;
    Chapter 8: "Laws" in Biology; References;
    Chapter 9: Species Senescence; References;
    Chapter 10: Adaptation or Non-adaptation?; References;
    Chapter 11: Anticipation, Parallelisms and Convergences; References;
    Chapter 12: Constraints on Variation; References;
    Chapter 13: Direct Impact of the Environment on Evolution and the Inheritance of Acquired Characteristics; References;
    Chapter 14: Mystics or Unrealised Synthesis?; References;
    Chapter 15: Conclusion; References; Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Paolo Falaschi, David R. Marsh, editors.
    Contents:
    1 Introduction: why orthogeriatrics, worldwide distribution of orthogeriatric approach
    2 Epidemiology of hip fracture and social costs.-3 Osteoporosis in the elderly patient
    4 Frailty, sarcopenia and falls
    5 Pre-operative management
    6 Hip fracture: the choice of surgery
    7 Orthogeriatric anaesthetics. 8 Post-operative management
    9 The role of nursing
    10 Rehabilitation
    11 Multi-professional team: coordination and communication
    12 How to implement a Fracture Liaison Service
    13 Co-management of elective orthopaedic patients
    14 Patient's and caregiver's psychological evaluation.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jeffrey C. Posnick.
    Summary: Capturing the latest thinking for the evaluation and treatment of dentofacial deformities, Orthognathic Surgery: Principles and Practice, covers the basic principles and concepts of dentofacial deformities along with planning, surgical techniques, surgical complications, classic patterns, and clinical presentations. Over 5,000 clinical photos and detailed art make this a valuable reference for clinical orthodontists, craniofacial surgeons, oral and maxillofacial surgeons, and residents in training. The latest in surgical protocols for OMS and Orthodontics puts you at the forefront of the orthognathic surgery field.Logically organized material aids you prior to developing treatment plans or in surgery.Over 5,000 new photos and illustrations boost your understanding of key teaching points and surgical techniques. Over 40 videos from Dr. Posnick's archive available on the companion website.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Sonya Clarke and Julie Santy-Tomlinson.
    Contents:
    An introduction to orthopaedic and trauma care / Julie Santy-Tomlinson and Sonya Clarke
    The knowledge and evidence base for practice / Mark Limb and Peter Davis
    Professional development, competence and education / Mary Drozd and Sinead Hassey
    The musculoskeletal system and human movement / Lynne Newton-Triggs and Jean Rogers
    The team approach and nursing roles in orthopaedic and musculoskeletal trauma care / Brain Lucas and Sandra Flynn
    Rehabilitation and the orthopaedic and musculoskeletal trauma patient / Rebecca Jester
    Clinical assessment of the orthopaedic and trauma patient / Rebecca Jester
    Key musculoskeletal interventions / Lynne Newton-Triggs, Hannah Pugh, Jean Rogers and Anna Timms
    The complications of musculoskeletal conditions and trauma / Julie Santy-Tomlinson, Sonya Clarke and Peter Davis
    Nutrition and hydration / Rosemary Masterson
    Pain assessment and management in orthopaedic and trauma care / Carolyn Mackintosh-Franklin
    Wound management, tissue viability, and infection / Jeannie Donnelley, Alison Collins and Julie Santy-Tomlinson
    Key conditions and principles of orthopaedic management / Elaine Wylie and Sonya Clarke
    Elective orthopaedic surgery / Brian Lucas, Mary Drozd, Sandra Flynn and Vanessa Blair
    Musculoskeletal oncology over the lifespan / Helen Stradling
    Principles of trauma care / Fiona Heaney and Julie Santy-Tomlinson
    Principles of fracture management / Sonya Clarke, Julie Santy-Tomlinson, Sinead MacDonald and Pamela Moore
    Fractures in the older person / Karen Hertz and Julie Santy-Tomlinson
    Spinal cord injury / Donna Poole and Pauline Robertson
    Soft tissue injury, peripheral nerve and brachial plexus injury / Beverley Wellington
    Key issues in caring for the child and young person with an orthopaedic or musculoskeletal trauma condition / Sonya Clarke and Lorna Liggett
    Common childhood orthopaedic conditions, their care and management / Julia Judd
    Fracture management in the infant, child and young person / Elizabeth Wright
    Key fractures relating to infant child and young person / Thelma Begley and Sonya Clarke.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Roy K. Aaron
    Summary: "This edition represents the scientific basis of orthopaedic surgery as of 2020. It is intended to inform clinical decision making by providing the basic sciences in a clinically relevant context. The production of the fifth edition of Orthopaedic Basic Science was a substantial undertaking contributed to by each of the authors. The author list is comprised of senior scientists and clinicians, and rising stars, a healthy mixture that reflects well on both sustained personal commitments and expectations for the future. Reflecting the growth in orthopaedic scientific information, all the previously included chapters have been revised and many new chapters have been added. Molecular biology has been refocused to emphasize the role of epigenetics. Biomaterials, repair, and tissue engineering are also emphasized. The significance of articular crosstalk is presented together with new chapters on joint biology and osteoarthritis. Consideration of gender differences in preclinical and clinical studies recognizes the spectrum of biological responses and the presentation of metabolic bone diseases acknowledges the importance of secondary fracture prevention. A completely redone section on the generation of clinical information recognizes advances in methodology, the assessment of large databases and the growth of registries, and best-practice guidelines"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Jason Koh, Stefano Zaffagnini, Ryosuke Kuroda, Umile Giuseppe Longo, Farid Amirouche, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a fundamental basic overview of orthopedic biomechanics in sports medicine, with a special focus on the current methodologies used in modeling human joints, ligaments, and muscle forces. The first part discusses the principles and materials, including the use of finite element analysis (FEA) to analyze the stress-strain response in the implant-bone interface and design. The second part focuses on joint-specific biomechanics, highlighting the biomechanics of the knee and shoulder joints, their modeling, surgical techniques, and the clinical assessment of joint performance under various kinematic conditions resulting from different repair techniques. Written by international experts working at the cutting edge of their fields, this book is an easy-to-read guide to the fundamentals of biomechanics. It also offers a source of reference for readers wanting to explore new research topics, and is a valuable tool for orthopedic surgeons, residents, and medical students with an interest in orthopedic biomechanics.

    Contents:
    Orthopaedic biomechanics principles and materials. Biomechanics applications.-Moment arms and Forces at the joints
    Ligament
    Bone
    Articular cartilage
    Fibrocartilage.-Tendon
    Muscle
    Application to Orthopaedics. Joint specific orthopaedic biomechanics. Anatomy and kinematics of the shoulder joint
    Biomechanics of rotator cuff injury and repair
    Biomechanics of shoulder instability and repair
    Biomechanics of acromioclavicular joint injury and repair
    The Throwers shoulder. General elbow biomechanics
    The Throwers elbow
    Elbow tendon injuries and repair
    Biomechanics of hip
    Biomechanics of femoroacetabular impingement
    Biomechanics of soft tissue injuries around the hip
    Anatomy and biomechanics of the knee
    Anatomy and biomechanics of the anterior cruciate ligament biomechanics
    Biomechanics of Extra-articular ligaments and tenodesis
    Collateral ligaments.-PCL biomechanics
    Biomechanics of Osteotomies around the knee
    Meniscal biomechanics
    Patellofemoral biomechanics
    Biomechanics of the native knee as related to total knee design and function
    Biomechanics of Cruciate retaining and Posterior stabilized
    Biomechanics of UKA
    Biomechanics of Ankle Joint
    Biomechanics alteration in relation to ligament injuries
    Biomechanics of tissue repair techniques. Biomechanics of bone grafts and bone substitutes
    Biomechanics of cartilage repair
    Biomechanics of stem cell treatment and regenerative medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Adam Greenspan, Javier Beltran ; foreword by Andrew J. Grainger.
    Summary: "A trusted radiology reference in its 7th edition that's established as an ideal comprehensive source for guidance for both radiologists and orthopedic surgeons on musculoskeletal imaging. It will retain its large trim size as is well regarded for the large images and very telegraphic style of the content. Curated by renowned musculoskeletal authorities over 3500 images that encompass conventional radiography, ultrasound, CT, dualenergy, CT, PET-CT and all other diagnostic imaging modalities used to evaluate musculoskeletal disorders, including numbers examples of 3-D imaging. And guidance provided on choosing the best imaging approach for each patient"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Loretta B. Chou
    Summary: "Foot and Ankle 6 is a blend of relevant information, the current application of knowledge, and supporting references in an all-inclusive foot and ankle resource. It spans all facets of foot and ankle surgery with concentrated coverage of significant developments from the past five years, as well as diagnosis, treatment, and management of orthopaedic foot and ankle injuries and disorders. Chapters are written, edited, and peer reviewed by experts in the field and supported by the latest evidence"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Michael A. Mont, Michael Tanzer.
    Summary: "Orthopaedic Knowledge Update®: Hip and Knee Reconstruction 6 allows you to advance patient care with the best practices available. Explore the many changes in hip and knee arthroplasty in the past 5 years with updated material related to controversial topics, state-of-the-art technologies, and recent advances. The book is organized into three sections: basic and applied science relevant to both knee and hip arthroplasty; specific total knee arthroplasty topics; and specific total hip arthroplasty topics. Written by world-renowned experts in each subject, this edition features cutting-edge developments, as well as completely new chapters on thromboprophylaxis, outpatient surgery, pain management, retrieval-hip and knee, medical and biologic treatment of arthritis, nonarthroplasty management, infection, periprosthetic fracture, anatomy and surgical approaches, and dual-mobility cups and large-diameter heads for primary and revision total hip arthroplasty. Key study points are presented at the end of each chapter so you can quickly review important content. Orthopaedic surgeons with a specialty interest in hip and knee reconstruction, and physicians and allied health professionals interested in staying up to date will benefit from this edition. Residents in training can review key topics paired with helpful guidelines and images"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Jeffrey E Martus.
    Summary: "Orthopaedic Knowledge Update®: Pediatrics 6 reflects the most recent clinical practice guidelines and appropriate use criteria, as well as the substantial number of high-quality studies in pediatric orthopaedics. This comprehensive multispecialty resource explores the latest advances in pediatric trauma, sports-related injuries, and upper and lower extremity conditions, with brand-new chapters on developmental biology, metabolism, high-energy injury and polytrauma, elbow trauma, knee trauma, and disaster response. Key study points are presented at the end of each chapter so you can quickly review important content. Recognized section editors and contributors bring fresh approaches and perspectives, with a focus on delivering a well-rounded update of this rapidly evolving subspecialty. This concentrated guide to new techniques, new approaches, and current controversies is ideal for anyone who treats pediatric musculoskeletal injuries"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    editor, Gregory P. Nicholson
    Summary: "The field of shoulder and elbow surgery continues to rapidly expand and evolve. This fifth edition of Orthopaedic Knowledge Update® (OKU®): Shoulder and Elbow is focused on the most recent advances in this area of orthopaedics. It is written for practicing orthopaedic surgeons and presents, in a concise yet thorough manner, the most recent literature on the shoulder and the elbow and the advances in all areas of shoulder and elbow surgery. Shoulder and elbow specialists will also find this edition useful, along with residents and fellows, who will benefit from the knowledge and expertise of a world-class group of section editors and authors. New to this edition is an update on the design and biomechanics of reverse shoulder arthroplasty. New information on the biologics and indications and outcomes of these adjuncts to healing has been included. New chapters on the imaging of the shoulder specifically for the evaluation of the glenoid in instability and degenerative disease have been added. The chapter on complex regional pain syndrome and causalgia provides an update on current terminology, thought, diagnosis, and management. A chapter on both basic and advanced elbow arthroscopy is included. New information on management of elbow and shoulder injuries in throwing athletes is in this edition of OKU. In the past 5 years, the advent of the superior capsular reconstruction for rotator cuff-deficient shoulders has become more common. This edition brings the early science and results to the reader"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Frederick M Azar
    Summary: "Orthopaedic Knowledge Update®: Sports Medicine 6 brings together the most relevant literature and the latest research from the past 5 years. More than 150 top-notch contributors collaborated on this succinct review of pertinent advances in sports medicine. Find brand-new content on hip instability and microinstability, return-to-play criteria following anterior cruciate ligament injury, exercise-induced bronchorestriction, development of emergency action plans, and imaging of the foot and ankle. Vivid illustrations help you fully comprehend new concepts, while expert section editors ensure a thorough yet unbiased presentation of relevant literature. Key study points are presented at the end of each chapter so you can quickly review important content. Whether you are an orthopaedic surgeon specializing in sports medicine, a physician assistant, physiatrist, or primary care physician, this is your go-to guide for diagnosis, treatment, rehabilitation, and beyond. Includes Surgical Techniques Video! In addition to providing guidance for managing challenging patient cases, this edition includes a link to access videos on the most in-demand and innovative surgical techniques in sports medicine. Close the time gap between reading content and applying innovative skills while expanding your surgical options"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Javad Parvizi.
    Summary: "Orthopaedic Knowledge Update, 13th edition, is a comprehensive synthesis of the latest clinical thinking and best practices across all the orthopaedic specialty areas. Backed by clinical research, informed by practical experience and rigorously edited by specialty thought leaders, OKU 13 is the most up-to-date resource available for delivering high-quality orthopaedic patient care today. With all new content, OKU 13 is an essential resource at every level of orthopaedic specialization"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Kenneth A. Egol, Stephanie C. Bazylewicz.
    Contents:
    The specialty of orthopaedic surgery / Abdullah Qatu, Kenneth A. Egol
    Getting to know your patient / Stephanie Bazylewicz
    Getting to know your patient / Stephanie Bazylewicz
    Evaluation of the new patient / Stephanie Bazylewicz
    Orthopaedic surgical patients : an overview / Ariana Lott, Kenneth A. Egol
    Operative management / Avraham Schulgasser
    Nonoperative orthopaedic conditions / Rebekah Belayneh, Kenneth A. Egol
    Navigating the operating room / David Kugelman, Kenneth A. Egol
    Administrative services / Monica Racanelli
    Tips and tricks of the trade / Monica Racanelli
    Office procedures / Kenneth A. Egol.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Print
    edited by D.N. Ghista, R. Roaf.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD732 .O77 1978
    3
  • Digital
    J.D. Hoppenfeld, Stanley Hoppenfeld ; in collaboration with Richard Hutton ; medical illustrations by Hugh Thomas and Bernie Kida.
    Summary: "Since its original publication, Orthopaedic Neurology: A Diagnostic Guide to Neurologic Levels has distinguished itself as a clearly written, uniquely focused text sought after by practitioners and trainees in orthopaedics, neurosurgery, physical medicine and rehabilitation, pain medicine, anesthesiology, neurology, and nursing, as well as primary care specialties. The second edition retains this standard of excellence while providing thorough updates in medical illustration, teaching techniques, and new approaches to the diagnosis and treatment of patients with spinal cord injuries. Now in vibrant full color, it offers a distinctive and practical combination of anatomy, the physical exam, and clinical pearls, highly readable and abundantly illustrated. Features:Discusses the diagnosis of neurologic levels according to common denominators, and combines them with the basic principles of neurology to assist in the appraisal of spinal cord and nerve root problems. Presents classic original drawings now carefully colorized for optimal visual reference, and additional drawings added as necessary. Corresponding radiographic imaging (predominantly MRI and CT) have also been added. Each chapter first covers basic neurologic information, then provides clinical significance by applying it to the diagnosis of the more common neurologic pathologies. Ideal for those who wish to understand more clearly the clinical concepts behind neurologic levels, moving systematically from concept to practice, and from general rules to specific applications."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Pt. 1: Nerve root lesions by neurologic level
    Evaluation of nerve root lesions involving the upper extremity
    Evaluation of nerve root lesions involving the trunk and lower extremity
    Pt. 2: Spinal cord lesions by neurologic level
    Cervical cord lesions: tetraplegia
    Spinal cord lesions below T1, including the cauda equina
    Meningomyelocele.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    Myrick, Karen M.
    Contents:
    Cover
    Title
    Copyright
    Contents
    Contributors
    Preface
    Pass Guarantee
    Chapter 1: Orthopaedic Nurse Certification: Benefits, Planning, and Preparation
    Benefits of Certification
    Certification Requirements
    Certification Renewal
    Certification Exam Study Guide
    Chapter 2: Musculoskeletal Anatomy and Physiology
    Introduction
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Musculoskeletal System
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Shoulder
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Elbow and Forearm
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Hand and Wrist
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Spine Anatomy and Physiology of the Hip
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Knee
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Foot and Ankle
    Knowledge Check: Chapter 2
    Chapter 3: Assessment of the Musculoskeletal System
    Introduction
    General Physical Examination
    Fractures
    Shoulder Examination
    Elbow and Forearm Examination
    Wrist and Hand Examination
    Spine Examination
    Hip Examination
    Knee Examination
    Foot and Ankle Examination
    Holistic Assessment
    Knowledge Check: Chapter 3
    Chapter 4: Laboratory and Imaging Studies in Orthopaedics
    Introduction
    Laboratory Diagnostics Radiographic Studies
    Biopsies
    Knowledge Check: Chapter 4
    Chapter 5: Principles of Perioperative Care
    Introduction
    Teamwork and Patient Safety
    Preoperative Assessment and Planning
    Intraoperative Care
    Postoperative Care and Evaluation
    Knowledge Check: Chapter 5
    Chapter 6: Degenerative Disorders
    Introduction
    Osteoarthritis
    Degenerative Disc Disease
    Tendinosis
    Osteoporosis
    Paget's Disease
    Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Knowledge Check: Chapter 6
    Chapter 7: Orthopaedic Trauma
    Introduction
    Synopsis and Definition
    Signs and Symptoms Assessment and Holistic Evaluation
    Psychosocial Considerations
    Nursing Considerations
    Complications and Adverse Outcomes
    Knowledge Check: Chapter 7
    Chapter 8: Sports Injuries
    Introduction
    Ankle Sprains
    Achilles Tendonitis
    Patella Tendonitis
    Anterior Cruciate Ligament Tear
    Medial Collateral Ligament Tear
    PCL Tear
    Meniscus Tear
    Hip Labral Tear
    Lumbar Disc Herniation
    Rotator Cuff Tendonitis
    Ulnar Collateral Ligament Sprain
    Tennis/Golfer's Elbow
    Knowledge Check: Chapter 8
    Chapter 9: Inflammatory Disorders
    Introduction Polymyalgia Rheumatica
    Gout
    Rheumatic Fever
    Lyme Disease
    Seronegative Spondyloarthropathies
    Systemic Sclerosis
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Fibromyalgia Syndrome
    Knowledge Check: Chapter 9
    Chapter 10: Metabolic Bone Disorders
    Introduction
    Osteoporosis
    Osteomalacia
    Hyperparathyroidism
    Hypoparathyroidism
    Paget's Disease
    Knowledge Check: Chapter 10
    Chapter 11: Congenital/Pediatric Disorders
    Introduction
    Achondroplasia
    Blount's Disease
    Cerebral Palsy
    Hyperparathyroidism
    Club Foot
    Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Terrance D. Peabody, Samer Attar, editors.
    Contents:
    Principles of Musculoskeletal Biopsy / Raffi S. Avedian
    Imaging Evaluation of Musculoskeletal Tumors / Nicholas Morley and Imran Omar
    Benign Bone Tumors / Robert Steffner
    Osteosarcoma / Drew D. Moore and Hue H. Luu
    Ewing's Sarcoma of Bone / Drew D. Moore and Rex C. Haydon
    Chondrosarcoma of Bone / Lee R. Leddy and Robert E. Holmes
    Evaluation and Treatment of Spinal Metastatic Disease / Shah-Nawaz M. Dodwad, Jason Savage, Thomas J. Scharschmidt and Alpesh Patel
    Evaluation and Treatment of Extremity Metastatic Disease / Aaron T. Creek, Drew A. Ratner and Scott E. Porter
    Clinical Evaluation and Management of Benign Soft Tissue Tumors of the Extremities / Andrew S. Erwteman and Tessa Balach
    Soft Tissue Sarcomas / Andre Spiguel.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC280.B6 O78 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Vincent J. Vigorita, M.D., Professor of Pathology and Orthopaedic Surgery, State University of New York, Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York, Director of Orthopaedic Research, Kingsbrook Jewish Medical Center. Brooklyn, New York, and New York Presbyterian Lower Manhattan Hospital, New York, Core Faculty Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, New York Medical College, Valhalla, New York, Lenox Hill Hospital, New York, New York, Maimonides Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York, Attending Pathologist, Maimonides Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York, with Bernard Ghelman, MD, and Douglas Mintz, MD, Attending Radiologists, the Hospital for Special Surgery, New York, New York.
    Summary: "The updated third edition of Orthopedic Pathology is a comprehensive, practical guide to diagnosing musculoskeletal disorders, offering details on the pathologic and radiologic characteristics of all bone and joint diseases. Highlighted by more than 1,700 high-quality illustrations, it focuses on helping you reach an accurate diagnosis for virtually any orthopedic disorder you're likely to encounter." -- Back cover

    Contents:
    Basic science of bone
    Skeletal and extraskeletal calcification and ossification syndromes
    Metabolic bone disease. Part I
    Metabolic bone disease. Part II
    Osteomyelitis and septic arthritis
    Bone cysts and giant-cell tumor
    Periosteum
    Fibrous lesions
    Bone forming bone tumors and tumor-like lesions
    Cartilage tumors
    Vascular and other mesenchymal tumors and lesions
    Bone manifestations of hematologic disorders and small-cell tumors / Vincent J. Vigorita, and Jeffrey F. Lipton
    Metastatic bone disease / Vincent J. Vigorita, and Jeffrey F. Lipton
    Osteonecrosis
    Synovium
    Arthritis
    Joint arthroplasty pathology
    Soft tissue pathology
    Commonly performed orthopaedic procedures / Adam Phillip Breceda, Eli Bryk, Vincent Vigorita.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Bruce C. Reider, George J. Davies, Matthew T. Provencher.
    Summary: Prevent athletic injuries and promote optimal recovery using all of the latest evidence-based guidelines and protocols! Practical, expert guidance; a templated, user-friendly format; and descriptions of key rehabilitation exercises make this an ideal reference for any practitioner working with athletes! [From book jacket].

    Contents:
    Shoulder. Shoulder instability
    Superior labral pathology (SLAP/long head biceps)
    Rotator cuff injuries
    Acromioclavicular and sternoclaviclular joint injuries
    Shoulder cartilage injuries, arthritis, and capsulitis. Elbow and forearm, wrist and hand. Elbow and forearm injuries
    wrist and hand injuries. Lumbar, Thoracic, and Cervical Spine. Lumbar spine injuries
    Thoracic spine injuries
    Cervical spine injuries. Hip and Thigh. Hip/thigh muscle strains
    Femoroacetabular impingement. Knee. Extensor mechanism injuries
    Meniscus injuries
    Articular cartilage injuries
    Ligament injuries. Leg, ankle, and foot. Lower leg conditions
    Achilles tendon injuries
    Ankle injuries
    Foot injuries.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Print
    editors, Amiethab A. Aiyer, William N. Levine ; associate editors, Jonathan R. Kaplan, Matthew A. Varacallo.
    Summary: "The concept behind the Orthopaedic Rotations Survival Guide has been inspired by you-the students, residents, and colleagues-with whom we have worked alongside and from whom we have learned so much. The editorial team has carefully curated content experts who are leaders in their fields and dedicated educators genuinely committed to advancing your understanding of orthopaedics. Along with each of the content experts, the editorial team is passionate about encouraging your interest in orthopaedics. The Orthopaedic Rotations Survival Guide edited by Amiethab A. Aiyer and William N. Levine, represents an extension of our commitment to your interest in musculoskeletal patient care. Furthermore, whether you are considering a career in orthopaedic surgery, physical therapy, athletic training, or otherwise, the goal of this text is to provide you with a "one-stop shop" resource for high-yield information as you move between learning experiences in the clinic or in the operating room. The primary goal of this text is to provide readily accessible information on topics that are high yield for anyone interested in orthopaedics. The text is designed to teach key principles in musculoskeletal education ranging from history and physical examination pearls to important nuances of planning and advanced imaging, to surgical approach considerations across all major orthopaedic subspecialties. Each chapter is accompanied by select recent literature to further broaden your breadth of knowledge"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The orthopaedic physical examination / Matthew A. Varacallo,, Jonathan R. Kaplan
    Imaging / Yoshimi Endo, Carolyn M. Sofka, Hollis G. Potter
    I fell and cannot get up : lower extremity trauma / Alexandra K. Schwartz, Samir Mehta, Giselle M. Hernandez, Theodore T. Guild, John Y. Kwon, Fernando E. Vilella, Danielle C. Marshall, Diane Ismat Ghanem, Babar Shafiq
    I fell and cannot use my upper extremity / Robert Z. Tashjian, Nicole S. Schroeder
    My shoulder hurts : now what? / William N. Levine, Julianne Munoz
    My elbow hurts / Charles M. Jobin, Charles Cassidy
    My hand hurts / Dawn M. LaPorte, Seth D. Dodds
    My hip hurts / Aaron Gipsman, Eric Strauss, Matthew A. Varacallo
    My knee hurts / Joseph D. Lamplot, Robert H. Brophy
    I need a joint replacement / Melvyn A. Harrington, Jr, Javad Parvizi, Matthew Blue, Graham Goh, Brian I. Nwannunu
    My foot and ankle hurt / Lauren E. Geaney, Jonathan R. Kaplan, MaCalus V. Hogan
    Spine : my back is killing me / S. Elizabeth Ames, Emmanuel Menga
    Tumor ABCs / Tessa Balach, Cara A. Cipriano, Sheila Ann Conway, Ginger E. Holt
    Pediatrics / Monica Kogan, Brian Scannell, Mara S. Karamitopoulos.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2024
  • Digital
    [editors] Mark D. Miller [and 5 others].
    Contents:
    Approach to the Surgical Patient
    Shoulder and Arm
    Elbow and Forearm
    Wrist and Hand
    Spine
    Hip and Pelvis
    Knee and Lower Leg
    Foot and Ankle.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Juan de Dios Robinson, editor.
    Contents:
    Introduction: Do you really want to help?- The Conflict and the low resource environment
    General Principles
    Perioperative management with scarce resources
    Practical guides to orthopaedic trauma management in the austere environment
    Common challenges in the austere environment
    Important considerations. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Emil H. Schemitsch, Michael D. McKee.
    Contents:
    Part I: Shoulder. Rotator cuff. Acromioplasty
    Rotator cuff repair: open technique for partial-thickness or small or medium full-thickness tears
    Rotator cuff repair: arthroscopic technique for partial-thickness or small or medium full-thickness tears
    Open repair of rotator cuff tears
    Arthroscopic repair of massive rotator cuff tears
    Operative fixation of symptomatic os acromiale
    Arthritic shoulder. Humeral head resurfacing arthroplasty,
    Humeral hemiarthroplasty with biologic glenoid resurfacing
    Total shoulder arthroplasty
    Rotator cuff tear arthroplasty: open surgical treatment
    Open unconstrained revision shoulder arthroplasty
    Instability. Closed treatment of shoulder dislocations
    Arthroscopic treatment of traumatic anterior instability of the shoulder
    Open treatment of anterior-inferior multidirectional instability of the shoulder
    Arthroscopic treatment of anterior-inferior multidirectional instability of the shoulder
    Anterior glenohumeral instability associated with glenoid or humeral bone deficiency: the latarjet procedure
    Open treatment of posterior-inferior shoulder instability
    Arthroscopic treatment of posterior-inferior multidirectional instability of the shoulder
    Open Bankart procedure for recurrent anterior shoulder dislocation
    Biceps tendon. Mini-open biceps tenodesis
    Arthroscopic biceps tenodesis
    SLAP lesion: arthroscopic reconstruction of the labrum and biceps anchor
    Treatment of the unstable shoulder with humeral head bone loss
    Clavicle. Open distal clavicle excision
    Arthroscopic distal clavicle resection
    Open treatment of acute and chronic acromioclavicular dislocations
    Sternoclavicular joint reconstruction using semitendinosus graft
    Trauma. Open reduction and internal fixation of acute midshaft clavicular fractures
    Intramedullary fixation of clavicle fractures
    Operative treatment of two-part proximal humerus fractures
    Open reduction and internal fixation of three- and four-part proximal humerus fractures
    Percutaneous fixation of proximal humerus fractures
    Proximal humerus fractures: hemiarthroplasty
    Operative management of scapular fractures
    Miscellaneous. Surgical approaches to the shoulder
    Arthrodesis of the shoulder
    Open and arthroscopic suprascapular nerve decompression
    Scapular surgery
    Adhesive capsulitis
    Arthroscopic treatment of calcific tendinitis in the shoulder
    Nerve transfers for shoulder and elbow restoration after upper trunk brachial plexus injuries
    Thoracic outlet syndrome
    Suprascapular nerve neuropathy
    Part II: Elbow. Introduction. Surgical approaches for open treatment of the elbow
    Elbow arthroscopy. Arthroscopy of the elbow: setup and portals
    Elbow arthritis and stiffness: open treatment
    Elbow arthritis and stiffness: arthroscopic treatment
    Arthroplasty. Radial head fractures: radial head replacement
    Total elbow arthroplasty
    Total elbow arthroplasty for the treatment of complex distal humerus fractures
    Radiocapitellar replacement
    Revision total elbow arthroplasty
    Soft tissue pathology. Medial epicondylitis: open treatment
    Lateral epicondylitis: arthroscopic and open treatment
    Repair of distal biceps tendon ruptures
    Repair and reconstruction of the ruptured triceps
    Nerves. Endoscopic cubital tunnel release
    Submuscular ulnar nerve transposition
    Surgical decompression for radial tunnel syndrome
    Trauma. Distal humerus fractures, including isolated distal lateral column and capitellar fractures
    Radial head fractures: open reduction and internal fixation
    Open treatment of complex traumatic elbow instability
    Surgical reconstruction of longitudinal radioulnar dissociation (Essex-Lopresti injury)
    Ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction using the modified Jobe technique
    Lateral ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction
    Miscellaneous. Soft tissue coverage
    Operative management of olecranon bursitis
    Elbow arthroscopic débridement for osteochondritis dissecans.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    John F. Sarwark, Rebecca L. Carl, editors.
    Summary: Primary care providers caring for newborns must be able to recognize orthopaedic disorders that affect infants, particularly when these conditions require early treatment or are part of an underlying syndrome. This book provides pediatricians, neonatologists, family medicine physicians and licensed independent practitioners with a useful framework for the diagnosis and management of common pediatric orthopaedic conditions that typically present during infancy. The text begins with an overview of orthopaedic embryology and relevant physical examination techniques. The second section details congenital and developmental conditions affecting the limbs and spine. The third section includes topics related to birth trauma. The final section focuses on orthopaedic manifestations of systemic diseases and syndromes. Each chapter has a consistent, intuitive layout including a brief overview and sections on clinical presentation, evaluation and management, as well as a detailed discussion of the condition being discussed. When relevant, clinical vignettes are included to illustrate practical application of the subject matter. The design of the sections allow providers to easily reference appropriate information in the clinic setting. Written by experts in the field, Orthopaedics for the Newborn and Young Child is a valuable resource for pediatric orthopaedic providers, primary care physicians and other specialists who treat children. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Overview
    Chapter 1: Essentials of Embryology for the Musculoskeletal System
    The Embryonic Period
    The Fetal Period (8 Weeks-Birth)
    Development of the Skeletal System
    Development of Axial Skeleton
    Development of the Appendicular Skeleton
    Common Congenital Disorders of Skeletal System
    The Muscle System
    Common Disorders of Muscle Development
    Limb Formation
    Disorders of Limb Development
    References
    Chapter 2: Musculoskeletal Physical Examination of the Newborn
    Brief Overview Clinical Presentation: History and Physical
    General
    Head
    Neck
    Shoulders/Clavicle/Scapula
    Chest and Abdomen
    Spine
    Upper Extremity
    Elbows
    Hands
    Hips
    Lower Extremity
    Knees and Legs
    Feet
    Clinical Vignettes/Pearls
    Reference
    Part II: Congenital and Developmental Disorders
    Chapter 3: Metatarsus Adductus
    Brief Overview of Condition
    Background Including Epidemiology and Pathophysiology
    Clinical Presentation: History and Physical
    Evaluation
    Management
    Clinical Vignettes/Clinical Pearls
    Natural History, Primary and Secondary Prevention Natural History, Primary and Secondary Prevention
    References
    Chapter 6: Congenital Vertical Talus
    Brief Overview of Condition
    Background Including Epidemiology and Pathoanatomy
    Clinical Presentation: History and Physical
    Evaluation
    Management
    Natural History, Primary and Secondary Prevention
    References
    Chapter 7: Congenital Curly Toe Contractures
    Background
    Clinical Presentation
    Testing and Evaluation
    Treatment
    Non-operative Management
    Operative Management
    Open Tenotomy of FDB Tendon Slip
    Open Tenotomy of FDB and FDL Tendon Slips Transfer of FDL to Extensor Hood
    References
    Chapter 8: Congenital Dislocation of the Knee (CKD)
    Brief Overview of Condition
    Background Including Epidemiology and Pathophysiology
    Clinical Presentation: History and Physical
    Radiographic Evaluation
    Management
    Clinical Vignettes/Clinical Pearls
    Natural History, Primary and Secondary Prevention
    References
    Chapter 9: Fibular Hemimelia/Congenital Short Femur/LLE Deformity
    Introduction
    Background: Epidemiology and Pathophysiology
    Clinical Presentation: History and Physical
    Evaluation
    Management
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Andreas Roth ; Translated by Gustav F. Preller.
    Summary: This book is a practical, step-by-step guide to orthopedic examination and diagnosis. The author explains a systematic classification of clinical findings that has proven very useful in diagnosing orthopedic disorders in daily routine. The approach to examination begins with a checklist covering the complete patient history, including subjective descriptions of complaints. This is followed by a stepwise approach to physical examination of the patient and collection of clinical findings. Photographs and illustrations clearly depict the necessary examination techniques. The main symptoms are then determined from the patient history and clinical findings, leading to a diagnosis. An overview of all relevant orthopedic conditions for each region of the body facilitates differential diagnosis and thereby completes the examination findings. This book will be of particular value for new residents in orthopedics and trauma but will also be useful for the experienced physician as a means of refreshing knowledge or as a reference.

    Contents:
    Spine: History
    Systematic investigation
    Main symptoms
    Diseases. Upper limb: History
    Systematic investigation
    Main symptoms
    Diseases. Lower limb: History
    Systematic investigation
    Main symptoms
    Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Bingyun Li, Thomas Webster, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the latest progress in the biology and manufacturing of orthopedic biomaterials, as well as key industry perspectives. Topics covered include the development of biomaterial-based medical products for orthopedic applications, anti-infection technologies for orthopedic implants, additive manufacturing of orthopedic implants, and more. This is an ideal book for graduate students, researchers and professionals working with orthopedic biomaterials and tissue engineering. This book also: Provides an industry perspective on technologies to prevent orthopedic implant related infection Thoroughly covers how to modulate innate inflammatory reactions in the application of orthopedic biomaterials Details the state-of-the-art research on 3D printed porous bone constructs.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Design, Manufacturing, Assessment, and Applications; Nanotechnology for Orthopedic Applications: From Manufacturing Processes to Clinical Applications; 1 Introduction; 2 The Extracellular Matrix (ECM); 2.1 ECM Composition; 2.2 The ECM as a Molecular Reservoir; 2.3 Cell-ECM Interactions; 2.4 Bone; 2.4.1 Cortical Bone; 2.4.2 Cancellous Bone; 3 Tissue Engineering; 3.1 Nanotechnology for Tissue Engineering; 3.2 Control of Cell Functions Using Nanotechnology; 3.3 Cell Sensitivity to Nanofeatures; 3.4 Important Features of Scaffolds for Tissue Engineering. 3.1.3 Titanium Alloys3.1.4 Tantalum; 3.2 Other Biomaterials; 3.2.1 PEEK; 3.2.2 Ceramics; 4 AM Design Considerations; 4.1 Patient-Specific Design Procedures; 4.2 Porosity; 4.3 Clinical Applications; 4.4 Patient Variability; 4.5 Shoulder and Other Joint Replacements; 4.6 Fracture Fixation; 4.7 Large Bone Defects; 4.8 Surgical Guides; 4.9 Additional Clinical Examples; 5 Summary; References; 3D Printed Porous Bone Constructs; 1 Introduction; 2 3D Printing Techniques; 3 Porous Materials for Cell Growth; 4 3D Printing of Porous Ceramic Materials; 5 3D Printing of Porous Metal Materials. 3.5 Materials for Scaffold Construction4 Unmet Clinical Need; 4.1 Substrate Properties for Osseointegration; 4.2 Substrate Properties to Resist Bacterial Infection; 4.2.1 Shot Peened 316 L Stainless Steel; 4.2.2 Electrophoretic Deposition; 5 Conclusions; References; Additive Manufacturing of Orthopedic Implants; 1 Introduction; 2 Additive Manufacturing Techniques; 2.1 Binder Jetting; 2.2 Directed Energy Deposition (DED); 2.3 Powder Bed Fusion (PBF); 2.4 Material Extrusion; 3 Additively Manufactured Biomaterials; 3.1 Metallic Biomaterials; 3.1.1 Stainless Steel; 3.1.2 Co-Cr Alloys. 6 3D Printing of Porous Polymer Materials7 Conclusions; References; Biopolymer Based Interfacial Tissue Engineering for Arthritis; 1 Introduction; 2 Anatomy of Osteochondral Tissue Interface; 3 Conventional Vs. Interfacial Tissue Engineering; 4 Polymeric Biomaterials for Interfacial Tissue Engineering; 5 Design Considerations for Interfacial Tissue Engineering; 5.1 Stratified Scaffold Design; 5.2 Gradient Scaffold Design; 6 Present Clinical Status of Interfacial Tissue Engineering; 7 Future Perspectives of Interfacial Tissue Engineering in Orthopedic Applications; 8 Conclusion; References. Performance of Bore-Cone Taper Junctions on Explanted Total Knee Replacements with Modular Stem Extensions: Mechanical Disassembly and Corrosion Analysis of Two Designs1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 2.1 Implant Retrieval and Archiving; 2.2 Assessment of Surface Corrosion Area; 2.3 Damage Mode Characterization; 2.4 Data Analysis; 3 Results; 4 Discussion; 4.1 Effects of Design and Modes of Corrosion; 4.2 Effects of Patient Factors and Anatomical Location; 4.3 Mechanical Disassembly and Surface Corrosion Area; 4.4 Limitations; 5 Conclusion; References.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Paul Brinckmann, Institute of Experimental Biomechanics, University of Münster, Münster, Germany, Federal School of Prosthetics and Orthotics, Dortmund, Germany, Wolfgang Frobin, Institute of Experimental Biomechanics, University of Münster, Münster, Germany, Gunnar Leivseth, Institute of Clinical Medicine, UiT The Arctic University of Norway, Tromsø, Norway, Burkhard Drerup, Institute of Experimental Biomechanics, Department of Orthopedic Technology and Rehabilitation, University of Münster, Münster, Germany, Federal School of Prosthetics and Orthotics, Dortmund, Germany.
    Contents:
    Basic concepts from physics and mechanics
    Mechanical properties of solid materials
    Deformation and strength of structures
    Vector algebra
    Matrix notation
    Translation and rotation in a plane
    Mathematical description of translation and rotation in three-dimensional space
    Mechanical properties of bone and cartilage
    Structure and function of skeletal muscle
    Mechanical aspects of skin
    Dimension, mass, location of the center of mass and moment of inertia of the segments of the human body
    Determination of joint load in a model calculation
    Mechanical aspects of the hip joint
    Mechanical aspects of the knee joint
    Mechanical aspects of the lumbar spine
    Mechanical aspects of the shoulder
    Biomechanics of the foot
    Gait
    Solved problems.
  • Digital
    Philip D. Nowicki, editor.
    Summary: Many of the existing books focusing on the orthopedic management of patients with cerebral palsy encompass only care for the young patient, but this practical text reviews and delineates orthopedic care for patients with cerebral palsy throughout the lifespan. Readers will find a discussion of both non-operative and operative orthopedic management across all ages and functional levels. The text presents a general overview of cerebral palsy, evaluation of patients with cerebral palsy, and procedures commonly used to treat various orthopedic conditions in patients with cerebral palsy. Spasticity management and gait evaluation are likewise highlighted, and surgical chapters cover techniques for the hip, knee, foot and ankle, and spine. It also incorporates chapters focused on issues related to the rehabilitation of patients with cerebral palsy, including bracing, orthotics and other durable medical equipment, physical and occupational therapy, pain management, and adaptive activities and sports, which aim to improve the overall quality of life for patients through the lifespan. Finally, there is a chapter focused on the care transition from childhood to adulthood, an area of importance often neglected in current texts covering patients with cerebral palsy. Whether in the operating room, multi-specialty clinic or private office, Orthopedic Care of Patients with Cerebral Palsy will be a go-to resource for orthopedists, pediatricians and all medical professionals caring for this population.

    Contents:
    Introduction: History, Prevalence and Pathophysiology
    Principles of Orthotics and Other Durable Medical Equipment
    Spasticity Management: Operative, Non-operative and Pain Management
    Gait Evaluation for Patients with Cerebral Palsy
    Multi-level Orthopedic Surgery for Patients with Cerebral Palsy
    Orthopedic Hip Surgery for Patients with Cerebral Palsy
    Orthopedic Leg and Knee Surgery for Patients with Cerebral Palsy
    Orthopedic Foot and Ankle Surgery for Patients with Cerebral Palsy
    Orthopedic Spine Surgery for Patients with Cerebral Palsy
    Rehabilitation: Physical Therapy, Occupational Therapy and Pain Management
    Adaptive Sports for Patients with Cerebral Pals
    Transition/Lifespan Care for Patients with Cerebral Palsy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    101
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    36
  • Digital
    Jonathan D. Hodax, Adam E.M. Eltorai, Alan H. Daniels, editors.
    Summary: This is a quick-reference resource covering the most common acute orthopedic injuries. Including bulleted text and easy-to-follow algorithms, protocols, and images, this "pocket consultant" provides the most up-to-date information when you need it most. Organized anatomically for fast reference, each chapter is broken down into the most common and most serious injuries with tips on how to evaluate and treat adult and pediatric patients. Each injury pattern discussed includes a brief description covering what to ask, what to bring, what to request, what to test, what to look for, and how to further evaluate. The contributing authors are senior orthopedic surgery residents at a major Level-1 Trauma Center who have experience managing a high volume of orthopedic injuries and who have trained many young residents. Covering all aspects of acute care, The Orthopedic Consult Survival Guide is an indispensable tool for medical students, residents, fellows, attendings, and affiliated providers in orthopedic surgery, emergency medicine, and surgery caring for orthopedic patients in emergency rooms, urgent care centers, and primary practice settings.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Melvin C. Makhni, Eric C. Makhni, Eric F. Swart, Charles S. Day, editors.
    Summary: This book is a one-stop guide to managing acute orthopedic injuries. Unlike other handbooks, this reference provides a comprehensive, yet concise, set of diagnostic and management tools to help readers deliver optimal, evidence-based, and efficient patient care. Additional focus on physical exam techniques, emergency room orthopedic procedures, and on-field athletic management strategies empowers readers with real tips and tricks used by orthopedic surgeons at top-tier institutions. This guide is a must have for emergency medicine providers, orthopedic surgeons, and other clinicians, trainees, and students caring for adult or pediatric patients in the emergency setting.

    Contents:
    Emergency Orthopedic Evaluation
    True Orthopedic Emergencies
    Spine
    Shoulder and Upper Arm
    Wrist and Hand
    Pelvis and Lower Extremity
    Foot and Ankle
    Pediatrics
    Emergency Sideline Management of Athletic Conditions
    Appendix A: Physical Exam Overview
    Appendix B: Procedure Guides.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Adam Greenspan, MD, FACR, Professor Emeritus of Radiology and Orthopedic Surgery, University of California, Davis School of Medicine, Former Director, Section of Musculoskeletal Imaging, Department of Radiology, University of California Davis Medical Center, Sacramento, California, Consultant, Shriners Hospital for Children, Sacramento, California, Javier Beltran, MD, FACR, Professor and Chairman of Radilogy, Maimonides Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York ; foreword by Lynne S. Steinbach, MD, FACR, Professor of Radilogy and Orthopedic Surgery, Director, Musculoskeletal Imaging, Department of Radiology, University of California, San Francisco, California.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Jochen Schomacher, PhD, PT-OMT, DPT, MCMK, Physical Therapist, Küsnacht, Switzerland.
    Summary: "Orthopedic Manual Therapy presents a systematic, step-by-step guide to manual therapy for disorders of the extremities and spine. Readers will find detailed examination and treatment techniques, the newest scientific and clinical advances, and updates on pain physiology, biomechanics, neurodynamics, and the biopsychosocial model of disease as the foundation for manual therapy"--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    The history and definition of orthopedic manual therapy
    Manual therapy in the context of the biopsychosocial model
    Manual therapy and joint mechanics
    The manual therapy system
    Overview of orthopedic manual therapy
    Aspects of movement testing
    Therapeutic model of manual therapy
    The effects of manual therapy
    The six categories of treatment
    Key aspects in the treatment of the joints
    Research
    Indications and contraindications to treatment of the joints using translatoric
    Movements
    Notes on the practical section
    Extremity joints.
  • Print
    Abdelhamid H. Elgazzar.
    Contents:
    Basic sciences of bone and joint diseases
    Diagnosis of inflammatory bone diseases
    Diagnosis of metabolic, endocrine, and congenital bone disease
    Diagnosis of traumatic disorders
    Diagnosis of circulatory disorders
    Neoplastic bone diseases
    Diagnosis of joint disorders
    Bone marrow imaging
    Diagnosis of soft tissue calcification
    Hybrid imaging in the diagnosis of bone diseases
    Therapeutic use of radionuclides in bone and joint disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Avice Kerr.
    Contents:
    v
    .1. Initial and emergency care.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RD753 .K4
    1
  • Digital
    David J. Magee, Robert C. Manske.
    Contents:
    Principles and concepts
    Head and face
    Cervical spine
    Temporomandibular joint
    Shoulder
    Elbow
    Forearm, wrist, and hand
    Thoracic (dorsal) spine
    Lumbar spine
    Pelvis
    Hip
    Knee
    Lower leg, ankle, and foot
    Assessment of gait
    Assessment of posture
    Assessment of the amputee
    Primary care assessment
    Emergency sports assessment.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey Nursing
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    editors, Eric C. Makhni, Melvin C. Makhni, Eric F. Stewart and Charles A. Bush-Joseph.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Surena Namdari, Stephan G. Pill and Samir Mehta.
    Contents:
    Adult reconstruction
    Basic science
    Foot and ankle
    Hand
    Orthopedic oncology
    Pediatric orthopedics
    Rehabilitation and neuro-orthopedic surgery
    Shoulder and elbow
    Spine
    Sports
    Orthopedic trauma.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Jeffrey N. Weiss.
    Summary: This book is a concise guide that provides an easy to follow template for other physicians to develop similar stem cell based treatments within their specialty. It identifies and summarizes the current world-wide orthopedic stem cell trials. Organized into three sections, Orthopedic Stem Cell Surgery presents clinical studies that examine the procedures for setting up and implementing stem cell surgery within the specialty of orthopedics. Chapters maintain an accessible narrative while also addressing complex studies related to orthopedic stem cell surgery. A sister text to the recently published, Retinal and Optic Nerve Stem Cell Surgery, and Neurologic Stem Cell Surgery this expertly written book examines critical Institutional Review Board (IRB) approved studies.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Rotator Cuff Repair
    1: Mesenchymal Stem Cell Augmentation in Patients Undergoing Arthroscopic Rotator Cuff Repair
    Summary
    Intervention
    Outcome Measures
    Primary Outcome
    Secondary Outcome
    Functional Outcome
    Patient-Centered Outcome
    Eligibility
    Inclusion Criteria
    Exclusion Criteria
    Further Reading
    2: Bone Marrow-Derived Stem Cells for the Treatment of Rotator Cuff Tears
    Summary
    Intervention
    Outcome Measures
    Primary Outcome
    Secondary Outcome
    Inclusion Criteria
    Exclusion Criteria 3: Regenexx™ SD Versus Exercise Therapy for Rotator Cuff Tears
    Summary
    Intervention
    Outcome Measures
    Primary Outcome
    Secondary Outcome
    Inclusion Criteria
    Exclusion Criteria
    Further Reading
    4: Safety and Efficacy of Adult Adipose-Derived Stem Cell Injection into Partial-Thickness Rotator Cuff Tears
    Summary
    Intervention
    Outcome Measures
    Primary Outcome
    Secondary Outcome Measures
    Inclusion Criteria
    Exclusion Criteria
    5: Autologous Adult Adipose-Derived Regenerative Cell Injection into Chronic Partial-Thickness Rotator Cuff Tears
    Summary Intervention
    Primary Outcome Measures
    Secondary Outcome Measures
    Other Outcome Measures
    Inclusion Criteria
    Exclusion Criteria
    6: Clinical Study on Mesenchymal Stem Cells Used in the Reconstruction Surgery of the Supraspinatus Muscle Lesions
    Summary
    Intervention
    Primary Outcome Measures
    Secondary Outcome Measures
    Inclusion Criteria
    Exclusion Criteria
    Further Reading
    7: Efficacy of Microfragmented Lipoaspirate Tissue in Arthroscopic Rotator Cuff Repair
    Summary
    Intervention
    Primary Outcome Measures
    Secondary Outcome Measures
    Inclusion Criteria Exclusion Criteria
    8: Mesenchymal Stem Cells in Rotator Cuff Repair
    Summary
    Intervention
    Primary Outcome Measures
    Secondary Outcome Measures
    Inclusion Criteria
    Exclusion Criteria
    9: Treatment of Tendon Disease Using Autologous Adipose-Derived Mesenchymal Stem Cells
    Intervention
    Primary Outcome Measures
    Secondary Outcome Measures
    Inclusion Criteria
    Exclusion Criteria
    Further Reading
    10: Adipose-Derived Mesenchymal Stem Cells in Osteoarthritis
    Intervention
    Primary Outcome Measures
    Secondary Outcome Measures
    Criteria
    Inclusion Criteria Exclusion Criteria
    Part II: Knee Osteoarthritis
    11: Impact of Mesenchymal Stem Cells in Knee Osteoarthritis
    Summary
    Intervention
    Outcome Measures
    Primary Outcome Measures
    Secondary Outcome Measures
    Inclusion Criteria
    Knee Osteoarthritis Subjects
    Focal Chondral Defect Subjects
    Inclusion Criteria
    Exclusion Criteria
    Further Reading
    12: Multicenter Trial of Stem Cell Therapy for Osteoarthritis (MILES)
    Summary
    Intervention
    Outcome
    Secondary Outcome Measures
    Inclusion Criteria
    Exclusion Criteria
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Adam E.M. Eltorai, Craig P. Eberson, Alan H. Daniels, editors.
    Summary: This quick-reference guide is the first book written specifically for the many third- and fourth-year medical students rotating on an orthopedic surgery service. Organized anatomically, it focuses on the diagnosis and management of the most common pathologic entities. Each chapter covers history, physical examination, imaging, and common diagnoses. For each diagnosis, the book sets out the typical presentation, options for non-operative and operative management, and expected outcomes. Chapters include key illustrations, quick-reference charts, tables, diagrams, and bulleted lists. Each chapter is co-authored by a senior resident or fellow and an established academic physician and is concise enough to be read in two or three hours. Students can read the text from cover to cover to gain a general foundation of knowledge that can be built upon when they begin their rotation, then use specific chapters to review a sub-specialty before starting a new rotation or seeing a patient with a sub-specialty attending. Practical and user-friendly, Orthopedic Surgery Clerkship is the ideal, on-the-spot resource for medical students and practitioners seeking fast facts on diagnosis and management. Its bullet-pointed outline format makes it a perfect quick-reference, and its content breadth covers the most commonly encountered orthopedic problems in practice.

    Contents:
    Part I: The Basics
    Part II: The Upper Extremity
    Part III: The Lower Extremity
    Part IV: The Axial Skeleton
    Part V: Pediatric Orthopedics
    Part VI: Systemic Conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Adam E. M. Eltorai, Craig P. Eberson, Alan H. Daniels, editors.
    Summary: The 4th year of medical school represents an important transition with new goals and expectations. Matching into orthopedic surgery residency is increasingly competitive. Performing well on orthopedic surgery rotations during the 4th year of medical school is critical for match success. The goal of this guide book is to help students ace their orthopedic rotations. Orthopedic Surgery Rotation focuses on practical tips for success from optimal study resources, key technical skills, and strategies for being a standout orthopedic team player. Each chapter is written by current orthopedic residents, who not only know from personal experience on how to excel but also are actively involved in evaluating the performance of 4th year medical students. This book will serve as tool to propel students to the next level and help them start their journey as orthopedists on the right foot.

    Contents:
    Rotating at Your Home Institution
    The Outpatient Setting
    The Inpatient Setting
    The Operating Room
    Top Resources
    The Away Rotation
    Landing a Residency Position.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Harzem Özger, Franklin H. Sim, Ajay Puri, Levent Eralp, editors.
    Summary: This atlas presents a collection of richly illustrated teaching cases. It covers the fundamentals of orthopedic oncology complemented with relevant aspects that are demonstrated using individual cases. In a specialty that deals with a relatively smaller number of cases compared to tumors of other systems, this atlas prepares readers for clinical practice by combining a problem-based learning (PBL) approach, which lies on the continuum between structured and guided learning, with theory and practical insights. The book is divided into sections, arranged according to anatomical regions and the reconstruction type. Each section focuses on a specific anatomical region, and each case presentation includes the basic clinical history, basic principles, preoperative, perioperative and radiographic images, a pitfall list, treatment strategy, technical pearls, outcomes and complications. For each region the authors discuss both the biological and non-biological reconstruction techniques. The book is designed to actively involve the reader, making it an invaluable tool for all orthopedic surgeons confronted with oncologic surgery. The book is intended for trainees in orthopedics, orthopedic oncology fellows as well as practicing consultants.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Philosophy of limb salvage surgery.-1. When and why biological/ implant reconstruction?
    Part 2: Mobile Spine
    2. Biological reconstruction using frozen autograft in total en bloc spondylectomy for spinal tumors.-3. Implant Reconstruction of the Mobile Spine
    Part 3: Sacrum
    4. Biological Sacral Reconstruction
    5. Total Sacrectomy without Spinopelvic Reconstruction
    6. Implant Reconstruction of the Sacrum: modular sacrum prosthesis
    Part 4: Pelvis.-7. Biological Reconstruction of the Pelvis I: liquid nitrogen treated autograft & onlaid free vascular fibula
    8. Biological Reconstruction of the Pelvis - II: femoral head plus total hip replacement
    9. Implant Reconstruction of the Pelvis - I: modular hemipelvic prosthesis
    10. Implant Reconstruction of the Pelvis II: modular pedestal cup prosthesis.-11. Implant Reconstruction of the Pelvis III: high acetabular placement & prosthetic femoral extension.-12. Implant Reconstruction of the Pelvis - IV: 3D-printed custom-made prosthesis
    Part 5: Proximal femur.-13. Biological Reconstruction of the Proximal Femur With extracorporeally irradiated autograft.-14. Implant Reconstruction of the Proximal Femur: Modular Prosthesis.-15. Prosthetic reconstruction for soft tissue sarcomas with bone involvement
    Part 6: Femoral diaphysis.-16. Biological Reconstruction of the Femoral Diaphysis: Van Nes rotationplasty.-17. Implant Reconstruction of the Femoral Diaphysis - I: intercalary femur prosthesis.-18. Implant Reconstruction of the Femoral Diaphysis - II: short-segment dynamic-compression stem.-19. Implant Reconstruction of the Femoral Diaphysis - III: percutaneous ossoeintegrated prosthesis
    Part 7: Distal femur.-20. Biological Reconstruction of the Distal Femur - I: massive allograft & inlaid free vascular fibula
    21. Biological Reconstruction of the Distal Femur - II: resurfacing allograft-prosthesis composite.-2 2. Biological Reconstruction of the Distal Femur III: liquid nitrogen treated autograft & inlaid free vascular fibula (the "frozen hotdog")
    23. Implant Reconstruction of the Distal Femur - I: modular prosthesis
    24. Implant Reconstruction of the Distal Femur - II: joint-preserving resection & reconstruction with image-guided computer navigation
    25. Implant Reconstruction of the Distal Femur - III: expandable prosthesis.-26. Implant Reconstruction of the Distal Femur - IV: prosthesis revision
    Part 8: Proximal tibia
    27. Biological Reconstruction of the Proximal Shaft of Tibia - I: Pedicle frozen autograft
    28. Biological Reconstruction of the Proximal Tibia II: Distraction-Epiphysiolysis before resection of the tumor
    29. Implant Reconstruction of the Proximal Tibia: modular prosthesis rotational gastrocnemius flap.-Part 9: Tibial diaphysis and ankle
    30. Biological Reconstruction of the Tibial Diaphysis & Ankle - I: Ilizarov technique
    31. Biological Reconstruction of the Tibial Diaphysis & Ankle - II: fibular centralization technique.-32. Biological Reconstruction of the Tibial Diaphysis & Ankle - III: arthrodesis with massive allograft.-33. Implant Reconstruction of the Tibial Diaphysis & Ankle: 3D-printed custom-made prosthesis
    Part 10: Foot
    34. Biological Reconstruction of the Foot free vascular iliac flap
    35. Implant Reconstruction of the Foot 3D-printed custom-made prosthesis
    Part 11: Shoulder girdle
    36. Biological Reconstruction of the Shoulder Girdle - scapular massive allograft
    37. Implant Reconstruction of the Shoulder Girdle: scapular prosthesis.-Part 12: Proximal humerus
    38. Proximal Humerus, Biological Reconstruction
    39. Claviculo-Pro-Humero reconstruction following proximal humeral resection for sarcoma
    40. Biological Reconstruction of the Proximal Humerus - III massive allograft & inlaid free vascular fibula with epiphyseal transfer
    41. Implant Reconstruction of the Proximal Humerus
    42. Implant Reconstruction of the Proximal Humerus - II: reverse prosthesis
    Part 13: Humeral diaphysis
    43. Biological Reconstruction of the Humeral Diaphysis: irradiated autograft
    44. Implant Reconstruction of the Humeral Diaphysis: total humerus prosthesis
    Part 14: Distal humerus & elbow
    45. Implant Reconstruction of the Distal Humerus & Elbow - modular prosthesis
    Part 15: Forearm, wrist & hand
    46. Biological Reconstruction of the Forearm, Wrist & Hand - I: free vascular fibula
    47. Biological Reconstruction of the Forearm, Wrist & Hand - II: transposition of the distal ulna
    48. Implant Reconstruction of the forearm, wrist, and hand Distal Radius Endoprosthesis
    Part 16: Complications of orthopedic oncologic reconstructions
    49. Biological
    50. Implant.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Manish K. Sethi, William T. Obremskey, A. Alex Jahangir, editors ; Thomas J. Iorio, Michelle S. Shen, Basem Attum, associate editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    John A. Gracy.
    Summary: This practical introductory guide provides PA/NP students with the tools to recognize and begin treatment of the most common orthopedic problems, to avoid missing critical diagnoses, and to serve as a base of knowledge to which they can add depending on their chosen career path. Utilizing this concise text, PA/NP students will gain a basic familiarity with how to describe a problem (including imaging) to an orthopedic surgeon as well as how to begin treatment. In addition, the student should have no difficulty passing the orthopedic portion of the PA/NP credentialing exams. The essentials of imaging, fracture description and operating room procedures are presented first. Then, proceeding anatomically from upper to lower extremity and the spine, chapters utilize a user-friendly chapter format covering fractures, dislocations and trauma as well as non-traumatic injury, focusing on pathophysiology, diagnosis and differential diagnosis, and brief treatment protocols. Since many PAs are office-based, only the highlights of surgery are presented, with an emphasis on what to look for regarding post-operative complications as well as the goals of the rehabilitation process (both non-operative and post-operative). Many books intended for orthopedic PA/NP students are written for those already in practice, usually providing far more information than the student can absorb in the usual 4-week orthopedic rotation, while others tend to skip important areas. This guide provides concise yet comprehensive coverage for a well-rounded presentation of everything orthopedic PA/NP students need to know to succeed.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    History, Physical Exam and Diagnostic Testing
    The Operating Room
    The Hand and Wrist
    The Elbow and Forearm
    The Shoulder and Humerus
    The Foot and Ankle
    The Knee
    The Hip and Thigh
    The Spine: Cervical, Thoracic, Lumbar
    Tumors
    Pediatric Orthopedics
    Rheumatological Disorders
    Compartment Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    K. Mohan Iyer, Wasim S. Khan, editors.
    Summary: The second edition of this book provides a practical guide to the latest diagnostic and therapeutic techniques in orthopedics for both the upper and lower limb. Extensively revised chapters provide detailed step-by-step instructions on how to perform basic clinical and surface anatomy examinations on joints including the hand, elbow and ankle, the application of relevant surgical procedures and post-operative management. New topics covered include cruciate ligament injuries, and robot assisted surgery. Orthopedics of the Upper and Lower Limb is an ideal resource for trainees and junior surgeons seeking an easy to follow clinical manual on how to successfully diagnose and treat patients with orthopedic disorders affecting both limbs. It is also of use to the experienced practitioner seeking a detailed resource on the latest advances in the field.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Foreword for the First Edition/Orthopedics of the Upper and Lower Limb, by K. Mohan Iyer
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: The Upper Limb
    1: Clinical Examination of the Shoulder (Basic and Surface Anatomy) with Special Tests
    Ossification of the Bones of the Shoulder
    Relations of the Joint
    Rotator Cuff Muscles
    Functions of the Rotator Cuff Muscles
    Bursae in Relation to the Shoulder Joint
    Blood Supply and Nerve Supply
    Movements of the Shoulder
    Special Tests for the Shoulder Stability of the Shoulder
    Biceps Tests
    Impingement Tests
    Other Tests
    References
    2: Shoulder Joint
    Dislocation/Recurrent/Habitual Dislocation of the Shoulder
    Dislocation of the Shoulder
    Epidemiology
    Anatomy
    Pathoanatomy of Shoulder Dislocations
    Clinical Features
    Radiographic Evaluation
    Management
    Complications
    Recurrent Dislocation of the Shoulder
    Normal Functional Anatomy of the Shoulder Joint
    Glenohumeral Ligaments
    Muscles Around the Shoulder Joint
    Importance of Synchronous Movement of the Scapula
    Pathoanatomy
    Classification Matsen's [1, 2] Simplified Classification System
    History
    Stability of the Shoulder Joint
    Rehabilitation Program after Anterior Capsulolabral Reconstruction
    Reconstruction of Anterior Glenoid Using Iliac Crest Bone Autograft
    Unsuccessful Surgical Repairs for Anterior Instability
    Posterior Instability of the Shoulder
    Conservative Treatment
    Indications of Surgery
    Surgical Treatment
    Neer Inferior Capsular Shift Procedure Through a Posterior Approach
    Causes of Failure in Surgical Repair of Posterior Shoulder Instability
    McLaughlin Procedure Multidirectional Instability of the Shoulder
    Arthroscopic Procedure
    Habitual Dislocation of the Shoulder
    Milwaukee Shoulder Syndrome (MSS)
    Shoulder Dystocia (SD)
    Acromioclavicular Joint Arthritis
    Risk Factors
    Causes
    Primary Osteoarthritis
    Posttraumatic Arthritis
    Distal Clavicle Osteolysis
    Grading of Osteoarthritis
    Types of Separation
    Shoulder Separations are Graded from Type I to VI
    Evaluation and Diagnosis
    Specific Tests
    Radiological Examination
    X-Rays
    Ultrasonography
    MRI
    Sternoclavicular Joint
    Scapular Winging
    Frozen Shoulder Etiopathogenesis
    Pathology
    Secondary Frozen Shoulder
    Clinical Features
    Natural History
    Diagnosis
    Investigations
    Treatment
    Disorders of the Rotator Cuff (Impingement Syndrome)
    Etiology
    Developmental Stages of Impingement Syndrome
    Treatment
    Shoulder Arthroplasty
    Indications for Shoulder Arthroplasty
    Surgical Approach
    Cemented vs. Press-Fit Humeral Components
    Need for Modularity
    Other Anatomic Variables to Consider
    Osteoarthritis of the Shoulder
    Recommendation Based on Experience
    Recommendations Based on Evidence
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ahmet Turan Isik, Pinar Soysal, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and practical guide to orthostatic hypotension (OH) for doctors and nurses involved in the care of older adults, together with a state-of-the-art update on OH, covering its epidemiology, pathophysiology, assessment, diagnosis, causes, prevention, management, and relevance for geriatric practice. In addition, it addresses mechanisms of orthostatic tolerance and other orthostasis related conditions, as well as drugs, comorbidities and geriatric syndromes related to OH. The homeostatic ability to maintain blood pressure while standing requires an adequate blood volume and the integrity of the nervous system, heart, blood vessels and muscle pump. However, in older adults, some age-related factors can contribute to the development of OH. For example, decreased baroreflex sensitivity, α-1-adrenergic vasoconstrictor response to sympathetic stimuli, parasympathetic activity, renal salt and water conservation, increased vascular stiffness and decreased ventricular diastolic filling, as well as concentrated capacities of the kidney may be associated with changes in postural blood pressure. It has also been shown that OH is associated with falls, cardiac events, heart failure, stroke, reduced quality of life, and increased risk of overall mortality in these patients. "Orthostatic Hypotension in Older Adults" will be of considerable interest to all professionals working in the fields of geriatrics, geriatric psychiatry, neurology, internal medicine, cardiology, and emergency medicine, or working with older people in hospitals or in their community.

    Contents:
    1 Mechanisms of Orthostatic Tolerance and Age Related Changes in Orthostatic Challenge
    2 Orthostatic Hypotension: A New Geriatric Syndrome?
    3 Epidemiology and Risk Factors Associated with Orthostatic Hypotension in Older Adults
    4 Orthostatic Hypotension: Clinical Features
    5 Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis
    6 Orthostatic Hypotension and Drugs: Drug Induced Orthostatic Hypotension
    7 Comorbidities and Geriatric Syndromes Related to Orthostatic Hypotension
    8 Orthostatic Hypotension in Neurodegenerative Disease
    9 Orthostatic Hypotension and Complications
    10 Nursing Perspective for Older Patient with Orthostatic Hypotension
    11 Prevention and Treatment
    12 Orthostatic Hypertension
    Other Syndromes of Orthostatic Intolerance: Delayed Orthostatic Hypotension, Postprandial Hypotension, Postural Orthostatic Tachycardia and Reflex Syncope.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kevin C. Chui, Milagros "Millee" Jorge, Sheng-Che Yen, Michelle M. Lusardi.
    Contents:
    Orthotics and prosthetics in rehabilitation: multidisciplinary approach
    Aging and activity tolerance : implications for orthotic and prosthetic rehabilitation
    Motor control, motor learning, and neural plasticity in orthotic and prosthetic rehabilitation
    Evidence-based approach to orthotic and prosthetic rehabilitation
    Clinical assessment of gait
    Materials and technology
    Footwear: foundation for lower extremity orthoses
    Foot orthoses
    Principles of lower extremity orthoses
    Neurological and neuromuscular disease implications for orthotic use
    Orthoses for knee dysfunction
    Orthoses in orthopedic care and trauma
    Orthoses for spinal dysfunction
    Orthoses in the management of hand dysfunction
    Orthoses in burn care : splinting, orthotics, and prosthetics in the management of burns
    Prescription wheelchairs: seating and mobility systems
    Etiology of amputation
    High-risk foot and wound healing
    Amputation surgeries for the lower limb
    Postoperative and preprosthetic care
    Understanding and selecting prosthetic feet
    Postsurgical management of partial foot and Syme amputation
    Transtibial prosthetics
    Transfemoral prostheses
    Prosthetic options for persons with high-level and bilateral amputation
    Early rehabilitation in lower extremity dysvascular amputation
    Advanced rehabilitation for people with microprocessor knee prostheses
    Athletic options for persons with limb loss
    Rehabilitation for children with limb deficiencies
    Prosthetic options for persons with upper extremity amputation
    Rehabilitation for persons with upper extremity amputation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Anne G. Osborn, MD, FACR (University Distinguished Professor and Professor of Radiology and Imaging Sciences, William H. and Patricia W. Child Presidential Endowed Chair in Radiology, University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah), Gary L. Hedlund, DO (Pediatric Radiologist and Neuroradiologist, Primary Children's Hospital, Department of Medical Imaging, Intermountain Healthcare, Adjunct Professor of Radiology, University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah), Karen L. Salzman, MD (Professor of Radiology and Imaging Sciences, Neuroradiology Section Chief and Fellowship Director, Leslie W. Davis Endowed Chair in Neuroradiology, University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah).
    Contents:
    Section 1. Trauma
    Section 2. Nontraumatic hemorrhage and vascular lesions
    Section 3. Infection, inflammation, and demyelinating diseases
    Section 4. Neoplasms, cysts, and tumor-like lesions
    Section 5. Toxic, metabolic, degenerative and CSF disorders
    Section 6. Congenital malformations of the skull and brain.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    Mohammad Anwar Hossain, Vinay Kumar, David J. Burritt, Masayuki Fujita, Pirjo S.A. Mäkelä, editors.
    Summary: In nature, plants are constantly challenged by various abiotic and biotic stresses that can restrict their growth, development and yields. In the course of their evolution, plants have evolved a variety of sophisticated and efficient mechanisms to sense, respond to, and adapt to changes in the surrounding environment. A common defensive mechanism activated by plants in response to abiotic stress is the production and accumulation of compatible solutes (also called osmolytes). This include amino acids (mainly proline), amines (such as glycinebetaine and polyamines), and sugars (such as trehalose and sugar alcohols), all of which are readily soluble in water and non-toxic at high concentrations. The metabolic pathways involved in the biosynthesis and catabolism of compatible solutes, and the mechanisms that regulate their cellular concentrations and compartmentalization are well characterized in many important plant species. Numerous studies have provided evidence that enhanced accumulation of compatible solutes in plants correlates with increased resistance to abiotic stresses. New insights into the mechanisms associated with osmolyte accumulation in transgenic plants and the responses of plants to exogenous application of osmolyte, will further enhance our understanding of the mechanisms by which compatible solutes help to protect plants from damage due to abiotic stress and the potential roles compatible solutes could play in improving plants growth and development under optimal conditions for growth. Although there has been significant progress made in understanding the multiple roles of compatible solute in abiotic stress tolerance, many aspects associated with compatible solute-mediated abiotic stress responses and stress tolerance still require more research. As well as providing basic up-to-date information on the biosynthesis, compartmentalization and transport of compatible solute in plants, this book will also give insights into the direct or indirect invol vement of these key compatible solutes in many important metabolic processes and physiological functions, including their antioxidant and signaling functions, and roles in modulating plant growth, development and abiotic stress tolerance. In this book, Osmoprotectant-mediated abiotic stress tolerance in plants: recent advances and future perspectives, we present a collection of 16 chapters written by leading experts engaged with compatible solute-induced abiotic stress tolerance in plants. The main objective of this volume is to promote the important roles of these compatible solutes in plant biology, by providing an integrated and comprehensive mix of basic and advanced information for students, scholars and scientists interested in, or already engaged in, research involving osmoprotectant. Finally, this book will be a valuable resource for future environmental stress-related research, and can be considered as a textbook for graduate students and as a reference book for front-line researchers working on the relationships between osmoprotectant and abiotic stress responses and tolerance in plants.

    Contents:
    1. Osmoprotectant-related genes in plants under abiotic stress: expression dynamics, in silico genome mapping, and biotechnology
    2. Proline metabolism and its functions in development and stress tolerance
    3. Regulation of proline accumulation and its molecular and physiological functions in stress defence
    4. Exogenous proline-mediated abiotic stress tolerance in plants: possible mechanisms
    5. Biosynthesis and degradation of glycine betaine and its potential to control plant growth and development
    6. Exogenous glycinebetaine-mediated modulation of abiotic stress tolerance in plants: possible mechanisms
    7. Roles of endogenous glycinebetaine in plant abiotic stress responses
    8. Biosynthesis and degradation of trehalose, and its potential to control
    9. Proline, glycinebetaine and trehalose uptake and inter-organ transport in plants under stress
    10. Transgenic plants overexpressing trehalose biosynthetic genes and abiotic stress tolerance in plants
    11. The role of proline, glycine betaine and trehalose in stress responsive gene expression
    12. Seed osmolyte priming and abiotic stress tolerance
    13. Relationship between polyamines and osmoprotectants in the response to salinity of the legume-rhizobia symbiosis
    14. Engineering polyamines metabolic pathways for abiotic stress tolerance in plants.-15. Fructan metabolism in plant growth and development and stress tolerance.-
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mohit Kapoor, Nizar N. Mahomed, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Pathogenesis of Osteoarthritis
    2. Hip and Knee Osteoarthritis
    3. Shoulder and Elbow Osteoarthritis
    4. Lumbar Spine Osteoarthritis
    5. Ankle Osteoarthritis
    6. Hand and Wrist Osteoarthritis
    7. Imaging in Osteoarthritis
    8. Osteoarthritis : Joint Conservation Strategies
    9. Osteoarthritis Biomarkers
    10. Drug/Agent Treatments for Osteoarthritis : Present and Future
    11. Safety Profile of Current OA Therapies : Evidence from Clinical Trials
    12. Regenerative Medicine Approaches for Treatment of Osteoarthritis
    13. Precision Medicine for Osteoarthritis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by J. Miguel Oliveira, Sandra Pina, Rui L. Reis, Julio San Roman.
    Summary: This book reviews the most recent developments in the field of osteochondral tissue engineering (OCTE) and presents challenges and strategies being developed that face not only bone and cartilage regeneration, but also establish osteochondral interface formation in order to translate it into a clinical setting. Topics include nanotechnology approaches and biomaterials advances in osteochondral engineering, advanced processing methodology, as well as scaffolding and surface engineering strategies in OCTE. Hydrogel systems for osteochondral applications are also detailed thoroughly. Osteochondral Tissue Engineering: Nanotechnology, Scaffolding-Related Developments and Translation is an ideal book for biomedical engineering students and a wide range of established researchers and professionals working in the orthopedic field.

    Contents:
    Part I: Biomaterials advances in Osteochondral Tissue
    Natural Origin Materials for Osteochondral Tissue Engineering
    Synthetic Materials for Osteochondral Tissue Engineering
    Bioceramics for Osteochondral Tissue Engineering and Regeneration
    Part II: Nanotechnology approaches for Osteochondral Tissue Engineering
    Nanomaterials/nanocomposites for Osteochondral Tissue
    Nano- and Micro-Fibers for Osteochondral Tissue Engineering
    Micro/Nano Scaffolds for Osteochondral Tissue Engineering
    Part III: Osteochondral Tissue Scaffolding
    Mimetic Hierarchical Approaches for Osteochondral Tissue Engineering
    Porous scaffolds for regeneration of cartilage, bone and osteochondral tissue
    Layered Scaffolds for Osteochondral Tissue Engineering
    Part IV: Advanced Processing Methodology
    Preparation of polymeric and composite scaffolds by 3D Bioprinting
    The Use of Electrospinning Technique on OsteoChondral Tissue Engineering
    Supercritical Fluid Technology as a Tool to Prepare Gradient Multifunctional Architectures towards Regeneration of Osteochondral Injuries
    Part V: Hydrogels Systems for Osteochondral Tissue Applications
    Gellan Gum-based Hydrogels for Osteochondral Repair
    Silk Fibroin-Based Hydrogels and Scaffolds for Osteochondral Repair and Regeneration
    In Situ Crosslinkable Polymer Systems and Composites for Osteochondral Regeneration
    Part VI: Translation of Osteochondral Tissue Products
    Stem Cells in Osteochondral Tissue Engineering
    Osteochondral Tissue Engineering: Translational Research and Turning Research into Products
    Clinical trials and Management of Osteochondral Lesions
    Commercial Products for Osteochondral Tissue Repair and Regeneration
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Richard W. Kruse.
    Summary: Osteogenesis imperfecta (OI), also known as brittle bone disease, is a genetic disease involving primarily the skeleton but affecting all organ systems. It is an extremely multifarious condition causing frequent fractures and limb and spinal deformity, which can often be severe. While there are described surgical procedures to treat these patients, due to the variety of the deformities and the fragility of the bone, the orthopaedic surgeon is often forced to adapt or modify a plan during an operation to achieve success. Surgical experience with the disease worldwide is often limited and variable, and due to constraints on medical equipment and surgical implants in resource-constrained countries, alternate methods of achieving the similar surgical endpoints are possible. This book will help guide decision-making in surgery using biologic and surgical principles to assist the planning and execution of surgery with available resources. It will then provide the surgeon with background knowledge of the genetic, medical and surgical principles necessary to formulate a comprehensive treatment plan, illustrated by varied and complex patient cases from experienced surgeons and clinicians worldwide. Beginning with an introduction to osteogenesis imperfecta and the general care of the patient, the book is divided into thematic sections covering general surgical considerations, principles of extremity surgery, and surgical cases on the pelvis, upper and lower extremities, and the spine, it will incorporate aspects of surgical decision-making, including cultural and geographic factors, to give a truly global perspective on the care of these complex patients.

    Contents:
    Part I- General Considerations in Treating OI for the Surgeon
    Introduction to Osteogenesis Imperfecta
    Patient Evaluation and Medical Treatment for Osteogenesis Imperfecta
    Therapy, Orthotics and Assistive Devices for Osteogenesis Imperfecta
    The Structure and Functioning of the Multidisciplinary Clinic in Managing and Monitoring Patients with Osteogenesis Imperfecta in the UK
    Quality of Life and Functional Evaluation Measures for Osteogenesis Imperfecta
    Part II- Surgery and Surgical Planning
    Personal Reflections on Care for Osteogenesis Imperfecta
    Surgical Principles in Treating Osteogenesis Imperfecta
    Anesthetic and Post-Operative Pain Management in Osteogenesis Imperfecta
    Part III: Surgical Cases-Pelvis and Extremities
    Morphological Features and Treatment of the Hip and Proximal Femur in Osteogenesis Imperfecta
    Osteogenesis Imperfecta in the Femur and Knee
    Osteogenesis Imperfecta in the Tibia and Ankle
    Osteogenesis Imperfecta in the Upper Extremity
    Osteogenesis Imperfecta in the Spine
    Unique Considerations of the Adult with Osteogenesis Imperfecta
    Extremity Surgery in Adult with osteogenesis imperfecta
    Management of Osteogenesis Imperfecta in India.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kyung-Hoi Koo, Michael A. Mont, Lynne C Jones, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. History
    1. Osteonecrosis: Historical Perspective / Marvin E. Steinberg and David R. Steinberg
    Part II. Anatomy and Blood Flow
    2. Vascular Anatomy and Blood Supply to the Femoral Head / Marcin Zlotorowicz and Jaroslaw Czubak
    3. Ischemia and Reperfusion Injury in Bone / Howard Winet
    Part III. Epidemiology
    4. The Prevalence of Osteonecrosis in Different Parts of the World / A.C. Gosling-Gardeniers, W.H.C. Rijnen, and J.W.M. Gardeniers
    5. Epidemiology of Osteonecrosis in the USA / Sameer M. Naranje and Edward Y. Cheng
    6. The Epidemiology of Osteonecrosis in Japan / Takuaki Yamamoto, Ryosuke Yamaguchi, and Yukihide Iwamoto
    7. Epidemiology of Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head in South Korea / Joon Soon Kang and Kee Hyung Rhyu --8. Current Trends of Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head in Taiwan and China / Fang-Tsai Lee, Tso-Chiang Ma, and Mel S. Lee
    Part IV. Etiology
    9. Genetic Studies in Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Shin-Yoon Kim and Tae-Ho Kim
    10. Osteonecrosis and Intravascular Coagulation Revisited / Lynne C. Jones and Deborah McK. Ciombor
    11. Glucocorticoids (as an Etiologic Factor) / Eun Young Lee and Yun Jong Lee
    12. Corticosteroid Usage and Osteonecrosis of the Hip / Jeffrey J. Cherian, Bhaveen H. Kapadia, Samik Banerjee, Julio J. Jauregui, and Michael A. Mont
    13. Alcohol / Wakaba Fukushima and Yoshio Hirota
    14. Traumatic Avascular Necrosis of the Femoral Head / Simon Damian Steppacher, Pascal Cyrill Haefeli, Helen Anwander, Klaus Arno Siebenrock, and Moritz Tannast
    15. Posttraumatic Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Taek Rim Yoon and Ha Sung Kim
    16. Osteonecrosis in Sickle-Cell Disease / Philippe Hernigou and Gildasio Daltro
    17. Autoimmune Disease (SLE, Antiphospholipid Syndrome), Posttransplantation (Kidney, Liver, Heart, Bone Marrow), and Other Risk Factors (Chemotherapy, Caisson Disease, Radiation, Pancreatitis, Gaucher's Disease) / Jeong Joon Yoo
    Part V. Pathology
    18. Pathophysiology of Ischemic Diseases of the Hip: Osteonecrosis, Borderline Necrosis, and Bone Marrow Edema Syndrome / Kyung-Hoi Koo, Young-Kyun Lee, and Yun Jong Lee
    19. The Pathology of Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Takuaki Yamamoto
    Part VI. Clinical Manifestation
    20. Natural History of Osteonecrosis / Samik Banerjee, Bhaveen H. Kapadia, Julio J. Jauregui, Jeffrey J. Cherian, and Michael A. Mont
    21. Causes of Pain in Early and Advanced Stage Osteonecrosis / Vivek S. Jagadale and Edward Y. Cheng
    22. Accumulation of Necrotic Fatty Marrow in Osteonecrotic Hips Mimicking Septic Arthritis / Tae-Young Kim, Kyung-Hoi Koo, and Javad Parvizi
    Part VII. Imaging Diagnosis
    23. Radiography, MRI, CT, Bone Scan, and PET-CT / Kyung Nam Ryu, Wook Jin, and Ji Seon Park
    Part VIII. Staging and Classification
    24. Ficat Staging System / Kyung-Hoi Koo
    25. The University of Pennsylvania Classification of Osteonecrosis / David R. Steinberg and Marvin E. Steinberg
    26. Natural Course and the JIC Classification of Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Nobuhiko Sugano and Kenji Ohzono
    27. Modified Kerboul Classification System of Necrotic Extent Using MRI / Yong-Chan Ha, Young-Kyun Lee, and Kyung-Hoi Koo
    28. The ARCO Staging System: Generation and Evolution Since 1991 / J.W.M. Gardeniers, A.C. Gosling-Gardeniers, and W.H.C. Rijnen
    Part IX. Differential Diagnosis
    29. Subchondral Stress Fracture of the Femoral Head / Hee Joong Kim, Jeong Joon Yoo, and Pil Whan Yoon
    30. Bone Marrow Edema Syndrome of the Hip / Young-Kyun Lee and Kyung-Hoi Koo
    31. Distinguishing Bone Marrow Edema Syndrome from Osteonecrosis / Marc W. Hungerford and Kyung-Hoi Koo
    Part X. Non-surgical Treatments
    32. Treatment of Osteonecrosis of the Hip and Knee with Enoxaparin / Charles J. Glueck, Richard A. Freiberg, and Ping Wang
    33. The Role of Coagulopathy in the Pathogenesis and Prevention of Corticosteroid-Induced Osteonecrosis / Takuaki Yamamoto, Goro Motomura, Ryosuke Yamaguchi, and Yukihide Iwamoto
    34. Lipid-Lowering Agents and Their Effects on Osteonecrosis: Pros and Cons / Abdurrahman Kandil and Quanjun Cui
    35. Is There a Role for BMPs in the Treatment of Osteonecrosis? / Philipp Leucht and Stuart B. Goodman
    36. Alendronate in the Prevention of Collapse of the Femoral Head in Nontraumatic Osteonecrosis / Chung-Hwan Chen and Gwo-Jaw Wang
    37. New Therapies of Bone Necrosis / Wolf Drescher, Matthias Knobe, Wolfgang Wagner, and Thomas Pufe
    Part XI. Surgical Treatments
    38. Principles of Core Decompression for Osteonecrosis of the Hip / Bhaveen H. Kapadia, Samik Banerjee, Jeffrey J. Cherian, Julio J. Jauregui and Michael A. Mont
    39. Stem Cells in Osteonecrosis: Cons / Anjan P. Kaushik, Anusuya Das, and Quanjun Cui
    40. Cement Techniques in Hip Osteonecrosis with Collapse: From Traditional Methyl Methacrylate to Bone Substitutes and Stem Cells / Philippe Hernigou and Gildasio Daltro
    41. Impaction Bone Grafting / Seung-Hoon Baek and Shin-Yoon Kim
    42. Principles of Bone Grafting for Osteonecrosis of the Hip / Julio J. Jauregui, Samik Banerjee, Bhaveen H. Kapadia, Jeffrey J. Cherian, Kimona Issa, and Michael A. Mont
    43. Vascularized Pedicle Iliac Bone Grafting for Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Mel S. Lee
    44. The Vascularized Fibular Graft in the Treatment of Osteonecrosis: Data, Dogma, and Controversies / Will Eward
    45. Transtrochanteric Rotational Osteotomy for Femoral Head Osteonecrosis / Yong-Chan Ha, Jae-Hwi Nho, and Kyung-Hoi Koo
    46. Posterior Rotational Osteotomy for Severe Femoral Head Osteonecrosis / Takashi Atsumi
    47. Transtrochanteric Curved Varus Osteotomy for the Treatment of Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Takuaki Yamamoto, Satoshi Ikemura, and Yukihide Iwamoto
    48. Total Hip Arthroplasty Using Ceramic-on- Ceramic Articulation / Young-Kyun Lee, Ki-Choul Kim, Bun Jung Kang, and Kyung-Hoi Koo
    49. Highly Crosslinked -Polyethylene Liners in Patients with Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head in the United States and Europe / Patrick O'Toole and Javad Parvizi
    50. Alumina Ceramic-on-Highly Cross- Linked Polyethylene Bearing in Cementless Total Hip Arthroplasty in Young Patients with Osteonecrosis of Femoral Head / Young-Hoo Kim
    51. Hip Arthroplasty for Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Harlan C. Amstutz, Michel J. Le Duff, and Mariam Al-Hamad
    52. Resurfacing Arthroplasty for Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Bernard N. Stulberg and Jayson D. Zadzilka
    Part XII. Osteonecrosis in Bones Other than the Hip
    53. Multifocal Osteonecrosis / Samik Banerjee, Bhaveen H. Kapadia, Jeffrey J. Cherian, Julio J. Jauregui, and Michael A. Mont
    54. Osteonecrosis of the Humeral Head / Nobuhiko Sugano
    55. Knee Osteonecrosis / Karthik E. Ponnusamy, Savyasachi Thakkar, and Harpal S. Khanuja
    56. Osteonecrosis of the Talus / Kyoung Min Lee, Sung Hun Won, and Moon Seok Park
    57. Kienböck's Disease of the Lunate / Dawn M. LaPorte and Thomas J. Kim
    Part XIII. Legg-Calvé-Perthes Disease
    58. The Epidemiology and Etiology of Perthes' Disease / Daniel C. Perry
    59. Legg-Calvé-Perthes Disease: Pathology, Pathophysiology, and Pathogenesis of Deformity / Harry K.W. Kim
    60. Legg-Calvé-Perthes Disease: Diagnosis, Imaging, and Classifications / Benjamin Shore and Harry K.W. Kim
    61. Legg-Calvé-Perthes Disease: Treatments / Benjamin D. Martin and Harry K.W. Kim
    62. Developing Medical Therapy for Legg-Calvé-Perthes' Disease / Harry K.W. Kim and David G. Little
    63. Corticosteroid-Associated Osteonecrosis in Children / Scott Rosenfeld and Harry K.W. Kim
    Part XIV. Animal Models
    64. Animal Models of Corticosteroid- Associated Bone Diseases / Lynne C. Jones, Michelle A. Tucci, Azeb Haile, and Dongqing Wang
    65. Animal Models of Bone Necrosis: An Overview / Wagner Drescher, Matthias Knobe, Wolfgang Wagner, and Thomas Pufe.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Sharon Gustowski, Maria Budner-Gentry, Ryan Seals ; illustrations by Markus Voll, Karl Wesker.
    Contents:
    Osteopathic concepts and learning osteopathic manipulative treatment
    Overview of osteopathic manipulative treatment
    Osteopathic screening exams
    Somatic dysfunction diagnosis
    Soft tissue techniques
    Myofascial release techniques
    Lymphatic techniques
    Indirect techniques
    Articulatory techniques
    Challenge the barrier technique
    Muscle energy techniques
    High velocity, low amplitude techniques
    Osteopathic cranial manipulative medicine techniques
    Visceral techniques
    Counterstrain techniques.
  • Digital
    Natalie E. Cusano, editor.
    Summary: Comprised of clinical cases of patients with osteoporosis, this concise, practical casebook will provide clinicians with the best real-world strategies to properly diagnose and treat the various elements of the disorder they may encounter. It presents a detailed cross-section of patients across all age groups, with different etiologies of the disease and possible complications, to present sensible management scenarios to physicians treating patients with osteoporosis. The cases presented include considerations for screening and diagnosis, assessment tools, nutrition and lifestyle choices, medical treatments, specific populations including men, the elderly and athletes, and more. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Osteoporosis: A Clinical Casebook is an excellent resource for primary care providers, endocrinologists, rheumatologists, and other clinicians caring for patients with this disease.

    Contents:
    1. Challenges in Screening and Diagnosis of Osteoporosis
    2. Nutrition and Lifestyle Approaches to Optimize Skeletal Health
    3. The Utility and Applicability of Risk Assessment Tools and Trabecular Bone Score
    4. Steroids, Aromatase Inhibitors, and Other Drugs Associated with Osteoporosis
    5. Secondary Causes and Contributors to Osteoporosis
    6. Osteoporosis in premenopausal women
    7. Osteoporosis in Men
    8. Osteoporosis in the Elderly
    9. Relative Energy Deficiency in Sport/Functional Hypothalamic Amenorrhea
    10. Chronic Kidney Disease
    Mineral and Bone Disorder (CKD-MBD)
    11. Antiresorptive Therapy for Osteoporosis
    12. Adverse Effects of Antiresorptive Therapy
    13. PTH and PTHrP Analogs
    14. Sclerostin Inhibition
    15. Drug Holidays : When and How
    16. Osteoporosis Treatment Success and Failure.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Benjamin Z. Leder, Marc N. Wein.
    Summary: Completely revised and updated, and utilizing the most current evidence and practice guidelines for the treatment of osteoporosis, this comprehensive third edition discusses the basic aspects of bone metabolism, the pathophysiology of osteoporosis, current diagnostic techniques and medical treatment strategies. Osteoporosis is a common disorder that is prevalent in over 20 million Americans over the age of 60. One and a half million osteoporotic fractures occur in the United States every year, including 300,000 hip fractures. Mortality rates after hip fracture approach 25%, with another 50% of patients experiencing a major decrease in their prior level of independence and quality of life. Despite the wide prevalence and severe consequences of osteoporosis, it remains a disorder that is severely under-diagnosed and treated. In this context, specialists and primary care physicians alike are having increasing difficulty keeping up with the rapid changes to the field and incorporating these advances to clinical care. In the years since the last edition of this book was published, the osteoporosis field has changed drastically. In addition to revising and updating existing chapters and removing a few that are no longer as relevant, new chapters discuss an advanced understanding of the cellular and molecular mechanisms underlying the disorder, the introduction of new diagnostic imaging techniques, a more nuanced appreciation of the risks and benefits of osteoporosis therapies, and the introduction of two new classes of osteoporosis medications. Following the format of the second edition, and including helpful key points at the opening of each chapter, this text will present a comprehensive overview of both the basic and clinical concepts relating to each topic, when appropriate. Chapter authors were chosen based on their high level of expertise and leadership in the field. Taken together, this text should thus be of great interest to physicians of multiple specialties, allied health professionals, as well as basic and clinical researchers.

    Contents:
    Basic Aspects of Osteoblast Function
    Basic Aspects of Osteoclast Differentiation and Function
    Basic Aspects of Osteocyte Function
    Vitamin D and Bone Health: Basic and Clinical Aspects
    Basic Aspects of Bone Mineralization
    Determinants of Peak Bone Mass Acquisition
    Osteoporosis Screening and Diagnosis
    New Imaging Techniques for Bone
    Biochemical Markers of Bone Turnover
    Biomechanics of Bone
    Exercise in the Prevention of Osteoporosis-Related Fractures
    Effects of Estrogens and SERMs on Bone Metabolism: Clinical Aspects
    The Effects of Androgens on Bone Metabolism: Clinical Aspects
    Bisphosphonates: Mechanisms of Action and Role in Osteoporosis Therapy
    Denosumab: Mechanisms and Therapeutic Effects in the Treatment of Osteoporosis
    The Parathyroid Hormone Receptor Type 1
    PTH and PTHrP Analogs: Treatment of Osteoporosis
    Combination and Sequential Osteoanabolic/Antiresorptive Therapy in Osteoporosis Treatment
    Sclerostin Inhibition in the treatment of Osteoporosis
    Osteoporosis in Men. Glucocorticoid-Induced Osteoporosis
    Transplantation Osteoporosis
    Osteoporosis in Premenopausal Women
    Safety Considerations for Osteoporosis Therapies
    Genetic Determinants and Pharmacogenetics of Osteoporosis and Osteoporotic Fracture.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Jennifer J. Westendorf and Andre J. van Wijnen, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN, USA .
    Contents:
    Isolation of osteocytes from mature and aged murine bone / Amber Rath Stern and Lynda F. Bonewald
    Primary murine rowth plate and articular chondrocyte isolation and cell culture / Jennifer H. Jonason, Donna Hoak, and Regis J. O'Keefe
    Isolating endosteal mesenchymal progenitors from rodent long bones / Ji Zhu, Valerie A. Siclari, and Ling Qin
    Engineering cartilage tissue by pellet coculture of chondrocytes and mesenchymal stromal cells / Ling Wu, Janine N. Post, and Marcel Karperien
    Generation of induced pluripotent stem cells / David R. Deyle
    Profiling histone modifications by chromatin immunoprecipitation coupled to deep sequencing in skeletal cells / Mark B. Meyer, Nancy A. Benkusky, and J. Wesley Pike
    Identification of microRNAs in human plasma / Bram C. van der Eerden ... [and 7 others]
    Immunohistochemistry of skeletal tissues / Crystal Idleburg, Elizabeth N. DeLassus, and Deborah V. Novack
    In vivo axial loading of the mouse tibia / Katherine M. Melville, Alexander G. Robling, and Marjolein C.H. van der Meulen
    Four-point bending protocols to study the effects of dynamic strain in osteoblastic cells in vitro / Gabriel L. Galea and Joanna S. Price
    EPIC-[mu]CT imaging of articular cartilage / Angela S.P. Lin, Giuliana E. Salazar-Noratto, and Robert E. Guldberg
    Mouse models of osteoarthrits : surgical model of posttraumatic osteoarthritis induced by destabilization of the medial meniscus / Kirsty L. Culley ... [and 7 others]
    Assessment of knee joint pain in experimental rodent models of osteoarthritis / Margaret J. Piel, Jeffrey S. Kroin, and Hee-Jeong Im
    Induction of fully stabilized cortical bone defects to study intramembranous bone regeneration / Meghan E. McGee-Lawrence and David F. Razidlo
    Surgical procedures and experimental outcomes of closed fractures in rodent models / Hicham Drissi and David N. Paglia.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Yoichi Shimada, Naohisa Miyakoshi, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I Basic Research and Assessments
    Chapter 1 Skeletal Adaptation to Mechanical Strain: A Key Role in Osteoporosis
    Chapter 2 Osteoclast
    Mediated Pain in Osteoporosis
    Chapter 3 Collagen Crosslinks as a Determinant of Bone Quality
    Chapter 4 Assessment of Femoral Geometric Strength in Osteoporosis Using Hip Structure Analysis
    Chapter 5 Vertebral Strength Changes as Assessed by Finite Element Analysis
    Part II Factors Affecting Osteoporosis
    Chapter 6 The Geometry of Lower Extremity and Atypical Femoral Fractures
    Chapter 7 Spondylosis and Osteoporotic Vertebral Fractures
    Chapter 8 Sarcopenia and Osteoporosis
    Part III Clinical Applications of Antiosteoporotic Agents
    Chapter 9 Effects of Vitamin D on Bone and Skeletal Muscle
    Chapter 10 Applications of Teriparatide for Fracture Repair and Osteosynthetic Surgery in Osteoporosis
    Part IV Exercise and Osteoporosis
    Chapter 11 Exercise and Fall Prevention
    Chapter 12 Back Extensor Strengthening Exercise and Osteoporosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Reiner Bartl and Christoph Bartl ; with contributions by Andrea Baur-Melnyk and Tobias Geith.
    Summary: This comprehensive manual covers all aspects of the prevention, diagnosis and management of osteoporosis, offering an upbeat and optimistic assessment of what can be achieved. While scientifically based, the book provides easy-to-follow guidelines for lifelong maintenance of skeletal structure and function. It deals with everything from the basic physiology of bone and mineral metabolism to the diagnostic utility of radiologic imaging and specialized tests and current treatment recommendations, including for fracture management. The relationship of osteoporosis to a variety of other disorders is also thoroughly explored and elucidated. Osteoporosis represents a global threat because every human being is vulnerable to it as time passes. The authors point out the enormous scale of the problem in terms of the human suffering, morbidity, and mortality on the one hand and the associated astronomical national and global costs on the other. Osteoporosis is preventable, and every doctor in every medical discipline can contribute to this goal. And though prevention is better than cure, it is never too late for effective therapy, as outlined in this book. Bone is every doctorʼs and every bodyʼs business!
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Christina V. Oleson.
    Summary: Taking an expansive perspective on osteoporosis and its ramifications, but with a central focus on the transition from diagnosis to treatment, rehabilitation and current management options, this practical guide discusses the most recent knowledge and literature on osteoporosis for the wide cross-section of professionals involved in treating this pervasive condition. It enables the physician or physician extender to develop a strategy for diagnosing osteoporosis, including detailed laboratory tests as well as imaging, interpreting findings, and determining options appropriate to the needs of individual patients. The material offers guidance on how to treat osteoporosis patients who are suffering from neurological conditions such as brain and spinal cord injuries, rheumatologic syndromes, peripheral neuropathies, gastrointestinal conditions, as well as cardiopulmonary, liver and kidney disorders, among others. Additional chapters address management of osteoporosis in men, patients with advanced medical illnesses including various forms of cancer, organ failure and organ transplantation, pediatric onset of primary and secondary osteoporosis, and the female athlete triad. Covering the gamut of considerations presented by osteoporosis patients, Osteoporosis Rehabilitation: A Practical Approach is a timely, interdisciplinary resource for orthopedists, rehabilitation specialists, primary care physicians, nurses and any other professionals who bring their expertise to bear on the management of this common condition.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Causes and Risk Factors for Osteoporosis
    Diagnosis of Osteoporosis
    Prevention of Osteoporosis
    Interventions for Osteoporosis
    Osteoporosis in Men
    Osteoporosis in Disorders of the Brain
    Osteoporosis in Traumatic and Non-traumatic Spinal Cord Injury
    Osteoporosis in Multiple Sclerosis
    Osteoporosis in Patients with Peripheral Neuropathy and Vascular Disease
    Bone Disorders in Rheumatological Conditions and Inflammatory Conditions
    Bone Disorders in Cancer
    Osteoporosis in Cardiopulmonary Diseases
    Bone Disorders in Liver and Kidney Disease
    Osteoporosis in Conditions of Pediatric Onset
    The Female Athlete Triad
    Conclusion: The Challenge of Osteoporosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Elaine Dennison, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a practical overview of osteoporosis for the wide spectrum of clinicians that might encounter the osteoporotic patient. Concise and well-structured chapters examine the public health importance of the condition, the current treatment gap, how to identify individuals who would benefit from treatment, bone turnover and how this can be modified by osteoporosis therapies, adjuvant lifestyle modification, the calcium and vitamin D story, antiresorptive therapies, anabolic therapies, emerging therapies, adherence and compliance with therapy and the perception of fracture risk. Osteoporosis Treatment: A Clinical Overview meets the need for a book that improves awareness of this major public health problem and possible therapeutic approaches. Primary care physicians, endocrinologists, rheumatologists, orthopaedic surgeons and those providing specialist care for the elderly will all benefit from this highly accessible and informative guide to treating osteoporosis.

    Contents:
    The epidemiology of fracture: why treatment matters
    The treatment gap
    How to identify those requiring fracture
    The Bone turnover cycle
    Antiresorptive therapies
    Anabolic therapies
    Emerging therapies
    Improving compliance
    Non-pharmacological therapies. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Hideaki E. Takahashi, David B. Burr, Noriaki Yamamoto, editors.
    Summary: This edited book describes what fragile bone is, how the condition is assessed, and how it can be treated. It is intended for multi-professional trainees and practitioners in health and social care fields who care for and treat the elderly. Chapters within the book provide the latest advances in cell and molecular biology, morphology, radiology, and the biomechanics of bone in health and disease. The basic concept of Remodeling and Modeling is described for better understanding of the mechanisms of osteoporosis. Methods of identifying and assessing osteoporosis are described, as are risk factors for bone fracture and non-unions. Furthermore, the effects of various drugs used to treat osteoporosis at both material and structural levels of bone and their cost effectiveness are described. Operative treatments for fracture that maintain or improve the quality of life of patients are included Treatment of Osteoporotic Fracture and Systemic Skeletal Disorders attempts to provide a holistic and translational view of the pathogenesis and treatment of osteoporosis and some other musculoskeletal diseases, with an overview of treatment modalities in various clinical settings.

    Contents:
    Part I. Bone Morphometry, and Radiological Assessment
    1. Past, Present and Future of Bone Histomorphometry
    2. Effects of aging on bone fragility.-3. Cellular and molecular biology in bone remodeling
    4. Modeling and Modeling-based bone formation in trabecular packets
    5. A role of canopy and reversal cells in bone remodeling
    6. Significance of reversal-resorption phase in cortical porosity
    7. A role of focal osteoporosis defects in hip fracture
    8. Bone Tissue and its mechanical regulation
    9. Minimodeling, modeling-based formation, in human trabeculae and bone
    10. Fracture healing and cause of non-union
    11. Disturbance of osteonal remodeling in atypical femoral fracture
    12. Microcrack and microdamage
    13. 3D microstructure of bone tissue 14. 3D bone morphometry
    15. DXA and SQ assessment of osteoporosis
    16. Assessment of osteoporosis by HR-pQCT, QCT, MRI
    17. FRAX (John A. Kanis)
    Part II Metabolic and Systemic Disorders and Bone
    18. Skeletal disorders on Hypovitamin D
    19. Diabetes and bone
    20. CKD-MBD
    21. Ehlers-Danlos Syndrome, IgG4 related disorders and Hepatitis type C
    Part III. Medical and Conservative Treatment
    22. Effects of Osteoporosis Drugs BMD and Morphological Assessment.-23. Vibration as an exercise modality to prevent sarcopenia
    Part IV Operative Treatment
    24. Operative treatment of hip fracture
    25. Balloon Kyphoplasty
    26. Operative treatment of spinal disorders with consideration of dynamic axis of spinal column and lower extremities
    27. Operative treatment of spinal disorders with minimum invasive technique.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Takafumi Ueda, Akira Kawai, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Basic Research and Experimental Therapy
    Chapter 1. Genetics of Osteosarcoma
    Chapter 2. Basic Research for Osteosarcoma Lung Metastasis (LM8)
    Chapter 3. Immunotherapy for Osteosarcoma
    Part II: Clinical Features
    Chapter 4. Outcome of Treatment for Osteosarcoma of the Extremities over the Last 20 Years: Report from 11 Referral Centers in Japan
    Chapter 5. Osteosarcoma in the Elderly: Clinical Features and Outcome
    Chapter 6. Prognosti c Factors for Osteosarcoma Patients
    Part III: Chemotherapy
    Chapter 7. Neoadjuvant Chemotherapy Developed in Japan
    Chapter 8. Neoadjuvant Chemotherapy (OOS-A, B, C, D regimens)
    Chapter 9. Caffeine-Potentiated Chemotherapy for Osteosarcoma
    Part IV: Surgery
    Chapter 10. Endoprosthetic Reconstruction for Extremity Osteosarcoma
    Chapter 11. Limb-Salvage Surgery and Reconstruction for Skeletally Immatur Childhood Osteosarcoma: Extendible Endoprostheses
    Chapter 12. Limb-Salvage Surgery for Pelvic Osteosarcoma
    Chapter 13. Management of Postoperative Infection after Limb Salvage Surgery in Osteosarcoma Patients
    Part V: Surgery : Biological Reconstruction
    Chapter 14. Biological Reconstruction for Extremity Osteosarcoma: Long Term Results and Current Concept of Intraoperative Extracorporeal Irradiated Bone Graft (IORBG)
    Chapter 15. Biological Reconstruction for Extremity Osteosarcoma: Pasteurized Autogenous Bone Graft
    Chapter 16. Biological Reconstruction for Extremity Osteosarcoma: Liquid Nitrogen Treated Tumor-Bearing Bone Graft
    Chapter 17. Biological Reconstruction for Extremity Osteosarcoma: Distraction Osteogenesis Technique
    Chapter 18. Limb-Saving Surgery Using In Situ Preparation (ISP) Method
    Part VI: Unresectable / Metastatic Disease
    Chapter 19. Carbon Ion Radiotherapy for Un resectable Osteosarcoma of the Trunk
    Chapter 20. Treatment of Osteosarcoma Patients with Pulmonary Metastasis
    Chapter 21. Long-Term Outcomes and Quality of Life (QOL) in Survivors of Pediatric and Adolescent Osteosarcoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Gustavo Duque, editor.
    Summary: This edited work presents the most current evidence on osteosarcopenia from bench to bedside, which is expected to facilitate the understanding of this syndrome and to develop preventive and therapeutic strategies. With our aging population, chronic diseases such as osteoporosis and sarcopenia are becoming highly prevalent. Fortunately, our understanding of the bone and muscle interactions has increased in recent years. This has allowed to the coining of the term osteosarcopenia to describe a syndrome in which these two diseases overlap. This overlap between osteoporosis and sarcopenia has major negative effects not only on our older adults but also on health systems worldwide. Readers will find a highly translational approach that starts with a summary of recent discoveries on stem cells biology, muscle and bone interactions ? including the role of local bone and muscle fat ? followed by comprehensive reviews on myokines (i.e. myostatin), osteokines (i.e. osteocalcin) and adipokines (i.e. interleukins) as major players and determinants of bone and muscle loss with aging. In addition, the role of sex steroids (i.e. estrogens, androgens), and calciotropic hormones (i.e. parathyroid hormone, vitamin D) in the pathogenesis of this syndrome is also reviewed. Moreover, using practical diagnostic and therapeutic tips, this book summarizes the clinical characteristics of osteosarcopenic patients thus facilitating the diagnosis and treatment of this syndrome in clinical practice. Finally, the book presents the case for the Falls and Fractures Clinic as the optimal model of care for this syndrome, aimed to avoid fragmentation and optimize osteosarcopenia care, and simultaneously prevent falls and fractures in older persons. This book offers relevant information on the mechanisms of osteosarcopenia, and a practical guide on how to identify and treat this geriatric syndrome and its adverse outcomes, which are dramatically affecting our aging population. The work is written by leaders in the field and is especially suited not only to any researcher in the musculoskeletal arena but also to medical specialists and allied health professionals involved in the care of older persons.

    Contents:
    Dedication
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    PART I Biology of Muscle and Bone
    Muscle and Bone Biology
    Mesenchymal stem cells as regulators of bone, muscle, and fat formation
    Age-related changes in muscle and bone
    Cross-talk between muscle and bone
    Role of connexins and pannexins in bone and muscle mass and function
    Osteosarcopenia as a Lipotoxic Disease
    The endocrine actions of undercarboxylated osteocalcin in skeletal muscle: effects and mechanisms
    Sex steroid hormones and osteosarcopenia
    Calciotropic hormones and osteosarcopenia
    Genetics of Osteosarcopenia
    PART II Clinical Characteristics
    Diagnosis of Osteosarcopenia ? clinical
    Diagnosis of Osteosarcopenia ? Imaging
    Diagnosis of osteosarcopenia ? Biochemistry and pathology
    Osteosarcopenic obesity
    Non-pharmacological interventions for osteosarcopenia
    The Falls and Fractures Clinic ? An integrated model of care for osteosarcopenic patients
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Hartmut Förstner.
    Contents:
    Biology of fracture healing
    Nonoperative fracture management
    Surgical fracture management
    Differential indication
    Principles of surgical management of hand fractures
    Postoperative treatment
    Implants and instruments
    Surgical approaches
    Surgical procedures.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2017
  • Digital
    Sam Oussedik, Sebastien Lustig, editors.
    Summary: Degenerative conditions of the knee place an increasing burden on health economies and lead to pain and functional loss for sufferers. Although arthroplasty may not offer a level of functional restoration that meets all patients expectations, joint preservation through osteotomy is a viable option in younger, more physically active patients. This volume is a comprehensive technical guide to performing knee-preserving surgery to treat degenerative conditions and malalignment-associated knee instability. Drawing on their extensive experience of these procedures, the authors provide valuable insights into identifying patients who may benefit, as well as planning and performing the procedures with a high degree of precision, and explaining the results that can be achieved. This book both initiates novices and provides technical tips for experienced surgeons, and as such is an indispensible resource for all clinicians who treat patients with knee conditions.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Basic science
    From Hippocrates to Coventry and beyond
    the history of joint realignment
    Load, alignment and wear
    Principles of alignment correction surgery
    Part II. Realignment surgery (HTO/DFO)
    Outcomes of surgery for medial arthrosis
    Outcomes of surgery for lateral arthrosis
    Outcomes of surgery for sagittal instability
    Outcomes of surgery for coronal instability
    Part III. Surgical technique
    Medial opening wedge high tibial osteotomy
    Lateral closing wedge high tibial osteotomy
    Lateral opening wedge distal femoral osteotomy
    Medial closing wedge distal femoral osteotomy
    Lateral opening wedge high tibial osteotomy
    Medial closing wedge high tibial osteotomy
    Sagittal plane correction
    PSI for High Tibial HTO
    Navigation for HTO
    Part IV. Revision surgery
    Indications and Outcomes of revision to another HTO
    Revision to TKR
    Outcomes of Total Knee Arthroplasty for failed osteotomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Andrew Baldwin.
    Summary: "Offers readers an alternative way of conceptualising humanism in relation to global change, one that draws in particular from black studies as opposed to one located in the ontological fold of European humanism"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Barbara Lucini.
    Summary: This timely treatise introduces an innovative prevention/preparedness model for cities to address and counter terrorist threats and events. It offers theoretical background, mixed-method research, and tools for creating a resilience-based response to terrorism, as opposed to the security-based frameworks commonly in use worldwide. The extended example of Milan as a "resilient-healthy" city pinpoints sociological, political, and economic factors that contribute to terror risk, and outlines how law enforcement and emergency management professionals can adopt more proactive measures. From these observations and findings, the author also makes recommendations for the professional training and city planning sectors to address preparedness issues, and for community inclusion programs to deter criminal activities in at-risk youth. Features of the coverage: Summary of sociological theories of terrorism The Resilience D model for assessing and managing urban terrorist activity Findings on resilience and vulnerabilities of terror groups Photo-illustrated analysis of neighborhoods in Milan, describing areas of risk and resilience Virtual ethnography with perspectives from native residents, recent immigrants, and security experts Proposals for coordinated communications between resource agencies The Other Side of Resilience to Terrorism will hold considerable interest for students, stakeholders, practitioners, and researchers. It makes a worthwhile text for various academic disciplines (e.g., urban sociology, crisis management) as well as for public agencies and policymakers.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Diego Preciado, editor.
    Summary: Otitis media (OM) is the most common diagnosis at medical visits in preschool-age children, and the literature suggests that as many as 80% of children will suffer from at least one episode. Written by acknowledged experts, this is a state of the art reference on the disesase and controversies in the field. Recent important advances in our understanding of predisposition to the disease and vaccine development are described and diagnostic best practices are presented. Otitis Media: State of the Art Concepts and Treatment is for any health care provider who works with children, and their abilit.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Šercer, Ante.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    R46 .S48 1951
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    48
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    126
  • Digital
    [edited by] Raza Pasha, MD, Justin S. Golub, MD, MS.
    Summary: "The now classic "Pocket Pasha" -- Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery: Clinical Reference Guide -- returns for its sixth edition. This universally standard guidebook concisely reviews all aspects of otolaryngology including rhinology, laryngology, otology, plastic surgery, sleep medicine, and more. All chapters focus on the key basic science and clinical information to quickly digest the essentials. This "high-yield" book retains a "by residents, for residents" feel while also including expert content useful not only for students and residents but also allied health professionals, primary care providers, and other health providers. The concise, outline format is useful for rapid reading during urgent clinical situations as well as a last-minute refresher before rounds. The guide has proven essential for board review and maintenance of certification exams"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Allergy Rhinology / Daniel B. Spielman and David A. Gudis
    Laryngology / Apoorva T. Ramaswamy and Amanda Hu
    Otolaryngologic Endocrinology / Sallie M. Long and Andrew B. Tassler
    Sleep Medicine / Elliot Morse and Raza Pasha
    General Otolaryngology / Deborah Xie, Wesley L. Davison, and Daniel Schuster
    Head and Neck Cancer / Sallie M. Long, Justin R. Shinn, and Richard Chan Woo Park
    Otology and Neurotology / Alexander Chern, Joshua J. Sturm, Scott H. Troob, Syed F. Ahsan, Justin S. Golub, Theodore R. McRackan, Matthew L. Carlson
    Reconstructive and Facial Plastic Surgery / Andre Shomorony, Brittany R. Barber, and Malika Atmakuri
    Pediatric Otolaryngology / Valerie Cote, Carol Li, and Peggy E. Kelley
    Head and Neck Trauma / Jacob S. Brady and Jonnae Y. Ostrom.
  • Digital
    Matthew L. Carlson, Kathryn M. Van Abel, David J. Archibald, Daniel L. Price.
    Summary: "This publication will provide residents and practicing otolaryngologists a well-organized and concise resource for rapid examination review. It contains succinct and high-yield facts using simple one to two phrase questions and answers. Over 9,100 Q & A are included, half in the book and half online as part of WinkingSkull.com. We will include drawings to illustrate important points when needed. Chapters will be divided based on the various subspecialties in the field (rhinology, facial plastics, otology etc)"--Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Myles L. Pensak, Catherine K. Hart, Yash J. Patil.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    American Academy of Otolaryngology, Head and Neck Surgery Foundation.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    [edited by] Derald E. Brackmann, Clough Shelton, Moisés A. Arriaga ; associate editor, Richard K. Gurgel.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Janez Rebol.
    Summary: The book is intended to serve as a practical guide to effective ear examination. Learning to perform otoscopy is not easy because the external auditory canal is obstructed by cerumen, otorrhea can be present, and the tympanic membrane is sometimes only partially visible. In children, it is even more difficult because of the narrow ear canal, the alignment of the tympanic membrane, and the restlessness of the child. Uncertainty in diagnosis can lead to overtreatment, as in the case of acute otitis media and unnecessary prescription of antibiotics. On the other hand, delay in diagnosis may lead to severe complications such as mastoiditis, meningitis and brain abscess in case of overlooked middle ear cholesteatoma. This textbook aims to facilitate learning through a wealth of full color otoscopic pictures and is divided into chapters that cover the major otologic pathologies. The volume includes images related to cochlear implants and bone conduction devices, along with the images of the major surgical procedures or conditions associated with them. It also helps the reader to identify the conditions in which surgical intervention is mandatory. Given its didactic approach, this guide will be an invaluable resource for medical students and residents in otolaryngology, and in paediatrics and general medicine alike.

    Contents:
    1.Otoscopy
    2.Middle ear,. 3. diseases of the external auditory canal: Cerumen. Cysts of the external auditory canal. Exostoses and osteomas. Foreign bodies in the external auditory canal. Bullous myringitis. Granulomatous myringitis. Herpes zoster oticus (Ramsey Hunt syndrome). Otomycosis. Diffuse otitis externa. 4. Secretory otitis media
    5.Adhesive otitis
    6.Acute and chronic otitis: Definition. Risk factors. Pathophysiology. Recurrent acute otitis. Tympanosclerosis
    7.Cholesteatoma
    8.Fractures of the temporal bone
    9.Paragangliomas of the temporal bone
    10.Cochlear implants
    11. BCD (bone conduction devices)
    12.Conditions after operations.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Michele K. Lewis.
    Summary: "In Our Biosocial Brains, Michele Lewis underscores culture, brain, behavior, and social problems to advocate for a more inclusive cultural neuroscience. Traditional neuroscientists to date have not prioritized studying the impact of power, bias, and injustice on neural processing and the brain's perception of marginalized humans. Lewis explains current events, historical events, and scientific studies, in Our Biosocial Brains. Readers will be drawn to the relevancy of brain science to examples of injustices and social bias. Lewis also argues that incorporating non-western African-Centered Psychology is vital to diversifying research questions and diversifying interpretations of existing brain science, because African-Centered Psychology is not rooted in racist, classist, and exclusionary hegemonic methods. Lewis argues for attention to marginalized populations, regarding the impact of violence, disrespect, othering, slurs, environmental injustice, health, and general disregard on humans' brains and behavior. Using hundreds of peer-reviewed studies and original research, the author presents scientific studies that are integrated with sociocultural explanations to foster wider understanding of how our sociocultural world shapes our brains, and how our brains' responses influence how humans perceive and treat one another."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Still wretched
    Subhuman to superhuman : cultural neuroscience of illusory blackness
    Cultural neuroscience and poverty : emotional emancipation circle for Black women
    The Black Women in Poverty study : a cultural neuroscience of social injustice
    That female is ratchet : mixed-slurs
    Negative emotionality and disgust activation towards LGBT persons
    Collectivist and individualist brains
    Minding perceptions of Native people
    Killing loneliness, saving humanity
    Environmental injustices
    Forever Fanon
    Future directions.
  • Print
    Julia Lee ; foreword by Henry Louis Gates Jr.
    Summary: "It was the age of Jim Crow, riddled with racial violence and unrest. But in the world of Our Gang, black and white children happily played and made mischief together. They even had their own black and white version of the KKK, the Cluck Cluck Klams--and the public loved it. The story of race and Our Gang, or The Little Rascals, is rife with the contradictions and aspirations of the sharply conflicted, changing American society that was its theater. Exposing these connections for the first time, Julia Lee shows us how much this series, from the first silent shorts in 1922 to its television revival in the 1950s, reveals about black and white American culture--on either side of the silver screen. Behind the scenes, we find unconventional men like Hal Roach and his gag writers, whose Rascals tapped into powerful American myths about race and childhood. We meet the four black stars of the series--Ernie "Sunshine Sammy" Morrison, Allen "Farina" Hoskins, Matthew "Stymie" Beard, and Billie "Buckwheat" Thomas--the gang within the Gang, whose personal histories Lee pursues through the passing years and shifting political landscape. In their checkered lives, and in the tumultuous life of the series, we discover an unexplored story of America, the messy, multiracial nation that found in Our Gang a comic avatar, a slapstick version of democracy itself."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Foreword / Henry Louis Gates, Jr.
    Introduction: All of us
    The eternal boy
    A boy and his gang
    100 percent American
    Sambo's awakening
    Everyman
    The new Negro
    Movie-made children
    The good soldier
    The Little Rascals
    The good old days
    Epilogue: Coming home.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PN1995.9.O8 L44 2015
    1
  • Print
    Ashley Hope Pérez.
    Summary: New London, Texas. 1937. Naomi Vargas and Wash Fuller know about the lines in East Texas as well as anyone. They know the signs that mark them. They know the people who enforce them. But sometimes the attraction between two people is so powerful it breaks through even the most entrenched color lines. And the consequences can be explosive. (Set during the 1937 New London school explosion, the deadliest school disaster in American history.).
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    PS3616.E7432 O98 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Basavana G. Goudra, Preet Mohinder Singh, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. General Concepts
    1. Pharmacology of sedative drugs used in out of operating room anesthesia
    2. Pharmacology of anesthetic drugs used in out of operating room anesthesia
    3. Principles of delivery of sedatives and intravenous anesthetics in out of operating room anesthesia
    Part II. Patient Safety in Procedures Outside the Operating Room
    4. Preoperative assessment: general priciples
    5. Fasting guidelines: do they need to be different?
    6. Organization of the sedation suite: setting the standards
    Part III. Anesthesia for Endoscopic Procedures
    7. Anesthesia for upper GI endoscopy including advanced endoscopic procedures
    8. Anesthesia for colonoscopy
    9. Anesthesia for ERCP
    10. Anesthesia for bronchoscopy
    11. Airway devices in GI endoscopy
    Part IV. Anesthesia for Cardiac Procedures
    12. Anesthesia and sedation strategies in electrophysiology: general concepts
    13. Anesthesia for cardioversion
    14. Anesthesia for cardiac ablation procedures
    15. Ventilation strategies including high frequency jet ventilation
    Part V. Anesthesia for Neuroradiology
    16. Anesthesia in the MRI suite and for CT scan
    17. Anesthesia for procedures in the neurointerventional suite
    Part VI. Anesthesia for Other Out of Operating Room Procedures
    18. Anesthesia for outpatient dental procedures
    19. Anesthesia for electroconvulsive therapy
    20. Anesthesia and sedation for interventional pain procedures
    Part VII. Special Situations
    21. Pediatric off site anesthesia
    22. Procedural sedation in the emergency department
    23. Cosmetic procedures and office based sedation
    24. Anesthesia for ophthalmologic surgery
    Anesthesia and radiotherapy suite
    25. Anesthesia and radiotherapy suite
    26. Infertility treatment: the role of anesthesia techniques
    27. Challenges of performing out of operating room anesthesia on the morbidly obese
    Part VIII. Future and Controversies
    28. Sedation for gastrointestinal endoscopy: gastroenterologists perspective
    29. Propofol infusion platforms
    30. Regional techniques: roles and pitfalls
    31. Newer drugs for sedation: soft pharmacology
    32. Future research and directions in out of operating room anesthesia
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    senior editors, Arthur L. Kellermann, Eric Elster ; associate editors, Charles Babington, Racine Harris.
    Contents:
    Foreword / Arthur L. Kellerman and Eric Elster
    Foundations. A soldier's story / Daniel B. Allyn
    A heritage of innovation / Dale C. Smith ; Learning from "Black Hawk Down" / Brian C. Lein
    Educating military health leaders / Craig Llewellyn, Jerri Curtis and Brian V. Reamy ; Bushmaster's legacy / Kelly A. Murray
    Combat casualty care research / David G. Baer, Andrew Cap and Todd E. Rasmussen
    Futurist thinking: military health services system 2020 / Patrick Scully and William R. Rowley
    Innovations. The health challenges of Operation Enduring Freedom and Operation Iraqi Freedom / Stephen L. Jones and Clinton K. Murray
    Force health protection: preventing deployment-related diseases and nonbattle injuries / Mark S. Riddle, John W. Sanders and Bonnie Smoak
    The joint trauma system / Jeffrey Bailey, Donald Jenkins and Susan West ; The military's "Learning healthcare system" / Donald M. Berwick
    Devising countermeasures: the Joint Trauma Analysis for Prevention of Injury in Combat Program / Colin M. Greene
    Battlefield tourniquets / John F. Kragh Jr. and John B. Holcomb ; Getting the right equipment into theater / Jeffrey W. Timby
    Tactical combat casualty care / Frank K. Butler and Robert Mabry
    Topical hemostatic agents / Patrick Georgoff, Peter Rhee and Hassan Alam
    MEDEVAC lessons from the Iraqi and Afghan Wars / Robert Mabry ; Preventing in-flight hypothermia on MEDEVAC helicopters / Bruce L. Gillingham
    The forward surgical team / Stephen P. Hetz
    Damage control surgery / Michael F. Rotondo, William Schwab and Brian J. Eastridge ; One team, one fight / Kory Cornum and Rhonda Cornum. Balanced resuscitation / Jeremy W. Cannon, Peter M. Rhee and Martin A. Schreiber
    Tranexamic acid / Matthew J. Martin and Todd E. Rasmussen
    Battlefield pain control: 19th century medicine meets a 21st century conflict / Chester C. Buckenmaier III and Guy F. Disney ; Ketamine for battlefield pain relief / Andrew D. Fisher
    Decompressive craniectomy and control of vasospasm / M. Benjamin Larkin, Brian Curry, Rocco Armonda and Randy Bell
    Advancing burn care during combat / Leopoldo C. Cancio
    Combat ocular trauma / Marcus H. Colyer and Kevin Jackson
    Controlling pain with "soldier-friendly" regional anesthesia / Chester C. Buckenmaier III and Brian Wilhelm
    Helicopter evacuation with en route critical care nurses / Marla J. De Jong, James J. Geracci and Kimberlie Biever ; Tactical critical care evacuation from the point of entry / Bart O. Iddins
    Telehealth in the Centra Command Region / Daniel Kral and Ron Poropatich ; A pediatrician goes to war / Martin G. Ottolini
    Critical care air transport teams / Jay Johannigman and Paul K. Carlton Jr ; A different paradigm / Thomas W. Travis
    Limb salvage and reconstruction / Benjamin K. Potter and Romney C. Andersen
    Preventing and treating infectious complications in wounded warriors / Clinton K. Murray, Daniel R. Robles and David R. Tribble
    Advances in combat amputee care / Paul F. Pasquina and Benjamin K. Potter ; A message from Boston / Jessica Kensky and Patrick Downes
    Rehabilitationn of blast casualties with traumatic brain injury / Paul F. Pasquina, Louis M. French and Rory A. Cooper ; Americans helping wounded warriors / Arnold Fisher. Recognition and management of posttraumatic stress disorder and combat-related stress reactions / James C. West, Gary H. Wynn and David M. Benedek
    Warrior care and transition: patient-centered care for wounded, ill, and injured warriors / Eric B. Schoomaker ; A former wounded warrior's personal journey / Gregory D. Gadson
    Assessing suicide risk and resilience in service members: the Army STARRS Program / Robert J. Ursano, Paul E. Hurwitz, Robert K. Gifford and Murray B. Stein
    Family and community support / Stephen J. Cozza, Paula Rauch and Mary Keller
    Challenges. Anticipating the challenges of potential battlefields / Stephen L. Jones, Bruce L. Gillingham and Sean L. Murray
    Prehospital casualty care: the next frontier / Robert L. Mabry and Russ Kotwal
    Pushing past the limits: strategies to advance rsuscitation and recovery / Matthew J. Martin, Hassan Alam and Jeremy Perkins
    Endovascular control of bleeding / Joseph J. Dubose and Todd E. Rasmussen
    Optimizing surgical outcomes with biomarker-based decision-making / Eric Elster and Arnaud Belard
    Neuroscience / Alicia T. Crowder, Jamie Grimes and Regina C. Armstrong ; Targeting traumatic brain injury / Richard W. Thomas
    Applying regenerative medicine to battlefield injuries / Anthony Atala, Jonathan Forsberg and Karen Richardson
    In-theater research: optimizing the combat environment to continue to advance the state of the science / Lisa Osborne, M. Margaret Knudson and John B. Holcomb
    Human performance optimization / Patricia A. Deuster and Francis G. O'Connor
    Beyond the battlefield: civilian-military trauma collaboration / John H. Armstrong, M. Margaret Knudson and David B. Hoyt ; Ensuring the future of military trauma care / Raquel Bono
    Homecoming / Thomas W. Travis
    Afterword / Jonathan Woodson and Charles L. Rice.
    Digital Access R2Library 2017
  • Print
    Rodney P. Anderson.
    Summary: "The science of microbiology is fascinating to those of us who have taken up the challenge of researching and teaching in this largely undiscovered and rapidly expanding field. One of the significant challenges faced by microbiology educators is to balance the need for providing a content foundation to students against the time required to demonstrate how microbiology affects their lives. The goal of Outbreak: Cases in Real-World Microbiology is to help students make the important connections between the content of the course, their everyday lives, and the ways in which microbiology impacts society as a whole. These real-world cases provide an opportunity for students to apply practical knowledge and to integrate their solutions to specific problems in cultures where customs, religion, public resources, and infrastructure influence the analysis"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Outbreaks of Diseases of the Respiratory Tract
    Outbreaks of Disease of the Gastrointestinal Tract
    Pathogens and Diseases That Are Transmitted Sexually
    Outbreaks of Diseases of the Skin, Soft Tissues, and Eyes
    Outbreaks of Diseases of the Cardiovascular and Lymphatic Systems
    Outbreaks of Diseases of the Nervous System.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA643 .A53 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Zahi Touma, editor.
    Summary: Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE) is a chronic autoimmune disease that manifests with a myriad of clinical and laboratory features. The assessment of SLE is comprehensive and includes different core set domains; disease activity, damage, health-related quality of life, adverse events and economic impact. This comprehensive book is focused on the instruments and outcome measures utilized in the assessment of SLE. It targets different audiences including physicians, scientists/researchers and different health professionals interested in learning about the art of measurement in SLE. The book highlights the importance of measurement in the assessment of SLE in a clinical settings, research and clinical trials. Each of the chapters provide a systematic approach to the instruments utilized in the assessment of a specific construct in SLE (e.g., disease activity, fatigue, etc.) and incorporate a comprehensive coverage of disease specific and disease generic measures. It also discusses different patient-reported outcomes that are crucial to reflect patient perceptions of their health condition and cover constructs such as fatigue, pain, anxiety and depression, cognition, frailty, and many others.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgment
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Introduction: Metrics and Domains Measured in SLE
    Introduction
    Core Set of Domains in SLE, Classification, and Response Criteria
    Core Domain 1: Disease Activity
    Core Domain 2: Chronic Damage Resulting from Lupus Activity or Its Treatment
    Disease Activity and Damage in Special Circumstances: Childhood and Pregnancy
    Childhood
    Pregnancy
    Core Domain 3: Health-Related Quality of Life
    Core Domains 4: Adverse Events of Drugs
    Core Domain 5: Economic Impact Emerging Concepts in SLE and Deep Insights on Selected Concepts
    Cognitive Impairment
    Depression and Anxiety
    Fatigue and Pain
    Frailty
    Instrument Selection: The OMERACT Process
    Facilitating Development of Response Criteria and Classification Criteria: EULAR/ACR Collaborative Projects
    Conclusion
    Bibliography
    Chapter 2: Clinical Aspects of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Introduction
    Classification of SLE
    General Manifestations
    Cutaneous Manifestations
    Acute Cutaneous Lupus
    Chronic Cutaneous Lupus
    Non-specific Cutaneous Lesions
    Musculoskeletal Features Lupus Myositis
    Other Musculoskeletal Manifestations
    Renal Manifestations
    Neuropsychiatric Manifestations
    Gastrointestinal Involvement
    Mucocutaneous Lesions
    Lupus Enteritis
    Serositis
    Associated Hepatobiliary Manifestations
    Hematologic Manifestations
    Pulmonary Involvement
    Cardiac Manifestations
    Accelerated Atherosclerosis
    References
    Chapter 3: Diagnosis and Classification of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Introduction
    Classification Criteria Are Not Diagnostic Criteria
    2019 EULAR/ACR Classification Criteria Item Generation and New Insights About What Constitutes SLE
    Phase 2. Reducing the Number of Criteria and Other Lessons Learned
    Phase 3. Weighting and Threshold Identification
    Phase 4. Validation
    Summary
    References
    Chapter 4: Challenges and Advances in SLE Autoantibody Detection and Interpretation
    Introduction
    Important Considerations in Interpretation of ANA Test Results and Reports
    Specific Autoantibodies
    Chromatin Components
    Double-Stranded DNA
    Histones
    Nucleosomes
    High-Mobility Group Proteins
    Dense Fine Speckled (DFS)
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Robert Miller, John Dennison, editors ; translated by John Dennison and Robert Miller.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Valentin Antoci, Adam E.M. Eltorai.
    Summary: "Surgery combines knowledge and skill and, therefore, is difficult to teach and learn, often involving years of direct observation, mentorship, and practice. Unfortunately, for a young trainee, medical student, or operating room staff, the learning curve is steep, frustrating, and intimidating. Resources that attempt to translate the art of surgery often do so in a comprehensive manner, which can be quite overwhelming. As an analogy, a topographic map can be quite difficult to interpret for somebody not familiar with the science behind it. A set of simple directions can be much more helpful instead. Outlines in Orthopaedic Surgery offers a simplified map to surgery. Knowing the steps to surgery provides the necessary foundation on which to build and expand. The current work is not meant to be comprehensive, instead it is a quick, pocket reference outlining the steps to most common surgeries. The text will allow plenty of space to add notes, specifics, and pearls along the way, while serving as starting point for surgical techniques"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Pre-operative planning and preparation / Kyle Andrews, Megan Mooney, Emily Wynkoop
    Hip and knee arthroplasty templating / Jeremy Raducha and Valentin Antoci
    Open carpal tunnel release / Andrew P. Harris and Alexander S. Kuczmarski
    Trigger finger release / Tyler S. Pidgeon
    Open reduction internal fixation of distal radius fractures / Travis Blood
    Both bone forearm fracture / M. Wesley Honeycutt and Daniel Kim
    Monteggia fracture including olecranon fracture / Christopher Grant Sanford, Jr. and Martin Skie
    Distal and diaphyseal humerus plating / Martin Skie
    Proximal humerus open reduction and internal fixation / Joseph J. King and Matthew R. Patrick
    Shoulder arthroplasty / LeeAnne Torres and Alan Koester
    Posterior approach to hip arthroplasty / Daniel Kim, Jonathan Gillig, and G. Daxton Steele
    Anterolateral approach to total hip arthroplasty / Stephen Maraccio
    Direct anterior approach to total hip arthroplasty / Daniel J. Gehling
    Component positioning in hip arthroplasty / Katharine Hollnagel and Daniel J. Gehling
    Total Knee Arthroplasty / Stephen Marcaccio
    Knee arthroscopy and meniscectomy / John R. Tuttle
    Anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction / Steven F. DeFroda and Brett D. Owens
    Shoulder arthroscopy and labral repair / Steven F. DeFroda and Brett D. Owens
    Hip arthroscopy / Brian Harris Cohen and Jonathan R. Schiller
    Anterior cervical discectomy and fusion (ACDF) / Alim F. Ramji and Sean M. Esmende
    Lumbar microdiscectomy / Alim F. Ramji and Sean M. Esmende
    Posterior lumbar laminectomy and pedicle screw instrumentation / Alim F Ramji and Sean M. Esmende
    Antegrade femoral nailing / Jeremy Raducha
    Retrograde femoral nailing / Stephen Maraccio
    Tibial nailing / M. Wesley Honeycutt
    Lateral tibial plateau open reduction internal fixation / Stephen Marcaccio
    Lateral malleolus/bimalleolar ankle fractures / Jonathan S. Markowitz, Philip K. Louie, and Ettore Vulcano
    Ankle arthroscopy / C. Lucas Myerson, Jimmy Chan, and Ettore Vulcano
    Modified brostrom procedure / Jordan Ernst and Dalton Michael Ryba
    Achilles tendon repair / C. Lucas Myerson, Jimmy Chan, Ettore Vulcano
    Hallux valgus surgery / Dalton Michael Ryba and Jordan Ernst
    Intramedullary fixation of midshaft forearm fractures / Carson James Smith and Francisco Schwartz Fernandes
    Supracondylar humeral fracture / M. Wesley Honeycutt and Mark A. Prevost II
    Femoral rotational osteotomy / Viorel Raducan and Adam Kopiec
    Gastrocnemius, hamstring, and adductor releases/lengthening / Anna L. Johnson.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Prepared for the use of students, at the Harvard medical school, Boston, 1901-02-.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L71 .O94
    2
  • Digital/Print
    by J.H. Wythe ... [v. 1].
    Contents:
    pt.
    1. General histology. I. Living matter in health and disease. II. Normal and pathological histology of nutrient fluids.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    E553 .W996 1892
    3
  • Digital
    editor, Alfonso M. Pluchinotta.
    Contents:
    The Breast Clinic
    The Asymptomatic Woman
    Anatomy, Congenital Aberrations, and Physiological Changes
    Clinical Examination of the Breast
    Imaging in Breast Related Diseases
    Breast Tissue Diagnosis
    Breast Pain
    Inflammatory Diseases of the Breast
    Benign Lesions of the Breast
    Nipple Discharge
    Miscellaneous Minor Disorders of the Breast
    Staging and Work Up of the Non Invasive Breast Cancer
    Staging and Work Up of Invasive Breast Cancer
    Breast Cancer Special Issues
    Breast Cancer in General Population
    The Role of Surgery
    The Role of Adjuvant Radiation Therapy
    The role of Adjuvant Systemic Therapy
    Male Breast Diseases
    Loco-Regional Breast Cancer Recurrences
    Follow Up.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Heide Schatten, editor.
    Summary: The present book on Molecular & Diagnostic Imaging and Treatment Strategies of ovarian cancer is one of two companion books with the second one being focused on Cell and Molecular Biology of Ovarian Cancer. Both books include new exciting aspects of ovarian cancer research with chapters written by experts in their respective fields who contributed their unique expertise in specific ovarian cancer research areas and include cell and molecular details that are important for the specific subtopics. Comprehensive and concise reviews are included of key topics in the field.

    Contents:
    1. Current and Futuristic Roadmap of Ovarian Cancer Management: An Overview
    2. Epithelial ovarian cancer and cancer stem cells
    3. Ovarian Cancer: Therapeutic Strategies to Overcome Immune Suppression
    4. Pharmacological effects of natural components against ovarian cancer and mechanisms
    5. Modeling the Early Steps of Ovarian Cancer Dissemination in an Organotypic Culture of the Human Peritoneal Cavity
    6. PAX8, an emerging player in Ovarian Cancer
    7. Single Cell RNA Sequencing of Ovarian Cancer: Promises and Challenges.-8. Enforced expression of METCAM/MUC18 decreases in vitro motility and invasiveness and tumorigenesis and in vivo tumorigenesis of human ovarian cancer BG-1 cells
    9. 3D Models for Ovarian Cancer
    10. Ovarian Cancer Stem Cells: Characterization and Role in Tumorigenesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gilles Freyer, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Systemic treatment of cancer in the older-aged persons
    2. Cognitive function during and after treatment in elderly ovarian cancer patients
    3. Histopathology of ovarian cancers in elderly patients
    4. Care of the elderly ovarian cancer patient: the surgical challenge
    5. Chemotherapy: first-line strategy
    6. Chemotherapy for recurrent ovarian cancer in the elderly patients
    7. Management of antiangiogenic agents
    8. How to design clinical trials?
    9. Biological research: current directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Gautam N. Allahbadia, Yoshiharu Morimoto, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Anna Padoa, Talli Y. Rosenbaum, editors.
    Contents:
    Definitions and Basic Etiology of the Overactive Pelvic Floor
    Overactive Pelvic Floor: Female Sexual Functioning
    The Pelvic Floor and Male Sexual Function
    Female Genital Pain and Penetration Disorders
    Bladder Pain Syndromes/Interstitial Cystitis and the Overactive Pelvic Floor
    Chronic Pelvic Pain Syndromes in Males
    Musculoskeletal Conditions Related to Pelvic Floor Muscle Overactivity
    Female Voiding Dysfunction
    Overactive Pelvic Floor: Gastrointestinal Morbidities
    Subjective Assessment
    Objective Assessment of the Overactive Pelvic Floor
    Electromyography
    Female pelvic floor imaging with emphasis on the overactive pelvic floor
    Urodynamic assessment
    Medical Therapies for the Treatment of Overactive Pelvic Floor
    Treatment Only: A Classical Physical Therapy Approach to an Overactive Pelvic Floor
    An Alternative Physical Therapy Approach to the Overactive Pelvic Floor
    A Tale of Two Pain States- The Integrative Physical Therapy Approach to the Overactive Pelvic Floor
    Complementary and Alternative Therapies for the Overactive Pelvic Floor
    Psychosocial Management.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Susan E. Sprich, Steven A. Safren.
    Summary: "This Client Workbook is an accompaniment to the Therapist Guide, "Overcoming ADHD in Adolescence: A Cognitive Behavioral Approach." The treatment and manuals are designed for clients to complete with the help of a therapist who is familiar with cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) and/or structured therapeutic approaches. The program is designed to help adolescent clients with ADHD learn skills to help them cope with their ADHD symptoms. Core modules on organizing and planning, reducing distractibility, and adaptive thinking are included, as is an optional module on reducing procrastination. The emphasis is primarily on teaching the adolescent how to learn skills to combat ADHD and function independently. Information is provided regarding how to include parents in the treatment-inviting a parent or parents in at the end of sessions, including parents in goal setting in joint sessions with the adolescent and optional coaching sessions without the adolescent present. The guide concludes with a discussion of how to help the client maintain the gains that they have made in treatment. The client workbook and therapist guide include a discussion of how to incorporate technology into the treatment and "signposts of change" sections in each chapter. The manuals include many worksheets and forms as well as a link to an assessment measure that can be used repeatedly to gauge progress in treatment"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Oxford [2020]
  • Digital
    Susan E. Sprich, Steven A. Safren.
    Summary: "This Therapist Guide is accompanied by a Client Workbook entitled, "Overcoming ADHD in Adolescence: A Cognitive Behavioral Approach." The treatment and manuals are designed for clients to complete with the help of a therapist who is familiar with cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) and/or structured therapeutic approaches. The program is designed to help adolescent clients with ADHD learn skills to help them cope with their ADHD symptoms. Core modules on organizing and planning, reducing distractibility, and adaptive thinking are included, as is an optional module on reducing procrastination. The emphasis is primarily on teaching the adolescent how to learn skills to combat ADHD and function independently. Information is provided regarding how to include parents in the treatment-inviting a parent or parents in at the end of sessions, including parents in goal setting in joint sessions with the adolescent and optional coaching sessions without the adolescent present. The guide concludes with a discussion of how to help the client maintain the gains that they have made in treatment. The client workbook and therapist guide include a discussion of how to incorporate technology into the treatment and "signposts of change" sections in each chapter. The manuals include many worksheets and forms as well as a link to an assessment measure that can be used repeatedly to gauge progress in treatment"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Oxford [2020]
  • Digital
    Stephen K. Tyring, Stephen Andrew Moore, Angela Yen Moore, Omar Lupi, editors.
    Summary: This book is a thorough, practical review of the challenges facing clinicians treating skin microbes and how to combat these therapeutic dilemmas. It expresses the critical public health concern of antimicrobial resistance and shows how microorganisms are developing the ability to halt the progress of antimicrobials like antibiotics, antivirals, and antifungals. Chapters are grouped together in five sections for ease of use. The first three sections of the book convey foundational information on the mechanisms of antibiotics, antivirals, and antifungals resistance, as well as the implications of lack of vaccination. The fourth section then turns to the specifics of drug resistance for protozoan and helminth infections focusing primarily on initial and subsequent resistance to treatment. The book closes with a discussion on the potential solutions of innovative therapy including new delivery mechanisms, broad-spectrum antibiotics, phytocompounds, and biofilms. Chapters feature magnified, microscopic photos for identifying structures as they appear on the skin. Part of the Updates in Clinical Dermatology series, Overcoming Antimicrobial Resistance of the Skin is an important resource relevant during the COVID-19 pandemic, and is written for all medical healthcare professionals.

    Contents:
    Section I: Emerging Bacterial Resistance to Antibiotics
    Ch 1: Mechanisms of Bacterial Resistance
    Ch 2: Emerging Bacterial Infections
    Ch 3: Re-Emerging Bacterial Infections of the Skin
    Section II: Emerging Resistance to Antivirals
    Ch 4: Mechanisms of Nonretroviral Resistance
    Ch 5: Mechanisms of Retroviral Resistance
    Ch 6: Emerging Viral Infections
    Ch 7: Re-Emerging Viral Infections - Implications of Lack of Vaccination
    Section III: Emerging Resistance to Antifungals
    Ch 8: Mechanisms of Antifungal Resistance
    Ch 9: Emerging and Re-Emerging Fungal Infections
    Section IV: Emerging Resistance to Drugs for Protozoan and Helminth Infections
    Ch 10: Mechanisms of Anti-Protozoan/Helminth Drug Resistance
    Ch 11: Emerging and Re-Emerging Protozoan/Helminth Infections
    Section V: Innovative Therapies on the Forefront
    Ch 12: Phage Therapy
    Ch 13: The Role of Biofilms and the Microbiome
    Ch 14: New Classes of Broad-Spectrum Antibiotics and New Mechanisms of Delivery
    Ch 15: Phytocompounds
    Ch 16: Summary: Overcoming Antimicrobial Resistance of the Skin.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Tiffany Jana, Matthew Freeman.
    Summary: The authors use vivid stories and activities to uncover hidden biases. -- adapted from book.

    Contents:
    Acknowledgments
    Preface
    Introduction: why is everybody biased but me?
    What is bias and why does it matter?
    Start with you
    In-groups and out-groups
    Check your privilege (and your ego)
    Scan to expand
    Ask, don't assume
    Listen, don't judge
    Lunch
    Conclusion
    Activity guide
    Notes
    About the authors.
    Digital Access 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BF575.P9 J35 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Tamie Nakajima, Keiko Nakamura, Keiko Nohara, Akihiko Kondoh, editors.
    Summary: This thought-provoking book examines how the accumulated knowledge on past and present environmental issues and risks within Japan can be applied in order to help deliver the transformation to a sustainable and well-being society. The book opens with a series of case analyses on environmental pollution events and pollution-related diseases within the country over the past half century or more. Lessons learned regarding the harm to society are highlighted. Diverse current environmental issues are then explored in detail, ranging from the management of hazardous chemical and asbestos exposure to marine plastic pollution and nuclear disasters. This discussion forms the basis for the final part of the book, which focuses on how progress can be made towards the Sustainable Development Goals set out in the United Nations' 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. Important insights are also provided into future directions in human ecology and ecotoxicology. The book will be a valuable resource for both new and established researchers as well as for those seeking comprehensive information on environmental/occupational health and health promotion.

    Contents:
    1 Purpose of This e-Book
    Part 1 Learning from Case Analysis of Past Environmental Risks
    2 Minamata Disease
    3 Itai-Itai Disease: Health issues caused by environmental exposure to cadmium and residents' fight to rebuild the environment in the Jinzu River Basin in Toyama
    4 Arsenic intoxication in Toroku district of Japan
    5 Yokkaichi asthma: Health effects of air pollutants in Japan
    6 Environmental Policy and International Environmental Cooperation Learned from the YOKKAICHI Air Pollution
    7 What We Have Learned from the Pollution that Occurred in Japan a Half Century Ago
    Part 2 Environmental Issues That the World Is Watching Now
    8 Current Status and Problems Concerning the Management of Persistent Organic Chemicals Used in Products and those of Unintentional Products in Japan
    9 Health risk assessment and management of asbestos exposure to the public in Japan
    10 Marine plastic pollution: chemical aspects and possible solutions
    11 Solution and Agreement in the Nuclear Disaster: Toward an Inclusive Society Respecting Relationship from Sacrificial System
    12 Current environmental risks and their management in Japan
    Part 3 Towards the Realization of a Sustainable and Well-Being Society
    13 The Future of Washing
    14 Initiatives On Responsible Consumption : Oguni Town
    15 From Court Decisions on Pollution to Targets of Future Actions
    16 An Initiative of an Environmental Model City: Featuring Sustainable and Healthy Cities
    17 Divorcing from plastics for a sustainable future society
    18 Issues of environmental risks in the Anthropocene
    19 Spectrum of Environmental Risk -Assessment, Management and Communication.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jack D. Edinger, Colleen E. Carney.
    Summary: "It is estimated that one in ten U.S. adults suffers from chronic insomnia. If left untreated, chronic insomnia reduces quality of life and increases risk for psychiatric and medical disease, especially depression and anxiety. The Overcoming Insomnia treatment program uses evidence-based cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) methods to correct poor sleep habits. CBT has been proven in multiple studies to improve sleep by reducing time spent in bed before sleep onset, reducing time spent awake after first sleep onset, and increasing the quality and efficiency of sleep. Developed by Jack D. Edinger and Colleen E. Carney, this second edition has been thoroughly updated according to the DSM-5, which now conceptualizes insomnia as a sleep-wake disorder, rather than a sleep disorder only. The DSM-5 has also eliminated the differentiation between primary and secondary insomnias, so this program provides an expanded discussion of daytime related issues as well as delivery issues specific to those with comorbid mental and medical problems. Patients are first given information about healthy sleep and the reasons for improving sleep habits, then a behavioral program is developed to address that patient's specific sleep problems. Use of a sleep diary, assessment forms, and other homework (all provided in the corresponding patient Workbook) allows client and therapist to work together to develop an effective sleep regimen tailored specifically for each client, and several sessions are dedicated to increasing compliance and problem-solving"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introductory Information for Therapists
    Pre-Treatment Assessment
    Session 1: Psychoeducational and Behavioral Therapy Components
    Session 2: Cognitive Therapy Components
    Follow-Up Sessions
    Considerations in CBT Delivery: Challenging Patients and Treatment Settings
    Sleep History Questionnaire
    Daytime Insomnia Symptom Response Scale (DISRS).
    Digital Access Oxford 2015
  • Print
    Jack D. Edinger, Colleen E. Carney.
    Summary: It is estimated that one in ten U.S. adults suffers from chronic insomnia. If left untreated, chronic insomnia reduces quality of life and increases risk for psychiatric and medical disease, especially depression and anxiety. The Overcoming Insomnia treatment program uses evidence-based cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) methods to correct poor sleep habits. CBT has been proven in multiple studies to improve sleep by reducing time spent in bed before sleep onset, reducing time spent awake after first sleep onset, and increasing the quality and efficiency of sleep. This second edition has been.
    Digital Access Oxford 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Abigail M. Judge, Robin M. Deutsch.
    Summary: In recent years there has been heightened interest in the clinical and legal management of families in which children resist contact with one parent and become aligned with the other following divorce. Families affected by these dynamics require disproportionate resources and time from mental health and legal professionals, and cases require a specialized clinical approach. Traditional models of individual and family therapy are not designed to address these issues, and strategies and resources for mental health and legal professionals have been extremely limited. This text describes interventions for families experiencing a high conflict divorce impasse where a child is resisting contact with a parent. It examines in detail one such intervention, the Overcoming Barriers approach, involving the entire family and combining psycho-education and clinical intervention.

    Contents:
    Part I. Family-based Interventions : indicators, models and clinical challenges. Clinical decision making in parent-child contact problem cases : tailoring the intervention to the family's needs / Barbara Fidler and Peggie Ward
    The current status of outpatient approaches to parent-child contact problems / Shely Polak and Jack Moran
    More than words : the use of experiential therapies in the treatment of families with parent-child contact problems and parental alienation / Abigail Judge and Rebecca Bailey
    The perfect storm : high conflict family dynamics, complex therapist reactions and suggestions for clinical management / Abigail Judge and Peggie Ward
    Part II. The Overcoming Barriers Approach. Overview of the Overcoming Barriers approach / Peggie Ward, Robin Deutsch, and Matt Sullivan
    Management of the camp experience : the integration of the milieu and the clinical team / Carole Blane, Tyler Sullivan, Daniel Wolfson and Abigail Judge
    "East Group" : group work with favored parents / Peggie Ward
    "West Group" : group interventions for rejected parents / Matthew J. Sullivan
    "Common Ground" : the children's group / Robin Deutsch, Abigail Judge, and Barbara Fidler
    Co-parenting, parenting and child-focused interventions / Matt Sullivan, Robin Deutsch, and Peggie Ward
    Translating the Overcoming Barriers approach to outpatient settings / Barbara Fidler, Peggie Ward, and Robin Deutsch
    Program evaluation, training and dissemination / Michael Saini and Robin Deutsch.
    Digital Access Oxford [2017]
  • Digital
    by Flavio Cadegiani.
    Summary: This book discusses major changes in our understanding of the most prevalent non-orthopedic, sports-related condition - overtraining syndrome (OTS), arguing that it should be considered as the manifestation of burnout in athletes, rather than simply the result of excessive training. While the chronic adaptations of the cardiovascular and musculoskeletal systems to exercise are well documented, those of the endocrine system are less well known, and adaptations of the hormonal ranges for athletes are yet to be determined. There is also a lack of standardized diagnostic criteria, consistent assessment methods and biomarkers. This book offers a systematic review of the hormonal aspects of overtraining syndrome, and a comparison with sports-related syndromes triggered by chronic deprivation of different sorts, including the female athlete triad (and its derivative, RED-S) and burnout syndrome of the athlete (BSA). It demonstrates that these conditions, although studied separately from each other, may all be different manifestations of the same condition, leading to 'maladaptive (dysfunctional forced adaptations to a hostile environment) changes in response to chronic depletion of energy and mechanisms of repair, causing multiple dysfunctions. The author proposes that OTS/Paradoxical Deconditioning Syndrome (PDS), RED-S/TRIAD and BSA are parts of a same condition, or at least a group of similar conditions. Further, the book offers a chronological overview of OTS, based on preliminary research. Given its broad scope, this concise reference book will appeal to a range of health professionals. It allows readers, including those without a strong academic background, to gain a systematic understanding of OTS.

    Contents:
    Introduction, historical perspective, and basic concepts on overtraining syndrome
    Classical understanding of overtraining syndrome
    Methodological challenges and limitations of the research of overtraining syndrome
    New findings on overtraining syndrome
    Clinical, metabolic, and biochemical behaviors in overtraining syndrome and overall athletes
    New Understanding, Concepts, and Special Topics on Overtraining Syndrome
    The underappreciated Athlete: Overtraining Syndrome in Resistance training, high intensity functional training (HIFT), and in female athletes
    Recovery from overtraining syndrome
    learnings from the eros-longitudinal study
    Female athlete triad (Triad), relative energy deficiency of the sport (Red-s), and burnout syndrome of the athlete (BSA): concepts, similarities, and differences from overtraining syndrome (OTS)
    Special topics on overtraining syndrome (OTS) / paradoxical deconditioning syndrome (PDS)
    Practical approach to the Athlete Suspected or at high-risk for OTS
    Research and Future Perspectives on Overtraining Syndrome.-Clinical Hormonal Guidelines for the Research of the Endocrinology in Sports and Athletes: Beyond Overtraining Syndrome
    Endocrinology of Physical Activity and Sport in Practice: How to Research? Models for the Chronology and Tests of Studies on Athletes
    Novel Insights in Overtraining Syndrome: Summary and Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Eunjoo Pacifici, Susan Bain.
    Summary: Today's challenge, especially for many newcomers to the regulated industry, is not necessarily to gather regulatory information, but to know how to interpret and apply it. The ability to discern what is important from what is not, and to interpret regulatory documents correctly, provides a valuable competitive advantage to any newcomer or established professional in this field. An Overview of FDA Regulated Products: From Drugs and Medical Devices to Food and Tobacco provides a valuable summary of the key information to unveil the meaning of critical, and often complex, regulatory concepts. Concise and easy to read with practical explanations, key points, summaries and case studies, this book highlights the regulatory processes involved in bringing an FDA regulated product from research and development to approval and market. Although the primary focus will be on the US system, this book also features global perspectives where appropriate. A valuable resource for students, professors and professionals, An Overview of FDA Regulated Products illustrates the most important elements and concepts so that the reader can focus on the critical issues and make the necessary connections to be successful.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Roy Homburg.
    Summary: The second edition of this highly successful book updates the reader on progress and developments in the field of ovulation induction and controlled ovarian stimulation. Furthermore, it provides the busy clinician with a reliable overview of the principles involved and the management needed. As with the previous edition, the emphasis throughout this book is on logical evidence and evidence-based solutions, supplemented with Professor Roy Homburgs extensive clinical experience gleaned from more than forty years working in the field. A number of highly useful algorithms and explanatory tables reinforce this approach, ensuring that the reader is presented with easy-to-grasp, well-presented information that maximizes clarity and understanding. Ovulation Induction and Controlled Ovarian Stimulation: A Practical Guide offers a concise, no-nonsense, practical guide to ovulation induction and controlled ovarian stimulation and will be an essential resource for general gynaecologists, fertility specialists and trainees, health workers and students.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jean-Claude Emperaire ; foreword by Bruno Lunenfeld.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Dr. Sanja Thompson, Dr. Nicolsa Lovett, Professor John Grimley Evans, Professor Sarah Pendlebury.
    Summary: Based around the specialist training curriculum for geriatrics, this volume covers the presentation, management, and treatment of illness in older people and relevant social and ethical issues.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Richard Leach, Derek Bell, Kevin Moore.
    Digital Access Oxford [2016]
  • Digital
    Helen V. Firth, Jane A. Hurst.
    Summary: "This book on clinical genetics and genomics includes many common-sense approaches, useful standards and definitions, suggestions for appropriate testing, and excellent references. It is meant to be ‘first-line’ support. It is designed to provide a basic guide to the clinical consultation, be it in outpatients or on the ward, and is intended to be used with other data sources, web resources, and texts. Blank pages are distributed throughout the book to enable the reader to update and personalize the copy with notes from current journals, guidelines, seminars, and lectures. Medical genetics trainees, residents, and fellows should particularly find this book useful; the mature and experienced clinical geneticist should also find it useful and thoughtfully constructed"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Clinical approach
    Common consultations
    Cancer
    Chromosomes
    Pregnancy and fertility
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    edited by H.C.G. Matthew and Brian Harrison.
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital
    Summary: A complete text of the 2nd. ed. of the Oxford English dictionary with quarterly updates, including revisions not available in any other form.
    Digital Access Database
  • Digital
    Heather Baid, Fiona Creed, and Jessica Hargreaves.
    Summary: A practical, concise, easily accessible and evidence-based guide for all levels of nursing staff working in critical care environments.

    Contents:
    Admission to critical care
    Systematic assessment
    Generic care of the critically ill patient
    Respiratory assessment and monitoring
    Respiratory support
    Cardiovascular assessment and monitoring
    Cardiovascular support
    Neurological care
    Renal care
    Gastrointestinal care
    Sepsis
    Metabolic disorders
    Immunology
    Haematology
    Managing emergencies
    Obstetric ergencies
    Poisoning
    Trauma
    End-of-life care
    Transfer of the critical care patient
    Rehabilitation and discharge.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Robert Crouch, Alan Charters, Mary Dawood, and Paula Bennett.
    Contents:
    General principles of emergency nursing
    First principles
    Investigations
    Emergency care of the infant and child
    Obstetric emergencies
    Neurological emergencies
    Respiratory emergencies
    Cardiovascular emergencies
    Musculoskeletal injuries
    Gastrointestinal emergencies
    Genitourinary emergencies
    Skin emergencies
    Ophthalmological emergencies
    ENT emergencies
    Major trauma
    Endocrine and metabolic emergencies
    Haematological emergencies
    Overdose and poisoning
    Mental health emergencies
    Emergencies in older patients
    Skills reminder.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Janet Medforth, Linda Ball, Angela Walker, Sue Battersby, and Sarah Stables.
    Summary: This handbook provides midwives with everything they need for successful practice. It contains concise, practical and expert guidance on all aspects of the midwife's role, from pre-conceptual advice to the final post-natal examination of the mother and baby.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Pre-conception care
    3. Sexual health
    4. Antenatal care
    5. Health advice in pregnancy
    6. Minor disorders of pregnancy
    7. Helping women cope with pregnancy : complementary therapies
    8. The need for social support
    9. Recognizing and managing pregnancy complications
    10. Medical conditions during pregnancy
    11. Normal labour : first stage
    12. Pain relief : non-pharmacological
    13. Pain relief : pharmacological
    14. Normal labour : second stage
    15. Normal labour : third stage
    16. Immediate care of the newborn
    17. Management of malpositions and malpresentations
    18. High-risk labour
    19. Emergencies during pregnancy, labour, and postnatally
    20. Postnatal care
    21. Disorders of the postnatal period
    22. Contraception
    23. Care of the newborn
    24. Breast feeding
    25. Artificial feeding.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Brenda Major, John F. Dovidio, Bruce G. Link.
    Summary: This volume's unique multidisciplinary approach brings together social and health psychologists, sociologists, public health scholars, and medical ethicists to comprehensively assess stigma's impact on health. It goes beyond the common practice of studying one stigmatized group at a time to examine the stigma-health link across multiple stigmatized groups. This broad, multidisciplinary framework not only illuminates the significant effects stigma has when aggregated across the health of many groups but also increases understanding of which stigma processes are general across groups and which are particular to specific groups. Here, a compendium of leading international experts point readers toward potential policy responses and possibilities for intervention as well as to the large gaps in understanding that remain.

    Contents:
    Part one. Background
    Stigma and its implications for health : introduction and overview / Brenda Major, John F. Dovidio, Bruce G. Link, and Sarah K. Calabrese
    Physical health disparities and stigma : race, sexual orientation, and body weight / John F. Dovidio, Louis A. Penner, Sarah K. Calabrese, and Rebecca L. Pearl
    Stigma as a fundamental cause of health inequality / Bruce G. Link, Jo c. Phelan, and Mark L. Hatzenbuehler
    Power, status, and stigma : their implications for health / Jeffrey W. Lucas, Hsiang-Yuan Ho, and Kristin Kerns
    Stigma, social identity threat, and health / Brenda Major and Toni Schmader
    Structural stigma and health / Mark L. Hatzenbuehler
    Part two. Pathways from stigma to health
    Discriminating ecologies : a life history approach to stigma and health / Steven L. Neuberg and Andreana C. Kenrick
    Segregation, stigma, and stratification : a biosocial model / Douglas S. Massey and Brandon Wagner
    Racial discrimination and racial disparities in health / Naomi Priest and David R. Williams
    Patient stigma, medical interactions, and health care disparities : a selective review / Louis A. Penner, Sean M. Phelan, Valerie Earnshaw, Terrance L. Albrecht, and John F. Dovidio
    Interpersonal discrimination and physical health / Laura S. Richman, Elizabeth Pascoe, and Micah Lattanner
    Biopsychosocial mechanisms linking discrimination to health : a focus on social cognition / Elizabeth Brondolo, Irene V. Blair, and Amandeep Kaur
    Neural and cardiovascular pathways from stigma to suboptimal health / Belle Derks and Daan Scheepers
    Affective reactions as mediators of the relationship between stigma and health / Wendy Berry Mendes and Keely A. Muscatell
    Part three. Moderators of the stigma-health relationship
    When stigma is concealable : the costs and benefits for health / Diane M. Quinn
    Social identity, stigma, and health / Jolanda Jetten, S. Alexander Haslam, Tegan Cruwys, and Nyla R. Branscombe
    Social stigma and health : an identity-based motivation perspective / Daphna Oyserman and Oliver Fisher
    Parenting as a buffer that deters discrimination and race-related stressors from getting under the skin : theories, findings, and future directions / Allen W. Barton and Gene H. Brody
    Perceived racial discrimination and health behavior : mediation and moderation / Frederick X. Gibbons and Michelle L. Stock
    Stigma, health, and individual differences / Rodolfo Mendoza-Denton and Jordan B. Leiner
    Part four. Anti-stigma interventions
    Getting underneath the power of contact : revisiting the fundamental level of stigma as a social network phenomenon / Bernice A. Pescosolido and Bianca Manago
    Reducing physical illness stigma : insights from the mental illness arena / Patrick W. Corrigan, Andrea B. Bink, and Annie Schmidt
    Public health with a punch : fear, stigma, and hard-hitting media campaigns / Amy L. Fairchild and Ronald Bayer
    Public health and social justice : an argument against stigma as a tool of health promotion and disease prevention / Erika Blacksher
    Part five. Bidirectional processes in stigma and health
    Stigma and the social epidemic of HIV : understanding bidirectional mechanisms of risk and resilience / Stephenie R. Chaudoir and Jeffrey D. Fisher
    Sexual minority stigma and health / John E. Pachankis and David J. Lick
    The negative and bidirectional effects of weight stigma on health / Brenda Major, A. Janet Tomiyama, and Jeffrey M. Hunger
    Mental and physical health consequences of the stigma associated with mental illnesses / Bruce G. Link, Jo C. Phelan, and Greer Sullivan.
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Digital
    Mark Radford, Maria Kisiel, Alison Smith, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to the surgical patient
    2. Managing the surgical ward
    3. Surgical Care models
    4. Pre-operative assessment and preparation
    5. Pre-operative optimization
    6. Transfer to other departments or theatre
    7. Intraoperative care
    8. Ward post-operative care
    9. Pain management
    10. Nutrition and hydration
    11. Transfusion of blood products
    12. Wound care
    13. Skin assessment
    14. Infection: prevention, control, and treatment
    15. Post-operative complications
    16. Surgical Nursing Procedures
    17. Opthalmology
    18. Upper gastrointestinal and hepatobiliary surgery
    19. Colorectal and lower gastrointestinal surgery
    20. Trauma and orthopaedics
    21. Vascular surgery
    22. Urology and renal
    23. Neurological and spinal surgery
    24. Burns and plastic surgery
    25. Thoracic surgery
    26. Cardiac surgery
    27. Breast surgery
    28. Gynaecological surgery.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Robert Davidson, Andrew Brent, Anna Seale.
    Summary: "This handbook is the definitive resource for medical problems in tropical regions, and in low-resource settings. It includes brand new chapters on humanitarian crises, poisoning and envenoming, nosocomial infections, and antibiotic resistance." -- Publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Management of the sick child
    2. Malaria
    3. HIV/AIDS
    4. Tuberculosis
    5. Chest medicine
    6. Diarrhoeal diseases
    7. Gastroenterology
    8. Cardiovascular medicine
    9. Renal medicine
    10. Neurology
    11. Haematology
    12. Endocrinology and biochemistry
    13. Ophthalmology
    14. Dermatology
    15. Bone, joint, and soft tissue infections
    16. Sexually-transmitted infections
    17. Nutrition
    18. Multi-system diseases and infections
    19. Mental health
    20. Trauma
    21. Poisoning and envenoming
    22. Immunization
    23. Health emergencies in humanitarian crises
    24. Obstetrics and Gynaecology: emergencies
    25. Nosocomial infection, antibiotic prescribing, and resistance.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Delan Devakumar, Jennifer Hall, Zeshan Qureshi, Joy Lawn.
    Summary: The aim of this book is to provide a summary of the current concepts and challenges in global maternal and child health in a format that appeals to students of the subject, the general public, and current practitioners in the field. It also provides study exercises that may inform tutors on undergraduate and postgraduate courses.

    Contents:
    SECTION 1 Introduction
    1 Women's, children's, and adolescents' health in a changing world
    2 Strategies through the lifecourse to improve maternal, newborn, child, and adolescent health
    3 Agencies and actors in women's, children's, and adolescents' health
    SECTION 2 Research methods
    4 Research methods and evidence-​based medicine
    5 Economic evaluation in global health
    SECTION 3 Important concepts across the lifecourse
    6 Social determinants of health7 Developmental origins of health and disease
    8 Health workers and health systems
    9 The environment and health
    10 Conflict, disasters, and humanitarian response
    SECTION 4 Adolescent health
    11 Introduction to adolescent health
    12 Adolescent sexual and reproductive health
    13 Adolescent non-​communicable diseases
    14 Adolescent mental health
    15 Adolescent HIV and infection
    16 Adolescent injuries
    17 Strategies to improve adolescent health
    SECTION 5 Women's reproductive and maternal health
    18 Introduction to maternal and reproductive health 19 Sexual and reproductive health20 Contraception and abortion
    21 Direct maternal deaths
    22 Indirect maternal deaths
    23 Maternal morbidity
    24 Maternal nutrition
    25 Maternal mental health
    26 Strategies to improve maternal and reproductive health
    SECTION 6 Newborn health
    27 Introduction to newborn health
    28 Stillbirths
    29 Preterm births
    30 Intrapartum-​related events affecting the newborn
    31 Neonatal infection
    32 Congenital disorders
    33 Low birthweight and poor foetal growth
    34 Strategies to improve newborn health and prevent stillbirths
    SECTION 7 Child health 35 Introduction to child health36 Child infection
    37 Child nutrition
    38 Child development and disability
    39 Non-​communicable diseases in childhood
    40 Children in difficult circumstances
    41 Child injury, maltreatment, and safeguarding
    42 Strategies to improve child health
    SECTION 8 Influencing policy
    43 Ethics and rights
    44 Translating research into policy
    45 Advocacy to improve health
    46 Current challenges and debates for women's, children's, and adolescents' health
    Index
    Digital Access Oxford 2019
  • Digital
    edited by John Firth, Christopher Conlon, and Timothy Cox
    Digital Access Oxford 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Betty R. Ferrell, RN, PhD, MA, FAAN, FPCN, CHPN, Professor and Director, Department of Nursing Research and Education, City of Hope Comprehensive Cancer Center, Duarte, California, Nessa Coyle, ACHPN, PhD, FAAN, Consultant, Palliative Care and Clinical Ethics in Oncology, New York, New York, Judith A. Paice, PhD, RN, FAAN, Director of Cancer Pain Program, Division of Hematology-Oncology, Feinberg School of Medicine, Northwestern University, Chicago, Illinois.
    Contents:
    SECTION VI: PEDIATRIC PALLIATIVE CARE: Symptom management in pediatric palliative care / Melody Brown-Hellsten and Stacey Berg
    Pediatric hospice and palliative care / Vanessa Battista and Gwenn LaRagione
    Pediatric care: transitioning goals of care in the emergency department, intensive care unit, and in between / Barbara Jones, Marcia Levetown and Melody Brown Hellsten
    End-of-life decision-making in pediatric oncology / Pamela S. Hinds, Linda L. Oakes, and Wayne L. Furman
    Palliative care in the neonatal intensive care unit / Cheryl Thaxton, Brigit Carter, and Chi Dang Hornik
    Grief and bereavement in pediatric palliative care / Rana Limbo and Betty Davies
    Pediatric pain: knowing the child before you / Mary Layman-Goldstein and Dane Kramer --
    Digital Access Oxford 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Betty Rolling Ferrell, Judith A. Paice.
    Digital Access Oxford 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Julian Abel, Allan Kellehear.
    Summary: Death, dying, loss, and care giving are not just medical issues, but societal ones. This volume explores the adoption of public health principles to palliative care, including harm reduction, early intervention, health and well-being promotion, and compassionate communities.
    Digital Access Oxford 2022
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Oxford textbooks in clinical psychology to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Canhua Huang, Yuanyuan Zhang, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a systematic review of the cutting-edge knowledge in stress medicine. Cellular redox imbalance, resulting from overproduction of reactive oxide species (ROS), leads to oxidative stress and subsequent occurrence and development of many diseases, such as cancer, diabetes, pain, etc. In addition, ROS can induce post-translational modification of proteins and play roles through redox signaling pathways. In this book, the authors attempt to re-define the key concepts in oxidative stress, such as oxidative eustress and oxidative distress, revisit the pivotal signaling of oxidative stress in human diseases, and discuss the debate in current anti-oxidant strategies, such as natural products and drug repurposing. This book serves as a reference to graduate students and researchers in this growing field.

    Contents:
    Oxidative stress and anti-oxidant strategies in human diseases
    Oxidative stress in the tumorimmune microenvironment
    Oxidative stress-mediated stem cell aging
    Stress proteins: Biological functions, human diseases and virus infections
    Importance of mitochondrial quality controls in Parkinsons disease: the potential interplay of mitochondrial unfolded protein response and mitophagy
    Autophagy in cellular stress responses
    Cysteine metabolism in cancer progression and therapy resistance
    Stress and circadians
    ROS, glucose and lipid metabolism
    Drug repurposing: An avenue towards stress medicine in cancer therapy
    Redox regulation of metabolic enzymes in cancer
    Stress and inflammation
    Oxidative stress in cell signaling and cell fate determination under glucose starvation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Mieczyslaw Pokorski.
    Summary: Cardiorespiratory function is prominently affected by oxidative stress. Cigarette smoking is the archetype of oxidative and nitrative stress and free radical formation. New adverse effects of smoking keep on ppopping up in research. The chapters provide the comprehensive view of new developments in this area regarding cardiovascular and lung function and muscle catabolism. Alterations in inflammatory cytokines and proteins as well as degradation of muscle proteins due to smoking, by far unrecognized, caused by oxidative stress also are presented. Much less is known about the effect of cognitive stress on vagally-mediated cardiorespiratory function and surprisingly, on vagal immune pathway. The experimental studies also show that clinically important meconium aspiration syndrome contains an oxidative trait which is amenable to antioxidative treatment. This volume creates a source of information on the damaging role of oxidative stress in cardiorespiratory function that has by far not been available.

    Contents:
    Peroxynitrite induces degradation of myosin heavy chain via p38 MAPK and muscle-specific E3 ubiquitin ligases in C2 skeletal myotubes
    Alterations in the coagulation system of active smokers from the Ludwigshafen Risk and Cardiovascular Health (LURIC) study
    C-reactive protein and lipoprotein-associated phospholipase A2 in smokers and nonsmokers of the Ludwigshafen Risk and Cardiovascular Health (LURIC) Study
    Green tea drinking improves erythrocytes and saliva oxidative status in the elderly
    Cardiovascular effects of N-acetylcysteine in meconium-induced acute lung injury
    Alterations in vagal-immune pathway in long-lasting mental stress
    Nocturnal parasympathetic modulation of heart rate in obesity-hypoventilation patients
    N-acetylcysteine Alleviates the Meconium-Induced Acute Lung Injury
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Cadenas, Enrique; Packer, Lester.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Oxidative stress and disease to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital/Print
    Jordi Camps, editor.
    Contents:
    Introduction: Oxidation and inflammation, a molecular link between non-communicable diseases
    Oxidative stress and DNA damage in obesity-related tumorigenesis
    High density lipoproteins and ischemia reperfusion injury: the therapeutic potential of HDL to modulate cell survival pathways
    The DING family of phosphate binding proteins in inflammatory diseases
    Inflammation, infection, cancer and all that...the role of paraoxonases
    Autophagy is an inflammation-related defensive mechanism against disease
    Delta-5 and delta-6 desaturases: crucial enzymes in polyunsaturated fatty acid-related pathways with pleiotropic influences in health and disease
    Systemic inflammation, intestine and paraoxonase-1
    Serotonin modulation of macrophage polarization: inflammation and beyond
    Energy metabolism and metabolic sensors in stem cells: the metabostem crossroads of aging and cancer
    Molecular promiscuity of plant polyphenols in the management of age-related diseases: far beyond their antioxidant properties
    Postprandial inflammation: targeting glucose and lipids
    Dynamic interplay between metabolic syndrome and immunity
    The axis AGE-RAGE-soluble RAGE and oxidative stress in chronic kidney disease
    The chemokine (C-C motif) ligand 2 in neuroinflammation and neurodegeneration.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Sajal Chakraborti, Naranjan S Dhalla, Nirmal K Ganguly, Madhu Dikshit, editors.
    Summary: This book bridges the gap between fundamental and translational research in the area of heart disease. It describes a multidisciplinary approach, and demonstrates biochemical mechanisms associated with dysregulation of redox signaling, which leads heart disease. Presenting recent studies on improved forms of ROS scavenging enzymes; specific inhibitors for different ROS generating enzymes; and oxidant induced signaling pathways and their antagonists that allow subtle modulation of redox signaling, it also discusses the spatial and temporal aspects of oxidative stress in the cardiovascular system, which are of vital importance in developing better strategies for treating heart disease. Each chapter offers researchers valuable insights into identifying targets for drug development for different types of heart disease.

    Contents:
    I. Role of Oxidative Stress in Heart Diseases
    1. J.L Johnson. Laboratory of cardiovascular pathology, School of Clinical Sciences, University of Bristol, Bristol. UK
    2. M.A. Srivastava, Department of Physiology, McGill University, Canada
    3. P. Balakumar. Pharmacology Unit, AIMST University, Semeling 08100 Bedong, Kedah Darul Aman, Malaysia
    4. K.B Pasumarthi. Department of Pharmacology, Dalhousie University, Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada
    5. B. Turan. Department of Biophysics, Ankara University, Faculty of Medicine, Ankara, Turkey
    6. Z. Xie. Marshall Institute of Interdisciplinary Research, Marshall University, Huntington, WV, USA
    7. T.L. Haas. Angiogenesis Research Group, School of Health Sciences, York University, Toronto, Canada
    8. A. Kukol. School of Life and Medical Sciences, University of Hertfordshire, Hatfield, UK
    9. N.S. Dhalla, Cardiovascular Research Institute, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Canada
    10. A.K. Srivastava. Cell Signalling laboratory, McGill University, Canada
    11. S. Chakraborti, University of Kalyani, Kalyani 741235, West Bengal, India
    12. S. Goswami, School of Life Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, India
    13. C.C. Kartha, Rajiv Gandhi Institute of Biotechnology, Thiruvanatapuram, India
    14. S.K. Malick, Department of Pharmacology. AIIMS, New Delhi, India
    15. S. Chatterjee, Anna University, Chennai, India
    16. N. Mahapatra, IIT-Madras, Chennai, India
    17. R. Bhunya, Department of Biochemistry and Biophysicvs, University of kalyani, West Bengal, India
    18. S. Nandi, North Est Hill University, Meghalaya, India
    19. N.K. Ganguly, Sir gangaram Hospital, New Delhi
    20. M. Dixit, CSIR-CDR, -Lucknow, India
    21. A.D. Abell, University of Adelaide, Australia
    22. Chava Kimchi Sarfaty, Centre for Biologics Evaluation and Research, Foodand Drug Administration, Bethesda, Maryland, USA
    23. B. Furhman, Technion Faculty of Medicine and Ramban Medical Center, Hiafa, Israel
    24. R.F. Gerlach, Depa rtment of Physiology, University of Sao Paulo, Brazil
    25.T.L. Haas, School of Kinesiology and Health Sciences, York University, Toronto, Canada
    26. B. Mittal, Department of Genetics. Sanjay Gandhi Post Graduate Institute of Medical Sciences, Lucknow, Uttap Pradesh, India
    27. Richard Schulz, Department of Pedfiatrics, University of Alberta, Canada
    28. Bodh J Jugdutt, Mackenzie Haeth Sciences Centre, Division of Cardiology, University of Alberta, Canada
    29. Vibha Rani, Jaypee Institute of Information Technology, Noida, Uttar Pradesh, India
    34. Veena Dhawan, Department of Experimental Medicine and Biotechnology, PGIMER, Chandigarh, India
    30. Surekha Rani, Department of Genetics, Osmania University, Hyderabad, Telengana State, India.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ashok Agarwal, Rakesh Sharma, Sajal Gupta, Avi Harlev, Gulfam Ahmad, Stefan S. du Plessis, Sandro C. Esteves, Siew May Wang, Damayanthi Durairajanayagam, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Sajal Chakraborti [and three others], editors.
    Summary: This first volume of the comprehensive, two-volume work on oxidative stress in lung disease introduces the molecular mechanisms, and the role of oxidants in the progression of different lung diseases. The lungs of humans and animals are under constant threat from oxidants from either endogenous (e.g. in situ metabolic reactions) or exogenous sources (e.g. air pollutants). Further, oxidative stress causes the oxidation of proteins, DNA and lipids, which in turn generates secondary metabolic products. The book consists of sections, each focusing on different aspects of oxidant-mediated lung diseases. As such it is a unique reference resource for postgraduate students, biomedical researchers and also for the clinicians who are interested in studying and understanding oxidant-mediated lung diseases. The second volume will incorporate other aspects of oxidant-mediated lung diseases, including prevention and therapeutics.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Editors and Contributors; Part I: General Implications of Oxidative Stress on Lungs;
    1: Nutrition in Inflammatory Lung Diseases; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Oxidative Stress; 1.2.1 Free Radicals; 1.2.2 Oxygen Reactive Species; 1.2.3 Oxidative Stress; 1.2.3.1 Implications of Oxidative Stress in the Organism; 1.2.3.2 Oxidative Damage in Lung; 1.3 Inflammation in Lung Diseases; 1.3.1 Inflammatory Cellular Response; 1.3.2 Biological Barriers in Lung; 1.3.3 Acute and Chronic Lung Inflammation; 1.4 Interaction of Nutrients with Inflammatory Elements 1.5 Role of the Diet in Lung Diseases1.5.1 Mediterranean Diet; 1.5.2 Western Diet; 1.5.3 Fruit and Vegetable Consumption; 1.6 Conclusion; References;
    2: Oxidative Stress and Smoke-Related Lung Diseases: A Tentative Approach Through the Blood, Lungs, and Gut; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Exogenous and Endogenous Oxidation; 2.3 Regeneration of Lung Cells; 2.4 Oxidative Stress in the Lungs; 2.5 Oxidative Stress Markers; 2.6 Antioxidant Defense System; 2.7 Lung Pathology and Oxidative Stress; 2.7.1 COPD; 2.7.2 Bronchial Asthma; 2.7.3 Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis; 2.7.4 Lung Cancer 2.8 Lung Disease Statistics2.9 Molecular Mechanism of Lung Diseases; 2.10 Impact of Smoking on Lung Diseases; 2.11 Lung Disease and Gut Ecosystem; 2.12 Rational Basis for a Systemic Antioxidant and Parenteral/Transmucosal Oxygen-Ozone Tentative Interventional Trial: The Cell-Energy Modulation Biotech, CMB® Protocol; 2.13 Using Natural Antioxidants and Nutrigenomic Cytoprotective Agents to Prevent Oxidative Stress Damage in Lung Caused by Cigarette Smoking; 2.14 Conclusion and Future Direction; References;
    3: Oxidative Stress in Neonatal Lung Diseases; 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Perinatal Transition3.3 Vasoactive Molecules Are Involved in the Perinatal Transition; 3.3.1 Nitric Oxide (NO); 3.3.2 Prostacyclin (PGI2); 3.3.3 Thromboxane A2 (TXA2); 3.3.4 Endothelin; 3.4 Free Radical Generating Systems; 3.4.1 Mitochondrial Electron Transport Chain; 3.4.2 NADPH Oxidase (NOX); 3.4.3 eNOS Uncoupling; 3.5 Free Radicals in Neonates; 3.6 Antioxidant System; 3.6.1 General Aspects; 3.6.2 Caffeine; 3.6.3 Melatonin; 3.6.4 Taurine; 3.7 Neonatal Lung Diseases; 3.7.1 General Aspects; 3.7.2 Respiratory Distress Syndrome (RDS) and Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia (BPD) 3.7.3 Persistent Pulmonary Hypertension of the Newborn (PPHN)3.8 Conclusion; References;
    4: DNA Repair Protein OGG1 in Pulmonary Infection and Other Inflammatory Lung Diseases; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 DNA Repair Protein OGG1 Response to Lung Infection; 4.2.1 OGG1 Plays a Role in Bacterial Infection; 4.2.1.1 Pseudomonas aeruginosa; 4.2.1.2 Klebsiella pneumoniae; 4.2.1.3 Other Bacteria; 4.2.2 OGG1 Affects Viral Infection; 4.2.3 OGG1 Affects Fungus Infection; 4.3 OGG1 Is Linked to Inflammatory Lung Diseases; 4.3.1 OGG1 Responses in Pulmonary Hyperoxia
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sajal Chakraborti, Narasimham L. Parinandi, Rita Ghosh, Nirmal K. Ganguly, Tapati Chakraborti, editors.
    Summary: This is the second volume of the comprehensive, two-volume work on oxidative stress in lung diseases. Adopting a multidisciplinary approach, it demonstrates the cellular and molecular mechanisms associated with ROS (reactive oxygen species)-induced initiation and progression of a variety of lung diseases, such as COPD, emphysema, asthma, cystic fibrosis, occupational pulmonary diseases and pulmonary hypertension and discusses points for therapeutic intervention. The book also covers translational research and the latest research on prevention and therapeutics. Each chapter includes in-depth insights into the mechanisms associated with lung diseases and into identifying targets for drug development. Bridging the gap between fundamental and translational research, and examining applications in the biomedical and pharmaceutical industry, it is a thought- provoking read for basic and applied scientists engaged in biomedical research.

    Contents:
    Part A
    Chapter 1. The effects of oxidative stress on the pulmonary surfactant and the role of lipids in this scenario
    Chapter 2. Oxidative stress in experimental models of acute lung injury
    Chapter 3. Potential of mesenchymal stem cells in modulating oxidative stress in the management of lung diseases
    Chapter 4. Role of NADPH oxidase induced oxidative stress in matrix metalloprotease-mediated lung diseases
    Chapter 5. Oxidative stress mechanisms in the pathogenesis of environmental lung diseases
    Part B
    Chapter 6. Oxidative stress induced mitochondrial dysfunction and asthma
    Chapter 7. Regulation of antioxidant Nrf2 signaling, an important pathway in COPD
    Chapter 8. Role of smoke-induced oxidative stress in pathogenesis of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    Chapter 9. Oxidative stress in obstructive and restrictive lung diseases
    Chapter 10. The use of ozone as redox modulator in the treatment of the chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    Chapter 11. TRP channels, oxidative stress and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
    Chapter 12. Paraquat induced oxidative stress and lung inflammation
    Chapter 13. Environmental, occupational and cancer drug induced oxidative stress in lung fibrosis
    Part C
    Chapter 14. Respiratory syncytial virus-induced oxidative stress in lung pathogenesis
    Chapter 15. Reactive oxygen species: Friends or foes of lung cancer?
    Chapter 16. Roles of long non-coding RNAs in lung cancer
    Chapter 17. modulator of therapeutic response in non small cell lung carcinoma
    Chapter 18. old story, new modalities!. Part D
    Chapter 19. Oxidative stress and therapeutic development in lung cancer
    Chapter 20. Regulation of oxidative stress by nitric oxide defines lung development and Diseases
    Chapter 21. Epidermal growth factor receptor: promising targets for non-small cell lung cancer
    Chapter 22. Oxygenated lipid products in COPD and asthma: a clinical picture.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sajal Chakraborti, Tapati Chakraborti, Dhrubajyoti Chattopadhyay, Chandrima Shaha, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses recent advances in our understanding of the role of oxidants in microbial pathophysiology, providing valuable insights into the complex role of reactive oxygen species (ROS) in host-microbial interactions. The various chapters take readers through the function of ROS in infections ranging from viral to bacterial, and describe how microorganisms have developed complex strategies to not only avoid contact with phagocyte-derived oxidants, but also protect themselves from injury when oxidants are encountered. Featuring the latest research in the field of microbial diseases, this timely book is a ready reference for scientists looking to develop new anti-microbial drugs.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Editors and Contributors; Part I: General Aspects of Oxidant Stress in Microbial Diseases;
    1: Role of Reactive Oxygen Species in the Correlation Between Host and Microbes; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Involvement of ROS in Cellular Signaling Network; 1.3 ROS Production in Host Cells in Response to Microbial Infection; 1.4 Modulations of Host ROS Level by Pathogenic Microbes; 1.5 Enzymatic Antioxidant System in Microbes Against ROS; 1.6 Intracellular Response by Oxidative Stress; 1.7 Natural Antimicrobial Agent for Controlling Microbial Infection; 1.8 Conclusion 2.3.2.3 Reduced Glutathione (rGSH), Glutathione Peroxidase (GSH-Px), and Glutathione Reductase (GR)2.3.2.4 Catalase; 2.3.2.5 Uric Acid; 2.3.2.6 Vitamin C; 2.4 Biomarkers of Oxidative Stress in Canine Leishmaniosis; 2.4.1 Biomarkers of Oxidant Status; 2.4.1.1 Total Oxidant Status(TOS); 2.4.1.2 Erythrocyte/Plasma Lipid Peroxidation (LPO); 2.4.2 Biomarkers of Antioxidant Status; 2.4.2.1 Total Antioxidant Status (TAS); 2.4.2.2 Paraoxonase-1 (PON-1); 2.4.2.3 Thiols; 2.4.2.4 Superoxide Dismutase (SOD); 2.5 Conclusions; References
    3: Reactive Oxygen and Nitrogen Species in the Oral Cavity3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Reactive Oxygen and Nitrogen Species in the Oral Cavity; 3.2.1 Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS); 3.2.2 Reactive Nitrogen Species (RNS); 3.2.3 Oxidative and Nitrosative Stress in Oral Microbial Diseases; 3.2.4 Regulation of Systemic Homeostasis and Dysbiosis by Oral Reactive Oxygen and Nitrogen Species; 3.3 ROS- and RNS-Based Therapeutics; References;
    4: Role of Gut Microbiota in Combating Oxidative Stress; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Gastrointestinal Tract: Its Influence on Gut Microbiota 4.3 Gut Microbiota: Health and Diseases4.3.1 Early Colonization; 4.3.2 Healthy Gut Microbiota; 4.3.3 Leaky Gut and Dysbiosis; 4.3.4 F/B Ratio: An Important Determinant of Gut Health; 4.3.5 Microbial SCFAs in Combating Oxidative Stress; 4.4 Understanding the Secret World of Microbes: Technological Advancements; 4.4.1 Molecular Techniques; 4.4.2 Sequence-Based Metagenomics; 4.4.3 Choice of Samples and Model System; 4.4.4 Modern High-Throughput Techniques; 4.5 Diseases Inducing Oxidative Stress: Role of Microbiota; 4.5.1 Metabolic Diseases; 4.5.1.1 Obesity; 4.5.1.2 Diabetes
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Glenn D. Posner, Amanda Black, Griffith D. Jones, Darine El-Chaar.
    Summary: "A must-buy for the ob-gyn, ob nurse, and midwife, the book presents vital information in a clearly illustrated manner, making it an essential for any practitioner performing or assisting in childbirth. It includes a review of anatomy and proper examination of the patient; variations of fetal presentation are detailed along with proper management and birthing technique. The seventh edition continues to offer explicit management instruction for a variety of complications and delivery scenarios including hemorrhage, fetal concerns, preterm and prolonged labor, dystocia, and more. The book ends with a chapter on preliminary neonatal care"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessObGyn 2023
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access WHO 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RJ312 .W67 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Pan-Dong Ryu, Joseph C. LaManna, David K. Harrison, Sang-Suk Lee, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    The Heritage, Foundation, Mission and Legacy of ISOTT
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Panel of Reviewers
    ISOTT Participants at the Seoul National University
    Local Organizing Committee
    ISOTT Officers and Executive Committee
    ISOTT Award Winners
    The Melvin H. Knisely Award
    Melvin H. Knisely Award Recipients
    The Dietrich W. Lübbers Award
    Dietrich W. Lübbers Award Recipients
    The Britton Chance Award
    Britton Chance Award Recipients
    The Duane F. Bruley Travel Awards
    The Duane F. Bruley Travel Award Recipients
    Kovách Lecture Kovách Lecture Recipients
    Peter Vaupel Lecture
    Peter Vaupel Lecture Recipients
    Contents
    Part I: Brain Oxygenation and Function
    Near-Infrared Spectroscopy Measured Cerebral Blood Flow from Spontaneous Oxygenation Changes in Neonatal Brain Injury
    1 Introduction
    2 Methods
    2.1 Data Collection
    2.2 Data Analysis
    3 Results
    4 Discussion
    References
    Nonlinear Transfer Entropy to Assess the Neurovascular Coupling in Premature Neonates
    1 Introduction
    2 Dataset
    3 Methods
    4 Results
    5 Discussion and Conclusions
    References Reference Value of Brain Tissue Oxygen Saturation in Newborns Immediately After Birth
    1 Introduction
    2 Methods
    3 Results
    4 Discussion
    5 Limitation
    6 Conclusion
    References
    Changes in Brain Tissue Oxygenation and Metabolism During Rewarming After Neonatal Encephalopathy are Related to Electrical Abnormality
    1 Introduction
    2 Methods
    3 Data Analysis
    4 Results
    5 Discussion
    References
    Impact of Skull Thickness on Cerebral NIRS Oximetry in Neonates: An in silico Study
    1 Introduction
    2 Methods
    3 Results
    4 Discussion and Conclusions
    References Resuscitation with Drag Reducing Polymers after Traumatic Brain Injury with Hemorrhagic Shock Reduces Microthrombosis and Oxidative Stress
    1 Introduction
    2 Methods
    3 Results
    4 Discussion
    5 Conclusion
    References
    Anodal Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation Improves Impaired Cerebrovascular Reactivity in Traumatized Mouse Brain
    1 Introduction
    2 Methods
    2.1 Experimental Design
    2.2 Two-Photon Laser Scanning Microscopy
    2.3 Cerebrovascular Reactivity Test
    2.4 Statistical Analyses
    3 Results
    4 Discussion
    5 Conclusion
    References Comparative Analysis of Simultaneous Transcranial Doppler and Perfusion Computed Tomography for Cerebral Perfusion Evaluation in Patients with Traumatic Brain Injury
    1 Introduction
    2 Materials and Methods
    3 Results
    4 Discussion
    5 Conclusion
    References
    Meningeal Lymphatic Pathway of Brain Clearing From the Blood After Haemorrhagic Injuries
    1 Introduction
    2 Methods
    3 Results
    3.1 Brain Clearance from Blood after Brain Hemorrhage Associated with Hypoxia
    3.2 Activation of Brain Drainage Via the Meningeal Lymphatics after Brain Hemorrhage
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Howard J. Halpern, Joseph C. LaManna, David K. Harrison, Boris Epel.
    Contents:
    Cell Metabolism, Tissue Oxygenation and Treatment. Oxygen Sensing by the Carotid Body: Past and Present / Nanduri R. Prabhakar, Ying-Jie Peng
    Predicted Decrease in Membrane Oxygen Permeability with Addition of Cholesterol / Gary Angles, Rachel Dotson, Kristina Bueche, Sally C. Pias
    Chronic Diseases as Barriers to Oxygen Delivery: A Unifying Hypothesis of Tissue Reoxygenation Therapy / G.A. Perdrizet
    Dorsiflexor Muscle Oxygenation During Low, Moderate and Submaximal Sustained Isometric Contraction / Adkham Paiziev, Martin Wolf, Fikrat Kerimov
    Factors Determining the Oxygen Permeability of Biological Membranes: Oxygen Transport Across Eye Lens Fiber-Cell Plasma Membranes / Witold Karol Subczynski, Justyna Widomska, Laxman Mainali
    Multi-site Measurements of Muscle O2 Dynamics During Cycling Exercise in Early Post-myocardial Infarction / Shun Takagi, Ryotaro Kime, Norio Murase, Masatsugu Niwayama, Takuya Osada [and others]
    Effects of 8 Weeks' Training on Systemic and Muscle Oxygen Dynamics in University Rugby Players / Shun Takagi, Ryotaro Kime, Masatsugu Niwayama, Kuniaki Hirayama, Shizuo Sakamoto
    Imaging Redox State in Mouse Muscles of Different Ages / Lily Moon, David W. Frederick, Joseph A. Baur, Lin Z. Li
    Amino Acid Hydration Decreases Radiation-Induced Nausea in Mice: A Pica Model / Liangjie Yin, Lauren Vaught, Paul Okunieff, Katherine Casey-Sawicki [and others] / Chapter / Pages / Evaluation of Haemoglobin and Cytochrome Responses During Forearm Ischaemia Using Multi-wavelength Time Domain NIRS / Frédéric Lange, Luke Dunne, Ilias Tachtsidis
    Influence of Free Radicals on the Intrinsic MRI Relaxation Properties / Rong-Wen Tain, Alessandro M. Scotti, Weiguo Li, Xiaohong Joe Zhou, Kejia Cai
    Inter-individual Differences in Exercise-Induced Spatial Working Memory Improvement: A Near-Infrared Spectroscopy Study / Yudai Yamazaki, Daisuke Sato, Koya Yamashiro, Atsuhiro Tsubaki, Yui Yamaguchi [and others]
    Cancer Oxygenation and Metabolism. Tumor Oxygenation Status: Facts and Fallacies / Peter Vaupel, Arnulf Mayer
    Multiparametric Analysis of the Tumor Microenvironment: Hypoxia Markers and Beyond / Arnulf Mayer, Peter Vaupel
    Computational Simulation of Tumor Hypoxia Based on In Vivo Microvasculature Assessed in a Dorsal Skin Window Chamber / Lina Xu, Peter Vaupel, Siwei Bai, Bjoern Menze, Kuangyu Shi
    Hypoxia-Related Tumor Acidosis Affects MicroRNA Expression Pattern in Prostate and Breast Tumor Cells / A. Riemann, S. Reime, O. Thews. Brain Oxygenation and Function. Cortical and Autonomic Stress Responses in Adults with High Versus Low Levels of Trait Anxiety: A Pilot Study / A. Brugnera, C. Zarbo, R. Adorni, A. Compare, K. Sakatani
    Relation Between EEG Activity and Brain Oxygenation in Preterm Neonates / Alexander Caicedo, Liesbeth Thewissen, Anne Smits, Gunnar Naulaers, Karel Allegaert [and others]
    Functional NIRS Measurement of Cytochrome-C-Oxidase Demonstrates a More Brain-Specific Marker of Frontal Lobe Activation Compared to the Haemoglobins / Isabel de Roever, Gemma Bale, Robert J. Cooper, Ilias Tachtsidis
    Brain Tissue PO2 Measurement During Normoxia and Hypoxia Using Two-Photon Phosphorescence Lifetime Microscopy / Kui Xu, David A. Boas, Sava Sakadžić, Joseph C. LaManna
    Age-Related Changes in Physiological Reactivity to a Stress Task: A Near-Infrared Spectroscopy Study / A. Brugnera, C. Zarbo, R. Adorni, A. Gatti, A. Compare, K. Sakatani
    Development and Validation of a Sensor Prototype for Near-Infrared Imaging of the Newborn Brain / Linda Ahnen, Helene Stachel, Stefan Kleiser, Cornelia Hagmann, Jingjing Jiang [and others]
    Directional Migration of MDA-MB-231 Cells Under O2/pH Gradients / Y. Enokida, Y. Tsuruno, K. Okubo, Y. Yamaoka, E. Takahashi
    Environmental Enrichment Induces Increased Cerebral Capillary Density and Improved Cognitive Function in Mice / Chuan He, Constantinos P. Tsipis, Joseph C. LaManna, Kui Xu
    Improving Retinal Image Quality Using Registration with an SIFT Algorithm in Quasi-Confocal Line Scanning Ophthalmoscope / Yi He, Yuanyuan Wang, Ling Wei, Xiqi Li, Jinsheng Yang, Yudong Zhang
    A New Method Based on Graphics Processing Units for Fast Near-Infrared Optical Tomography / Jingjing Jiang, Linda Ahnen, Alexander Kalyanov, Scott Lindner, Martin Wolf [and others]
    PFC Blood Oxygenation Changes in Four Different Cognitive Tasks / Tomotaka Takeda, Yoshiaki Kawakami, Michiyo Konno, Yoshiaki Matsuda, Masayasu Nishino [and others]
    Diet-Induced Ketosis Protects Against Focal Cerebral Ischemia in Mouse / Kui Xu, Lena Ye, Katyayini Sharma, Yongming Jin, Matthew M. Harrison, Tylor Caldwell [and others]
    Evaluation of Pleasure-Displeasure Induced by Use of Lipsticks with Near-Infrared Spectroscopy (NIRS): Usefulness of 2-Channel NIRS in Neuromarketing / M. Tanida, M. Okabe, K. Tagai, K. Sakatani
    Relationships Between Gum Chewing and Stroop Test: A Pilot Study / Y. Kawakami, T. Takeda, M. Konno, Y. Suzuki, Y. Kawano, T. Ozawa, Y. Kondo, K. Sakatani
    Effects of Motor Imagery on Cognitive Function and Prefrontal Cortex Activity in Normal Adults Evaluated by NIRS / M. Moriya, K. Sakatani
    Site Specificity of Changes in Cortical Oxyhaemoglobin Concentration Induced by Water Immersion / D. Sato, K. Yamashiro, Y. Yamazaki, A. Tsubaki, H. Onishi, N. Takehara, A. Maruyama
    Changes in Oxyhemoglobin Concentration in the Prefrontal Cortex and Primary Motor Cortex During Low- and Moderate-Intensity Exercise on a Cycle Ergometer / Nana Takehara, Atsuhiro Tsubaki, Yudai Yamazaki, Chiaki Kanaya, Daisuke Sato [and others]
    Tissue Blood Volume Parameters Measured by Continuous-Wave and Spatially Resolved NIRS Show Different Changes During Prolonged Cycling Exercise / Takuya Osawa, Keisuke Shiose, Hideyuki Takahashi
    Delayed Onset of Reoxygenation in Inactive Muscles After High-Intensity Exercise / Takuya Osawa, Keisuke Shiose, Hideyuki Takahashi
    Cortical Oxyhemoglobin Elevation Persists After Moderate-Intensity Cycling Exercise: A Near-Infrared Spectroscopy Study / Atsuhiro Tsubaki, Nana Takehara, Daisuke Sato, Shinichiro Morishita, Yuta Tokunaga [and others]
    Relation Between Cognitive Function and Baseline Concentrations of Hemoglobin in Prefrontal Cortex of Elderly People Measured by Time-Resolved Near-Infrared Spectroscopy / Y. Murayama, Y. Sato, L. Hu, A. Brugnera, A. Compare, Kaoru Sakatani
    Physiological Effects of Continuous Colored Light Exposure on Mayer Wave Activity in Cerebral Hemodynamics: A Functional Near-Infrared Spectroscopy (fNIRS) Study / A.J. Metz, S.D. Klein, F. Scholkmann, U. Wolf
    EPR Oximetry and Imaging. Electron Paramagnetic Resonance pO2 Image Tumor Oxygen-Guided Radiation Therapy Optimization / Boris Epel, Matt Maggio, Charles Pelizzari, Howard J. Halpern
    Using India Ink as a Sensor for Oximetry: Evidence of its Safety as a Medical Device / Ann Barry Flood, Victoria A. Wood, Harold M. Swartz
    Measurement of pO2 in a Pre-clinical Model of Rabbit Tumor Using OxyChip, a Paramagnetic Oxygen Sensor / H. Hou, N. Khan, P. Kuppusamy
    Correlation Between Hypoxia Proteins and EPR-Detected Hypoxia in Tumors / Martyna Krzykawska-Serda, Richard C. Miller, Martyna Elas, Boris Epel, Eugene D. Barth [and others]
    Triarylmethyl Radical OX063d24 Oximetry: Electron Spin Relaxation at 250 MHz and RF Frequency Dependence of Relaxation and Signal-to-Noise / Yilin Shi, Richard W. Quine, George A. Rinard, Laura Buchanan, Sandra S. Eaton [and others]
    In Vivo EPR Resolution Enhancement Using Techniques Known from Quantum Computing Spin Technology / Robabeh Rahimi, Howard J. Halpern, Takeji Takui. Blood Products and Substitutes. Hemoglobin-Based Oxygen Carrier (HBOC) Development in Trauma: Previous Regulatory Challenges, Lessons Learned, and a Path Forward / Peter E. Keipert PhD
    The Penultimate Tyrosine Residues are Critical for the Genotoxic Effect of Human Hemoglobin / Sandeep Chakane, Vijay Markad, Kisan Kodam, Leif Bülow
    Methemoglobin: A New Way to Distinguish Burn Depth / Guennadi Saiko
    Characterization of Protein-Protein Interactions in Recombinant Hemoglobin Producing Escherichia coli Cells Using Molecularly Imprinted Polymers / Ka Zhang, Tongchang Zhou, Lei Ye, Leif Bülow
    Tissue-Integrating Oxygen Sensors: Continuous Tracking of Tissue Hypoxia / Natalie A. Wisniewski, Scott P. Nichols, Soya J. Gamsey, Steve Pullins, Kit Y. Au-Yeung [and others]
    Optical Design of Adaptive Optics Confocal Scanning Laser Ophthalmoscope with Two Deformable Mirrors / Jinsheng Yang, Yuanyuan Wang, Xuejun Rao, Ling Wei, Xiqi Li, Yi He
    Construction of 0.15 Tesla Overhauser Enhanced MRI / Yuumi Tokunaga, Motonao Nakao, Tatsuya Naganuma, Kazuhiro Ichikawa
    Gold Nanoparticle-Based Fluorescent Contrast Agent with Enhanced Sensitivity / Kyung Aih Kang, Mai-Dung Nguyen
    Potential Erythropoiesis in the Primo-Vascular System in Heart Failure / Chae Jeong Lim, Yiming Shen, So Yeong Lee, Pan Dong Ryu
    Addendum. Quantitative Biology of Exercise-Induced Signal Transduction Pathways / Timon Cheng-Yi Liu, Gang Liu, Shao-Juan Hu, Ling Zhu, Xiang-Bo Yang, Quan-Guang Zhang.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Harold M. Swartz, David K. Harrison, Duane F. Bruley, editors.
    Contents:
    Mitochondrial genetic abnormalities after radiation exposure
    Crediting six discoverers of oxygen
    Hypoxia in tumors: pathogenesis-related classifi cation, characterization of hypoxia subtypes, and associated biological and clinical implications
    Heterogeneity in tissue oxygenation: from physiological variability in normal tissues to pathophysiological chaos in malignant tumours
    Oxygen diffusion: an enzyme-controlled variable parameter
    Role of microvascular shunts in the loss of cerebral blood flow autoregulation
    Impact of hypoxia-related tumor acidosis on cytotoxicity of different chemotherapeutic drugs in vitro and in vivo
    The founding of ISOTT: the Shamattawa of engineering science and medical science
    A tale of two methods: combining near- infrared spectroscopy with MRI for studies of brain oxygenation and metabolism
    Advances in probes and methods for clinical EPR oximetry
    Real-time, in vivo determination of dynamic changes In lung and heart tissue oxygenation using EPR oximetry
    Modulation of hypoxia by magnetic nanoparticle hyperthermia to augment therapeutic index
    Skeletal muscle and glioma oxygenation by carbogen inhalation in rats: a longitudinal study by EPR oximetry using single-probe implantable oxygen sensors
    Recurrent low-dose chemotherapy to inhibit and oxygenate head and neck tumors
    How in vivo EPR measures and images oxygen
    What we learn from in vivo EPR oxygen images
    EPR image based oxygen movies for transient hypoxia
    Repetitive measurements of intrarenal oxygenation in vivo using L band electron paramagnetic resonance
    Quantitative hypoxia imaging for treatment planning of radiotherapy
    A new flavonoid regulates angiogenesis and reactive oxygen species production
    Angiotensin II reduces transport-dependent oxygen consumption but increases transport-independent oxygen consumption in immortalized mouse proximal tubular cells
    Investigation of cerebral autoregulation In the newborn piglet during anaesthesia and surgery
    Influence of the maternal use of labetalol on the neurogenic mechanism for cerebral autoregulation assessed by means of NIRS
    Development of a near infrared multi- wavelength, multi-channel, time-resolved spectrometer for measuring brain tissue haemodynamics and metabolism
    Simulating NIRS and MRS measurements during cerebral hypoxia-ischaemia in piglets using a computational model
    Analysis of slow wave oscillations in cerebral haemodynamics and metabolism following subarachnoid haemorrhage
    Effects of enriched environment on hippocampal neuronal cell death and neurogenesis in rat global ischemia
    Automated image analysis for diameters and branching points of cerebral penetrating arteries and veins captured with two-photon microscopy
    Cerebral hemodynamic change and metabolic alteration in severe hemorrhagic shock
    Physiological mechanism of increase In deoxy-hemoglobin concentration during neuronal activation in patients with cerebral ischemia: a simulation study with the balloon model
    Effect of blood in the cerebrospinal fluid on the accuracy of cerebral oxygenation measured by near infrared spectroscopy
    Vessel specifi c imaging of glucose transfer with fluorescent glucose analogue in anesthetized mouse cortex
    Ischemic pretreatment delays ischemic brain vasospasm Injury in gerbils
    Changes in cerebral blood oxygenation induced by active standing test in children with POTS and NMS
    Optical imaging of brain activation in Gambian infants
    Asymmetrical changes in cerebral blood oxygenation induced by an active standing test in children with postural tachycardia syndrome
    Changes of cerebral tissue oxygen saturation at sleep transitions in adolescents
    Influence of subjective happiness on the prefrontal brain activity: an fNIRS study
    Ginkobiloba extract improves working memory performance in middle-aged women: role of asymmetry of prefrontal cortex activity during a working memory task
    Bayesian prediction of anxiety level in aged people at rest using 2-channel NIRS data from prefrontal cortex
    Short-term hypoxic preconditioning improved survival following cardiac arrest and resuscitation in rats
    Venular valves and retrograde perfusion
    Monitoring of filter patency during carotid artery stenting using near-infrared spectroscopy with high time-resolution
    Use of NIRS to assess effect of training on peripheral muscle oxygenation changes in elite rugby players performing repeated supramaximal cycling tests
    Skeletal muscle deoxygenation responses during treadmill exercise in children
    Development of a hybrid microwave-optical thermoregulation monitor for the muscle
    Evaluation of a textile-based near infrared spectroscopy system in calf muscle oxygenation measurements
    Skin temperature in lower hind limb subjected to distal vein arterialization in rats.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Clare E. Elwell, Terence S. Leung, David K. Harrison, editors.
    Summary: This book contains the refereed contributions from the 42nd annual meeting of ISOTT. The annual meetings of ISOTT bring together scientists from various fields (medicine, physiology, mathematics, biology, chemistry, physics, engineering, etc.) in a unique international forum. ISOTT conferences are a place where an atmosphere of interaction is created, where many questions are asked after each presentation and lively discussions occur at a high scientific level. This vivid interaction is the main motivation for members to participate and gain new ideas and knowledge in the broad field of oxygen transport to tissue. The papers in this volume summarize some of the outstanding contributions from the 42nd annual meeting, which included sessions on: cellular hypoxia and mitochondria; blood substitutes and oxygen therapeutics; oxygen transport in critical care medicine and disease; muscle oxygenation; multi modal imaging techniques; brain oxygenation and imaging; optical techniques for oxygen measurement; microcirculation; mathematical modelling of oxygen transport; and cancer metabolism.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Qingming Luo, Lin Z. Li, David K. Harrison, Hua Shi, Duane F. Bruley, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Oliver Thews, Joseph LaManna, David K. Harrison, editors.
    Summary: "The book contains the refereed contributions from the 45th Annual Meeting of the International Society on Oxygen Transport to Tissue (ISOTT) 2017. This volume covers cross-disciplinary work on a broad range of topics related to the dynamics of oxygen transport: microcirculation and vascular medicine; O2 deficiency and its impact on molecular processes in cells and tissues; cellular metabolism and mitochondrial function; multimodal functional imaging; mathematical modeling; the clinical relevance of oxygen supply as well as therapeutic interventions (e.g. in oncology or critical care medicine). The annual meetings of ISOTT bring together scientists from diverse fields (medicine, physiology, mathematics, biology, chemistry, physics, engineering, etc.) in a unique international forum. The book includes sections on brain oxygenation and function, NIRS oxygenation measurements, tumor oxygenation, cell metabolism, tissue oxygenation and treatment, methodical aspects of O2 measurements and physicochemical aspects of oxygen diffusion"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Brain oxygenation and function. Cerebral angioplasticity: the anatomical contribution to ensuring appropriate oxygen transport to brain
    Changes in cytochrome-C-oxidase account for changes in attenuation of near-infrared light in the healthy infant brain
    Hyperspectral imaging of the hemodynamic and metabolic states of the exposed cortex: investigating a commercial snapshot solution
    Increases in microvascular perfusion and tissue oxygenation via vasodilatation after anodal transcranial direct current stimulation in the healthy and traumatized mouse brain
    Fluctuations of nutrition-associated markers after decompressive hemicraniectomy in middle cerebral artery occlusion patients
    Resuscitation fluid with drag reducing polymer enhances cerebral microcirculation and tissue oxygenation after traumatic brain injury complicated by hemorrhagic shock
    Comparison of quantitative and qualitative oxygen extraction fraction (OEF) in acute stroke patients with large vessel occlusion
    Relation between asymmetry of prefrontal activity and autonomic nervous system in post-stroke patients with a disorder of consciousness
    Cerebral hemodynamics after transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS) in patients with consequences of traumatic brain injury
    Differences in tissue oxygenation, perfusion and optical properties in brain areas affected by stroke: a time-resolved NIRS study
    Changes of doublecortin-immunoreactive cells from the acute phase to chronic phase after transient global brain ischemia in rat cingulate cortex
    Post-resuscitation arterial blood pressure on survival and change of capillary density following cardiac arrest and resuscitation in rats
    Monitoring of brain oxygenation during and after cardiopulmonary resuscitation: a prospective porcine study
    NIRS oxygenation measurements. Effects of aerobic cycling training on O2 dynamics in several leg muscles in early post-myocardial infarction
    Evaluation of functional hyperemia using NIRTRS without the influence of fat layer thickness
    Changes in spinal muscle oxygenation and perfusion during the Biering-Sørensen test: preliminary results of a study employing NIRS-based muscle oximetry
    Near infrared spectroscopy (NIRS) observation of vastus lateralis (muscle) and prefrontal cortex (brain) tissue oxygenation during synchronised swimming routines in elite athletes
    Impact of changes in systemic physiology on fNIRS/NIRS Signals: analysis based on oblique subspace projections decomposition
    Changes in cerebral oxyhaemoglobin levels during and after a single 20-minute bout of moderate-intensity cycling
    Changes in the prefrontal cortex oxygenation levels during cycling in the supine and upright positions
    Trail making test induces prefrontal cortex activation as revealed by a cw wearable-wireless fNIRS/DOT imager
    Prediction of MMSE score using time-resolved near-infrared spectroscopy
    Broadband NIRS cerebral cytochrome-C-oxidase response to anoxia before and after hypoxic-ischaemic injury in piglets
    Tumor oxygenation and metabolism. Multispectral near-infrared optical tomography for cancer hypoxia study in mice
    Hypoxia-/HIF-1[alpha]-driven factors of the tumor microenvironment impeding antitumor immune responses and promoting malignant progression
    Differential expression of PGC1[alpha] in intratumor redox subpopulations of breast cancer
    Accounting for two forms of hypoxia for predicting tumour control probability in radiotherapy: an in silico study
    Impact of temporal heterogeneity of acute hypoxia on the radiation response of experimental tumors
    Mathematical description of changes in tumour oxygenation from repeated functional imaging
    An in vitro model for determining tumor cell migration under metabolic gradients
    Expression of microRNAs in fibroblasts and macrophages is regulated by hypoxia-induced extracellular acidosis
    Influence of extracellular acidosis on matrix protein homeostasis in tumour cells and fibroblasts
    Cell metabolism, tissue oxygenation and treatment. Novel redox active tyrosine mutations enhance the regeneration of functional oxyhemoglobin from methemoglobin: implications for design of blood substitutes
    Septic-induced microRNA expression modulations are linked to angiogenesis, vasomotion, and hypoxia-induced processes
    Guidance to transfer 'bench-ready' medical technology into usual clinical practice: case study: sensors and spectrometer used in EPR oximetry
    Regulation of oxygen tension in the mammalian retina during systemic hyperoxia is species dependent
    Intravital observation of microvascular remodeling during chronic exposure to hypoxia in mice
    Analysis of aortic remodeling and stiffness in patients with obstructive sleep apnea syndrome: preliminary results
    Does vascular endothelial cell or smooth muscle affect the decrease in oxygen consumption of arteriolar wall during vasodilation?
    Hyperbaric oxygen therapy in necrotizing soft tissue infections: a retrospective study
    Dynamic exercise elicits dissociated changes between tissue oxygenation and cerebral blood flow in the prefrontal cortex: a study using NIRS and PET
    Mucine-1 is related to cell-mediated immunoexpression and blood pressure in pulmonary artery in pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH): preliminary results
    The mitochondrial Na+/Ca2+ exchanger is necessary but not sufficient for Ca2+ homeostasis and viability
    Cell metabolism, tissue oxygenation and treatment
    Fatigue, muscle oxygen consumption and blood flow to the skeletal muscle after allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
    Methodology of O2 measurements. reliability of wearable two channel CW-NIRS in measurements of brain function
    Investigation of confounding factors in measuring tissue saturation with NIRS spatially resolved spectroscopy
    ABroAD: a machine learning based approach to detect broadband NIRS artefacts
    Long-term changes in optical properties ([mu]a, [mu]′s, [mu]eff and DPF) of human head tissue during functional neuroimaging experiments
    A fibreless multiwavelength nirs system for imaging localised changes in cerebral oxidised cytochrome C Oxidase
    Use of a turn coil and channel above a GMR-SV device to observe and measure the properties of deoxidized red blood cells coupled to magnetic beads
    Long-term in vivo oxygen sensors for peripheral artery disease monitoring
    A new method based on virtual fluence detectors and software toolbox for handheld spectral optoacoustic tomography
    Computerized video-capillaroscopy alteration related to diabetes mellitus and its complications
    Contrast ratio quantification during visualization of microvasculature
    In vitro comparisons of near-infrared spectroscopy oximeters: impact of slow changes in scattering of liquid phantoms
    Liquid blood phantoms to validate nirs oximeters: yeast versus nitrogen for deoxygenation
    Visualization of methemoglobin distribution in tissues: phantom validation
    Special topics. Polyunsaturated fatty acids induce ROS synthesis in microvascular endothelial cells
    Effect of chain unsaturation and temperature on oxygen diffusion through lipid membranes from simulations
    Reduced oxygen permeability upon protein incorporation within phospholipid bilayers
    Sanal-cell cycle and primo vascular system: regeneration via sanals
    Role of CXCR4 antagonist in megakaryocyte reinstatement with increased sinusoidal vessel density
    Solid-phase extraction with packed-fiber is a biological sample preparation tool for neuro-active molecule detection
    Salivary alpha-amylase and behavior reaction in acute stress and the impact of tridimensional personality.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Edwin M. Nemoto, Eileen M. Harrison, Sally C. Pias, Denis E. Bragin, David K. Harrison, Joseph C. LaManna, editors.
    Summary: This book presents cutting-edge papers and perspectives on the transport of oxygen to tissues by scientists in a multitude of disciplines such as biochemistry, engineering, mathematics, medicine, physics, physiology, veterinary and complementary medicine. The book is composed of the following 6 parts: Brain Oxygenation and Function, Tumor Oxygenation and Metabolism, Muscle Oxygenation and Sports Medicine, Cell Metabolism and Tissue Oxygenation, Methodology of O2 Measurements, and Special Topics. The articles in this book have been presented at the 47th annual meeting of the International Society on Oxygen Transport to Tissue (ISOTT 2019) held in Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA, from July 28 to July 31, 2019. Academics, clinical and industry researchers, engineers, as well as graduate students who are interested in oxygen transport to tissue will find this book a great reference and a useful learning resource. The chapters "Near-Infrared Spectroscopy Measured Cerebral Blood Flow from Spontaneous Oxygenation Changes in Neonatal Brain Injury", "Developing a Model to Simulate the Effect of Hypothermia on Cerebral Blood Flow and Metabolism" and "Broadband NIRS Cerebral Evaluation of the Hemodynamic and Oxidative State of Cytochrome-c-Oxidase Responses to +Gz Acceleration in Healthy Volunteers" are available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
all 518 "O" titles

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.